Skip to main content

Full text of "Transactions of the Homoeopathic Medical Society of the State of Pennsylvania"

See other formats



/ 8 9 fl J 



4,.//. ( ( ;;v/,. ///.' 

Digitized by the Internet Archive 
in 2013 



||0m(wpt!u*| JIM^t £ti(\tt& 




Convention held in Pittsburg, June 5th, 1866. 
Annual Session, Philadelphia, June 3d, 1867. 

%— - \ 

ftatet Chester: 





Proceedings of Convention held in Pittsburg, June 5th, 1866, 7 

Organization of State Society, 8 

Report of Horn. Medical Society of Cumberland Valley, 11 

Report of Philadelphia Horn. Medical Society, 13 

Comparative Statistics of Homoeopathic and Alloeopathic 
Treatment at Northern Home for Friendless Chil- 
dren, Philadelphia, by B. W. James, M. D., 15 

Poisoning by Santonine, by W. James Blakely, M. D., 16 

Proceedings of the Second Annual Session of the Penn'a 
State Medical Society, held in Philadelphia, Jane 

3d, 1867, 17 

I. Annual Address, by James B. Wood, M. D., 26 

II. Reports of Medical Societies, etc., 36 

Homoeopathic Medical Societies of Chester and Delaware 

Counties, 36 

Philadelphia Homoeopathic Medical Society, 37 

Alleghany Co. Homoeopathic Medical Society, 38 

Massachusetts Homoepathic Medical Society,, 40 

Pittsburg Homoeopathic Hospital and Dispensary, 41 

III. Report on Drug Provings and New Remedies, by 

W. James Blakely, M. D., 49 

IV. Report on Anatomy and Pathology by John C. Mor- 

gan, M. D., 69 

V. Report on Surgery, by Bushrod W. James, M. D., 73 

VI. Report on Obstetrics, by J. H. Marsden, M. D., 77 

VII. Report on Chemistry as applied to Medicine, by 

Thomas Hewitt, M. D., 91 

VIII. Report on Cholera, by Jas. H. P. Frost, M. D., 94 

IX. Report on Medical Diagnosis, by Robt. J. McClatch- 

ey, M. D., 106 

X. Report of Committee appointed to audit Treasurer's 

account, 113 

XL Constitution and By-Laws, 114 

XII. List of Members 118 


>i iiiiiii busolot ions, 


Resolved, That the Homoeopathic Medical Society of 
Pennsylvania, in accepting and publishing Reports of Commit- 
tees in their Proceedings, does not necessarily endorse the same. 

Resolved, That no longer time than fifteen minutes shall 
be taken up in reading any single Report. If the Report is of 
such length as would occupy a longer period, a synopsis of the 
same, giving the principal points, may be read, and the Report 
itself referred to the Publishing Committee. 



Convention of Homoeopathic Physicians 


ptxt?®»®s@ fi awss sis, ises* 

HAf| g@©ISf W TO211B, 

Pursuant to a call issued by the "Alleghany County Homoe- 
opathic Medical Society," and endorsed and recommended by 
many of the prominent Homoeopathic Physicians throughout 
the State, a convention assembled at Pittsburg in the Homoe- 
opathic Hospital Building, at 10J o'clock, A. M., June 5th, 
1866, and organized a State Medical Society. 

The meeting was called to order by Doctor J. C. Burgher, of 
Pittsburg, who explained the object of the convention. Doctor 
J. H. P. Frost, of Philadelphia, was chosen temporary Chair- 
man, and Doctor Bushrod W. James, of Philadelphia, Secretary 
pro tern. 

Doctor George S. Foster, offered a resolution that a commit- 
tee on permanent organization be appointed to report a Consti- 
tution and By-Laws for the government of the Society. 


A committee of one from each County represented, WM fcft* 
pointed as follows : 

Doctors M. Cote, of Alleghany County. 

H. M. Logec, of Crawford County. 
Coates Proston, of Delaware County. 
M. Frieso, of Cumberland County. 
J. B. Wood, of Chester County. 
J. II. Marsden, of Adams County. 
Horace Homer, of Philadelphia County. 
R. Faulkner, of Eric County. 
P. S. Duff, of Butler County. 

Th e Committee retired for about half an hour, when they re- 
turned an ^ offered a report containing a Constitution and By- 
Laws. The report was accepted and the Constitution taken up 
and consia lere( * D y sections, and, after some amendment, adop- 
ted as a irk ^ e * -^e By-Laws were again read and after being 
amended s® as *° c° rres P on cl with the Constitution, were like-, 
wise adopted as a wno ^ e > an( * tne Convention resolved into a 
State Societv ^ e meet ^ n S ^ ncn adjourned to meet at 4 o'» 
clock, P. M. 


f . to adjournment and proceeded to 
The Society met pursuan, cnguing which rcgultcd ag 

an election of Officers for the 

follows : 


President.— J. B. Wood, M. D., Wert * D philadcl hi and 

Vice Presidents.— J. H. P. Frost, M. . T» itt8bur(T 

J, C. Burgher, M. D., + ^jftuu^ 

Recording /Sfetfyetory.— Bushrod W. JAMBS, »•- T>hilp4'». 

Corresponding sZtary'.-*- * McClatciiky, »i ■ 

Treasurer.— D. Cowley, M. D., Pittsburg. 

Censors.-C. Preston, M - D-, Chester Delaware Co. 
R. Faulkner. M. D., Erie Brie Co 
H. Hofmann M- 1>- 1>ittsburg ' Mleg ^ 


The Constitution was then signed by the Delegates present 
eligible to membership, numbering thirty in all, 

A resolution was then adopted fixing the next place of meet- 
ing at Philadelphia, on the second Wednesday of May, 1867, at 
10 o'clock, A. M. 

Delegates to the "American Institute of Homoeopathy" 
were then selected, consisting of J. B Wood, M, D., and Bush- 
rod W. James, M. D., to represent this Society in that body 
which holds its session on the 6th inst., in Masonic Hall, Pitts- 

"The HoMoeoPATHic Medical Society of Cumberland 
Valley," presented a report, which was read and accepted. 

"The Philadelphia County Homoeopathic Medical Soci- 
ety" also offered a report which was read and accepted, 

"The Illinois State Medical Society" was represented by 
Doctor G. D. Beebe, of Chicago, who had been duly appointed 
a Delegate from that State. He delivered an address, and con- 
cluded by inviting the Physicians of the Pennsylvania State 
Society to meet those of the Illinois State Society at their next 
annual meeting. 

" The New York State Society" was represented by Doctor 
J. Beakley. 

"The Miami Homoeopathic Medical Society of Ohio" was 
represented by Dr. J. Bosler, of Dayton, who presented a com- 
munication from the Society represented by him which was 
read and accepted. 

Dr. McClatchey offered a resolution that a committee of five 
be appointed to obtain a charter if possible at the next meeting 
of the State Legislature, which was adopted, and the following 
committee appointed : Drs. R. J. McClatchey, Bushrod W. 
James, J. C. Burgher, R. Ross Roberts, and J. K. Lee. 

A communication on "Poisoning by Santonine" from Dr. W. 
J. Blakely, of Benzinger, was presented and read by Dr. W. 
R. Childs. It was moved by Dr. Childs that the proceed- 
ings of the meeting be published in the Hahnemanian Monthly, 
and that that Journal be considered the organ of the State 
Society; adopted. 


Di\. B, W. JAMBS presented a statistical report of Alloc*<»piLthic 
and Homoeopathic treatment in the Northern Home for Friend* 
Less Children! Philadelphia, which was accepted. 

The following amendment to the constitution was offered and 
laid over under the rules, until the next annual meeting of the 
Society : "No person shall be eligible to membership in this 
State Society who graduates in medicine after the year 186 
unless he has received a Diploma from some regular Ilonice- 
pathic Medical College." 

It was on motion resolved that the retiring President at the 
next annual meeting shall deliver the annual address. 

A committee of one on each of the following medical sub- 
jects was appointed to prepare a report during the year and pre- 
sent it at the next annual meeting. 

1. Homoeopathy and Clinical 3Iedicine — M. Friese, M. D., of 

2. Drug Provings and New Remedies — "W. J. Blakely, M. 
D., of Benzinger. 

3. Anatomy and Pathology — J. C. Morgan, M. D., of Phil- 

4. Surgery — Bushrod W. James, M. D., of Philadelphia. 

5. Anaesthetics, (general and Local) — W. H. H. Neville, M. 
D., of Philadelphia. 

6. Obstetrics — J. H. Marsden, M. D.,of York Sulphur Springy. 

7. Chemistry as applied to Medicine — Thomas Hewitt, M. D., 
of Tittsburg. 

8. Physiology — 0. B. Gause, M. D., of Philadelphia. 

( .t. Asiatic Cholera— J. II. P. Frost, M. D., of Philadelphia. 

10. Statistics of Cholera and other diseases treated by Homoeo- 
pathy— D. Cowley, M. D., Pittsburg. 

11. Medical Diagnosis — R. J. McClatchcy, M. D., of Phila- 

Delegates to other State Societies were appointed by the 

"Illinois State IIoM(EOPATiiic Medical Society: " Doctors 
D. Cowley, H. Hofmann and W. R. Childs. 


"New York State Homeopathic Medical Society : Doc- 
tors Bushrod W, James, C. Preston and R. J. McClatchcy. 

"Massachusetts State Homceopathic Medical Society:" 
Doctors J. D. Johnson, H. Homer and J. H. P. Frost. 

"Ohio State Homoeopathic Medical Society:" Doctors 
M. Cote, J. A. Herron and J. B. Cooper. 

"Michigan Institute of Homeopathy :" Doctors C. M. 
Dake, R. Faulkner and M. W. Wallace. 

"Homceopathic Medical Society of Wisconsin :" Doctors 
George S. Foster, J. C. Burglier and A. Black. 

"Western Institute of Homoeopathy :" Doctor W. II. 
Cook, of Carlisle. 

"Canadian Institute of Homoeopathy : Doctor J. C. Rich- 
ards, of Lock Haven. 

A communication from "the Faculty of the Homeopathic 
Medical College of Pennsylvania" was presented, together 
with some announcements of that Institution, by Dr. Frost and 
accepted. A resolution of thanks to the "'Board of Managers 
of the Homoeopathic Hospital of Pittsburg" for the use of their 
building and other favors was unanimously passed. Several 
papers on scientific subjects appertaining to medicine were of- 
fered, but owing to the lateness of the hour could not be read. — 
A bill of $3.75 for minute book was presented and ordered 
paid. All graduates who signed the call for the convention or 
the recommendation of the same are entitled to become full mem- 
bers during the year upon the payment of the initiation fee of 
Two Dollars and signing the Constitution or sending their name 
to the Secretary for signature to the Constitution. On motion, 
the Society adjourned. 


Recording Secretary. 


A desire on the part of several members of this County (Cum- 
berland) having been frequently expressed, that we should form 
ourselves together into a Society for mutual benefit, and to aid 
in spreading the golden principles of Homoeopathy ; a meeting 
was proposed to consider the subject, and all the Physicians 


practising in the County, were invited to moot in the offic 
Wm. II. Cook, M. D., Carlisle, on the 8th day of May. ii 
some Physicians from the adjoining districts, of the counties of 
Franklin, Adams and York, where numbers were too few to 

form a Society, were also invited 

A Constitution and By-Laws were adopted, officers duly elec- 
ted, and arrangements made to hold regular meetings and co- 
operate, through Bureaus and Committees with the work of 

the American Institute of Homoeopathy. 

The best of feeling prevailed and a strong desire was mani- 
fested to urge forward the noble cause so successfully intro- 
duced into our beautiful valley, by the indefatigable labors and 
pure teachings of our venerable predecessors, Dr. F. Ehrmann, 
now of Cincinnati, Ohio, and Professor Adolph Lippe, of Phil- 
adelphia, who, we are happy to say, are still actively battling 
for its advancement. 

In Adams County, our highly esteemed and learned colleague, 
Dr. Marsden,has triumphantly borne the banner of Homoeopathy 
forward, despite the violent opposition of the ignorant and the 
prejudiced, until Homoeopathy holds the first position as a Med- 
ical Science, in our community. 

We number among our patrons such men as Col. Jno. B. Par- 
ker, Wm. Watts, Esq., Col. Wm. B. Mullen, Johnston Moore, 
Esq., Maj. Samuel Givin, Charles Ogilby, Rev. Dr. Clerc and 
Col. Robert M. Henderson, with a host of others equally dis- 
tinguished for their intelligence, patriotism, wealth and high 
Christian character, not alone in their own County but in the 
State and Nation. We are sometimes led to believe that even 
our Allopathic Brethren are turning their backs on the rc</u7>tr 
system, as in following up their deserting ranks we find among 
their relics the wonderful little powder, nauseous and crude, as 
it may be, put up in minute packages, in very small scraps of 
old newspaper, or ancient letters yellowed by the smoke of 
time, and the glass of water with a good teaspoonful of the kill 
or cure at the bottom, in imitation of what they believe the 
popular doctors are doing. 

The following gentlemen were elected delegates to the State 
Convention of II thic Physicians, which meets in Pitta- 

burg on the 5th of June, L866: J. H. Marseen, M. D., M. 








Friese, M. D„ J. J. Bender, M. D., and Wm. H. Cook, 
M. D., a delegate to the American Institute of Homoeopathy, 
with power to substitute, if prevented from attending themselves. 

President— J. H. Marsden, M. D., York Sulphur Springs, 
Adams County. 

Viee President — John Armstrong, M. D., New Kingston, 
Cumberland County. 

Secretary — Wm. II. Cook, M. D., Carlisle, Cumberland Co. 

Treasurer — J. J. Bender, M. D., " 

M. Friese, M. D., Mcchanicsburg, 
B. Bowman, M. D., " 


The want of an active, living Medical Society, one that should 
be organized in such a manner as to insure prolonged vitality, 
had long been felt in Philadelphia, and formed a not infrequent 
topic of conversation among many members of the profession, 
who regarded it as a "consummation most devoutly to be 

This desire at length culminated in a call for a convention of 
Homoeopathic Physicians, of Philadelphia and vicinity, "to de- 
vise some acceptable plan of organization whereby all might co- 
operate in the furtherance of the cause of Homoeopathy." — 
Accordingly, on the evening of March 8th, 18G6, a large and 
enthusiastic meeting of Homoeopathic Physicians, was held at 
the Dental College Building, 10th & Arch streets. 

A Constitution, providing that all regular graduates of med- 
icine who practice in accordance with the formula "similia sim- 
ilibus curantur" shall be eligible for membership — was adopted ; 
and the necessary preliminary steps taken to secure a perma- 
nent organization. 


The first regular meeting of the Society was held at the Bom. 
Med. College, March 15th, L866, and at the meeting 

held in April, the following officers wore elected for the term of 
one year. 

President — Dr. Richard Gardiner. 

17 nt — Dr. 0. B. Gai 

7' isurer — Du. A. II. Ashton. 
SI /// — Dr. Rolt. J. McClatchey. 
ifo— Dr. B. W. Jambs. 
\or% — Dr. Jacob Jlw 

Dn. Walter Williamson, 
Bi\. Silas S. Buooks. 
i. on Proving* — Dr. Adolph Lippe, 

Dr. H. N. Guernsey. 
A very interesting discussion on the proper treatment of tu- 
mors, the main features of which will shortly appear in the Ilah- 
nemannian Monthly, has occupied the attention of the Society, 
and much valuable information has been elicited. 

A code of Medical Ethics, based on the able article on that 
subject by Dr. Williamson, has been recommended to the mem- 
bers of the Society, for guidance in their professional intercourse. 
It is the purpose of the Society, in the event of the preva- 
lence of Asiatic Cholera in this City, to make strenuous efforts 
to secure from the proper authorities, a part of the public hos- 
pitals which may be allotted for the reception of Cholera pa- 
tients, and a committee, consisting of Drs. B. W. James, J. II. 
P. Frost, Ad. Lippe, Jno. C. Morgan and Jno. K. Lee, have 
been appointed for this purpose. 

Dr. 13. W. Janus introduced to the notice of the Society, at 
the meeting in May, the use of Rhigolenc as ;r local anaesthetic, 
and stated that he had applied it successfully in surgical prac- 
tice. At the same meeting the following gentlemen were ap- 
pointed delegate* to the Convention to form a State Society^ an 
fc o the meeting of the American Institute: 

Dks. B. W. James, J. II. P. Frost, Robt. J. McClatohbt, 
W. H. II. Neville, Horace Homer. 

The regular meetings arc held on the third Thursday of each 
month, excepting July and August. Tic annual meeting on 
third Thursday in April. 




Northern Home for Friendless Children, 





Number of Children admitted into the Home from its opening : 


August 3. 1853, to May 1, 1854, 

Admitted from May 1, 1854, to May 1, 1855, 
" " 1855, " 1856, 

" " 1856, « 1857, 

No. in Home when changed from Homoeopath- 
ic back to Allceopathic service, Oct. 30,1864 

Admitted from Oct. 30th, 1864, to May 1st, 1865, 
" " May 1st, 1865, " ' " 1866, 

Total inmates of Home while under Allceopathic 
service, - 

Term of Allceopathic service, 5J years. 

No. of inmates when the Homoeopathic Service 

commenced, - 

Admitted from May 1, 1857, to May 1, 1858, 





, 184 

964 18 



1864, to Oct. 24,1864, 






Total inmates while under Homoeopathic service, 1599 16 
Term of Homoeopathic Service 7J years. 



Total inmates of Northern Home while under 

Homoeopathic Service, - 1599, Death- L6 

Total inmates of Northern Homo while under 

Allocopathic Service, . 964, Deaths 18 

Homoeopathic term of Service equal to 7j years. 
Allocopathic " " " to 5] years. 


Reported ly W. James BlaJcely, 31 D., Benzinger, Pa. 

Some time ago I read, in the North American Journal of 
JTomajopathy, the report of a case of Santonine poisoning un- 
successfully treated. Thinking that the following case might 
be possessed of some interest, I take this opportunity of pre- 
senting it. 

A boy eighteen months old took from two to three grains of 
Santonine on the evening of Jan. 28th, 18GG. He passed a 
very restless night, frequently awaking with screams and cries. 
In the morning of Jan. 20th, he had a small stool, but passed 
no worms. On the evening of this day I saw him, and found 
the following symptoms presenting : 

Vomiting of yellowish matter ; bright yellow urine ; pain in 
the stomach ; very high fever ; pulse full and rapid ; face hot 
and flushed ; cheeks of a deep red or purple color, and very hot ; 
continual moving of the arms ; seizes hold of every one who 
comes within his reach ; sudden awaking from sleep with screams 
and expression of terror ; wild looks. I gave him Bella. 3d, 5 
drops to an ounce of water — a teaspoonful every hour. Amend- 
ment set in after the third dose ; the child rested well during 
the night, and on the next day was able to run about. I am not 
aware that Belladonna is an antidote of Santonine ; if it be, 
this case may be of use. I administered it, however, on account 
of the similarity existing between its symptoms and those of 
the patient. If it acted homoeopathically, this case will pos- 
sess no great interest, as in subsequent cases the remedy would 
have to be selected in accordance with the symptoms present. 




Homoeopathic Medical Society of Pennsylvania. 

Annual Meeting, Philadelphia, June 3d, 1867. 

The Annual Meeting of the Society was held at 11 o'clock in 
the Homoeopathic Medical College building, Filbert street above 

Dr James Bayard Wood, of West Chester, President, took 
the chair, and announced and explained the following action of 
the Board of Censors : " At the suggestion of a number of the 
Western members of the Homoeopathic Medical Society of 
Pennsylvania, the Board of Censors have directed me to call a 
meeting for the transaction of the business pertaining to the 
Annual Meeting at Philadelphia, on the first Monday of June, 
1867, at 11 o'clock, A. M., in order that they may have an op- 
portunity during the same trip to attend the meeting of the 
American Institute of Homoeopathy, at New York City. The 
regular business of the meeting heretofore called for the second 
Wednesday of May, will therefore be transacted on the first 
Monday of June. 

" J. B. WOOD, M. D., President. 

" January 2, 1867, " 

The Chairman of the Committee of Arrangements of the Phil- 
adelphia County Homoeopathic Medical Society, Dr. Busiirod 
W. James, then, on behalf of that Society, and the whole 
Homoeopathic profession of the city, made an informal address 
of greeting to the members of the State Society, and extended 
to then a cordial welcome. 

The roll was then called and the list corrected. ! 


Propositions for membership being in order, a numbei 
names were proposed and refered to the Board of Censors. In 
the absence of two of the Censors, Drs. I. D. JOHNSON and J. C. 
MORGAN were appointed to act with Dr. II. II. HoFMANN in 

that capacity. 

A motion was made and carried that an afternoon session be 
held, as well as an evening session, immediately after the deliv- 
ery of the Annual Address, and that half-past three o'clock be 
the time fixed for the election of officers for the ensuing v 

The proposed amendment to the Constitution, laid over under 
the rules from last year, was then taken up. On motion, it 
was laid on the table. 

The Treasurer made a report, in his absence, through Dr. 
J. C. Burgher, and accompanied with a draft properly signed, 
for the amount of balance in his hands, sixty-nine dollars and 
fifty-five cents (§69.55). The Recording Secretary reported 
an additional six dollars received from members since the mak- 
ing out of the report. 

Drs. W. Williamson and S. S. Brooks were appointed audi- 

Delegates from the various Homoeopathic organizations 
throughout the State presented their credentials, and were ad- 
mitted to seats in the body during its annual session. 

Visitors from other States and delegates from other State So- 
cieties were, on motion, likewise admitted to the floor, with 
privilege of taking part in the discussions of the Society. 

The Committee on Charter then reported through the chair- 
man, Dr. R. J. McClatciiev, that in prosecuting the duties of 
their office the committee had found that the power to grant 
such charter is vested in the courts of law and not in the gen- 
eral Assembly ; and asking for a continuance, with full power 
to procure said instrument from the proper authorities. On 
motion of Dr. J. JEANBS, the report was adopted and the com- 
mittee continued, with full power to act. 

The auditors then offered their report duly signed, stating 
that they had carefully examined the Treasurer's accounts and 
found them correct. The report was accepted and the auditors 


The reports from societies were then received. The Record- 
ing Secretary read a report from the Homoeopathic Medical So- 
ciety of the Counties of CJiester and Delaivare, signed by its Sec- 
retary. Referred to the Publishing Committee. 

The announcement was made that in Dauphin County a Ho- 
moeopathic Medical Society had been formed, and in the City of 
Harrisbury a Homoeopathic Dispensary established. 

A report from the Philadelphia County Society was read by 
Dr. McClatchey, and referred to the Publishing Committee. 

Dr. L. H. Willard read an interesting report from the Al- 
leghany County Society, containing a number of clinical cases. 
On motion of Dr. J. Jeanes, the report was accepted and order- 
ed to be filed away among the scientific papers. 

Dr. Wm. H. Cook reported on behalf of the Cumberland 
Valley Medical Society — report accepted. 

Dr. W. Williamson stated that he had in his possession twenty- 
two provings of Hydrastis Canadensis, and if any of the mem- 
bers of the State Society had any provings of that drug to pre- 
sent, he desired that they would offer them to the Society now. 
He had kept the symptoms separate : 1. The provings ; 2. The 
cured symptoms ; and 3. The clinical observations in the use of 
the drug. 

On motion, the Society adjourned until half-past three o'- 

Afternoon Session. 

Dr. F. H. Krebs, of Boston, a delegate from the Massachu- 
setts State Homoeopathic Medical Society, ws introduced and ad- 
dressed the meeting, and offered a report from his society, after 
which he presented a copy of the Massachusetts State Society's 
Proceedings for the past six years, to this Society, for its libra- 
ry. The volume was received, and a vote of thanks tendered 
for it. 

The Society, after electing some new members, went into an 
election for officers by ballot for the ensuing year. 

Drs. C. Preston and H. H. Hoffmann were appointed tellers. 


The vote resulted as folloi 
President— W. William— \. M. D., Philadelphia. 

First l' -I' iid / — J. II. Marsdbn, M. 1> , York Springs. 
Second Via President — W. James Blakbly, M. D., B 


Recording Secretary — Bushrod W. James, M. D., Phila- 

Corresponding Secretary — Robert J. McCLATOHBY, M. D., 


Treasurer — H. H. HOFFMANN, M. D., Pittsburg. 
Censors — R. Boss Robbrts, M. D., Harrisburg ; I 

M. D., Chester ; J. C. Burgher, M. D., Pittsburg. 

Dr. W. Williamson, the President elect, was then condu- 
to the chair, and made a neat and appropriate address. 

A vote of thanks was then tendered the retiring officer. 

A resolution was passed that the proceedings of this Annual 
Meeting, together with those of the Convention and Meetii 
Pittsburg, in 1866, be published in pamphlet form ; 
the funds of the Society will warrant it ; and also that a com- 
mittee be appointed to carry out this resolution. 

On motion the two Secretaries were appointed the Pub- 
lishing Committee, to which Dr. J. H. P. Frost's name was 
added by vote. 

Sundry bills from the Secretaries were read and ordered to 
be paid. 

Dr. J. C. Burgher then presented a report from the Pitts- 
burg Homeopathic Hospital, which was read and referred to the 
Publishing Committee. 

The Committees on Scientific Subjects were then called. 

Dr. M. Friese, on the subject of "Homoeopathy 'nical 

Medicine" reported by letter that his paper was unfinished. and 
that sickness in his family prevented the completion of thi 
per. On motion, he was continued for another year vu the 
same subject. 

Dr. W. James Blakely, on "Drug Proving* //. m- 

ecfoVs," reported. Report was read and ordered to be printed. 
He also presented two interesting specimens of "GaDgren 
the Lungs," for the inspection of the mcml 


Dr. John C. Morgan, on "Anatomy and Pathology" report- 
ed. Report referred to the Committee on Publication. 

•Evening Session. 

The Society met at 8 o'clock P. M., and listened to the An- 
nual Address by Dr. J. B. Wood, of West Chester, after which 
the Society went into Executive Session. 

On motion, the thanks of the Society were tendered Dr. J. 
B. Wood, for his able and interesting address, and a copy soli- 
cited for incoporating with the archives of the Society. 

Dr. Bushrod W. James reported on "Surgery." The report 
was read and referred to the Publishing Committee. 

No report on "Anaesthetics" 

Dr. J. H. Marsden on "Obstetrics" Report read and re- 
ferred to Publishing Committee. 

Dr. Thomas Hewitt on "Chemistry, as applied to Medicine." 
Report similarly disposed of. 

No report on "Physiology." 

Adjourned until 9 o'clock, A. M., Tuesday. 

Tuesday, June 4th. 

Pursuant to adjournment the Society met, and the Scientific 
Committee reports were resumed. 

Dr. J. H. P. Frost on "Asiatic Cholera.' 9 Report read and 
handed to the Publishing Committee. 

Dr. D. Cowley on "Statistics of Cholera and other Diseases 
treated Homo?opatMcally .'' Subsequently received and referred 
to the same committee, and Dr. Cowley continued on the sub- 
ject of "Statistics, §c." for another year. 

Dr. R. J. McClatchey on "Medical Diagnosis." Report 
read and also referred. 

Dr. J. B. Wood offered a standing Resolution, which was 
amended by H. N. Martin, and finally adopted as follows, viz r 

Resolved, That the Homoeopatic Medical Society of Pennsyl- 
vania, in accepting and publishing reports of Committees in 
their proceedings, does not necessarily endorse the same. 



Resolved, That no longer time than fifteen minutes shall be 
taken up in reading any single report. If the report is of such 
length as would occupy a longer period, a synopsis of the same 
giving the principal points, may be read, and the report itself 
referred to the Publishing Committee. 

On motion, the appointment of the Committees on Scientific 
Subjects, Committee on Reports and Delegates to other Hom- 
oeopathic Meetings, except the American Institute of Homoeo- 
pathy, was left to the discretion of the President of the Society. 

The following were then appointed delegates to the American 
Institute of Homoeopathy, to meet in New York on June 5th, 
1867, viz : Drs. J. B. Wood, J. C. Morgan, J. C. Burgher, R. 
C. Smedley, and I. D. Johnson. 

Harrisburg was fixed as the next place of meeting. Time of 
meeting, the first Tuesday in May, at 10 A. M. 

Drs. R. Ross Roberts and M. Friese were appointed the Com- 
mittee of Arrangements for the next annual meeting, with priv- 
ilege of adding to their number. 

Dr. Burgher offered the following, which was carried : 

Resolved, That the physicians of the place of annual meet- 
ing are not expected by this Society to offer a public banquet 
to the delegates and members. 

J. C. Burgher, M. D., of Pittsburg, was selected as orator 
for the next meeting, and J. H. P. Frost, M. D., of Philadel- 
phia, as alternate. 

The following physicians were proposed for membership dur- 
ing the sessions of the Society, referred to the Board of Cen- 
sors, who reported favorably thereon, and afterwards were duly 
elected by the Society : 

Pemberton Dudley, M. D., Philadelphia ; II. C. Wood, M. 
D., West Chester ; John E. James, M. D., Philadelphia ; J. II. 
McClellan, M. D., Pittsburg ; Walter Ure, M. D., Alleghany 
City ; Richard Koch, M. D., Philadelphia ; Gustavus E. Gramm, 
M. D., Philadelphia ; C. H. Lee, M. D., Pittsburg ; H. N. 
Martin, M. D., Philadelphia ; Charles B. Barrett, M. D., Phil- 
adelphia ; Smith Armor, M. D., Columbia ; John J. Garvin, 
M. D., Philadelphia ; A. P. Bardin, M. D., West Philadelphia ; 
Win, T. Urie, M. D., ; 0. S. Wood, M. D., Philadelphia: 


W. C. Harbison, M. D., Philadelphia ; M. M. Walker, M. D., 
Germantown ; Thos. C. Bunting, M. D., Mauch Chunk ; B. B. 
Gumpert, M. D., Philadelphia ; Alvin Williams, M. D., Phce- 

The following appointments were made by the President : 


1. Provings — A. Lippe, M. D., Philadelphia; R. C. Smedley, 

M. D., West Chester. 

2. Homoeopathy and Clinical Medicine — M. Eriese, M. D., Har- 

risburg ; M. Preston, M. D., Norristown. 

3. Improvements in Surgery — J. J. Detwiller, M. D., Easton ; 

L. H. Willard, M. D., Pittsburg. 

4. Recent Improvements in Obstetric Science — H. N. Guernsey, 

M. D., Philadelphia ; H. N. Martin, M. D., Philadel- 

5. Dietetics— -M. Cote, M. D., Pittsburg ; Edward Reading, M. 

D., Hatboro'. 

6. Homoeopathic Statistics — D. Cowley, M. D., Pittsburg ; J. 

C. Richards, M. D., Lock Haven. 

7. Epidemics and Endemics — Jacob Jeanes, M. D., Philadel- 

phia ; W. M. Williamson, M. D., Philadelphia. 

8. Hygiene — W. James Blakely, M. D., Benzinger ; I. D. John- 

son, M. D., Kennett Square. 

Other Committees: 

On Reports.— J. B. Wood, M. D., West Chester ; Coates Pres- 
ton, M. D., Chester ; J. F. Cooper, M. D., Alleghany City. 

On Cliarter.—U. J. McClatchey, M. H., Philadelphia ; R. R. 
Roberts, M. D., Harrisburg; J. K. Lee, M. D., West Philadel- 
phia ; J. C. Burgher, M. D., Pittsburgh; Bushrod W. James, M. 
D., Philadelphia. 


Publishing Committee. — Bushrod W. James, M. D., Philadel- 
phia; Robert J. McClatchey, M. D., Philadelphia; J. II. P. 
Frost, M. D., Philadelphia. 

Delegates to other Homoeopathic Meetings: 

International Homoeopathic Medical Congress, Pari*. 
August 9th to 14th, 1867.— Bushrod W. James, M. D., Phila- 
delphia; Charles Neidhard, M. D., Philadelphia. 

State Homoeopathic Medical Society of Maim', 18G7. — S. S. 
Brooks, M. D., Philadelphia; H. M. Logee, M. D., Linesville. 

State of Massachusetts , 1868.— W. H. Cook, M. D., Carlisle; 
I. P. Johnson, M. D., Latrobe. 

State of Vermont — H. N. Martin, M. D., Philadelphia ; II. N. 
Guernsey, M. D., Philadelphia. 

State of New York, Feb., 1868.— John R. Reading, M. D., 
Somerton; Wm. T. Urie, M. D. 

State of Ohio, 1868— Robert Faulkner, M. D., Erie ; J. II. 
Marsden, M. D., York Sulphur Springs. 

State of Illinois.— J. C. Morgan, M. D., Philadelphia ; James 
A. Herron, M. D., Pittsburg. 

State of Michigan.— M. W. Wallace, M. D., Alleghany City ; 
A. H. Ashton, M. D., Philadelphia. 

State of New Hampshire. — 0. B. Gause, M. D., Philadelphia : 
W. H. Neville, M. D., Philadelphia. 

State of Wisconsin.— Geo. S. Foster, M. D., Alleghany 
City ; 0. P. Bardin, M. D., West Philadelphia. 

Miami Medical Society of Ohio.—W. R. Childs, M. D., Pitts- 
burgh ; L. M. Rousseau, M. D., Pittsburgh. 

Western Institute of Homoeopathy. — J. K. Lee, M. D., West 
Philadelphia ; Smith Armor, M. D., Columbia. 

Canadian Institute of Homaiopathy. — D. James, M. D., Phila- 
delphia; Wm. Stiles, M. D., Philadelphia. 

A vote of thanks to the Faculty of the Homoeopathic Medical 
College was tendered for the use of the building by the Society. 

A vote of thanks to the physicians of Philadelphia for their 
courteous reception of the members from other parts of the State 
was passed. 


The minutes of the annual meeting were then read and, on 
motion, adopted. 

A motion to adjourn was then made, but withdrawn to allow 
Dr. C. H. Von Tagen to offer the following resolutions : 

Whereas, the success which has hitherto marked the progress 
of Homoeopathy since the immortal Hannemann's discovery of 
the law of cure, though in face of the vilest opposition and per- 
secution : and 

Whereas, Both in this country and in England there has of late 
years, and more recently in the United States, been given to 
the Homoeopathic system an element of great strength, whereby 
the truths and results of our system are placed clearly and prac- 
tically before the people, tending rapidly to popularize Homoe- 
opathy ; therefore 

Resolved, 1. That we hereby express our gratification in the 
organization of life insurance companies which recognize the 
superiority of Homoeopathy over other systems, in a reduction 
of premiums to its patrons. 

2. That in view of the fact that life insurance has become an 
important coadjutor with us in medical reform, basing its pref- 
erence on the increased longevity of practical Homoeopaths, it 
becomes the duty of every intelligent practitioner to make him- 
self acquainted with the principles of life insurance, and the 
special features of life companies, that he may be able to give 
such information to his patrons, and aid to the friends of our 
system, as opportunity may offer and propriety dictate. 

3. That the attitude certain life companies have assumed to- 
ward our system has linked Homoeopathic life insurance to it 
in such a manner, that the failure to achieve a marked success 
must react upon Homoeopathy, and, at least, materially retard 
the progress now being made throughout the civilized world. 

They were read, accepted, and ordered to be filed. 


Recording Secretary. 



Delivered before the Homoeopathic Medical Society of 
Pennsylvania, at the Annual Session, held in 
Philadelphia, June 3d, 1867. 

By James B. Wood, M. D., of West Chester. 

Fellow Members of the Homoeopathic Medical Society of the 
State of Pennsylvania : — 

In conformity with the requirements of our Society it be- 
comes my duty, and, if I had the ability, my pleasure as its re- 
tiring presiding officer, to say a few words to you at the close 
of my official duties. 

Trusting that I shall have your sympathy for any errors I 
may advance, or any shortcomings in this my first public address, 
as it is one of the most arduous duties that could be imposed. 

I approach the duty assigned me on this occasion with diffi- 
dence, and mingled feelings of joy and regret — with diffidence 
in consequence of my inability to do justice to the cause and 
to you, individually and collectively. With feelings of joy 
that our system of medicine and law of cure has already trav- 
ersed the entire civilized world, and, that its blessings have been 
accepted by so large a portion of' the most influential, intelli- 
gent and wealthy of all countries, who cling to it as a Heaven- 
descended system, for the benefit of the human race : — of re- 


grct, that so many millions are still bound in servitude and 
chains to the waning fortunes of the Old School — a servitude 
almost as abject and degrading as that which, until recently, 
held four millions of human beings, made in the image of God, 
in free and independent America, in slavery. Yes ! while our 
banner is the banner of progress and medical freedom — theirs — 
I blush to speak the words — are no progress and medical slavery. 

The old system of medication is happily being acted upon by 
the frosts of time and is crumbling into decay. In its stead, is 
being erected an edifice beautiful and symmetrical in propor- 
tions, and magnificent in design, based upon the immutable 
law, "Similia Similibus Curantur," which will through all fu- 
ture ages withstand the test of the tooth of time. 

Notwithstanding our system of medicine has been, and still 
is, a subject of derision, by our brethren of the Old School, we 
have produced a remarkable change in the practice of our ad- 
versaries. Does any one now hear tell of the lancet ? The 
older members of the Society and many now here before me, 
well remember the time when a visit from a Doctor and bleed- 
ing were, so to speak, synoyamous terms. The blister and the 
cautery are likewise seldom used, save only by those who pro- 
fess human butchery, and in that way add to the horrors of disease. 

Is there not, also, a very marked change in the quantities of 
medicine prescribed by them — "growing small by degrees and 
beautifully less?" 

Another matter to be taken into consideration is the fact, 
that, to retain their patients, in many instances, they have to 
simulate our practice. They even use our veritable "sugar pills." 

" We give medicine that tastes very like Homoeopathic" says one. 
" Our medicine is not nauseous noiv" says another. Who 
among you my hearers is there that has not witnessed in times 
gone by, one of those terrific struggles between a mother and 
her tender offspring, in giving a dose of castor oil, or of the 
thousand and one nostrums, now happily fading away, and to 
be remembered only as the relics of the barbarism of a by-gone 

We are called by them a vocabularly of hard names, such as 
"quacks," "ignorant pretenders," that we "carry on a com- 
merce to the detriment of humanity and science." 




ill ; but, fellow 

u how long woul 

oi' tl 

ion, but by . 

ur Horn • law 

of CM 

in their true i for it is only in 

that any parallel can be recognized. 
We pr< pose, for a brief period, to .show th< 

ical information— rtible 

Sir Jol ian to t : 

ing a i'ev ago of Fl athic Hospital in 

Vienna, Bays : " Not merely do we see thus cured all th 

, whether acute or chronic, but even the 
more dangerous forms of di hysician 

whatever school. I only 

needing the i tture in briu 

them to i manding 


id in 

In . ' 


. ; under All 
In Peri under Horn a 

cent. : under Allocopathic treatment, : 

In i mder Homoeopathic 

: under Allocopathic treatment, 22 p 
In Typhus Fever — under Homoeopathic 
per cent. ; under Allocopathic treatment, I 

All other diseases — under Homoeopathic treatment, d< 
4.4 per cent. ; under Allocopathic treatment, 8.5 per cent. 

Now all of these gentlemen are of the dominant school in 
medicine, and cannot be accused of partiality for the h 
pathic system of practice. 

Even the world-renowned Skoda, of the Vienna Allceopathic 
Hospital, who places much reliance on the expectant treatment, 
docs not furnish a record as favorable as that we have just cited; 
therefore the charge, that the do-nothing treatment is fully 
equal to the Homoeopathic, utterly fails, as it will upon a rigid 
test, wherever and whenever tried. 

In the Northern Home for Friendless Children, i 
the mortality only one-half while under Homoeopathic 

ment, to what it has been under Allceopathic Medication. 
In European Allceopathi 

ill to 12 per cent., while in the H< 
mortality lias been :' 
In ►rge'a (Allocopathic) I 

i ted, there were 1018 de 
in h !. m Ion B 

In a Paris have two wards 

side by Bide, with tl. re under* Alloeopathic char 

1 Homoeopathically 
4663, undor Alloeopathic treatmeo cases. Homoeopathic 

Mortality , it. Alloeopathic Mortality 11.5 per cent. 

The Pennsylvania Hospital, (Alloeopathic) a few years a_L r " in 
a published report, gives a loss of from 10 to 11 per cent., while 
the Good Samaritan Hospital (Homoeopathic) gives a loss of 
from fi to 7 per ci 

In six New York Alloeopathic Asylums the loss for twelve 
years is 1 in 41 — while at the Protestant Half-orphan Asylum, 
(Homoeopathic) for the same period, 1 in 140. This latter 
item is taken from a report made under oath to the board of 
Education in the city of New York. 

To the members of this Society the subject to which I am 
now about to allude is perfectly familiar — but to some in this 
audience it may be somewhat interesting to have a short history 
of the founder of, and the rise and progress of the law of cure, 
as enunciated by him. 

On the 10th of April, A. D. 1755, Sand. Hahnemann, the 
discoverer of our law of cure, ivas bom. Meissen, Saxony, has 
the honor of being his birth place. His father was a tra 
man of some acquirements and was his first instructor, but his 
active mind and elevated character, attracted the attention of 
Dr. Muller, principal of the provincial school, into which he 
was admitted free of expense,and in which he became thoroughly 
conversant with Latin and Greek and the chief modern lan- 
guages, and at the age of twenty he entered the University of 
Lcipsic as a medical student. 

' His energy, perseverance and natural powers of endurance 
enabled him to pursue his studies, sleeping only every other 
night ; a practice he persevered in for a long time. The Pro- 
fessors of the University, on account of merit gave him free 
admission to their lectures. In 1777 he went to Vienna, and 
to England in 1770, where he obtained the degree of Doctor of 

After a successful practice, and having reached the summit 
of medical science, he saw that it did little hut palliate human 
ills; substituting one disease for another instead of eradicating 


it from the system. He now returned to poverty, relinquishing 
his large practice, and resolving never to give another prescrip- 
tion that was not certain to cure any curable malady. 

He engaged in the translation of certain works, as a means of 
subsistence, and while translating Cullen's Materia Medica, the 
Homoeopathic law of cure, first dawned upon his mind. He tried 
on his own person various medicinal substances, and found they 
produced symptoms similar to those they were known to cure. 
He applied his discovery to his friends in the treatment of 
disease with a success he had never before experienced. For 
many years he was obliged to undergo persecution such as 
has seldom been the lot of man to endure. 

He labored in this way until 1811 ; the previous year he pub- 
lished the first edition of his Orgamon. In 1820 the Duke 
Ferdinand, offered him an asylum on account of the wrongs in- 
flicted upon him, but even here he was pursued by the popu- 
lace and treated with violence, then he resolved to live a se- 
cluded life, and for fifteen years was scarcely seen in the streets 
of his town. 

From his voluntary prison, came forth messengers to plead 
his cause before the civilized world, Mb tvorks, editions of which 
were published. 

All who may examine his writings will not fail to be impress- 
ed with his natural and acquired talents, and benevolent dis- 

At this time our system is extending among the most intelli- 
gent classes — and the people of every nation hail it as a dis- 
covery capable of affording the greatest blessings to the af- 

Of course in an art so difficult as that of healing, it would 
be strange indeed for one person to remain free from errors — 
but his errors are of little importance, as the system he discov- 
ered is based upon the rock of truth. 

The doctrine of applying remedies which act upon disc 
rather than healthy parts, and the sub-division of crude modi- 
cine to develop new curative powers, and the proving of dr 
for the purpose of obtaining their specific action, to enable the 


physician urately and knowingly, will commend 

itself to the sound judgment of all, immortalize its author, 
and cum; n of the whole scientific world. 

We do not claim for him infallibility, (the best men 1. 
their faul yanco in the perfection of medicine — 

placing it up< basis, and upon the principles set forth 

correct system of medicine be founded. 

Let it not be said that with the death of Hahnemann progress 
in our school of n ceases ; but, as we have amongst us 

many gentle;, pable of still further perfecting it, it be- 

comes us, Gentlemen of the Homoeopathic Medical Society of 
Pennsylvania, as enquirers after truth, to avail ourselves of his 
d imitate his example, by still further progres 
le hill of science. 

Let no one object to or retard further investigation in devel- 
oping the resources of our Materia Medica, so far as we may 
be enabled to do, or establish landmarks in practice from which 
none may depart f new discoveries, for to err is un- 

ion cannot be attained by us. 

In a recent controversy with an Old School Physician, he 
ted that "it had been well said that our system of med- 
icine is not a doctrine, much less a science. It is a commerce, 
carried on by some individuals, to the detriment of science and 
humanity; and though regular physicians have, probi 
through mercenary motives embraced it, — yet it is a fai 
which the profession may well be proud, that, in no single in- 
stance, has any one whose name is connected with the science 
of that profession, ever given that delusion the least counte- 

"In Germany," said he, "where the system took its rise, it 
is absolutely dead, and after having had quite a run in France, 
Austria and England, it has so far disappeared, that it is with 
difficulty a stranger finds a Homeopathic physician, journal or 

"In no one of these countries is there a hospital in which that 
treatment is applied ; one exists in name, near Vienna," 

"Dr. Joseph Parrish, who visited it about 1858, informed the 
writer that he found upon careful inspection, that the treatment 

iii this nominally Homoeopathic hospital, \. 
than that in the Vienna General H 
nowned Skoda." 

"In this country, although we ha de- 

termined to be humbugged in able 

evident es of its decline." 

"S< '[uietly and secretly i 

vice until it is almost impossible 
enthi th, while others openly renounce it, as did J. C. Pe- 

. a distinguished Homoeopathic author, &c. -A fc the 

Homoeopathic College at Philadelphia, ten years ago, often had 
a class r two hn bout fifty is all they can ! 

If any one of you had an idea before reading the foregoing 
extract, that Baron Munchausen was dead, or if dead, thai 
mantle fell upon no one, you will at once dispel that deli 
particularly when presented with a view of our true state 
the year of grace, one thousand eight hundred and sixty-seven. 

The three score and ten years, alloted to man have sea; 
elapsed, since Hahnemann first promulgated his discovery to the 
world, and but one generation since Dr. Gram, a diciple of 

its only representative in America, residing in or near the 
city of New York ; now about four thousand at least, own and 
dispense its blessings, and we congratulate ourselves that the y 
arc at least, as eminent in their profession and as honest in their 
motives, as a similar number of the Old School, and we point 
with proud satisfaction to the fact that our practise is not only 
as successful as theirs, but pre-eminently in advance, all of 
which we submit to the arbitrament and final determination of 
a candid world. 

Some ten journals are devoted solely to the cause, i 

iocated in Philadelphia, New York, Cleveland, Chic; 
and St. Louis, (and a sixth one in embryo at Boston,) with 
Profe o prosecuting the good work. 

The Homoeopathic College in this City (it maybe 
more than about equal to 
and the i timber of matriculanl i the 

Colleges, numbered at least thn 
they did ten years ago. 


The m is on the decline in Europe and 

other plai refutation as it is in regard to our 


According to the best authority there arc about fifteen hun- 
dred prac [omoeopaths in Europe alone, nearly two-thirds 
of whom belong to Germany, France and Great Britain. 

Numen , appropriated to this treatment, exist in 

Vienna, St. Petersburg, Paris, Berlin, Moscow,and other places. 
Six Homoeopathic Journals are published in Germany, five in 
England, three in France, and quite a number in other coun- , 
. and Homoeopathic Societies exist in nearly every large 
town in Europe. 

But to return to matters nearer home, and with which we are 
more thoroughly conversant, I will state a few facts that 
came under my own observation. 

Some few years ago, the Alms-House of my County, was un- 
der the care of a Homoeopathic physician. The success of the 
treatment was good as usual, notwithstanding that the medicine 
left for the patients, in many instances, was either not given 
or thrown away, the person in charge assuming the responsi- 
bility of. so doing, and charging the physician with the loss of 
the patient. 

In the latter part of the time, a typhus epidemic broke out 
in the house, resulting in some thirty deaths, out of about 250 

Our Allceopathic friends lost no time in trumpeting forth \ 
in the sphere of their practice, and in their public journals, the 
ill success of Homoeopathic treatment ; but now when a similar, 
aye, worse result obtains under Allceopathic treatment, this 
same Sir Oracle is dead, — dead, — dead, so far as justice is con- 
cerned between man and man. 

In a recent scarlet fever epidemic in my own town and vi- 
cinity, a large number of cases were treated both Alloeopathic- 
ally and Homceopathically — the former lost fourteen cases, the 
latter none. 

A few years ago a number of the prominent Homoeopathic 
Physicians connected with the Homoeopathic College in this 
City, offered to take charge of the Blockley Alms House for 


one year, free of charge for attendance or medicine and with a 
proviso that they should be discharged whenever it should be 
determined that their success was not greater than it was under 
the Old Scliool treatment — but it was denied them. 

Why will they not consent to contrast their treatment with 
ours in our public institutions. 

Could there be a better opportunity to disprove our claims to 
public confidence. A fair comparison upon the same class of 
patients, by the two modes of treatment, under precisely the 
same circumstances, would be to every unprejudiced person the 
fairest .test. 

While we have ever been anxious for the trial, they have re- 
fused it, and why? — because they are afraid of the result. — 
Could they not, if they believed what they say to be true, 
readily show the superiority of their treatment. 

We again challenge them to the comparison, having the most 
unbounded faith in the truth and justice of our cause. Suffice 
it to say, that they might as well with feeble arm attempt to 
overturn the Alleghanies or to grasp the stars from the firma- 
ment, as to change us in our firm and unalterable determination 
to adhere unto the end to the truth in medicine as expressed in 
the maxim, "similia similibus curantur" 

Now, let me exhort you, that as the discoverer of our law of 
cure passed his whole life in seeking after knowledge, that we 
imitate his example. Let our object be truth — as his was ; de- 
void of bigotry — as he was ; following no dogma without full 
and thorough investigation ; following in his footsteps with the 
law of cure as discovered by him as the polar star to guide us 
on our way, and a glorious career awaits us. 





This Society has steadily progressed from the time of its or- 
ganization in October, 1858, to the present time, for it can be 
correctly said that the semi-annual meeting, held May 7th, 18G7, 
was one of the most interesting and profitable ever convened. 
The conversations and discussions have been practical, amply 
repaying the attendant for the inconvenience and loss in prac- 
tice. A number of well written essays, and accurately reported 
cases from practice, are presented at each session. A By-Law 
of the Society, provides that each member shall contribute 
something in writing during the year. This is generally com- 
plied with. 

The Annual Session held in October, is always convened in 
West Chester, and the semi-annual one in May. at various 
points throughout the district. It is the intention of the Soci- 
ety to have more frequent gatherings, at least four times in the 
year. Their profit is proverbial among us. 

The cause of Homoeopathy is being rapidly enhanced through- 
out these counties. Our patrons are increasing in number, 
daily, and are constituted almost entirely of the more intelli- 
gent of the inhabitants. The violence of the Alloeopathic fra- 


ternity toward us is but promoting our interests. Their de- 
nunciations have been long, loud and bitter, but have univer- 
sally come back on their own hands. 

Our Officers for 1867 are as follows : 

President — D. R. Bardin, M. D., late of Coatesville, (now of 
West Philadelphia.) 

Vice President — I. D. Johnston, M. D., Kennett Square, Ches- 
ter County, Pa. 

Secretary — Jos. E. Jones, M. D., West Chester, Chester Co., Pa. 

Treasurer—?,, C. Smedley, M. D., " 

At our last regular meeting, it was Resolved, that we do be- 
come a Committee of the whole, to attend the Pennsylvania 
State Homoeopathic Medical Society,to convene in Philadelphia, 
June 3d, 1867. 


This Society, organized but little more than one year ago, is 
now in an exceedingly flourishing and prosperous condition. — 
The list of membership has been greatly enlarged since the last 
report was made to the State Society, and now embraces fifty- 
seven names. The meetings of the Society are held on the 3d 
Thursday of each month and are always well attended, in fact 
many, if not all the members, look forward to meeting night as 
a period of relaxation and pleasure. 

During the past year a great variety of medical subjects have 
been discussed during the sessions, and valuable essays on the 
following subjects, viz : Infantile Hernia ; Poisoning by Bella- 
donna successfully treated with opium ; Cholera; Tracheotomy: 
Intermittent Fever ; the question of dose ; Scarlet fever ; Al- 
ternation ; the Materia Medica; have been presented and read 
and together with the discussions that followed have regularly 
appeared in the pages of the Hahnemannian Monthly. Last 


Bummer when it waa expected that Asiatic Cholera would pre- 
vail in our City, petitions to the Board of Health, looking to a 
recognition of the rights of Homoeopathic Physicians and their 
patients were circulated and extensively signed, but that dis- 

having {'ailed to become epidemic at that time, the Petit- 
ion was not presented and is retained by the Secretary for use 
on a future occasion should such occasion ari- 

Resolutions having in view the ultimate erection and putting 
in operation of a large general Homoeopathic Hospital have 
been adopted and a committee appointed to carry out the spirit 
of the resolve, and, though it cannot be said that much pro- 
gress in that direction has been attained, yet the wedge has 
been entered and only needs striking down to split the terribly 
hard knot of professional indifference. 

At the Annual Meeting held in April, Richard Gardiner, M. 
D., President of the Society, delivered the Annual Address. — 
The Doctor presented an elaborate essay on the dignity of the 
Medical Profession. 

The election for officers to serve during the ensuing year was 
held on the same evening, and resulted as follows : 
President — Dr. Richard Gardiner. 
Vice President— -Dr. Owen B. Gause. 
Treasurer — Dr. A. H. Ashton. 
Secretary — Dr. Robt. J. McClatchey. 
Scribe — Dr. Bushrod W. James. 
Board of ( 'ejisors — Dr. Walter Williamson, 
Dr. Jacob Jeanes, 
Dr. S. S. Brooks. 
Com. on ProviiKjs — Dr. Jno. G. Houard, 
Dr. Adolph Lippe. 


In comparing the past with the present, this Society has 
occasion to congratulate itself on its progressiveness, and 
although not large in numbers or great in power, hopes with 
the aid of Divine Providence, to contribute something to the 
progress of science in the advancement of Homoeopathy. 


It is with regret that we have to record the death of one of 
our number, Dr. Harvey, who fell a victim to consumption. 
The Society lost in him a promising member and Homoeopathy 
an ardent supporter, and a large circle of friends mourn his 

The meetings of the Society are held in the Pittsburg Home- 
opathic Hospital building, on the evening of the second Friday 
of each month. The Journals of the Society are contributed 
to the Library of that Institution and the pathalogical and 
other specimens are deposited in its Museum. During the past 
year many interesting topics have been discussed and valuable 
essays read. 

Dr. Cooper has contributed an article on the topical applica- 
tion of Homoeopathic remedies. 

Dr. L. H. Willard has presented for consideration clinical 
observations on Bryonia in Pneumonia ; Symphytum off, in 
fractures, and the treatment of fractures. 

Dr. Baelz, on Hydropathy and its application to the treat- 
ment of disease. 

Dr. D. Cowley^ an essay on Spontaneous Generation and a 
clinical observation on the use of Dulcamara in obstructions of 
the nasal duct. 

Dr. H. H. Hofman reported the first case of cholera success- 
fully treated with verat., cup. aeet, and camphor. Dr. H. also 
reported a case of monstrosity ; a female child born without 
even the rudiments of either upper or lower extremities, and 
living for several months. 

Dr. J. Q. Burgher presented an able article on the use of the 
single remedy, as the great governing rule of Homoeopathy. 
This met the approval of all ; the only objection offered being 
that when a remedy could not be found to cover all the symp- 
toms, another should be given in alternation to assist the action 
of the first. 

In the department of Materia Medica this Society has had an 
accidental proving of Macrotin, by Dr. Wallace, and a volun- 
tary proving of the same remedy by Mr. Seip, a Medical Stu- 


The principal symptoms developed by these proving* B 
to point to Rheumatism, where the pains seem to be of a partly 
Deuralgic nature. 

Great nervousness and fearfolness. Restlessness. Heavily 
coated tongue. Nightly exacerbations. The parts affected are 
sore and swollen. Great irritability of the stomach. Frontal 
headache. Severe rheumatic pains, worst in right arm and left 

"When in bed the covers seemed to be too warm, although he 
would get up and go to the stove to warm himself. 

Feeling as if delirium would set in, or as if he would be de- 
prived of his mind. 

It has been successfully used in Rheumatism, where the 
symptoms accorded, and in a case of Delirium Tremens. 

A variety of clinical cases have also been presented during 
the year,demonstrating the use of some of our new remedies, as 
Nuphar lutea ; Collinsonia canadensis ; Aletris farnoisa ; Sar~ 
racenia purpurea, Caulopliyllum ; Baptisia and others. 

Cases of treatment of fractured patella, by the use of ad- 
hesive strips and of the bones of the carpus and metacarpus, 
by plaster of Paris, have been presented, as well as an interest- 
ing account of the successful reduction, by manipulation, of a 
dislocation of the femur into the foramen ovale. 

The officers of the Society are as follows : 
President — J. F. Cooper, M. D. 
Vice President— M. Cote, M. D. 
Treasurer — D. Cowley, M. D. 
Secretary— L. H. Willard, M. D. 


The Massachusetts Homoeopathic Medical Society was organ- 
1 in 1840, and has had its regular sessions for more than a 
ter of a century. 

1856, it was incorporated with peculiar and valuable priv- 
, such as will tend to perpetuate the Society. After its 


incorporation, the meetings took place for several years but once 
yearly; now they are held on the second Wednesday of April 
and October. They are well attended, and usually very inter- 

The Society numbers 119 Active Members, 5 Honorary and 
15 Corresponding; a larger number have been added during the 
past than in any previous year, which speaks well for the pro- 
gress of Homoeopathy in that part of the country. The Society 
owns a Library of nearly one thousand volumes, and recently 
acts of incorporation have been obtained for the establishment 
of a Homoeopathic Medical College and an Hospital. 


The delegate from this Institution begs leave to report that 
it is in successful operation. As the object of this report will 
have been attained, only so far as it imparts information or 
elicits interest, it is proposed to give a brief history of the in- 
ception, consummation and practical workings of the Institu- 
tion, hoping that the success which has attended the persever- 
ing efforts of the few who engaged in this noble work, may 
encourage others to inaugurate and push to speedy completion 
similar enterprises on a grander scale, in cities where these 
powerful Homoeopathic engines are still practically ignored. 

One year and a half ago, the real estate now belonging to 
the Corporation, and valued at sixty thousand dollars, was pur- 
chased by three Homoeopathic physicians of Pittsburg, with the 
view of at once establishing and ultimately endowing a Homoe- 
opathic Hospital and Dispensary. 

The purchase effected, measures were forthwith inaugurated 
to secure a liberal Charter from the State Legislature, which 
was granted by that honorable body on the fourth day of April, 
A. D. 1866. 

The^building was remodeled and put in complete repair. The 
private apartments were carpeted and elegantly furnished ; the 
general wards were well fitted up and complete in everything 


desirable to constitute a well appointed and first-class Hospital. 
Supplied with Burgical instruments and appliances ; a complete 
of medicines, ranging from the mother tincture and first 
trituration to the thirtieth dilution. 

A Medical Board, bearing a well earned local reputation. 
elected from the corporators, eager to test the medicines and 
vie with each other's skill — the services of Dr. L, II. Willard 
i(l as resident Physician and Surgeon — patients waiting — 
nurses and employees ready for duty — the huilding, with its 
central location, facility of access, commodious, cheerful, well 
Lighted and ventilated wards — in fine, everything inviting and 
every body waiting — the Hospital was thrown open to the pub- 
lic, for the reception and care of patients, August 1st, 1866, 
and has been in actual operation for the period of ten months. 
It is dispensing its blessings to the sick poor gratuitously; to 
those able to pay, for a mere nominal compensation — while 
private paying patients are at liberty to employ, at their own 
expense, a Physician of any other school of medicine. 

Thus, while this Hospital was founded and is maintained by, 
and mainly intended for the patrons of Homoeopathy, it is in 
effect a public institution, open to the entire community and to 
the whole medical profession. The attention of those who may 
have in contemplation the founding of charities of this kind, is 
specially directed to this liberal feature. 

The Hospital is provided at present with thirty-eight beds, 
with a capacity for a larger number when required. By virtue 
of four single benefactions, (of one thousand dollars each,) that 
number of beds were declared free during the life-time of the 
donors ; to be occupied only by such persons as they may from 
time to time elect — provided the persons so designated are ad- 
judicated by the attending Physician to come within the pro- 
visions of the Charter and By-Laws of the Institution, and 
comply with the rules and regulations governing free patients. 
Of the Library, it need scarcely be said, that desirable books 
have not accumulated with the rapidity calculated to make a 
biblomaniac rejoice.^, The fact, however, is suggestive, and it 
i3 hoped may incite a Peabody, or some other body, to immor- 
talize his name, by a munificent donation to this important 



The general administration of the affairs of the Institution, 
is vested in an Executive Committee of five, elected annually 
by the Board of Trustees from its own members ; while the 
Medical, Surgical and Lying-in departments are under the im- 
mediate direction of their respective staffs, and are at present 
composed of the following Physicians, viz : 


H. Hoffman, M. D. 
F. Taudte, M. D. 

L. M. Rousseau, M. D. 
J. E. Barnaby, M. D. 

J. C. Burgher, M. D. 
L. H. Willard, M. D. 


D. Cowley, M. D. 

J. H. McClelland, M. D. 


J. F. Cooper, M. D. L. M. Rousseau, M. D. 


C. H. Lee, M. D. C. P. Seip, Assistant 

Auxiliary to the Hospital, is the "Ladies Homoeopathic 
Charitable Association" The objects of which are to support 
the charity patients in Hospital, supply them with allowable 
delicacies, needed clothing, &c. 

This Society, as its name indicates, is composed exclusively 
of Women — is well organized and effective. Its officers are a 
President, two Vice Presidents, a Treasurer, Secretary and 
Assistant Secretary. It also has an Executive Committee. 
Finance Committee, Clothing Committee, Sewing Committee, 
District and Visiting Committees. It holds stated monthly 
meetings at the Hospital, at which the Treasurer and various 
Committees are required to make written reports. Charity 
patients are all admitted through its Executive Committee, the 
Corporation receiving from its Treasury three dollars per week 
for each patient so admitted. 


Over one thousand prescriptions have been issued from the 
Dispensary and Beveral minor surgical operations performed. 
One hundred and one patients were treated in Hospital with a 
mortality of eight. Of the fatal cases, one died of Hypertro- 

fied Liver and Spleen, one of Cirrhosis Ilcpatis, one of Typhoid 
Fever, brought to Hospital in a moribund condition, and two 
died of Phthisis Pulmonalis, in the last stage of the dis< 
when admitted. Deducting the five cases above enumerated as 
hopeless when admitted, leaves a mortality of about three per 

The Corporation rests on a legal basis, guaranteeing ail the 
rights, privileges and immunities enjoyed by any similar Insti- 
tution in the State. Its Corporators are composed of many of 
our best citizens. Its numerous Lady patronesses, unwearied 
in their efforts to make the enterprise, in every particular, meet 
the expectations of its' most sanguine friends. Sufficient pri- 
vate subscriptions and contributions secured to render its finan- 
cial condition free from present embarrassment — all giving 
promise of permanancy, prosperity and usefulness. 

As an appendix to this report, a few of the cases treated in 
the Hospital are submitted, as presenting some points of in- 




Mr. G. Act 40. Native of Germany. Was in good health 
at the time of the accident. Fell down a coal pit, striking on 
his right knee and dislocating the Femur, by forcing the head 
of the bone into the foramen ovale. When brought to the 
Hospital, the leg was flexed upon the thigh ; the thigh turned 
away from the body and at a right-angle with it. The patient, 
who was suffering intense agony, was placed on the floor and 
completely etherized. The manipulations, as practiced by Dr. 
Reid, of Rochester, were tried by Drs. Willard and Cowley, but 
without success. By these manipulations the head of the bone 


was brought to the edge of the acetabulum, when it would 
either slip up on the dorsum of the Ilium or back into the for- 
amen ovale. Having placed the bone in the position occupied 
when the patient was brought into the Hospital, Dr. Cowley 
succeeded in reducing the luxation by the following manipula- 
tions, viz : Grasping the leg with the right hand, and the limb 
above the knee with the left, he pushed the knee still further 
outward, at the same time making the head of the bone rotate 
towards the pubes upon which it rested a moment and then 
slipped with a snap into its place. A bandage was applied to 
the hfp and the parts bathed with a solution of the first dilution 
of Arnica. On the third day, Rhus Tox, 6th, was given every 
four hours, and continued for one week, after which it was 
given three times a day. At the end of three weeks the patient 
could walk as well as before the accident. In this case the toes 
were not everted, a condition described by surgical writers as 
often following this class of injuries. 



Mr. L. Aet 25. Native of Ireland, In good health at 
time of accident. In attempting to get off the cars, while in 
motion, he fell, striking upon his right shoulder. When brought 
into the Hospital, the right arm was hanging helpless and pow- 
erless by his side. On examination it was found he had sus- 
tained a fracture of the Clavicle, near the acromial third, in 
two places. The intervening piece, by the contraction of the 
muscles, was drawn upwards, while the external and internal 
portions were approximated. The fracture was reduced by 
pushing the shoulder upwards, outwards, and very strongly 

Fox's apparatus was found to be of no service, as it did not 
throw the shoulder far enough back. 

The fragments were kept in position in the following man- 
ner : A figure of eight bandage was first applied, this drew 
the shoulder well back ; then by means of a compress over the 


Bea1 of Fracture, kepi in place by adhesive Btraps, the detached 
of bone was held firmly In place. A pad was next placed 
in the axilla, which forced the shoulder upwards and outward, 
and -was kept in position by a bandage around tin- body. Vel- 
peau'fl bandage was next applied, which completed the dressing' 
On the second day SympJi^ off »'>//>. was given every three 
hours, and continued for one week, after which it was given 
three times a day for two weeks, and then discontinued. At 
the expiration of the fourth week the dressings were finally re- 
moved, having been renewed twice during the treatment. The 
bone was found to he firmly united, without any deformity. 



Mr. R. Aet. 21). Native Pennsylvania. In good health at 
time of accident. 

Was thrown from a carriage while out riding, receiving the 
force of the fall on the left foot. When brought into the Hos- 
pital was suffering intense pain. The limb presented a pecu- 
liar twisted appearance, and on examination it was found he 
had sustained a dislocation of the knee outwards, the inner side 
of the head of the Tibia was splintered, the fracture extending 
to the joint, and the ankle joint severely sprained. In the 
reduction, assistance was rendered by Dr. Hofmann. It was 
performed by forcibly extending the leg, (extension being made 
from just above the ankle and counter-extension from above the 
knee,) and pressing against the 'head of the Fihia, when it 
glided into place. The splintered portion of the Pibia was 
then found to be in situ. 

The parts were bathed with a dilution of Arnica, a band 
applied from the toes to the thigh, to counteract the spasmodic 
action of the muscles; a splint was applied to the out-id.' of 
the limb, reaching from the upper part of the thigh to the foot, 
and retained in place by a bandage made from over the splin- 
tered end of the Fibia. 


Am. 6th, every three hours was given internally, and con- 
tinued for one day; on the third day Minis Tox Gth, was sub- 
stituted and given three times a day, for four days, when Symp, 
off Qth, was given for ten days — dose every four hours. On the 
second day the splint was removed and the limb placed in a 
fracture box, with sand bags to keep it in position. This gave 
great relief. The bandages were removed every third day and 
the limb bathed. At the expiration of the fifth week the ban- 
dages and box were removed, and passive motion made. A few 
days after the patient got out of bed, and could walk with the 
aid of a crutch ; and in one week from the time of leaving his 
bed, the leg had so far recovered as to warrant his removal 
home, since which time he has recovered perfectly the use of 
his limb. 



April 11th, 1867. Robert Law, aged 35, a carter, of large 
frame and very muscular, was admitted with fracture of the 
right clavicle and second rib, from being run over by a cart 
wheel. The wheel passed over the body from the left side, 
across the sternum and right clavicle over the top of the 
shoulder. The fracture was dressed when he was first admitted 
by the resident Physician of the Hospital, Dr. Lee, but the 
bandages becoming loose it was necessary to re-apply them. 
Dr. Cowley, Surgeon in charge, examined the case, and found 
that the full extent of the injury could not satisfactorily be 
made out, as long as the patient was fully conscious; Chloroform 
Was administered, and while under its influence it was ascer- 
tained that there was fracture of the sternal third of the clav- 
icle; a fragment of about one inch in length was discovered 
between that and the acromial end. It was also evident that 
there was a fracture of the second rib of same side. 

Adhesive strips, about two inches wide and one yard long, 
were applied to the right shoulder, the shoulder being drawn as 


far back as possible; the Btrips were supported by band 

around the body and over the shoulder. Fox's ring was placet! 
around the Bhoulder, and an oblong compress over the sternal 
third of clavicle. The right arm was made fast to the body by 
bandages which were made firm by numerous pins and stitch*-. 
On account of the contusion of the different parts, Arnica tinc- 
ture, in water, was applied externally and administered inter- 
nally. The patient was directed to lie on the back, with the 
right shoulder hanging over the pillow. 

The above apparatus and remedy were continued till April 
17, (the sixth day,) when it was taken off. As consider- 
able difficulty had been experienced in keeping the sternal 
portion of the clavicle in place, the stcrno-cleido mastoid 
muscle constantly drawing it upward, Dr. Cowley, assisted by 
Mr. Seip, drew this end as far down as possible, held the 
shoulder firmly back, and moulded a plaster of Paris compress 
in the triangular depression above. This was fixed in place by 
sewing it into the bandage, passing under and over it. Adhe- 
sive strips were again applied to the right shoulder, and across 
the back ; the axilla fixed and the arm without a pad across 
the breast. Symphytum-off, was applied over the shoulder and 
breast, and administered internally. 

About the 24th, the 11th day, it was found that the bandages 
were becoming loose, when a large pad was inserted under 
some of them over the scapula, and made fast by stitches, and 
the plaster compress re-adjusted. At this time the cat of frac- 
ture was examined and a very large callus discovere 1. 

May 4th, (22 days after the fracture.) the bone was found to 
be firmly united, and on the Gth the bandages were removed. 

The case is a very satisfactory one, from the fact of their 
being no deformity whatever. The fractured pieces of bone 
seem to be perfectly adjusted, and the man's shoulder is of as 
good shape and as useful as before the fracture. Whether 
Symphytum conduced to the speedy union of the fragment- or 
not, is a question which future trials with the remedy may bet- 
ter determine. 





As your Committee on Drug Provings and New Remedies, I 
offer the following remarks. The two subjects embraced in my 
report, while closely allied, are still sufficiently different to have 
constituted two separate papers, and would, probably, in that 
condition, have received much fuller and better attention than 
I can give them combined. As it is, I shall separate them, 
treating each one alone, and in the order in which it is named. 
The remarks which I will make will, most probably, contain 
nothing new ; nothing which is, at present, unknown to the 
profession, except it may be some ideas of my own ; but I 
shall, at least, attempt to fulfill the duty assigned me. 

From the very earliest ages of man we may presume that 
disease in some form existed, and that necessity, aided by in- 
stinct, led to the discovery of certain articles which were em- 
ployed for its removal. The primal curse which was put upon 
our first parents, at the time of their banishment from the ter- 
restrial paradise, shows that they were to be left a prey to the 
action of all the laws of nature. The sentence of Adam, " In 
the sweat of thy face shalt thou eat bread till thou return to 
the earth from which thou wast taken," and of Eve, " I will 
multiply thy sorrows and thy conceptions ; in sorrow shalt thou 
bring forth children," indicates that not only to mental but 
also to bodily sufferings were they and their descendants to be 
subjected. In the primitive days of the world, however, we can 


easily imagine that frugality and simplicity of life did much 
towards mitigating the severity of this sentence, and rendered 
the employment of medical agents of Beldom occurrence; bnt 
when, through civilization, the habits of man became less 
active and, through refinement, his manners less rude, di- 
became mure frequent, and, in consequence, the means for the 
val more necessary. Among the ancient-, the practice of 
. when it had become something defined, was seized by 
the priests for their own aggrandizement, and, being covered 
with the veil of religion, was shrouded in mystery and super- 
stition. In these hands it was found by Hippocrates who, 
disgusted with the fallacies with which it had been invested, 
endeavored to reduce it to something more scientific and 
rational. Since the time of this reformer, the changes which 
Medicine has undergone have been innumerable ; but these 
have only been alterations in matters of theory, for until the 
time of Hahnemann, no real advance was made towards acquir- 
ing a thorough knowledge of the properties of dr 

They were blindly administered upon some vain and unmean- 
ing hypothesis, and to supply the deficiency in knowledge, a 
mystical cloud was thrown around the Physician and his art. 
In this, indeed, they well imitated the example of the ancient 
priests. Medicine was something to be concealed from the 
public gaze, and well it might, for had it been exposed in all 
the hideous deformity of its impotency anc! its horrors, it- 
terror-stricken victims would have fled shrieking from the sight, 
as did Zelica from the face of the prophet. But when Hahne- 
mann discovered the law of Similia, he found that, in accord- 
ance with this principle, a thorough and exhaustive knowledge 
of the properties of drugs was necessary, and that these must 
tcertained by experiments made upon the human organism, 
while in a state of perfect health. This principle has always 
been fully recognized by his adherents, and is, to a certain ex- 
tent, by those of the opposite school of Medicine as will after- 
wards be shown. The only question in regard to this subject is 
how the proving- s-liall be conducted in order to secure the re- 
liable effects of the articles proved. Hahnemann has left cer- 
tain rules for our guidance, which are well known to all homoeo- 
pathic physicians, so well, indeed, that it seems almost a waste 


of time to occupy your attention with them. A brief resume, 
however, of these requirements will not be out of place, and 
may not be entirely useless. 

The first step towards proving a drug is to ascertain that it 
is pure in quality and that it is the exact article we are desi- 
rous of proving, and if it be one of a family, that no mistake be 
made between it and others of the same. The provers must be 
many in number, of different constitutions and temperaments, 
of both sexes and of all ages, in order that the varied and finer 
shades of action of the drug may be developed, which otherwise 
might remain concealed. The provers must be in a condition 
of perfect health that the symptoms experienced may be pos- 
itively known to be reliable effects of the drug. They must be 
possessed of intellectuality that they may clearly define the sen- 
sations they have experienced and the localities in which they 
were felt. They should not change their habits of life, but 
should, while proving, endeavor to mantain the system in its 
usual condition. The symptoms should be recorded in the or- 
der in which they occur and the time of their appearance care- 
fully noted, as well as all circumstances connected with it; every 
thing must be stated in clear and explicit language, all words 
of doubtful or hidden meaning being avoided. The object in 
proving a drug is to obtain its characteristic symptoms, that is 
the symptoms which give to it an individuality and which dis- 
tinguish it from all others, therefore, the most minute sensa- 
tions must not be forgotten, for these may be of the greatest 
value. We know that all of our principal remedies have many 
Symptoms in common, and were it not for the characteristics 
no selection could be made. In commencing the proving of a 
drug, he who conducts it, should carefully study the different 
temperaments of his ' assistants, in order that he may, more 
judiciously, decide as to the quantity of the drug which each 
should receive, as well as to the frequency of its repetitions. — 
These are important considerations, because all persons are not 
equally valuable as provers. Some will be found highly suscep- 
tible to the action of the remedy while others will exhibit this 
quality in a much less degree, Women and children will, gen- 
erally, be found more susceptible than men, though exceptions 
to this are frequent and this still more demonstrates the neces- 

si t y of careful in\ <n. With regard to repetition of do- 

my limited experience lias shown mo that the crude drag 

can be administered more frequently than the potencies, and 

that its action is mure quickly exhausted, while the latter, be- 
ing more adapted to the finer tissues of the organization, bring 
out the finer shades of drug action and their effects arc evident 
for a longer time. The question of instituting pathogenetic ex- 
periments with potencies is one which has undergone a great 
deal of discussion and has had its opponents and its defenders. 
It i< generally admitted that many remedies, which in their 
crude state are inert, must he potentized before being investi- 
gated, but that with others only the drug itself should be used. 
Many of our provings are declared to be valueless on ac- 
count of having been made with potencies. For myself, I have 
no doubt of their pathogenetic power in all cases and even of 
their superiority in some instances. But this question must 
ultimately be settled and, like others which create dissensions 
amongst us, the sooner it is solved the better it will be for our 

The credit of instituting examinations into the pathogenetic pro- 
perties of drugs, belongs purely to homoeopathy in the person of 
its founder, Hahnemann. It is true that, before his time,attempts 
at this method of ascertaining the specific effects of remedial 
agents had been made by persons within the ranks of the pro- 
fession, but these were of so little importance as to be scarcely 
worthy of mention. That these efforts, however resulted only 
in failures, is not, perhaps, so much due to those by whom they 
were inaugurated, as to the majority of the medical men of 
their times, who, considering the domain of Medical Science as 
something too sacred to admit of innovations, persistently re- 
sisted all attempts at improvement. Their worst characteristic 
perhaps, was, that they did not possess that remarkable strength 
of mind which so eminently distinguished the honored founder 
of homoeopathy, who stood firm as the rock of ages and scorn- 
fully defiant of all the assaults of his enemies. They yielded 
to the demands of an insolent and selfish majority, he, standing 
alone and conscious of right, successfully defied and overturned 
the errors of ages. Hahnemann did not arrive at this course 
of drug testing theoretically, but was led to it by the surer path 


of practical induction. He arrived at it only when he saw the 
futility and irrationality of the prevalent reasoning in expla- 
nation of drug action. He saw the absolute necessity of a more 
positive way of treating disease than that which was based on 
speculative theories and unsound pathological principles. The 
explanation of Cullen in regard to the action of Bark gave him 
the clue to that grand natural law in medicine which he after- 
wards discovered. This clue he followed, testing drug after drug, 
until he had completed that work of which it can truly be said, 
that it is a monumentum aere perenhis, a monument which will 
hand down his name to the latest posterity, a monument which 
will endure when the names of his detractors are buried in ob- 
livion. This work, the Materia Medica Pura, contained the 
first systematic attempt at drug proving and at the scientific 
and rational collation of their toxicological effects. Its appear- 
ance was hailed with about the same measure of delight as was 
Harvey's discovery of the circulation, or Jenner's announcement 
of vaccination, and its author received the same kind treatment 
as was meted out to them. The Allopathic profession, ever jeal- 
ous of innovators, visited upon the devoted head of Hahnemann, 
the most furious denunciations, coupled with the vilest attacks 
upon his work, which they were pleased to consider a tissue of 
falsities. His principle they declared to be false, and his work 
a ridiculous absurdity. Truly, the birth of drug proving was 
amid storms and contentions, and, had not truth been more 
mighty than error, it would have been strangled almost before 
it began to live. But Hahnemann possessed, in the highest 
sense, that spirit of indomitable courage and unceasing energy 
so necessary in the leaders of great reformations. Driven from 
town to town, from village to village, by his unrelenting perse- 
cutors, hooted and jeered at by the ignorant rabble of the 
streets, deaf to the pleadings of his often suffering family to 1 
yield his convictions to necessity, seeking in vain a place to rest, 
perhaps to die, in peace, he never doubted the ultimate success 
of the great principle he enunciated. The brightest page in 
the life of Hahnemann is that which records the noble and 
unswerving constancy with which he adhered to what he knew 
to be truth. Far above all his services to mankind, great and 
incalculable though they be, is the firm and unshaken determi- 

nation t<> adhere tohifl principles, though Buffering, poi 

even martyrdom, were presented as the alternative. This will 
endear him to generations yet unborn, this will make him immor- 
tal. The example of the Master was faithfully followed by his 
earlier disciples, ami by others who had been hi i its in his 

first great work in this department, and new provings and re- 
provings rapidly multiplied. The names of Stapf, (n 
Boenninghausen, Hering, Jahr, and many others will form a 
brilliant galaxy around the head of Hahnemann, and in the an- 
nals of Homoeopathic literature, will live as the benefactors of 
a suffering race. The Becond generation of Homoeopathic phy- 
sicians was not less mindful of its duty than were those of its 
predecessors, and many valuable additions were made to the Ma- 
teria Medica. The third or present generation has been still 
less idle, and so rapidly has the material accumulated that the 
supply at present in our possession must be immense. Take 
alone the fragmentary provings in our journals, as well as the 
most finished productions from the same sources, and volumes 
by hundreds would be required to contain them. It is, however, 
worthy of remark, that while physicians of the present genera- 
tion have added largely to the stock of pathogenetic literature, 
they have really added but little to our knowledge of Materia 
Medica, and their productions do not equal, in point of finish 
or perfectness, those of their predecessors of the first and second 
generations. I am well aware that many will not agree with 
me on this point, especially those who believe that our Materia 
Medica contains much that is false, and that it requires rather 
purifications than additions; but it is nevertheless true, and will 
be admitted by all candid men, that there is not amongst us 
that enthusiastic devotion which so eminently characterized our 
predecessors, which transformed them into heroes, and, had it 
b.een necessary, would have made of them martyrs, and without 
which our labors will ever remain inferior to theirs. As honor- 
able exceptions to the great mass of provings of late yi 
1 might mention several which seem to have been tested in 
accordance with the principles of our school. The proving of 
Cactus Grandiflorus deserves to come under this head and 
promises to be of great service. The American Homoeopathic 
Review was noted for its constant efforts to furnish only finished 


productions, and its discontinuance must be regarded as a great 
loss to us all. The Hahnemannian Monthly, although a young 
Journal, has given us several excellent provings, among which 
I must notice that of Hydrastis Canadensis, made by the 
students of the Homoeopathic College in this city. Prof. Lippe 
deserves the thanks of the profession for rendering available the 
clear heads and willing hearts of his students. Were the young 
men of all our Colleges to form regular Provers' Associations 
under the direction of their chairs of Materia Medica, we would 
every year have several thoroughly proved or re-proved reme- 
dies. We have lately had two fragmentary re-provings which 
deserve a passing notice in this place, because the subject which 
they represent is one of importance and must some day receive 
our attention. I refer to the re-provings of Lachesis and 
Camphor made by Dr. Fincke with his highest potencies, the 
value of which, however, is nullified, by our non-acquaintance 
with the strength of the potency employed. Having seen, then, 
that we have a large collection of pathogenetic literature in our 
possession, the questions which most seriously arise before us 
are these : " Is this mass of material available to the physician ?■ 
If available, does it assist him in his choice of a remedy ? and 
if not available and not useful, should not some measures be 
adopted to remedy both these evils ? " 

The first of these questions must be answered in the negative 
for the following reasons : The greatest portion of our patho- 
genetic literature, especially that of late years, is contained in 
our Medical Journals, which are published in many different 
languages, and are not available to many of our physicians on 
account of their non-acquaintance with foreign tongues. 
Again, but few, I think, of our physicians take all the Journals 
which are published in our own language, and the provings 
contained in the publications which the physician docs not take 
are, of course, lost to him. Those Journals which he does 
receive come to him monthly or quarterly ; the provings they 
contain are in detached portions, and in that condition are un- 
interesting, and are usually laid aside, after a hasty perusal, to 
be read when the other numbers arrive and the proving is com- 
pleted. This generally ends its study, for when it is once laid 
away upon the shelves of his library it is but unfrequently taken 


down again. I would not bo understood to infer that this is a 
result of apathy or of indifference to the Btndy of path 

I believe it exists simply because the provings which are con- 
stantly published are not presented to the profession in a : 
suitable either for study or reference. 

Having Been that the pathogenetic literature in our p 
is not available to the physician, our second question: " If 
aval/' , 8 it assist him in his choice of a n medy .' " awaits 
an answer, and this also, I think, nrast be in the negative, for 
the reason, that the greater portion of the provings published 
arc merely fragmentary ; they each represent the symptoms of, 
perhaps, not more than one individual ; they are made in a loose 
and careless manner and without any regard to those rules 
which should guide every prover when he wishes to ascertain the 
true effects of a remedy. They are, in every respect, incom- 
plete, and, in many cases, unreliable, and, by no means, present 
a fair portrait of the drug whose results they pretend to be. 
For these reasons they do not assist the physician in his choice 
of a remedy, for he, to successfully and, therefore, homceopath- 
ically, apply a drug in a given case of disease, must have its 
true and entire pathogenesis, otherwise his administration of it- 
is only empirical. 

I have shown, I think, that the greater portion of our pro- 
vings are neither available nor useful to the physician, le: 
therefore, proceed to consider and answer our third question, 
which reads : "And if not availaUe and not useful, sJioull not 
some measures be adopted to remedy both these evils'? This ques- 
tion, I think, all will answer affirmatively. But before consid- 
ering what should be clone to remedy these defects it may be 
well to cast a retrospective glance upon what has been proposed 
and what has been done. 

At the meeting of the American Institute of Homoeopathy 
in Cincinnati, I think it was Dr. J. P. Dake who proposed requ 
ing the Government to make a grant of lands from the proceeds 
of which a Trovers' College should be erected and sustained. 
This plan is worthy of your consideration. Our Government 
has millions of acres of which it frequently gives away lavishly. 
and of which it could certainly spare a small part for the pro- 
motion of Medical Science. Nor could it properly be claimed 


in opposition to such a request that it was to further sectarian 
medical principles, for we find that the members of the Allo- 
pathic school are, at last awakening to the importance of 
making researches into the pathogenetic properties of drugs. 
In the British Monthly Homoeopathic Review we read : " It is 
essential to homoeopathy that the modes of action of drugs 
upon the healthy man be fully investigated. Hahnemann, 
though not the first to propose such a method of studying the 
Materia Medica, was unquestionably the first to carry it out in 
any considerable degree. That the physiological action of a 
drug must be determined before its therapeutic uses can be 
stated, before it is possible to prescribe it as a remedy, is a 
doctrine without which homoeopathy could not exist, one that 
has been maintained with uniform steadfastness # by all homoeo- 
pathic practitioners from Hahnemann to those of the present day. 
This principle we now find to be admitted by men of eminence in 
the world of medicine, outside the pale of homoeopathy. D:\ 
Ackland brought before the Medical Council at its last meeting, 
a proposal to grant a sum of money to be expended in 
making researches of this kind. Though his efforts failed, they 
did so simply because the Council deemed that they had no 
power to vote money for scientific purposes. The discussion 
which took place drew forth a general admission that such 
investigations ought to be made, that they were of first rate 
importance in the study of therapeutics. Dr. Bennett, in his 
address to the members of the British Medical Association, 
forcibly insisted on the necessity of re-investigating the prop- 
erties of drugs in a physiological manner. Our colleague, Dr. 
Sharp, in an admirable paper read before the physiological 
section of the British Association for the Advancement of 
Science, supplemented, as it it were, Dr. Bennett's address, by 
pointing out in clear and definite terms the method by which 
the modus operandi of our drug-remedies can alone be ascer- 
tained. To contribute towards supplying the want so largely 
felt and so well expressed, the British Medical Association has 
offered the Hastings Medal for 1867, for original research on 
some therapeutic agent: and has besides voted a small sum of 
money to aid Professor Bennett in making researches into the 
action of mercury upon the lower animals. Let but the physi- 


ologica] study of medicines be set about in thorough ear 
with the self-denying zeal of Haii.ntma.w and his early disciples, 
and the general recognition of the law of similars cannot be 
much longer delayed.' 1 

In another number of the same Journal, the editor, referring 
to this subject, says: "There was a unanimous opinion on the 
part of the section, that the failure of the application was much 
to be regretted, but that Dr. Ackland should pursue the e 
course, until pressure from without led to a more satisfactory 
and scientific decision on the part of the Medical Council." 
This expression, "pressure from without," has a significant 
meaning for homoeopathy, but in the mouth of an allopath it 
becomes doubly important. It was this same " pressure from 
without" which forced our elder brethren to so far modify their 
practice that if Cullen, Brown or Broussais were to rise from 
their graves they would not recognize in the allopathy of to-day, 
the system which they taught and practiced. And now they 
desire that outside pressure may force the Medical Council to 
grant them means to make those very investigations which 
Hahnemann instituted eighty years ago, and for which he was 
derided as a madman and a fool. Truly, the world moves. 
But seriously, we find in this movement much cause for con- 
gratulation. It is but seldom that a great reformer receives, 
during his lifetime, credit for his labors, but succeeding genera- 
tions, either through inclination or necessity, render him that 
honor which their predecessors had denied. Thus will it be 
with Hahnemann, and though Hippocrates may be styled the 
Father of Medicine, he will be more honored in being accorded 
the title of Regenerator. 

In our own country the American Prover's Union 1 
long in existence, and great credit is due to its members for 
their endeavors to increase our knowledge of pathogenesis, 
although I do not think their efforts have been productive of 
all the good which might have been accomplished. In extenua- 
tion of this I must say, that I do not think this association has 
ever received the hearty co-operation of the profession. Had 
this been otherwise its results would, doubtless, have been far 
different. And this opinion is verified by the words of the 
Committee of Publication, who, in the preface to the provings 


of Ferrum Metallicum and Mercuribus Iodatus Ruber, speak as 
follows : " The American Provers Union regrets that among 
the many thousand Homoeopathic Physicians in the United 
States, only ninety seven have joined in the laudable enterprise 
of proving and re-proving the many medicines composing our 
Materia Medica — but hopes to have, ere long, a large accession 
to its ranks of devoted provers, in which event, the result 
cannot but be beneficial to all." To those physicians in our 
ranks who delight in constantly deriding such institutions as 
the above, and who, while calling themselves homoeopaths and 
followers of Hahnemann, prefer, for their guides in the treat- 
ment of disease, empirical prescriptions rather than thoroughly 
made provings, I would recommend the consideration of the 
above words. Did they lend their assistance to, instead of 
deriding, them, the advantage would be in their favor. The 
North Western Provers Union is a young and healthy organi- 
zation, and will no doubt add materially to our knowledge of 
Materia Medica. In Europe, especially on the Continent, the 
work of drug proving has not been neglected, and the profession 
in those quarters exhibits a lively interest in this, our most im- 
portant department. But their labors, as I have already said, 
are lost upon the majority of our physicians, from their non- 
acquaintance with the different languages in which they are 
recorded ; and this brings us to the consideration of our third 
question : " And if not available and not useful, should not 
some measures be adopted to remedy both these evils ? " As I 
have said, I think all will unite in answering this question 
affirmatively ; we will all agree that something should be done, 
let us then select some plan, and let all unite in sustaining and 
carrying it out. There is an old, much quoted, but very true 
proverb, which says, " In union there is strength." We have 
provers enough in our ranks who furnish us with the results of 
their labors, but whose efforts become valueless because they 
are not united. To remedy this evil, I suggest, for your con- 
sideration, the following plan, and I think that if it be adopted 
its beneficial effects will very soon be made evident. 

Let the Penns)dvania State Medical Society, at its present 
meeting, invite the Amerian Institute of Homoeopathy to con- 
sider, at its next session, the propriety and feasibility of estab- 


lishing a department in the Institute to be called the 4 - Bureau 
of the American Provera Union," this Onion to be a mythical 
body represented by its bureau. The members of this bureau 

to consist of not loss than live, to be elected annually at the 
meeting of the American Institute, and to be resident in that 
city in which the meeting of the Institute shall next be held 
subsequent to their elections. (S< 

Let the Pennsylvania State Society, furthermore st to 

the physicians of the several states, the propriety of organizing 
State Provers Unions, each to be a branch of it > respective 
State Society. The State Trovers Union shall be controlled by 
a bureau elected annually at the meeting of the State Society 
and shall be resident in that city, which the State Society shall 
select. Each bureau shall appoint every year, at its meeting, 
one drug to be tested by all its members, and shall specify the 
manner in which each proving shall be conducted. The bureaus 
shall be the points to which the reports of Provers shall be s< 
they shall here be arranged and forwarded to the Rresident 
Bureau of the American Provers Union, whose duty it shall be 
to add to each drug thus recieved, all reliable provings or oth- 
er reliable knowledge relating to it, both from foreign and do- 
mestic sources, and to publish them every year for the benefit 
of those who have participated in the work. 

In this way we would have, every year, at least twenty tho- 
roughly proved drugs which might safely be relied upon in the 
treatment of disease, while the thousands of fragmentary prov- 

Note. — Id recommending to the Institute the organization of the 
" Bureau of the American Provera Onion," I forgot that there a1 
it exists in the Institute a " Department of Materia Bdedica." 
But in favor of the plan that I have suggested, I must Bay that this 
department depends entirely upon voluntary contributions; and, 
while it will certainly be productive of good results, there is not that 
incentive to action which would result from a regular organization 
such a> I have proposed. Twenty regular state Provers Unions, 
Bending every year twenty different pathogenesis to the " Department 
of Materia Medica," would result, I think, in giving us better, more 
thorough, and more reliable provings than the same Department 
could furnish from the voluntary contributions of all the Physicians 
in the country. Thorough and perfect organization is the basis of 
success in all undertakings, and no undertaking can be more impor- 
tant than that upon which I have written. 


ings which flood our Journals and which, of themselves, are of 
no value whatever, would be made available when they were 
found to be reliable. To effectually inaugurate this movement, 
should my proposition be deemed worthy of adoption, I would 
suggest that this Society, at the present meeting, proceed to or- 
ganize the Pennsylvania State Provers Union, which shall be a 
branch of the Pennsylvania State Medical Society, and which 
shall be controlled by a bureau, the members of which shall be 
elected by the society at each annual meeting and which shall 
be resident in the city of Philadelphia. Having accomplished 
this much ourselves we will be in a better position to present 
the project to the physicians of the country for their considera- 
tion, and they will be more apt to follow our example. Of all 
the single or fragmentary provings which have been published 
during the last twenty years, I believe scarcely any are used. 
The physician in his need invariably refers to Hahnemann or 
Jahr for information, plainly showing a want «of confidence in 
later productions. Hahnemann left us a Materia Medica com- 
pleted within a few years of his life, and the thousands of homoe- 
opathic physicians who have lived since his time have produced 
nothing to equal it, for it forms the basis of all the works which 
have subsequently appeared. This purely and simply proceeds 
from a want of organization, for we have men enough in the 
profession, men talented, capable and willing to engage in the 
good work, but whose efforts being undirected, become value- 
less. Then let us delay no longer, but adopt some plan which 
will remedy these defects. Let not the ages of homoeopathy 
descend from golden to silver, and from silver to brass, but let 
us, while reverencing the works of Hahnemann, so strive as to 
bring them to that perfection which he would have wished to see; 
and while we acknowledge no distinction between Homoeopathy 
and Hahnemannism, let us not carry the idea so far as to believe 
that our immortal founder has done everything and that it be- 
hooves us only to avail ourselves of his efforts and profit by his 
labors. Such an idea would be fatal to our system and would 
be far from following his example, who almost to his last mo- 
ment, labored to bring to perfection the great work of his life. 
What a magnificent spectacle would it not be to see all the 
physicians of this great country engaged in that one grand 



work; what a noble monument to science would result from their 
labors, and with what honor would their names and their work 
go down to posterity. At the risk of being considered tedious, 
I must, before leaving this part of my report, oj other 

• n, and a very important one. why some measures should 

be taken in this direction. That the practice of homoeopathy 

is not as pure as it was in the time of Hahnemann, must be ad- 
mitted, as well as that physicians of the present day are not as 
successful in treating disease as were their predecessors. This 
results from an abandonment of the rules which Hahnemann 

instituted, than which none Letter could he obtained. In look- 
ing over our Journals we find them almost filled with reports of 
l, tie- majority of which are perfectly useless to the profes- 
sion. Of what value is it to the physician to know that another 
cured a case of Scarlatina with Belladonna, or of Tonsillitis 
with Mercurius"' And notwithstanding that our Journals are 
filled with these oases, the profession, like Oliver Twist, is con- 
stantly crying for "more." Should any one ask: Are these 
remarks pertinent to this report ? I will answer that they are 
eminently so, for the following reason : This constant craving 
for clinical cases indicates a depraved taste: it shows that 
homoeopathic physicians of the present day do not so much 
select their remedies according to the provisions of our law, but 
according to the clinical cases of others ; it shows a relapsing 
into routinism which if encouraged would quickly lead us to the 
point where Hahnemann commenced his labors. A correspond- 
ent writing to the Ohio Medical and Surgical Reporter says:"Pray 
do not bore us in every number with theory. Give us something 
practical, or nothing at all/' and one of the editors admirably 
answers him as follows: "Words are curious things. Perhaps 
we are misled by them as often as we are instructed. What 
are theories '.' Worthies- pictures of ih' imagination. What are 
facts : Tangible or | matters upon which we may rely 

with certainty, and be guided with safety. So, perhaps, our 
correspondent thinks; so. : n least, the world thinks. But 
theories are the highest forms of fact. They are to truth 
what the min aatter. Th lute evidence of 

rip the world of its beauty and science of its 
theories, and both would alike repel by their naked ruggedness. 


Theories are facts ranged into form and classified. Webster 
says they constitute a philosophical explanation of the phenom- 
ena of nature. How then can we dispense with them? " By 
theory these gentlemen understand the word not only in its 
usual application. They include under it everything which is 
not absolutely what they call practical. Pathogenesis is to 
them a theory, and its study is far less agreeable than is the 
study of the clinical cases. Should some plan be adopted to 
bring our pathogenetic literature before the profession in a more 
available form than at present exists, this tendency might be 
checked, and, perhaps, in time would disappear. 


The question of New Remedies is a very important one to 
the homoeopathic profession, and, withal, so simple that it might 
be dismissed with a very few words. Connected with it, how- 
ever, are certain circumstances which so change its complexion 
as to entitle it, at the present time, to more extended considera- 
tion. These circumstances are, the manner in which New 
Remedies are being introduced into the profession, and the 
manner in which they are being used. As is well known, we 
have in our possession a large number of well proved, well 
tried remedies upon which we can rely in the treatment of 
disease. These remedies have so far proved all-sufficient for 
ourwants,and with them we have successfully combatted the sever- 
est forms of disease. These remedies have proved curable not 
only in those affections which existed at the time the provings 
were made, but also in those which afterwards appeared. Asiatic 
Cholera,Diphtheria,and Cerebro-Spinal Meningitis are instances 
of this. They were mainly proved in Germany, and yet have 
proved curative upon persons of other constitutions and in 
other climates. All these and many other circumstances con- 
nected with the old remedies, should be thoroughly considered, 
and should render us careful lest we neglect them in employing 
others of a later date. 


There la also another phase of the question worthy of our 
fullest consideration, and that is, whether we have vet a 

tained, in its entire extent, the Bphere "1" action «•{' our old 
remedies; whether, having been found so valuable in many 
affections, there may not be found powers within them with 
which we are yet unacquainted. This, then, suggests another 

question, whether our time would not be more profitably em- 
ployed in reproving them, knowing thein to be valuable, than in 
investigating newer articles whose claims rest on hut a slender 

Still another question suggests itself, and this also 
me important, whether it is not possible for us to have too many 
remedies, and by distributing our study over a field too exten- 
sive, to acquire a thorough knowledge of none. Some may 
answer immediately that it is not, that our weapons cannot be 
too many or too varied, that the greater our means of attack 
and defence, the greater will be our chance of success. I have 
not sufficiently digested the subject to enable me to form a pos- 
itive opinion, but I believe it to be worthy of your attention, 
All these points must be considered in treating the subject of 
New Remedies. 

I said a short time ago that this question in connection with 
homoeopathy was extremely simple. In accordance with our 
law, all remedies, before being used in the treatment of dift 
must undergo a certain process. They must be thoroughly 
tested upon healthy persons and their pathogenetic de- 
tained to the fullest extent. Nor is it sufficient that a remedy 
be proved upon one or two persons ; a large number of both 
sexes and all ages is required to carry out in full the spirit of 
our law. This is simple and yet absolutely necessary. That 
these conditions have not always been complied with, is unfor- 
tunately the case. I need not mention the many fragmentary 
provings with which we are constantly presented; it is patent 
to all that they do not embody the necessary requiremi 
The only extensive compilation of New Bemed 
with which we have been presented is the work of Prof. Hale. 
It has been before us for some time ; it has received the com- 
mendations of men eminent in the profession ; our strictest 
Journals have praised it, and physicians largely use it. More- 


over, it has reached a second edition, and comes to us revised 
and enlarged. Let us examine whether this work comes up to 
our standard. In the first edition, containing forty-four rem- 
edies, I can count hut thirty-eight provers. In the second 
edition, enlarged and improved, and containing seventy-nine 
remedies, there are only two hundred and thirty-one — not 
provers, but — contributors of all sorts. Now if these two hun- 
dred and thirty-one were provers, it would be an average of less 
than three for each drug, a number by far too small to agree 
with our idea of well proved homoeopathic remedies. As a work 
intending to bring these New Remedies to the notice of the 
profession it will be valuable, and the remedies themselves, when 
thoroughly proved in accordance with ,the strict rules of our 
art, will be important additions to our Materia Medica. I be- 
lieve that many physicians, in their enthusiasm with regard to 
this new work, have gone far beyond what Prof. Hale himself 
intended. His idea, undoubtedly, was to bring the new rem- 
edies before the profession, with all the knowledge at present 
possessed of them, in order that further investigation might 
result in the entire development of their powers. But these 
gentlemen go farther. They would have us believe that with 
this work, and the remedies with which it treats, the very 
Augean Stables of disease can be cleansed. They claim that 
it should be placed side by side with the works of Hahnemann, 
nay, more, that these remedies should supersede the old as soon 
as practicable. But to supplant these time-honored agents, 
twined around as they are with old and cherished memories, 
rendered almost sacred by the associations with which they are 
indissolubly linked, seems like the severing of the ties of the 
nearest and dearest. And yet they would have us cast aside 
these dear old friends whose names have become to us as 
"household words," cast aside this legacy, the fruit of days 
and nights of sleepless toil, put away this birthright which 
Hahnemann bequeathed to us, and take, in its stead, these 
creatures of a day, these remedies of which but a short time 
ago we knew nothing, and of which now we know but little. In 
this way, through no fault however of Prof. Hale, who deserves 
all praise for his labors, I think this work has exercised an 
influence more for evil than for good upon many in the 


profession, by leading them away from well proved and well 
tried ren none of which are thoroughly pr 

-- 1 iid many of them not at all. 

The i opathy are: '' • of 

ad the minimum dose. Under none of 
rlu-" can the homoepathician make these rei available. 

sannot under the law of cure, because, as we ha 
they have not been investigated orproved under it- pi 
which require that a remedy before being used therapeutically 
shall be thoroughly and entirely tested. He cannot under the 
principle of the Bingle remedy, because, not having been per- 
fectly mid entirely proved, their indications are not sufficiently 
precise to enable him to select any one of them in any case of dis- 
and from the foregoing, it must follow that he cannot give 
the minimum dose, but mu>t administer a quantity of the crude 
article or of the lower attenuations in order to cure, not by homoeo- 
pathic, but by a species of revulsive action. It follows, then, 
if my logic he correct, that the "New Remedies," as already 
proved, are not available in homoeopathic practice, but are 
hurtful, by being brought before the profession in a crude and 
unfinished form. Docs it follow, then, as a natural sequence, 
that we shall never use any new remedies, but that we must, 
• ss,'tat<\ adhere to those which Hahnemann gave us? By 
no means. We may avail ourselves of every thing which 
nature and art gives us. but it must first be prepared for us in 
accordance with our fundamental laws: and if it would rank 
with time honored agents which have been bequeathed to us. it 
be prepared as they have been: it must go through the 
same process and be obedient to the same law. 

I would not have it inferred that the fore£oini: remarks refer 
to the remedies treated upon in this work. Sonic of them have 
been before the profession for years, and others are highly 
spoken of in connection with the treatment of certain disc; 
Baptism in Typhoid Fever, &nd Veratrum Viride in Pneumonia '■ 
been highly lauded, though 1 must say both of them have ut- 
terly failed me in every instance in which I have prescribed them. 
This, however, I do no1 ascribe to the inertness of the remedies, 
but more to the paucity of their symptoms, which renders it 
difficult to determine when and when- they are indicated. 


Apocgnum Cannabinum has gained quite a reputation as a 
remedy in dropsies, and Cimcifuga in the treatment of rheu- 
matism. With G-elseminum I have successfully treated cases of 
infantile convulsions, and have found it very valuable in 
removing the rigidity of the Os. Uteri, so troublesome in many 
cases of obstetrics. In Menorrhagia I have also found it a 
remedy of value. Hydrastis Canadensis I have successfully 
administered in cases of constipation which seemed to depend 
more upon a sluggish state of the bowels than upon any dis- 
eased condition of the system. Hamamelis is well known as a 
remedy in hemorrhoids, and Urigeron for its power of control- 
ing hemorrhages. Eupatorium Perfoliatum is highly praised in 
the treatment of Intermittent fever, and Sticta Pulmonaria 
in Catarrh and epidemic influenza. Iris Versicolor, Eumex 
Crispus and Sanguinaria Canadensis, have been long in use and 
have not disappointed the expectations of those who introduced 
them. But these facts, so far from excusing the manner in 
which these remedies have been presented, only shows the great 
necessity of their being thoroughly and rigidly investigated, 
The powers which we have seen they possess, lead us to believe 
that others are still hidden within them which demand develop- 
ment. The constant introduction of new remedies is, however, 
undoubtedly to be deplored. Whatever good they may individ- 
ually effect is more than balanced by the evil influence they 
exercise upon the profession. They are not thoroughly proved, 
and yet they are used to the neglect of old and well proved 
remedies. A writer in the American Homoeopathic Review 
(Dr. Morgan) justly says : " A pernicious disposition with some 
of us is that insatiable desire for change which allures us to 
wanderings after new remedies before we know half the old. 
This over anxiety for new things tends to make us superficial 
in our study and comprehension of the old. It is more impor- 
tant to the genuine Homoeopathician to have a complete knowl- 
edge of the pathogenesis of the polychrest remedies alone than 
to possess smattering ideas of all the roots and herbs in the 
eclectic wigwam. Let us avoid using new remedies except wlicre 
be done in strict compliance icitli our law of indication." 
This advice is good, but I would even go farther and say '• 
Let us introduce or use no more new remedies until we have 


thoroughly proved those which we have at present. 

And in conclusion, I beg leave to submit the following : When 
the New Remedies at .present known to us, and those which may 
afterwards be presented to us, are proved under the spirit and 
letter of the homoeopathic law and are valuable in the treatment 
of disease, we will accept them with pleasure ; when they are 
not, we will reject them, no matter from what source they come. 





Heart- Qlots — Thrombosis — Embolism, 

These subjects have of late awakened much attention among 

The ordinary red clots found in the right cavities of the 
heart after death, are conceded to be due to the mere stasis of 
the blood in the act of dying. But beside these, often asso- 
ciated with them, are found whitish fibrinoid clots, or more 
truly, deposits, evidently formed some time before death, 
attached in the ventricular cavities, reaching into all the 
divisions of the heart, and into the pulmonary artery and 
aorta, there whipped off to a ragged extremity, or actually 
plugging up the branches of those vessels, and forming complete 
easts which may with care be removed, and preserved in alcohol. 

This form of clot, formerly described as u polypus of the 
heart," has, as already intimated, attachments, more or less 
firm, to the chordae tendineae and muscular trabecule of the 
ventricles. It is this ante-mortem clot, forming within the 
heart, which is meant by the term Thrombosis. A similar 
coagulation has been thought to take place in the minute vessels 
leading from parts suffering gangrenoid degeneration — consti- 
tuting the first stages of "hospital gangrene," according to 
some — which ushers in the symptoms of so-called "pyoemia," 


and is followed by metastatic abscesses, so-called — the result, 
u ifl believed, of the washing off of minute masses of clot, and 
their re-aggregation In the bl< f distant parts. Such 

masses, Virchow terms " Emboli;" the act of washing them 
off, "Embolism." When so deposited, tl or Emboli, 

undergo central softening, and present a deceptive appearance 
of suppuration : whence the name — k * metastatic abscess." It 
is most probable that in these cases, not only the veins, but the 
lymphatics, are the channels of Emboli Again, masses of 
some size, becoming attached, and as it were, entangled, so f;; 
formed, (t. c., the first variety,) in the muscular trabeculi 
the heart ; and appearing exteriorly of more dense texture, 
undergo central softening, as in metastatic abscess ; constitu- 
ting what are known as "globular clots," or " puriform cy- 

They are formed mainly of cacoplastic fibrine, and under the 
microscope present white blood-globules, and hematin, with 
fibrine in a condition of "fatty degeneration." 

The cause of such clotting is two-fold. First, the proximal* 
cause is supposed by some to be inertia of the organs of circu- 
lation,* promoting coagulation by stagnation. Secondly, or 
rather, antecedent to this, and perhaps all-sufficient in itself, is 
a deficiency of free alkali (ammonia,) by which the fluidity of 
the blood is normally maintained : this deficiency being ascribed 
either to drainage of the serum containing it in solution, as 
in cholera and diarrhoea — (doubtful, as it occurs often, without 
such antecedents,) — or to deficient tissue — changes in the organ- 
ism, and so, deficient generation of ammonia — or to the forma- 
tion of free acid in the blood, neutralizing the alkali. 

In all cases, however, the prominent general condition is one 


Aneurismal sacs may, often do, obtain laminated deposits of 
clot-like matter — known as "aneurismal clo Fibrinous 

" vegetations," as all know, accumulate upon the valves of the 
Jieart, in rheumatic Endocarditis. Any of these may in like 
manner give rise to Emboli. 

AVhen emboli of some size arc detached from the vail 
skillful auscultation has enabled the physician to diagnosticate 

-As (according to Prof. Meigs,) in Syncope of puerperal vron 


t he fact by the altered murmurs. In one such case paralysis 
supervened, and was traced after death to white (fatty) soften- 
ing of the brain ; and the artery which led to the spot — the 
middle cerebral, was found to contain an embolus of considerable 
size, which had cut off its nutrient current of blood from the 
diseased part of the brain — whence the degeneration and 

Emboli deposited in a large artery result in gangrene of the 
member ; which, however, is not common. Inflammation of the 
pelvic organs in puerperal women, according to Prof. Simpson, 
may obstruct the iliac arteries, apparently by producing fibrin- 
ous deposit, from extension of the inflammation — the nature of 
the affection being very different, though in results, similar to 

To recur to Thrombosis of the Heart— " Heart-Clots." It 
has been so frequently observed, of late, that it forms one of 
the most interesting and practical topics in the domain of 
Pathology. It is exceedingly fatal in its effects, and often 
causes sudden death during convalescence from debilitating dis- 
eases — as after Typhoid Fever, Scarlatina, Diphtheria, and even 
Pneumonia. There is also a similar result seen in some cases 
of great privation, exhaustion, and exposure, with mental 
depression ; having often occurred among the troops on both 
sides, during the recent war — the disease being usually recorded 
as "general debility," which is its most striking symptom. 
Surgical shock is also a probable cause, as after operations 
with chloroform. 

Along with this prostration of all the powers, rapidly in- 
creasing as it does, there may or may not be local disease else- 
where. In either case the skin becomes dusky or livid, the 
gums are often congested, as in scurvy, the voice, if life be 
prolonged, becomes feeble, or whining and hoarse, the respira- 
tion sighing, the pulse small and feeble, the spirit is broken, 
and suffocative paroxysms may occur at any time, with sensa- 
tions as of a ball rising from the chest to the throat, culminating 
or not in general convulsions. The countenance expresses 
either apathy or terror. 

On auscultation, the valvular sounds of the heart seem sup- 
pressed, or muffled. In recent cases, this will probably be most 


distinctly appreciated during the systole, and toward tho apex 
and loft side of tho heart. Pulsation may exist in the jugular 

Death may supervene gradually, with paralytic symptoms, 
from white or "fatty ' softening of the brain, due to occlusion 
by embolus of a cerebral artery, or from the slow obliteration 
of the calibre of the great vessel, causing arrest of circulation; 
or suddenly, during an aggravation of the local, especially 
the suffocative, symptoms — sometimes, even when the diathesis 
has yielded, and there seems a good prospect of recovery. 

After death, the arachnoid membrane of tho brain is also 
often found opaque, and serum and lymph are effused. The 
sinuses of the dura mater may contain long whitish clots, par- 
tially filling them. 

It is certainly very remarkable that after death from Conges- 
tive Fever, the same lesions are found. 

In cases of supposed "Thrombosis of the Heart," if no clots be 
found in that organ after death, it does not follow that there have 
been none — for, by embolism, they may have been detached, 
and carried elsewhere. The pulmonary artery and its branches 
ought especially to be examined, in cases of sudden death ; and 
the arteries of the brain, likewise. 

Therapeutic suggestions are derived from the clinical obser- 
vation that antiscorbutic diet favors the removal of the diathesis 
which attends Thrombosis—good diet being an essential of 
treatment. The effervescing Citrate of Soda, with excess of 
Citric Acid, has been followed by like results ; probably Lem- 
onade would be all-sufficient. Thrombosis has caused death 
during the administration of Aromatic Sulphuric Acid, which 
suggests its homceopathicity. Kali bich. 2Q0th, has been fol- 
lowed by improvement, when a cough coexisted, demanding that 
drug,— raw beef and white sugar diet— or the " Damascene 
Preserve," being also used. A full recovery, indeed, has taken 
place, in this case — one of surgical operation. 

Carbonate of Ammonia is also suggested by chemical consid- 
erations, i. e. 9 when clotting has occurred; as a resolvent. 




There was a period in the history of Surgery, and even in 
very modern times, when the groanings of the suffering patient 
were sounding in the ears of the operator, and the writhings of 
the afflicted one were appealing to his keen sensibilities at 
every stroke of his bistoury, frequently thrilling his very soul 
with sensations of pity, and often, in this way, overcoming his 
better judgment and compromising the operation, if not haz- 
arding the life of the patient. But now, through the agency of 
a more enlightened science and art, the individual, no matter 
what be the form of his operation, may be placed in an artificial 
somnolency, and while lying in a calm repose, or dreaming 
pleasant and beautiful dreams, the most tedious and the most 
serious operations performed, leisurely, with greater care, and 
perfect complacency, without any sensation of pain being expe- 
rienced, and without the patient witnessing the horrid spectacle, 
to him, of a bloody operation in major Surgery. The introduc- 
tion of a more rapid and safer anaesthetic than either Ether or 
Chloroform, in the form of Nitrous Oxide Gas, was quite an 
advance step when it was applied to use for Surgery proper. 
And now within the last year and a half, the development of 
the means of producing loss of sensation, only in the parts to 
be operated upon, by throwing the spray of any very volatile 
liquid very rapidly upon them by what is called " Local Anaes- 
thesia," is another progressive step and a wonderful improvement 


over former agencies for this purpose, and one which does not 
in any way risk life, as the vital organs are not influenced by 
its application. 

The horrid smell of charred tissues from the " burning-iron," 
used in the actual cautery for arresting hemorrhage in opera- 
tions, no longer pollutes the operating room, having long since 
disappeared, yielding to the silken thread the right of supe- 
riority, and tying of arteries with the silk ligature is at present 
giving up considerable of its glory to the accupressure needle; 
but, I think, however, without due merit, for the principle on 
which it is applied will not in all cases meet the object 
desired as effectually and permanently as the silken cord. For 
temporarily arresting hemorrhage while the operation is going 
on, the " Serrefine," or untempered wire twisted into such a 
shape as to be readily applied to the extremity of a severed 
artery, and clamped there tightly, has of late years been intro- 
duced, and answers an admirable purpose. 

The mode of reducing dislocations by the violent pulling 
and tugging at the disjointed member by frequently several 
assistants, and the more inhuman mode of traction by means of 
the " cord and pully," to overcome muscular power in these 
oftentimes difficult cases in Surgery is fast becoming extinct 
under the use of proper manipulation of the dislocated bone in 
accordance with a more full appreciation of the functions of 
the various muscles acting upon the affected parts. The prin- 
ciple on which this result is so easily accomplished is to make 
the limb act as a lever in getting the head of the bone in prox- 
imity to its natural socket. Then call into play these muscles 
that draw the bone towards the socket, while those that act in 
an opposite direction are as far as possible kept relaxed — care 
being taken to get the head of the bone into a position corres- 
ponding to the capsular ligament where it has been ruptured in 
the dislocation. 

For fractured bones, and for various deformities, new forms 
of splints, splint materials, and apparatus, are constantly com- 
ing into use, superseding the more clumsy and less scientific 
forms ; and among those that deserve special mention, we will 
note the Vulcanized Rubber, and the numerous appliances man- 
ufactured from it. The most difficult cases of fracture can be 

,nia. 75 

treated with the greatest degree oi action, inasmuch 

can be adapt ; inequality in structure, and yet p 

its firmness ; can be quickly shaped for the case, and a< 
external defence a pport to the inju te. It is 

dmirable material for protecting soft exposed inl- 
and trephined cases, as well as acting as a support to v 

In Aural Surgery, as well as in Opthalmic Surgery, new and 
improved operations are likewise being brought to light, and in 
ordinary general operative Surgery, the many operations that 
are considered standard ones, are ever being modified 
changed for the better, but a detailed, or even a brief descrip 
tion of them could not be here undertaken. 

The replacing of an artificial Membrana Tympani for a 
rupture of the natural one, hj which a normal power of he;; 
is obtained, is decidedly a great gain in the aural branch of 
Surgery, and brings about results which surgeons in former 
times considered impossible. 

Without viewing the whole field of surgical science and art, 
for its improvements, I offer these as illustrations that great 
progress and reform is constantly going on in Surgery. But 
the grandest triumph that Modern Surgery has received is the 
application of Homoeopathic Remedies to the treatment of 
operated cases, whereby the dread enemies that Allopathic Sur- 
geons fear in their hospitals, Erysipelatous Inflammations, and 
Hospital Gangrene, are rendered as mild and manageable as 
any ordinary acute malady, and the destructive sway of the 
otherwise fatal malady is arrested in its onward progr 
thwarted in its purpose,and the tide of health made to flow ! 
through its accustomed channels. We have great reason to 
hope, from past experience in treating such cases homocopath- 
ically, that ere long remedies for internal use will be brought to 
light that will diminish, if not entirely obliterate, that list of 
diseases now called incurables, such as Malignant Tumor 

a Fungus nematodes, Muyeloid, and Encephaloid are fair 
samples. Much as it has already accomplished, Homoeopathy 
is still in its infancy, and we* are not expecting too much when 


„ hope for it that in the reformation which it ha. inaugurated 
in Medicine, all unscientific and barbarous modes of treatment, 
either in Medicine or Surgery, will be effectually and forever 
subverted and destroyed. 





The great object of the Physician is, or ought to be, the alle- 
viation of human suffering. This may be more especially said 
of the Accoucheur, who is called to minister to the necessities 
of parturient woman. In this case no one should feel satisfied 
that he has done hk whole duty, who simply sits by her bedside 
an unconcerned witness of her unmitigated anguish, or passes 
his time in reading a book or paper, till nature, unassisted, has 
accomplished her purposes, and he is called upon to perform 
those simple functions, most of which the nurse might perform 
as well. 

Until lately the attempts to alleviate the pains and shorten 
the duration of child-birth, consisted mainly in manipulations 
for the correction of real or supposed mal-positions, and instru- 
mental interference, when that was deemed necessary. These 
will doubtless still continue to be regarded as important resources 
of our art, and will attain to greater perfection as the mechanism 
of labor is more thoroughly studied and better understood. But 
alone they are not of universal application, and without other 
means, leave many cases unaided, which imperatively demand 
relief. There are cases of intense suffering, and these often 
encountered, to which mere mechanical interference can bring 
no relief. 


Ev< uoheur will have noticed that a very fruitful source 

of suffering to the parturient woman is found in the unyielding 

bance of the os ul >ri to the action of the in the in- 

distensibility of the walls of the vagina, and ultimately of the 

'.'rum. The brts of the uterus are directed to the 

opening of its mouth through which its contents are to b 

pelled. In many instances, especially in primiparse, and still 

more bo, in Buch who may be somewhat advanced in life, this 

process is tedious and exceedingly painful. It is mostly in this 

of labor that the patient is most clamorous for something 

to alleviate her pains.' 

there then no really efficient method by which the pangs of 
the first stage of labor may be diminished in intensity and short- 
ened in duration? From oft-repeated experiments we think 
there is — at least one, which if scrupulously made use of, will 
succeed in a large proportion of cases. This method may be 
nothing new to many of my colleagues, and yet it may to some. 
Others again, who have repeatedly heard of it, may have, up to 
this moment treated it with that skepticism with which the 
human mind is wont to regard new truths, unless it be something 
brought to light by beloved self. Similar to the flippant lan- 
guage of the scoffing Roman poet, " Oredat Judceus Aj)eUes, 
non ego" is that with which such truths are again and again 
repelled. But here, let me premise that I claim no originality 
in the discovery. It is now many years since I heard of a 
physician who was in the hab'it of preparing his patients for 
labor in the manner lam about to indicate, that is, by giving 
them twice or thrice daily the tincture of the actcea racemosa for 
ten days or two weeks, or even longer, before their confinement. 
My trials with this medicine commenced shortly after this 
period, and since then I have, as doubtless most of you have, 
met with much said in its praise in this application of it, in the 
Avritings of the so-called Eclectic physicians. As yet no notice 
seems to have been taken of its use preparatory to labor, by 
any of the writers upon obstetrics of the so-called regular 
school — at least I have seen none in any work to which I have 
had access. Of these, some have I known spoken of it I 
substitute for ergot, but this is a different application of the 
drug. For some years I have very generally given the a 


as above indicated, either alone or alternately with caulophyl- 
lum thalictroides, whenever my services were engaged sometime 
before the commencement of labor. My experience in this 
practice has been in proportion of cases very satisfactory to 
myself, as well as to my patients. Where the means seemed 
utterly to fail, the failure might generally be traced to some 
incidental cause wholly beyond the sphere of the remedy to 
obviate or remove. I will detail a few cases as fair samples of 
my general experience. 

Mrs. B., a second wife, not before married, probably between 
thirty and thirty-two years of age, of low stature and stout 
frame, was taken with labor pains Sunday night — I was called 
before daylight Monday morning. I found the os uteri scarcely 
begun to dilate — soft parts all extremely rigid — so tense indeed 
as to fatigue and benumb the fingers in making the necessary 
examination. The pains continued constant till Tuesday after- 
noon, when, apparently from exhaustion of the uterine powers, 
they subsided, when as yet the head had not escaped through 
the os. After an interval of an hour or two, the pains again 
commenced and continued steadily till Wednesday morning, 
and I think it was not until after midnight on Tuesday night 
that the os uteri was sufficiently dilated to permit the head to 
pass. Early on Wednesday morning the uterine contractions 
again ceased, and as ergot failed to restore them, she was deliv- 
ered with the forceps of a living child. A good recovery 

The same lady again became pregnant in about a year after 
the birth of the first child, -About two or three weeks previous 
to her confinement I gave her the tincture of actsea racemosa, 
alone, to be taken thrice daily till her confinement. Labor 
pains came on in the forepart of the night. The messenger 
dispatched for me arrived at my house a little after midnight, 
but when I reached the patient, I found to my surprise the 
child had been born about the time the messenger had called 
upon me, or very shortly after. 

A third confinement occurred to the same lady, and at about 
the same interval. For some reason I did not give her at this 
time the medicine above indicated before labor. She was taken 
sick on Sunday morning, probably about 8 o'clock, for I was 


summoned about ten, and the child was not born until 4 o'clock 
P. M. In this case there was no mal-position to cause delay, 
and the pains were M Btrong as usually found to be. Nor WM 
there any difference in the size of her children to account for 
the unequal duration of her labors, nor any other apparent 
cause to which it could be rationally referred, if not to the 
action of the medicine. 

The second case is that of a young married woman, Mrs. G., 
of small size, nervous temperament, and very subject to neuralgic 
affections. Her labors were very painful, except when she was 
under the influence of an anaesthetic. I did not attend her 
when her first child was born, but she informed me that her 
pains came on at midnight, and her child was not born till 
7 o'clock next evening. Duration of labor about 19 hours. 

In her second labor, I attended her, but had not given her 
the actoea. She was taken sick at twelve midnight. I was 
called at 4 o'clock A. M. Os uteri scarcely at all dilated. I 
left her and did not return until about 2 o'clock P. M. — very 
little progress in dilatation still. A little after dark I admin- 
istered chloroform and kept her under its influence till the close 
of labor. In this condition the os uteri dilated more favorably, 
but the child was not born till a little past one o'clock next 
morning. Duration of labor, 25 hours. Here observe the dila- 
ting influence of the chloroform is to be taken into the account. 

I again attended the same lady in her third labor, prior to 
which I had administered macrotin and caulophyllin, morning 
and evening for about two weeks. She was again taken sick at 
midnight — I saw her about half past six in the morning, and 
found on my arrival the os fully dilated. There appeared to be 
nothing to prevent the immediate descent of the head but the 
unruptured membranes. Owing to her constitutional hyper- 
sesthesia, she was suffering extreme pain, to relieve which I 
immediately administered chloroform, and then discharged the 
waters, when the head rapidly descended, and the child was 
born ten minutes before 8 A. M. — duration of labor less than 
eight hours. This, too, was an unusually large child — larger 
than either of the preceding ones. She had suffered less pre- 
vious to the inhalation of chloroform than she had during the 


corresponding part of either of her former labors. My belief 
is that the child would have been born before I arrived, had 
the membranes ruptured at the favorable moment. 

The last case which I shall trespass upon your patience to 
narrate, is that of Mrs. R., an exceedingly delicate woman, 
accustomed to hard domestic labor, and but little careful of her 
health. The confinement to which I would call attention was 
her fifth, and occurred on the morning of Monday, August 20th, 
1866. I had given her macrotin and caulophylliriy morning and 
evening, for about two weeks.* I was from home when she was 
confined, and consequently did not attend her. After my 
return, I called upon her, and requested her to state to me the 
particulars of her recent labor as accurately as possible. She 
told me that with her first two children (born before she came 
into my neighborhood,) she had been in labor two nights and 
one day ; with the third, from 2 o'clock A. M., till late in the 
afternoon of the same day ; with the fourth, from in the eve- 
ning till 10 or 11 o'clock next morning ; but with the fifth, she 
was taken sick at three in the morning, and the child was born 
fifteen minutes before eight the same morning — duration of 
labor 4f hours. This, too, she said, was the largest child she 
had ever borne. She also of her own accord asserted that she 
had in this instance no " wild pains," but every pain seemed to' 
take effect. To my enquiry whether the attending physician 
had given her any medicine, she said that he had not, that she 
had desired chloroform, but he had none. I should have remarked 
that in her fourth labor, when I myself attended her, I admin- 
istered chloroform, which I believe contributed to the dilatation 
of the os uteri, and in her case expedited delivery. Her recov- 
ery after her fifth labor above detailed seemed to have been 
more rapid and perfect than was usual with her. 

* I have generally given from five to ten drops of a saturated tinc- 
ture of actsea, thrice daily— or twice, if alternated with caulophyllin. 
Of the macrotin I have used the first decimal trituration, two or 
three grains per dose— or a trituration consisting of 75 gr. Sac. lac, 
and 25 grs. macrotin— one grain per dose. Of the Caulophyllin 1 
have used only the first decimal trituration, two or three grains per 


In my preparatory treatment of patients in anticipation of 
childbirth, I sometimes give caulophyllin in alternation with the 
tincture of actaea, or its representative, macrotin, one or two 
doses of each per diem. I have never been able fully to satisfy 
myself whether this practice has or has not any advantages 
over that of administering the actaea racemosa alone. * There 
cannot, I think, be any doubt of the stimulating effect of the 
caulophyllin upon the uterine fibres, but this action seems to be 
primary. Hence, if the drug be given for some time before 
labor sets in, there is, I apprehend, danger that its primary 
action may be replaced by the secondary, and atony succeed to 
hyperstimulation. Several cases occur to my memory when 
the caulophyllin had been given for some time, in which, 
although the os uteri had become fully dilated, the uterine 
contractions were so feeble as to require the use of ergot. But 
whether these were cases of the post hoc rather than of the 
propter hoc, is somewhat uncertain. I am inclined to think that 
uterine atony is more common in the region where I practice 
than in many other places. 

In nearly all cases where the actaea, or its representative, 
macrotin, had been given, I found the os uteri dilate very freely 
— indeed to be mostly well dilated when I made the first exam- 
ination. I believe this to be the great excellency of the 
aetata— -its remarkable power to relax the fibres of the os uteri, 
so that they readily yield to the distending force, and thus save 
the patient the agony universally experienced where an opposite 
state of things exist. Hence, too, not only is the suffering 
for the time diminished, where the actaea is given as above 
indicated, but the first stages of labor is in most instances 
greatly abreviated. 

Every experienced accoucheur will have frequently noticed, 
in cases of primiparae, not nearly so often in those who have 

* Since writing the above, my experience has taught nie greatly to 
prefer using the Macrotin alone— say, Macrotin one-fourth grain 
thrice daily, taken in a little water. When labor sets in, the os uteri 
is generally on my arrival, either dilated or dilatable, and if the pains 
be feeble, I at once administer the concentrated tincture of Caulo- 
phyllin, from 5 to 10 drops every thirty minutes until energetic 
uterine action is established— labor is thus greatly shortened. If 
suffering becomes intense, chloroform is resorted to. 


had previous births, that the perineum, by its great rigidity, 
opposes a serious obstacle to the passage of the head, and 
hence causes much delay and prolonged suffering. Any one 
witnessing for the first time this state of things, upon examina- 
tion, would suppose that the next pain must certainly effect the 
extrusion of the head — but another and another follows, each 
exceeding its predecessor in the torture it inflicts, and the 
woman is often driven almost to despair, till after long delay, 
one more dreadful than them all, and extorting from her a 
shriek of inconceivable anguish, overcomes all opposition, and 
the head is born. 

Without claiming much experience in the use of the article, 
so far as that experience goes, I am inclined to think Gelseminutn 
useful in obviating this difficulty. Where it is apprehended, 
this drug may be given during labo?; either alone, or in alterna- 
tion with any medicine which other circumstances may seem to 
require. My observations upon this subject, however, have not 
been sufficiently extensive to warrant me in assuming the atti- 
tude of an instructor, but I would most respectfully recommend 
to my professional brethren the trial of GreUeminum in cases of 
this kind. 

Beyond all question, however, the anesthetic effects of chlo- 
roform constitute the most effectual safeguard to this phase of 
parturient woman's suffering, and as it is encountered only in 
that stage of labor wherein chloroform, if at all, is indicated, 
if the suffering is likely to be intense, to that agent, nothing 
special forbidding its use, we should resort for relief. 

I cannot therefore abstain, in this place, from bearing my 
humble testimony to the great value of chloroform in obstetric 
practice, as I believe few question it in surgery. In doing so, 
I am of course aware that I may expose myself to the accusa- 
tion of introducing into this report, which should be mainly 
devoted to recent discoveries, a subject which has been before 
the profession for years. But although years have elapsed 
since Professor Simpson first used this anaesthetic in midwifery, 
so slow has been the progress of the great discovery that still 
in many large towns of education and refinement and extensive 
intelligent rural districts, the application of it is almost wholly 
unknown. Many practitioners have never yet made trial of it, 


to say nothing of their deep seated prejudice against it. Far 
be it from me to recommend an indiscriminate use of chloro- 
form in obstetric practice, but from a pretty extensive experi- 
ence I consider it indicated in the following condition- : 

1st. When from pypenesthesia of the nerves immediately im- 
plicated, or of the nervous system generally, or, in short from 
any other cause there is excessive Buffering, rapidly exhausting 
the powers of the patient. 

It is well known to practitioners of our art, that there is a 
great difference in the sensibility of different women to the pains 
of labor, or in other words, the contractions of the womb. Some 
will bear the most powerful uterine action with comparatively 
little suffering, while others, where the parturient function is 
performed, it may be with even less activity, are bathed in the 
sweat of agony. The cause of this difference is not always ap 
parent. Such extreme suffering however is a great evil and 
imperatively demands our efforts to mitigate it. Its tendency 
is unquestionably towards exhaustion and death. "We have 
more than once" says Dr. F. Churchill, "witnessed cases of 
labor terminated by the natural powers, and yet which left the 
patient in such a state from the nervous shock, that it was 
doubtful for some time whether she would ever rally, and in one 
such case death took place apparently from no other cause." 

In all such cases the inhalation of chloroform gives great, and 
in most, complete relief. The agonized features quickly settle 
down into calm placidity, and the woman falls into a delightful 
slumber, only partially broken by the approach of the lately 
dreaded pain. Extreme exhaustion, almost certain without the 
use of an anaesthetic, is thus averted, and a quick and satis- 
factory recovery almost always secured. 

2d. When there is excessive irritability, causing jactitation, 
fretfulness, or other nervous symptoms, chloroform is extremely 
useful. This condition is often attended by irregular and in- 
efficient uterine contractions, and not unfrequently by an in- 
expressible feeling of misery. Under the influence of the an- 
aesthetic all this is charmed away, — the contractions become 
regular and the labor advances in a perfectly satisfactory man- 


3d. When we have reason to apprehend convulsions during 
the course of the labor, chloroform, I would suppose from what 
I have seen, is our best prophylactic to ward off this alarming 
and dangerous complication. 

4th. When there is an unnatural rigidity of the os uteri, and 
of the soft parts generally, where there has not been an oppor- 
tunity for the pre-administration of the actea racemosa, or 
where this agent has partially or wholly failed, too much can- 
not be said of chloroform as a relaxing agent. It has often 
happened to me to witness after many hours of intense suffering 
from undilatable os uteri, complete relaxation in half an hour 
or an hour after the patient had been brought fully under the 
influence of chloroform. The parts not only become relaxed 
but lubricated by a copious secretion of mucus, thereby greatly 
facilitating the passage of the foetus. Under such circum- 
stances I have seen labor make more progress in an hour or 
two than had been made during the lapse of many hours, while 
nature was left unaided to surmount this formidable obstacle. 
But best of all, while this improvement is going on in the con- 
dition of the patient, she is oblivious of all her recent suffer* 
ings and insensible to the pangs which otherwise would still 
harass her — time passes insensibly, "Beati nonnumer author as" 
— and she is recalled to consciousness only by the cries of her 
new-born child — a consciousness sweetened by the reflection that 
"all is over." 

5th. It sometimes happens that the patient is extremely im- 
patient, and she and her friends harass the attendant for his 
premature and therefore prejudicial aid. In such cases chloro- 
form judiciously administered completely stops her mouth and 
quiets the clamors of all around her. Unconscious of her suf- 
ferings, she no longer complains of their endurance, and nature 
is permitted to complete her work untrammeled by the untimely 
interference of art. 

6th and lastly. In all important obstetric operations, as the 
application of the forceps, turning, craniotomy, etc., chloro- 
form is indicated, unless very decided contra-indicating circum- 
stances coexist. 

I have used chloroform in all forceps cases which have occur- 
red to me since I first introduced it into my practice, and, hav e 


never had reason to regret so doing. In my first trials with 

chloroform in this operation I omitted its administration until I 
had introduced, adjusted and locked the blades, thus allowing 
the patient to retain her sensibility and notify me if I had acci- 
dentally included any of her structures within the grasp of the 
instrument. Being satisfied that all was right I would induce 
anesthesia as quickly as I deemed prudent and then apply ex- 
tracting force. But for some time I have omitted this precau- 
tion as unnecessary, and I now administer chloroform as soon 
as the patient is placed in the proper position and the instrument 
prepared for use. This latter practice has the advantage that 
the patient generally lies still, (or at least is easily steadied,) 
and thus greatly facilitates the insertion and proper adjustment 
of the instrument. So great is this advantage, that with the 
skill every accoucher should possess, and an ordinary amount 
of care, no apprehension need be entertained of including the 
maternal parts. When a due amount of chloroform is properly 
given, the extraction generally so agonizing to the woman, is 
in most instances altogether painless. Most of my patients 
have told me afterwards that they knew nothing of the opera- 
tion, and waked to consciousness only by hearing the cry of 
their newly born infant. The operation is therefore in a great 
measure divested of its, perhaps I should say, imaginary hor- 
rors, and our reluctance to its performance need no longer cause 
us to abstain from it, when the welfare of both mother and child 
seem to demand it. 

In the operation of turning, I consider Chloroform invalu- 
able. It not only secures the patient against the inexpressible 
agony of what Dr. Meigs justly styles "a horrible operation," 
but by its relaxing effects, it greatly facilitates the introduc- 
tion of the hand, the securing of the feet, the version and ulti- 
mate delivery of the child. "We might also add that here as in 
the forceps operation, the steadiness of the patient affected by 
chloroform, greatly contributes to the attainments of our ob- 
jects. I feel pretty confident that versions can sometimes be 
affected by this anesthetic, where without it, it would be im- 
practicable. On the 22d of January, I860, I was called to the 
case of a woman under the care of another physician, and who 
had already been in labor many hours. It was about ten o'clock 


in the morning when I first saw her, when I was told by the at- 
tendant that the membranes had ruptured, at about 2 o'clock 
the previous night,shortly after his arrival. The arm and cord 
immediately prolapsed, and he had made repeated and unsuc- 
cessful attempts to deliver the child. After examining the case 
I proposed the induction of deep ansesthetsia, and an attempt 
at pedalic version. Some objections were made, but finally 
waived and we proceeded to execute this purpose. The waters 
which had been abundant, were completely drained off, the child 
of a very large size, the womb closely embracing it, a stout 
arm occupying the vagina, and the shoulder firmly resting upon 
the os uteri. The original attendant declining to operate, I in- 
troduced the left hand, reached the feet, brought them down? 
and in a few moments effected the complete version and delivery 
of the child, which I do not believe I could have accomplished 
without the aid of chloroform. I am not aware that the patient 
moved or uttered a groan during the operation. Her recovery 
was entirely satisfactory, and she has since given birth to 
another child. 

Although chloroform has for some time been used by a con- 
siderable number of practitioners in difficult and abnormal 
labors, yet many physicians, perhaps I might say especially 
with us, entertain strong prejudice against its employment. — 
This prejudice amongst members of our school arises in part, at 
least, it appears to me from a mistaken view of the true char- 
acter of labor. They seem to regard it as at least partaking 
of the nature of disease, and that therefore all agents employed 
for the relief of its suffering should be selected upon the ordi- 
nary principle of homoeopathy, and that therefore chloroform 
not being homoeopathic to the case before them is wholly inad- 
missible. This I humbly conceive as a mistake. Labor is a 
perfectly natural physiological process, as much so as respira- 
tion, circulation, or any other function of the animal organism. 
It may be associated with a pathological condition, but it is not 
necessarily so. It is true it has one characteristic in common 
with most forms of disease, namely pain, but this is not the pain 
of disease. If you ask me what then is it ? I can make no 
more satisfactory answer than to say, it is the result of an ori- 
ginal law of woman's nature, to which she has been subjected 


by the fiat of the great Creator. And if we accept the authen- 
ticity of Divine revelation (and I trust we are all sufficiently 
cultivated in head anvl heart so to do,) we may trace it to 

"The fruit" 

"Of that forbidden treewhoee mortal toe 
"Brought death into the world and all our woe.' 1 

It was the curse denounced upon her who in an evil hour and in 
an act of fatal disobedience, first stretched forth her hand to 
pluck that fruit, " in sorrow shalt thou bring forth children." 

Another objection urged against the use of chloroform in 
midwifery is its supposed danger. This, if it exist at all, must 
certainly be very inconsiderable — much less than that of many 
of the common acts of life, such as riding on horseback, dri- 
ving in carriages, etc., in which we engage without apprehension* 

To the affirmations of men of high authority, because of ex- 
tended experience, I would humbly add my own public testi- 
mony upon the very important subject. For years I have 
administered chloroform in all operative, and in most every 
'painful case of natural labor and have never met with the 
least occasion of alarm. Nor have I seen any after consequen- 
ces which led me to believe that the anaesthetic left behind it 
any injurious effects. It is true we are told that it certainly 
does, only we have not perspicuity enough to see it. Alter 
the proper acknowledgment of so great a compliment, I would 
simply say, that I have made it a practice to call upon every 
woman to whom I had given chloroform, and closely to inquire 
into the condition of her health after her recovery, and remem- 
ber no instance where any permanent injury was attributed to 
that agent. It is true, I did not resort to vivisections, and with 
microscope and scalpel, search for lesions of which they were 
wholly unconscious, but when they looked well, and said they 
were well, I supposed them to be well. 

Admitting the occasional fatality of 'chloroform in surgery, 
we cannot thence by analogy infer its danger in midwifery. 
When administered preparatory to a surgical operation, there 
is often no pain — perhaps great and depressing apprehension or 
severe shock of injury, circumstances all tending to death, and 
ever or casually, of themselves capable of producing it. In 


labor, on the contrary, there is generally from the beginning the 
antidotal pain, awaking the patient, at least for some time, 
upon every recurrence, to semi-consciousness — the inhalations 
can always be intermitted in the intervals of the pains — the 
most favorable position is always attainable — that is the recum- 
bent, with the head low and the garments perfectly loose, so as 
to favor free respiration. Other causes of difference may, and 
probably do exist, of which in our present state of knowledge 
we are ignorant. 

Another objection brought against the use of chloroform is, 
its supposed effect in arresting the "pains," and thus retarding 
the labor. That it does arrest or abolish the pain there can be 
no doubt, but I think it seldom interferes seriously with the 
contractions of the womb. Contraction and pain, although 
they generally co-exist, are separable and not the same thing. 
When a strong man attempts to raise a heavy weight, his mus- 
cles contract powerfully in obedience to his will, and there is 
great exertion, sometimes even expressing itself by audible 
sounds, but there is ordinarily no pain. So perhaps it would 
have been in labor, but for that original law imposed upon the 
female organism by the Creator. The contractions of the womb 
might have been for aught we can see, as painless as those oj 
the strong man's arms. 

But whatever theoretical apprehehensions may be entertain- 
ed of the effect of chloroform, in suspending the action of the 
womb, in practice it is very seldom found to do so. I have not 
unfrequently, it is true, met with feeble contractions, when the 
patient was under the influence of chloroform, but I, and every 
practitioner, has met with the same thing, where no anaesthetic 
was administered. I have generally thought myself justified, 
in attributing this feebleness of action to other causes. But 
even supposing this to be occasionally the effect of chloroform, 
it is more than counterbalanced by the relaxation it produces. 
Feeble contractions with relaxation of the soft parts, may ac- 
complish more in a given time, than powerful action when 
rigidity exists. But if the labor be really retarded by the ef- 
fect of Chloroform upon the uterine contractions, we have an 
efficient remedy in the judicious simultaneous employment of 
ergot. This agent will produce its specific effects, even when 


the patient is under the influence of chloroform. A few drops 
of the tincture may be given every five to fifteen minutes, until 
the proper action is secured. I have seldom used ergot under 
any circumstances, and when I have thought it necessary to do 
so, to arouse the activity of the womb, I have always given it 
in small and frequently repeated doses. In this way we avoid 
that violent action of the drug so dangerous to both mother and 
child, and so justly deprecated, and secure simply an increase 
of the normal contractions. We have by this mode of adminis- 
tration a complete control of the action of the ergot, so that in 
susceptible subjects we can produce any desired amount of 
uterine action, and say, thus far shalt thou go but no farther. 
An infusion of one drachm of powdered ergot in a very small 
teaspoonful of water, boiled a few moments, strained and given 
in teaspoonful doses as above, generally answers every purpose. 





Chemistry as applied to medicine, has apparently had noth- 
ing to do with Homoeopathic medicine, except in so far as it re- 
lated to a proper preparation of our mother tinctures and crude 

How often have we been told that our potentized medicines 
were incapable of affecting any change in the human system, 
whether for good or for evil. How often have we had the cal- 
culations of Simpson, thrown up to us, and that frequently, by 
men that did not understand them. How often have we felt 
our cheeks tingle when asked such questions, as how much med- 
icine is there in a single dose of the fiftieth potency. 

It has been self-evident to all, that our higher potencies have 
been out of the reach of ordinary chemical analysis, and by be- 
ing so, have brought ridicule and oftentimes contempt on our 
profession. We have not been able, really, to give any reason 
for the faith that is in us, with regard to our potencies, at least 
any reason that would be acceptable to the public generally. 

But I am happy to say that there are great changes going on. 
The same country that gave birth to our illustrious Hahnemann, 
gave birth also, to another, whose name will go down to poster- 


ity with as great and enduring honors, as any thai have pre- 
oeeded him in the particular branch of natural Bciehoe, t" 
which he has devoted so many years of his life. I mean Prof. 
Bunsen, of Heidelbnrg, the discoverer of optochemistry, or 
spectral analysis. By this discovery of Bunsen, our Homoeo- 
pathic preparations can he to some extent analyzed, and such 
analyzation has already been accomplished by Dr. Ozanam.and 
the results that he gives are very gratifying, when we consider 
that this part of chemistry is yet in its infancy. He says, in 
speaking of his experiments with soda, "I then tried several 
dilutions and obtained certain signs of the presence of soda, not 
only in the 4th and 5th dilutions, but even in one single drop 
of the 6th. That drop appreciable by a very delicate balance, 
weighed 3 centigrammes, consequently, the substance appre- 
ciated was equivalent to three hundred millionths of a milli- 
gramme, that is a quantity even less than that which should 
form the 7th dilution." 

Prof. Bunsen, in speaking of his experiments with the chlo- 
rides of several different metals, says : "We can thus detect the 
most minute traces of any one of these bodies, if mixed with 
the largest quantities of any other substance." The delicacy 
and accuracy of these reactions is without parallel and may be 
seen from the following statements. One one hundred and eighty 
millionth of a grain of soda can be detected. One one mil- 
lionth part of a grain of strontia can be detected. One sixty 
millionth part of a grain of lithia may be detected. One mil- 
lionth part of a grain of lime may be easily detected. If such 
is the fact, and the proof seems sufficient to establish it, we can 
easily dispense with the spiritual theory of our high dynamiza- 
tions, for we have proof positive that they contain medicine, 
but in such minute particles that ordinary chemical analysis has 
failed to detect it ; but which is now nevertheless fully demon- 
strated. I am fully satisfied in my own mind that the further 
this new branch of chemical science is developed the more it 
will show that homoeopathic medication is in st'ict accordance 
with known natural laws, and not only so, but besides taking 
advantage of all new lights that are developed; in the case of 
small doses homoeopathic medicine is in the advance. 


The discovery of Bunsen has produced a great revolution in 
analytical chemistry, and given importance to hitherto unknown 
infinitely small quantities. 

The discovery of the dinamization doctrine of infinitely small 
doses, by Hahnemann, forestalled and predicted that of Bun- 
sen. Hahnemann raised medicine to the level of other sciences, 
by creating for it a method analogous to that of the infinitesi- 
mal calculus (limiting ratios) in mathematics ; the atomic and 
molecular doctrine in chemistry ; the theory of the ether in 
natural philosophy ; the cellular theory and microscopic studies 
in normal and pathological anatomy. 





. In attempting to fulfil the duty of presenting a report on 
Cholera, which was devolved upon me at your meeting last year. 
I am met at the very outset with difficulties almost insuperable : 
difficulties which arise not from the dearth, but from the extent 
and copiousness of our literature on this important subject. 

The history of the rise and progress of the various Cholera 
Epidemics, which, at successive periods, since the commence- 
ment of the present century, have traversed the nations of the 
earth from East to West, has been related again and again. 
More graphic pens than mine have recounted the grim array of 
symptoms, and described the fearful manner in which this 
fell disorder "goes through" its unfortunate victims. The 
gloomy bills of mortality have been searched with melancholy 
assiduity in every land, and ample statistics recorded, of the va- 
rious results of this disease when left to itself; when treated 
Allopathically; and when treated according to the Homoeopath- 
ic method. And all these statistics, collected from a great va- 
riety of sources, and most remarkably sustaining the Hom- 
oeopathic practice, have been repeatedly published for the com- 
mon benefit of mankind. While physicians with more extended 


opportunities for observation and larger experience than my- 
self, have discussed the causes of cholera, laid down the most 
approved methods of nursing the cholera patient, and detailed 
the most characteristic symptoms of the remedies to be employed. 

Apparently then everything connected with the disease, has 
already been thoroughly explored and explained. And con- 
scious that I have no new historical facts ; no hitherto unpre- 
sented mass of statistics ; no symptoms before unobserved ; no 
recent pathological or even microscopical discoveries ; no "new 
remedies," with which to enlist your attention, and no wonder- 
ful cures with which to exalt myself in your estimation, I 
have felt that there scarcely remained anything for me to report. 

And yet, as we may already discover in the horizon of the 
future a little cloud no bigger than a man's hand, and as we 
realize that possibly this small cloud may ere long over- 
shadow our social firmament with a desolation more widespread 
and profound than that which visited our country last year; — 
I have persuaded myself to look once more, if perchance there 
might not still appear some point, which, presented in another 
manner and viewed in a different light, might enable you to meet 
this pestilence, if it come, with a clearer intelligence and a 
courage more confirmed. 

And I propose to invite your attention to some considerations 
respecting the essential nature of Cholera, and to its consequent 
relation to the Allopathic and to the Homoeopathic methods of 

Like other epidemic disorders, the Cholera may be regarded 
as the result of poisoning of the blood. It matters not what may 
be the origin or specific character of the poison ; whether it 
consists in malarious effluvia ; of inorganic material ; of decay- 
ing vegetable or animal substances ; or of new forms of ani- 
mate or inanimate life, microscopic fungi, animalcula?, &c, 
generated from such decay.* Audit matters still less whether 
the poison is introduced into the stomach, dissolved in its fluids, 
or absorbed with them into the blood vessels of the portal 
system ; or whether diffused through the more attenuated vehicle 
of the atmosphere, it is received directly into the pulmonary 

■ British Medical News and Library, March, 1867. 


circulation. The cholera poison, like certain others, may act 
immediately upon being brought into relation with the narrow 

m ; even as Hydrocyanic arid destroys life instantly upon 
being placed upon the tongue — before it has been absorbed into 
the circulation. But for the purposes of our argument we have 
preferred, at present at least, to consider the poison of cholera 
afl bring originally received into the blood, and primarily acting 
upon it. But every poison, it should be remembered, however 
introduced into the system in the first instance, primarily de- 
velops its morbid action in some particular portion of the econ- 
omy. Thus the poisonous influence of Strychnine, dissolved 
perhaps in the stomach, find from thence received into the cir- 
culation, is in the first place confined to the motor nerves of the 
voluntary muscles: the organic nervous system, for a while at 
least, remaining entirely unaffected. So chloroform, or other 
anesthetic, stupefies first the senses, and paralyzes the mus- 
cular apparatus supplied by the voluntary nerves ; while as soon 
as the benumbing influence involves the organic nervous system, 
life is lost from the consequent arrest of the vital and organic 
functions. In like manner the poison of fecal matter, — intro- 
duced into the general circulation through the medium of 
drinking water, and well known to be most remarkably connected 
with the extension and fatality of cholera, — primarily exerts its 
influence in producing diarrhoea. But while this poison c;: 
putrid dysentery and the most malignant forms of typhus, it 
does not of itself produce Asiatic Cholera. It only in the most 
remarkable manner predisposes to this disease.* In a similar 
manner, the poison of cholera has its own primary seat of de- 
velopment ; and this too is found in the alimentary canal. By 
this we do not mean to affirm that the influence of cholera poi- 

* This poison appears to cause on the Bmaller scale of the portal 
system an obstruction of the capillary circulation similar to that 

which cholera produces on the larger scale of the entire system. In 
this connection, compare also the general influence which the 086 of 

food containing decaying animal matter exerts in predisposing to 
zymotic diseases. 8e< Carpenter's Buman Physiology , chap. ilL And 
for abundant illustrations of the relation of absorbed fecal matter to 
cholera, see Watson's Practice, p. 921 ; Peter- on Cholera, p. 16; 
Braithwaite's Retrospect No. liv, p. 265, and Brit, and Foreign Med, 
Chi. Review, No. xxxi, July, 16 


son is exerted directly from the stomach and intestines ; but 
that in these organs we can usually discover its first objective 
results. This is plainly seen in the incipient stages of cholera 
—especially in the milder cases. The same is true in every 
case of cholerine, — which but presents the initial development 
of a still more delicate amount of this poisonous influence. A still 
further confirmation of this appears in the characteristic vomit- 
ing and diarrhoea of fully developed cholera. And in all the 
large number of cases of fully developed, epidemic cholera, in 
which no connection can be traced between this disorder and 
the imbibition of fecal matter, it is evident that the peculiar 
poison of cholera, conveyed into the system through the medium 
of the inspired air, tends to manifest itself always in the same 

In what way this poisoning of the system leads directly to 
the pathological results already mentioned, and indirectly to a 
long train of subsequently appearing morbid conditions, Aye 
will now attempt to explain ; since from such explanation alone 
can we obtain any real insight into the essential nature of chol- 
era itself.* 

It is now asserted by able writers, and we think with reason, 
that in cholera there is arrest of the capillary and 'pulmonary 
circulation from the commencement of the disease, — and not 
merely towards its termination, as was formerly supposed.! 
This, however, by no means conflicts with what we have already 
stated as to the first objective symptoms being developed in the 

* By this we do not mean the essential nature of the cholera poison, 
Which, generated or derived from previous cholera cases, and trans* 
mitted in the" path of commerce and in the track of nations, has 
escaped hitherto all positive demonstration ; but whose reception into 
the human organization and subsequent triumph over the vital pow- 
ers are most remarkably favored by all the influences and conditions 
by which these powers are in the first instance depressed. The pre- 
dominancy of either the positive or the negative electric condition of 
the atmosphere may favor the reception of this poisonous influence 
into tile system ; while the abundant development of ozone in the 
air may totally destroy the poison itself. See a Very interesting paper 
relative to ozone and jodosmone, by Dr. John Hartman, Western 
Horn. Observer, April, 1866;— and Braithwaite's Retrospect, Xo. lii, 
p. 28. 

fDr. Thos. Wilson, on Cholera, Monthly Horn. Rev., Nov. 1865, 


digestive tract. It may be that an exceedingly minute exam- 
ination would Bhow a diminution in the respiration, even at 
the earliest appearance of the cholera diarrhoea, but so far as 
we arc aware, Buch cases have never been reported. 

A moment's reflection upon the influence which the vigorous 
living blood exerts in promoting it- own circulation — especially 
through the Bmaller ramifications of the arteries, where the 
muscular tissue gradually replaces the cartilaginous, and through 
the capillaries — will show how T serious must be the effect which 
the poisoning of the blood produces upon its flow through these 
minute and highly sensitive vessels.* Terrified and repulsed by 
the destructive currents of poisoned blood, all the innumerable 
absorbents shrink back and close their mouths in despair. The 
capillaries struggle to transmit the dangerous mass, but become 
themselves obstructed ; while the sluggish volumes of thickened, 
darkened, and otherwise disorganized blood gradually accumu- 
late in the veins. Even the minute arterial branches close 
convulsively, in order as much as possible to prevent the influx 
of the poisoned streams. This supposed spasmodic contraction 
of the arteries is supported by the condition in which the heart 
is found after death from this disease, — firmly closed, as if in 
desperate agony. In such cases, on the venous side of the 
general circulation, we find the vessels distended and engorged 
with blood ; and on the arterial side, a corresponding state of 
emptiness and retraction. " In the great majority of cases in 
which death has occurred in the state of collapse, the right side 
of the heart, and the pulmonary arteries, are filled and some- 
times distended with blood ; while the left cavities of the heart 
are generally empty, or contain only a small quantity of blood; 

It i> by no means intended to Ignore the powerful Influence which 
the brain and nerves exert upon the capillary circulation, but simply 
to affirm that this influence must be reciprocated. V%dU Wilkinson's 
" Human Body," p. 3!»4; and the introductory remarks to Ids transla- 
tion of the u Animal Kingdom," p. 332. And as the action of gal- 
vanism may be either through the spinal cord or nerves to the mus- 
cles, or directly upon the muscular suhstanee, — "the muscular tissue 
possessing within Itself an Inherent power of contraction, independ- 
ent of the nerves distributed to it ; " — so the blood may act directly 
upon the delicate muscular or other tissues, through which it pi 
Compare Muller's Physiology, p. 809, and p. lOof the Supplement. 


the auricle being partially, and the ventricle completely and firmly 

As the immediate result of the cholera influence, we find 
then a venous congestion of the portal system of circulation ; — 
of which the serous fluid discharged both upwards and down- 
wards, in such immense quantities, and with a rapidity so 
appalling, forms the inevitable sequence, — a consequence cor- 
responding in extent to the extent of the congestion itself. 
And these rice water discharges, at first consisting principally 
of the liquid portion of the blood, and of the lymph, — as the 
disease advances are found to contain not only the unoxydized, 
cell-wall detritus, and other products of the ordinary degenera- 
tion of tissue ; but also immense quantities of fragments of 
the epithelial covering of the intestinal villi, which in many 
cases have been found wasted, shrunk and denuded from one end 
of the intestinal canal to the other.f 

Thus the direct and immediate results of the action of the poi- 
soned blood in cholera, is seen illustrated, in accordance with 
the amount of that poisoning, in the three preliminary and suc- 
cessive stages of cholera itself. The initiatory and mildest de- 
gree of this poisoning, immediately if not exclusively affects 
the capilliaries of the portal system, and Cholerine results. 
From the increase of the amount of the blood-poisoning, and its 
extension to the arteries, arises the fully developed Cholera. 
And the concluding crisis of this disease, as it involves the 
heart and finally arrests its action, is seen in the ultimate stage 
of Collapse. 

But this obstruction of the capillary and arterial circulation, 
which we have described as the first determinate pathological 
effect of the cholera poison, and which presents its first objec- 
tive symptoms in the form of serous and other discharges from 
the digestive tract, is by no means confined to these organs of 
the portal system. Although we may remark en passant, that 

* Dr. Geo. Johnson, Braith. Retrospect, No. Hi, p. 266. 

t C. B. Ker, M. D,, British Journal of Homoeopathy, Jan., 1867, p. 
125. Dr. Ker's paper, M The present State of our Knowledge of 
Cholera," will be found very instructive, although his conclusions 
appear to us more negative than the necessity of the case requires.- 


it is not probable that tho poisoned blood meets with the Battle 
instinctive repugnance to its passage through the pulmonary 
and cutaneous capillary circulations, which are intended as 
means of purification ; that it experiences in its transit through 
these vessels of the digestive tube, which are accustomed to 
seek from it supplies for nutrition and assimilation. 

The loss of its more liquid portion, must of itself greatly im- 
pede the passage of the blood through every part of the gen- 
eral system of capillary circulation, and especially through that 
of the lungs. And in addition to this, the imperfect perform- 
ance of the vital function of aeration, must at the same time 
rapidly deteriorate the blood, and thus retard its circulation in 
a constantly increasing ratio ; while this again still further ag- 
gravates the mal-acration. And so the case necessarily passes 
with increasing rapidity from bad to worse, till nature becomes 
completely exhausted with her efforts to maintain the circulation 
and respiration, and, as if in despair, retreats into collapse, — 
when death presently closes the sad scene, unless Homoeopathy 
opportunely supplies the truly physiological remedy for what is 
thus seen to be most interiorly and vitally, a yliyno-jiatliological 

Thus far in studying the course of cholera, we have traced 
its action in the single line of the circulation of the poisoned 
blood, and marked the direct influence of the morbid blood 
itself upon the minute arterial branches and still more minute 
capillaries,— ^especially in the digestive organs. But this action 
of the poisoned blood in thus retarding its own circulation, is by 

-By this expression, which to some may seem a contradiction in 
terms, we desire, in opposition to those w r ho assume disease to con- 
sist solely in a change of structure, and whose pathology La exclusive- 
ly structural, to convey the idea that disease is not structural deg 
ration alone, not functional aberration alone, and not both combined 
alone: but that it consists in a still more interior and profound dis- 
turbance of the vital principle, of the life itself; which, obstructed in 
its normal course, attempts by increasing activity in some function- 
to compensate for the deficiencies in others; which under compulsion 
sacrifices a part to Bavethe whole, a- in local disorganizations; and 
which when fighting a losing battle, surrenders the Leasl Important 
posts first, and so continues until the failure of the whole, or until 
the entire system collapses with the unavoidable destruction of some 
essential organ. 


no means confined to the portal system ; the pulmonary and cu- 
taneous capillary systems are subsequently, if not at the same 
time, overwhelmingly affected. And the rapidly destructive 
influence of this constantly increasing diminution of the respira- 
tion has already been described. 

But the mischief does not stop here — cequo pede, the morbid in- 
fluence invades also the nerve-filaments and nerve tissue, or neu- 
rilemma, of all the infinitesimal organs of the capillary circula- 
tion. Nor yet is this influence restricted to this portion of the 
nervous system. So far as we have hitherto traced it, the chol- 
era poison, primarily absorbed into and disorganizing the 
blood, exerts its first recognizable influence upon the nerves 
which control the portal and other capillary circulation, and the 
respiration, and arrests in the same degree and at the same time, 
all those vital processes of assimilation, of the oxygenation and 
elimination of the effete material, and of the reparation of wasted 
tissue, which are so absolutely dependent upon the double 
function of circulation and respiration. These nerves belong 
of course to the vegetative or organic nervous sphere. But if we 
extend our view of the influence of the cholera poison upon the 
nervous system, — which, however, as previously stated, it may 
affect in the first instance, — we shall see that the muscles of the 
lower extremities become disordered, while the excruciating pains, 
which so constantly attend such cramps and spasmodic contrac- 
tions, doubtless result from the mechanical pressure of the rap- 
idly shrinking muscular tissue upon the morbidly sensitive 

As the disease advances, the cramps involve the voluntary 
muscles, more and more — but this implication of the spinal nerves 
seems due at first to their intimate connection with the sympa- 
thetic system. With the still further progress of the disease, 
the spinal cord itself becomes congested ; and the same condi- 
tion must also involve the primary and secondary series of 
spinal nerves. While after all, the still higher cerebral, 
nervous centre remains comparatively unaffected ; the poisoned 
blood of the cholera patient, even in the worst forms of the dis- 
order, exerting no injurious influence upon the mental faculties 
— principally, no doubt, because little or none of it is assimila- 
ted into the cerebral substance. 


The cholera is thus seen to strike at the very fountain of life; 
to poison its living waters in such a manner as most effectually 
to cut off all their sources of supply; to destroy all their means 
of reparation and possibility of regeneration. Absorption, nutri- 
tion, and assimilation gradually become impossible ; the lacteal < 
refuse to drink from the noxious currents ; and the lymphatics 
no longer attempt to arrest the too rapid progress of interstitial 
disorder, or to redeem any portion of its products. Respira- 
tion and circulation become less and less; one by one the 
secretions fail, and the natural excretions are lost in the deluge 
of colliquative discharges. 

And yet another, still more darkly shaded, picture is needed 
to complete our hasty panoramic view of the course of cholera. 
For it is well known that there are cases in which, from the 
overwhelming amount of cholera poison, and from the intensity 
of its influence upon the blood and nerves, the entire system 
receives at once a mortal " shock," — and in a few hours the 
patient sinks, crushed by a force so deadly and profound that 
there is neither vomiting nor purging. In these cases unassisted 
Nature is powerless even to develop any secondary symptoms, 
and all human art too often proves equally incapable of estab- 
lishing a vital reaction. 

Such, then, is the essential nature of cholera — A disease, in 
part, at least, consisting in a poisoning of the blood, which 
affects the circulation, and renders abortive the respiration — A 
disease which becomes cumulative, and tends to the destruction 
of life with a constantly increasing determination, since it ren- 
ders the poisoned blood less and less capable of self purification 
and regeneration — A disease whose essential nature it is the 
more necessary to understand, since all its symptoms, both sub- 
jective and objective, are but the consequences of the original 
blood poisoning, or of the preceding and more subtle morbid 
influence upon the nervous system itself. 

But we have dwelt so long upon the essential nature of cholera, 
that we can now but very briefly consider the relation it sustain-. 
respectively, to the Allopathic and to the Homoeopathic modes of 
treatment. The allopathic practitioner, unable to reach the 
citadel of cholera, — the original blood poisoning, or still prior 
impression upon the nerv<»u- -y*tem, — attacks the outposts, 


the consequences of the disease. Hence the astringents and 
sedatives employed to stop the vomiting and diarrhoea; venesec- 
tion and saline injections to remove the thickness of the blood 
and cause it to flow, and acids and alkalies to correct its chem- 
ical condition;* calomel to compel the liver to secrete bile ; 
rubefaciants, sinapisms and blisters to promote the capillary cir- 
culaion ; opium and chloroform for the spasms and cramps ; 
tartar emetic and bleeding to reduce the strength, or relieve the 
congestion, and stimulants to sustain the patient ; castor oil for 
the diarrhoea, and camphor because the Homoeopaths have made 
cures with it ! 

These, with multitudes of other means, are employed sucess- 
ively, or together, in accordance with some plausible " indica- 
tions ;" but the uniform result of an enormous mortality shows 
how vain is the attempt of the allopaths to cleanse the streams 
while the poisoned fountain remains beyond their utmost reach. 
There are indeed recoveries ; for nature, busily engaged in her 
own desperate struggle for life, takes small account of such 
means, when used with any degree of moderation, and sometimes 
rescues the patient in spite of them. But when the entire allo- 
pathic armament is vigorously and continuously brought to bear 
upon all the outposts or consequences of the disorder, nature 
finds the double burden of treatment and disease greater than 
she can bear ; she retires from the contest ; calls in her outposts 
of secondary and reactionary symptoms ; collapse ensues, and 
patient and disease expire together ! 

* The most elaborate chemical analyses of the blood of cholera pa- 
tients, although they may show very nearly what substances the 
blood has lost, can afford no real aid towards the cure of the patient 
himself, because vital physiology, not chemistry, is the real guide to 
therapeutics. By similar destructive analysis, we may resolve any 
organized bodies into their component elements of Carbon, Hydrogen, 
Nitrogen, &c; but when we attempt to reconstruct these elements— 
hie labor, hoc opus est ! How absurd, then, to expect to chemically 
restore the blood whose very life was disturbed before its substance 
was in any appreciable degree disorganized. And so in general : Dr. 
Therapeia visits the sick man, and has the privilege of attempting 
to save him; while D*. Post Mortem Pathology is only invited to at- 
tend his funeral, and all the advice which he can give will as natur- 
ally lead to other funerals, as fecal matter will cause diarrhoea. Vide 
Brit] and For. Med. Chi. Review, xxvii, July, 1854, p. 138. 


The Homoeopathic Physician on the contrary, loses no time, 
nor wastes his patient's strength, in contending with the Symp- 
toms or secondary consequences of the disease, lie realizes 
that the disorder of his patient consists of so profound an af- 
fection of his very life, that it is impossible to distinguish the 
one from the other. Instead then of fighting the symptoms, 
he makes them his infallible guides to that morbid condition of 
the life-blood, of the patient himself in his inmost life, which 
causes those symptoms, and which therefore they represent. — 
Since they are but the consequences of this morbid condition, 
he knows that their suppression, — if that were possible, — would 
by no means remove the original disorder; that under the law 
of the similars they must become unfailing indications of the an- 
tidote to that disorder, to that actual blood-poisoning, or m 
poisoning, from which they spring. And he feels that to all the 
different conditions of the system, which may arise from the 
different qualities or degrees of this poisoning, these inseparable 
subjective and objective symptoms must infallibly correspond. 
Instead, therefore, of attacking these symptoms as enemies, he 
treats them as friends who pilot him unerringly through the lab- 
yrinth of nature — literally leading him by a way which he 
knew not — and enable him to apply the exactly corresponding 
remedy to the particular morbid condition which they necessa- 
rily and truly represent. 

But the cholera is the representative, if not the epitome of 
all disease; and exuno discc omnes! The lesson learned from 
this one example may be everywhere applied. The Law of the 
Similars, as with an electric flash, in a moment lights up all that 
was mysterious in sensational symptoms ; all that was obscure 
in functional developments, and all that was dark in the patho- 
logical waste-places: — becomes a beacon light which at once 
illuminates and harmonizes all the various portions of this via 
dolorosa ; and at the same time enables the physician to apply 
the true physiological remedy, not for a mythical disease; but 
for a plainly revealed physio-pathological condition. 

The wonderful similarity of the different forms and stages of 
the cholera disease to the conditions and symptoms developed 
in the pathogeneses of the corresponding remedies, affords a 
splendid proof of the natural /ruth of the principles of Homoe- 


opathic Science, And the success, — if possible, still more won- 
derful, — which results from the administration of these rem- 
edies in faithful accordance with these principles, affords a 
corresponding triumph of our Homoeopathic Art, — for which 
we can never be sufficiently thankful to the Giver of every good 
and perfect gift ! 





With an earnest desire to fulfil in a measure, the obligation 
imposed in being appointed to write an essay on Medical Diag- 
nosis ; the succeeding pages have been written, not from any 
peculiar adaptability of your committee for the allotted task, 
nor for the purpose of inviting criticism, but with the hope that 
what is here said may prove instrumental in evoking more ma- 
ture and profound observations. 

Medioal Diagnosis is a theme that has poised many a pen and 
given origin to many an essay, from the crude lucubrative attempt 
of the graduating tyro, to the ornate, complete and scientific 
demonstrations that can emanate only from the matured mind 
of the thor oughly furnished physician. It has been veiwed 
from every stand-point and by every light and in the many 
paths to its approach there is not much ground that is not 
deeply impressed with the footmarks of the seekers after truth. 
Even in regard of its relations with and value to the practice of 
homoeopathy, many a keen criticism and counter-criticism has 
been called forth, until the critics in their combative ardor have 
almost succeeded in establishing opposing sects as well as elim- 
inating every phase and feature of the subject. Thus it will 
e seen that there is now little can be said that will not per- 


haps be flat and stale, and the question may be not imperti- 
nently asked, — why write anything more ? why pile even this 
insignificant Pelion upon this already sufficiently altitudinous 
Ossa ? The question is indeed of difficult solution, unless your 
committee be allowed to offer his apology at first expressed as 
an answer. 

There exists, unfortunately for homoeopathy be it remembered, 
two classes of its practitioners, who have nothing in common 
save their degree of Doctor and their disagreements. In the 
one, we find the scoffers at the teachings of the master, and 
their Homoeopathy is as a play, with the principal part left 
out. These are no little-pill Eomoeopathists, but nestling closely 
to Allopathy, they seek to gather round them all its para- 
phernalia, its effete and beggarly elements, even to the big bot- 
tles and unguent pots which are to be found in the sanctuaries 
of their offices. These are self-styled Scientific Homceopathists, 
a distinction to which they are as little entitled as is Maximil- 
ian to that of Emperor of Mexico. 

In the other, we find those who would divest medicine of all 
its scientific character. They see in disease only symptoms, and 
in drugs only symptoms, and the dear object of their fond de- 
light is, to add to the already awful bulk of our Materia Medica, 
some vivid imaginings or inane vaporings of their own or of 
others brains, and in this way they would advance the Science 
of Medicine, What a science ! stark, lifeless, repulsive ; exci- 
ting only contempt and disgust. 

These are opposing factions, the one declare that they are of 
Paul, the other, that they are of Apollos. Of the ways of 
the first mentioned, we wish to say nothing. They are joined 
to their idols and are best let alone. Won for a time by the 
purity, simplicity and wonderful accuracy of Homoeopathy ; alas 
they have at length returned to their wallowing in the mire. 

To the ways of the other class, however, we desire to address 
ourselves. Pernicious ways ! that would take all the back -bone 
out of medicine, and leave a partial and disjointed skeleton. 
We wish to show that the taking out of this back-bone — the 
knowledge of disease — not the knowledge of symptoms — cannot 
be done without very decided injury to medicine as a science 
and an art, to the sick and to their physicians. 


In order to obtain a correct definition of disease, we must 
first decide, what condition of the economy constitutes health, 

and perhaps it would be necessary, in determining this Latter 
point exactly, to go still further, and endeavor to unfold the 
hitherto unsolved problem, what is lii 

Carlylc has it, that the rustic who declared that he did not 
know that he had any system, was a true exhibit of humanity 
in perfect health, and that when a Dr. Kitchener says his sys- 
tem is in the highest tone, though dietetics may have occasion 
to boast, there is a lurking of disease, or at least the knowledge 
of the possibility of disease, and this is not health. This is 
doubtless good philosophy, and yet too eminently philosophical 
for practical purposes. When the various complexities of the 
human organism perform their allotted functions as one harmo- 
nious, silent, unobtrusive whole, — then is health ; but disease, 
as it comes to the cognizance of the physician, must be regarded 
by taking into consideration the many modifying circumstances, 
external and internal, to which man is subjected. Life is the 
element of our being; health, that being in its perfect or com- 
paratively perfect state — and disease, a deviation from that 
state, of such a nature as to modify, interfere with and finally 
destroy life. 

This is disease in the general, but it comes to us in such a di- 
versity of shapes, that we are obliged to note each particular 
form, and in what it differs from all others. The names of dis- 
eases, it is true, are often arbitrary and sometimes founded on 
erroneous pathology, yet they serve to distinguish between dis- 
ordered action of one sort and another. "Thus, when we say a 
man has, or is an example of inflamatlon of the lungs, it is un- 
derstood that disease of a general nature — inllamation — has at- 
tacked a particular organ — the lungs. If we say, that child 
hooping cough, it is known that it is an example of the 
presence of a condition that is common to many diseases — cough, 
characterized by a peculiarity all its own, the hooping sound. 
^tVhen we declare that a woman has, or is an example of hgsti 
although that term expresses a scries of phenomena as varied 
as the individuals affected, -til! to the physician, the term con- 
veys a knowledge of a condition of things that is well understood. ' 

The i vidi nces of disease exist in the manifest symptoms. The 


subjective or those that are made manifest through the conscious- 
ness of the patient, and the objective or those that are made man- 
ifest through the consciousness of the physician ; and it is by 
collecting, arranging and combining these that the physician is 
enabled to form an estimate of the cause, locality, condition and 
probable result of the disordered action. 

" Health is the resultant of certain forces, modified by life and 
carried on in a normal and harmonious manner, and disease is 
the resultant of these forces acting in a wrong direction. So 
great, however, is the resilience of life that if the cause of devi- 
ation be removed, the right direction will be re-assumed, and 
health — as is said — will be restored." Here lies the business of 
the Physician. To see that this cause of deviation is removed, 
and the normal direction is re-assumed. The object and end of 
all investigation in Medicine should be the relief of the patient, 
and if possible, the cure of his disease. It is for this that we 
find in the store-house of bountiful nature so great a variety of 
remedial agents, each with its peculiar powers and properties 
for good and evil, which by the labor, energy and benevolence 
of men have been, and are being, plucked from an existence of 
inutility to be proved, tried and rendered subservient to the wis- 
dom, and will of men for their fellow-men. 

In view of this it is plain that nothing that can aid in attain- 
ing this object and end dare be neglected. Of the method of 
cure, we, as Homoeopathicians, are sure. We regard the law 
enunciated by the sage of Coethen and expressed in the formula 
similia similibus curantur, as a natural law, and co-extensive with 
disease. The question is, will we be aided in the application of 
this law of cure by a positive knowledge of the minutiae of dis- 
ease, by our own ability to distinguish between one disease and 
another ? Shall we resort to all the modern appliances and 
means of diagnosis in order to know what is to be cured, or 
shall we take simply the symptoms — mainly subjective — the sig- 
nals of distress or efforts at relief of discomfitted nature. Since 
the first dim tracings of the rude and barbarous practice of 
Medicine shadowed forth in the poetry of ancient Homer, med- 
icine has been slowly progressive, but within the present centnry 
very many steps towards perfection have been taken. A knowl- 
edge of the parts involved and the manner of their involvement 


is now a matter that may almost invariably be 
tained. Shall then all this gradually accumulated experience ; 
all these enunciations of genius; all this labor and stupendous 
toil ami self-sacrifice and heroism and revelation and knowledge, 
ist aside as aseless and, to the Homocopathist, only sounding 
brass and tinkling cymbal. 

Let us examine this question briefly. Disease is an abnormal 
condition of organ, or function, or both. There is probably no 
disease manifestations without a corresponding organic derange- 
ment, cellular or otherwise, although we are not always able to 
discover it, and might as well, in some affections, look for the 
tracings of the telegraphic message in the dead wire, as look 
for the tracings of disease in the dead body. As effects result 
from causes, however, it is fair to assume that these disease 
effects result from disease causes. 

What are the pathogenetic effects of drugs? Are they the 
substances of disordered action, or its shadow? It is here held 
that they are its substance. If Belladonna in Hahnemann's 
hands, did not produce the Sydenhammian scarlet fever, can 
we say that it would not have produced a condition entirely 
similar to, or identical with that disease ? It is known that 
Tartar Emetic will produce an eruption so similar to that of 
small pox, as to be at same stages almost indistinguishable from 
it. It is clear that Dr. Rubini would have produced some ter- 
rible malady, had he not become alarmed at the magnitude of 
the symptoms already induced by the Cereus. Had these con- 
ditions been produced they would have been the result of drug 
provings, such as our symptomatology is derived from, carried to 
a great extent ; to such an extent as to produce not the dim 
outlines, the faint foreshadowings, but the bold decided tracings 
of disease. If drug symptoms are not tho manifestations of 
paralogical conditions are they then' the mere vibrations of a 
hyper-excited nervous sensibility; the vaporing* of a diseased 
fancy; the figments of a vision. 

It seems entirely reasonable that the knowledge of the parts 
deranged and the manner of their derangement will facilitate 
the selection of a remedy. Seemingly chaotic though our writ- 
ten Materia Medica be, it is owing to the fact that its au- 
thors were so deeply engaged in supplying matter that there 


was left no time to them to supply method. Groups are there 
and groups may be called from thence and in these groups 
should be found the similimum of groups of symptoms that are 
produced in the body — from some other cause than a drug — 
and that constitute disease. 

The provings of Hahnemann and his brethren, and the more 
recent efforts of the men of this day are alike the most won 
derful and benevolent works of the age, and will remain as em- 
blems of their greatness and goodness when monumental mar- 
ble and granite obelisk has crumbled and fallen. If, however, 
our Materia Medica is to be developed to its fullest capacity for 
good, it must be done by regarding, in provings, all the appli- 
ances of the modern art of diagnosis. Every care must be 
taken to obtain a knowledge of the true condition of the dis- 
ordered action set up in the body of the prover — as well as his 
sensations — and in this way only can the true pathogenesis of 
a given drug be arrived at. Taking the thus obtained true 
drug pathogenesis then and comparing with it the totality of 
exhibit of disordered action induced through one or more of 
the multifarious causes of disease — as obtained through all the 
appliances of our art, we will then arrive at the perfect simil- 
imum ; the true Homoeopathic remedy. 

Another point. It would seem to be impossible that the 
memory of man should retain the immense tissue of our symp- 
tomen codex and that any aid in this direction would be of vast 
importance. Here medical nomenclature serves a good purpose. 
When we hear the name of a disease, that alone suggests to our 
mind certain remedies whose symptoms are similar to the symp- 
toms of that disease. Every remedy has a decided sphere of 
action and while one may be polychrest there is a sphere in 
which its action is more decided than in others, and these 
spheres of action are similar to ihe spheres of action of disease. 
While it is true therefore that each case is an individual case 
and that we must individualize to cure, still the knowledge that 
a patient has a certain form of disease, that We call by a certain 
name, leads us by a short route to the selection of several rem- 
edies and from these we may with more facility select the indi- 
vidual remedy for the individual ™sr>. 


ison then also we cannot neglect the art of d 
\Ylm that has heard and profited by the definite mur- 
murings of the Btethoscope, or witnessed the positive revela- 
3 of the micr addening visions of the oph- 

thalmoscope, or been Bet righl by the enunciations of chemical 
. would be deprived of them. 
Humanity demands that we neglect nothing in our art, and 
science will not permit of it. We cannot tell what is wrong 
with a watch simply by its silence, nor can we tell what ails a 
man from his much speaking. We musl firsl spy out the Land 
before we -mite the enemy. It is unwise, unscientific, unphil- 
osophical to deny the utility of diagnosis, as much so as to deny 
the efficacy of potentiation. 

The truly scientific homceopathician has his faith firmly fixed 
in the law of cure, and, though mindful of the voice of the 
master, is ever alert to seize and appropriate whatever will im- 
prove his art, and, through that, benefit suffering humanity. 




The Auditing Committee would respectfully report that they 
have examined the accounts of David Cowley, M. D., Treasurer, 
and find them correct, as follows : 

Total amount of receipts, - - $74 00 

Total amount of expendidures, - $4 45 

Draft on Drexel & Co., in favor of Soc, 69 00 

$74 00 $74 00 

W. WILLIAMSON, M. D., \ A .... n 
SILAS. S. BROOKS, M. D., /Auditing Com. 






This Association shall be known as the Homoeopathic Medi- 
cal Society of the State of Pennsylvania, and its object shall 
be the advancement of Medical Science. 

Any physician of good moral character, who has received the 
degree of Doctor of Medicine from some regularly incorporated 
Medical College, and who subscribes to the doctrine ki Similia 
Similibus Ourantur 9 fi may be elected a member of this Society 
upon the recommendation of the Board of Censors, by a vote 
of two-thirds of the members present, at any annual meeting. 


Every member shall, upon his admission, sign the Constitution 
and pay the initiation fee. 


Any non-resident Physician who may be judged worthy from 
his attainments in medicine or its collateral branches, may be 


elected a corresponding or honorary member, by a vote of two- 
thirds of the members present at any annual meeting, and may 
participate in the proceedings of the Society, but shall have no 
vote and shall be ineligible for office. 


The officers of this Society shall consist of a President, two 
Vice-Presidents, a Recording Secretary, a Corresponding Sec- 
retary, a Treasurer, and three Censors, who shall be elected by 
ballot by a majority of the members present, at every annual 
meeting, and who shall hold office until their successors are 


The President shall preside at the meetings of the Society, 
preserve order therein, put questions, announce decisions, and 
appoint committees not otherwise ordered. 


The Vice Presidents, in the order of their election, shall dis- 
charge the duties of the President, in his absence. 


Sec. 1. The Secretaries shall give notice of the meetings 
of the Society, keep a record of its proceedings, conduct its cor- 
respondence and have charge of its archives. 

Sec. 2. The Recording Secretary shall keep a record of all 
the proceedings and resolutions, the names of all delegates and 
members, with the date of admission of each ; notify all com- 
mittees of their appointment and of the business referred to 
them, notify all members of their election ; authenticate by his 
signature, all papers and acts of the Society when the occasion 
requires it, and bring before the Society communications and 
business needing its action, not othewise presented. 

Sec. 3. The Corresponding Secretary shall receive and pre- 
serve all letters addressed directly to the Society; open and 
maintain such correspondence as shall tend to advance its inter- 
ests: give at least two weeks previous notice of all. meetings of 


the Society, to the members; keep a record of all tho discussion i 
on anj and all the branches appertaining to Medical Science 
that may occur in the Society. 

The Treasurer .-hall receive all moneys and make all neces- 
sary disbursements, and make an annual report to the Society, 
in writing. 


The Censors shall receive applications for membership, and 
report to the Society those qualified for admission. 


The annual meetings of the Society shall be held at such 
time and place as shall be designated at the annual meeting 
next preceding, 


Seven members of the Society shall constitute a quorum. 


Any article of this Constitution may be altered or amended 
by a vote of two-thirds of the members present at the annual 
meeting ; provided, that notice of such intended alteration or 
amendment shall have been given to the Society when in ses- 
sion, at the annual meeting next preceding. 



The annual meeting of the Society shall be held at 1<> A. M., 
at the -time and place decided upon at the annual session next 
preceding, and the President of the Society, with the concur- 
rence of a majority of the Board of Censors, shall have power 
to direct such other meetings to be held as they may judge 



The initiation fee shall be two dollars, and each active mem- 
ber shall pay one dollar annually thereafter. 


At each annual meeting committees shall be appointed to 
report upon such subjects as the Society may designate. 


All communications read before the Society shall become its 
property ; but no paper shall be published as part of the trans- 
actions of the Society without its sanction. 


At the meetings of the Society the following shall be the 
regular order of business : 

1. Report of Censors and election of active and honorary 

2. Report of the Treasurer. 

3. Election of officers for the ensuing year. 

4. Reports of committees appointed at previous meetings. 

5. Unfinished business. 

6. Appointment of committees. 

7. Miscellaneous business. 

8. Reading of Minutes. 

9. Annual Address. 

10. Adjournment. 


These By-Laws may be altered or amerided at any regular 
meeting by a vote of a majority of the members present. 




Armor, Smith, M. D., Columbia, Columbia County. 

Ashton, A. H., M. D., Philadelphia. 

Barnaby, Jno. E., M. D., Alleghany City, Allcglum 

Blakely, W. James, M. D., Benzingcr, Elk County. 

Brooks, Silas S., M. D., Philadelphia. 

Burgher, J. C, M. D., Pittsburg. 

Childs, Wm. R., M. D., 

Cook, Wm. II., M. D.,....< Carlisle, Cumberland County. 

Cooper, F. B., M. D., Alleghany.City, Alleghany Co. 

Cooper, J. P., M. D., " " " 

Cote, Marcellin, M. D., Pittsburg. 

Cowley, David, M. D., " 

Dake, C. M., M. D., « 

Dake, B. F., M. D., " 

Detwiler, Henry, M. D., Easton, Northampton County. 

Detwiler, J. J., M. D., " " " 

Dudley, Pemberton, M. D., Philadelphia. 

Faulkner, Robert, M. D., Eric, Eric County. 

Foster, George L., M. D., Pittsburg. 

Friese, Michael, M. D., Harrisburg, Dauphin County 

Frost, J. II. P., M. D., Philadelphia. 

Gardiner, Richard, M. D., " 

Gause, 0. B., M. D. ? t u 


Gramm, G. E., M. D., Philadelphia. 

Guernsey, Henry N., M. D„ " 

Gumpert, B. Barton, M. D., " 

Harbison, Wm. C, M. D., 

Herron, Jas. A., M. D., Pittsburg. 

Hewitt, Thomas, M. D., Alleghany City, Alleghany Co. 

Hofman, H. H., M. D., Pittsburg, 

Homer, Horace, M. D., Philadelphia. 

James, David, M. D., " 

James, Bushrod W., M. D., 

James, Jno. E., M. D., •' 

Jeanes, Jacob, M. D., " 

Johnson, I. D., M. D., Kennet Square, Chester Co. 

Johnson, J. P., M. D., Latrobe, Westmoreland Co. 

Karsner, Charles, M. D., Germantown, Philadelphia. 

Koch, Aug. W., M. D., Philadelphia. 

Koch, Richard, M. D., " 

Lee, JohnK., M. D., " 

Lippe, Adolph, M. D., 

Liscomb, P. D., M. D., Pittsburg. 

Logee, Horace M., M. D Linesville, Crawford County. 

Malin, Jno. W., M. D., Germantown, Philadelphia. 

Marsden, J. H., M. D., York Sulph. Spr., Adams Co. 

Martin, H. K, M. D., Philadelphia. 

Morgan, Jno. C, M. D.,< " 

McClatchey, Robert, J., M. D.,.. " 

Neville, W. PL H., M. D„ 

Preston, Coates, M. D., Chester, Deleware County. 

Preston, Mahlon, M. D., Norristown, Montgomery Co, 

Raue, Chas. G., M. D., Philadelphia. 

Reading, Edward, M. D., Hatboro, Montgomery County. 

Reading, JohnR., M. D., Somerton, Philadelphia. 

Richards, J. C, M. D., Lock Haven, Clinton County. 

Roberts, R. Ross, M. B., Harrisburg, Dauphin County. 

Rousseau, L. M., M. D., Pittsburg. 

Smedley, R. C, M. D., West Chester, Chester County. 

Smith, Wm. H., M. D., Philadelphia. 

Stiles, Wm., M.D., 

Toothaker, C. E., M. D., 


Orie, Win. T., M. D., 

Von Tagen, C. II., M. D., Phila lelphia. 

Walker, Mahlon M., M. D., Qermantowo, Philadelphia. 

Wallace, M. II., M. D., Alleghany City, Alleghan. 

Williams, Thomas C, M. D., Philadelphia. 

Willard, L. H., M. D., Pittsburg 

Williamson, Walter, M- D., Philadelphia. 

Williamson, Walter M., M. D.,.. " 

Wood, Jas. B., M. D., West Chester, Chester County. 





Homoeopathic Medical Society 







Proceedings of Third Annual Session 7 

I. Annual Address 34 

By J. H. P. Frost, M. D. 
II. Reports of Medical Societies, etc. 

Homoeopathic Medical Society of Cumberland Yalley... 49 

Homoeopathic Medical Society of Philadelphia 49 

Homoeopathic Medical Society of Alleghany County 50 

Homoeopathic Medical Society of Luzerne County 51 

Homoeopathic Hospital and Dispensary of Pittsburg. . . 51 
Report of Delegates to French International Congress... 53 

Report of Committee on Charter 53 

Report of Publication Committee 54 

III. Report on Improvements in Surgery 56 

By John J. Detwiler, M. D. 

External Applications, and Dressings to Wounds 60 

By J. H. McClelland, M. D. 

IY. Report of Committee on Provings 68 

By Adolph Lippe, M. D. 

Proving of Cupri Arsenitum 73 

By W. Jas. Blakely, M. D. 

V. Report on Homoeopathy and Clinical Medicine 100 

By Michael Friese, M. D. 

Resume of the Past Year 106 

By Jas. B. Wood, M. D. 

VI. Report on Epidemics and Endemics 109 

By Jacob Jeanes, M. D. and W. Williamson, M. D. 

VII. Report on Obstetrics, etc Ill 

By Henry N. Guernsey, M. D. 

Curious Obstetrical Case 119 

By J. H. Marsden, A. M., M. D. 

VIII. Report of Committee on Statistics 122 

By David Cowley, M. D. 

IX. Report on Hygiene 127 

By W. Jas. Blakely, M. D. 

X. Treasurer's Report 145 

XL Constitution and By-Laws 146 

XII. List of Members 150 


ADOPTED JUNE 3, 1867. 

Resolved, That the Homoeopathic Medical Society of Penn- 
sylvania, in accepting and publishing Keports of Committees 
in their Proceedings, does not necessarily endorse the same. 

Resolved, That no longer time than fifteen minutes shall 
be taken up in reading any single Report. If the Report is of 
such length as would occupy a longer period, a synopsis of the 
same, giving the principal points, may be read, and the Report 
itself referred to the Publishing Committee. 







Meld in Harrisburjx, May 12th and 13tn, 1868. 


The Society was called to order at 10 o'clock, by the Presi- 
dent, Walter Williamson, M. D., of Philadelphia, who said : 

Gentlemen : — The hour has arrived at which, according to 
adjournment of the " Homoeopathic Medical Society of the State 
of Pennsylvania " at its last session, it becomes my duty to call 
you to order. 

The meeting will please to come to order. 

Fellow-members of the State Society, and gentlemen of the 
profession, we meet on the present occasion under favorable 
circumstances. The work of the great reform in the practice 
of Medicine in which we are engaged, was auspiciously com- 
menced by the illustrious founder of our school, in the latter 
part of the last century, and has been carried steadily forward 
by his coadjutors and successors from that time to the present. 
As a part of that succession, we are here assembled to-day ; 
imbued with the same spirit of reform, and animated by the 
same confident assurance of success which sustained and cheered 

l'KNN.M LVANIA llo.MUlol'A'rillC MKHU'AI, SOCIK'l \ 

our predecessors id their labors. Let as try to strengthen the 
hands of each other, and faithfully perform our allotted part in 
this great interest of humanity. Wo arc connected with the 
founders of the enterprise by gentlemen who witnessed the 
early struggles between the majestic truths of Bomoeopathy 
and the monstrous errors of the prevailing school of Medicine, 
in Germany and other countries; some of whom still live to 
encourage US by their example and enlighten US by their ex- 
perience; forming a continuous chain of professional brother- 
hood from Hahnemann to every Homoeopathic physician of the 
present day. 

Hahnemann was born in the year 1755; graduated in Medi 
cine at Eriangen, in 1779; discovered the Homoeopathic law 
(Similia Similibus Curantur) in 1790 ; began to attenuate medi- 
cines in 1815, and died in Paris, in 1843. Immediately after 
the discovery of the law, he entered upon the great business of 
his life by at once instituting a system of practice based upon 
its precepts, and earnestly laboring to elucidate its principles. 
In this work he was joined by a band of devoted disciples who 
greatly assisted him in his labors, and rejoiced in the triumphs 
of his success. The contest between the contending schools 
was carried on silently for several years; the truths of the one 
all the time gaining upon the errors of the other ; but when, in 
the year 1796, the doctrines of the new system began to be 
spread on the pages of the medical journals of the country, the 
anathemas of the old dominant school, with the greatest bitter- 
ness were launched against the tenets and advocates of its young 
competitor. The course pursued by the journals, however, 
neither lessened the force and truth of the new doctrines, nor 
deterred their advocates from laboring for their advancement. 

In the year 1810, the first edition of Hahnemann's "Organon 
of Rational Medicine" was published; and the new system first 
received the name of Homoeopathy. Not long after the Orga- 
non, the first volume of his Materia Medica was published; one 
volume succeeded another, until the sixth, which completed 
that great work, was published. A few years later, Hahne- 
mann's imperishable work on Chronic Diseases, in four volumes, 
was given to the world ; and from that time to the present, the 


practitioners of Homoeopathy being supplied with the necessary 
charts of professional independence, have moved steadily for- 
ward in the work of overcoming the unsettled dogmas of ancient 
Medicine, and establishing Therapeutics upon a truly scientific 

Germany, the land of the nativity of Homoeopathy, was too 
small a field for the exercise of its beneficent influences. Its 
doctrines were soon spread abroad through the medium of the 
journals and intelligent business men, to the utmost bounds of 
civilization ; and in every country found advocates in disinte- 
rested and liberally educated people. To our own country, 
numerous well-educated foreigners brought a knowledge of the 
new method of treating diseases, and everywhere made friends 
of the scheme, who anxiously awaited the debut of competent 
physicians of foreign or native birth, who should be able to ex- 
tend the benefits of the system, in case of sickness, to themselves 
and their families. 

At what precise date the first Homoeopathic physician came 
to the United States, I am not informed ; but the first contri- 
bution to Homoeopathic literature in this country was from the 
pen of Dr, Gram, a resident of New York, (an accomplished 
physician who was educated at Copenhagen) in the year 1825. 

The first Homoeopathic physician who took up his residence 
in the State of Pennsylvania, located in Philadelphia, in 1829. 
Very soon afterwards several of our own physicians renounced 
the errors of the old school therapeutics, and gladly accepted 
the proffered truths of the new. Some of these patriarchs are 
still active members of the profession, and also members of this 
Society. From the year 1833, the number of Homoeopathic 
physicians in our State increased very rapidly ; at that time 
amounting to about five, we now count more than four hun- 
dred in the State, and about four thousand in the United States. 
In the year 1836, the " Academy of the new Healing Art" Avas 
started at Allentown, in this State, which was the first insti- 
tution in the world in which the doctrines of Homoeopathy 
were taught in connection with the other branches of a sound 
medical education. 

The first Homoeopathic College in the world was established 


in the State of IVimsv lvania, the charter lor winch was granted 

within these walls'* — the act of incorporation was appi 
April 8th, 18-iS — twenty years a 

Rapid as has been the increase of practitioners of the new ait. 

the patrons of Homoeopathy have outstripped them in the pro 
portionate increase of numbers. Within comparatively a lew 

years, the system of practice which we advocate, has emerged 
from the state of things unknown, and its name is now written 
on the statute books of our country, read and known of all men 
not only of this land, but a knowledge of it extends to all lands 
within the bounds of civilization. A practitioner of the Ho- 
moeopathic healing art, not long since was looked upon with 
suspicion by the uninitiated, and condemned by the prejudice. 1 ; 
but now lie is sustained by public opinion, and respected even 
by his enemies. The practitioners of our school have increase.! 
from a single one to many thousands, while their patrons have 
increased from none at all to many millions — and these millions 
are largely made up of the most intelligent and best educated 
people on the lace of the globe. 

From zero in literature, our publications have multiplied at 
a rapid rate, — at the present time our list of Homoeopathic works 
embracing about five hundred volumes. We have ten monthly 
and quarterly journals, well filled with original matter, and 
all ably edited. 

We now have six Colleges in active and successful operation, 
and two others which have recently obtained charters, but are 
not yet in operation. 

We have Dispensaries, Infirmaries, or Hospitals in most of 
the large cities in the Union. 

We have one national Medical Society — the American Insti- 
tute of Homoeopathy, which has between live and six hundred 
■physicians in its membership; and two other national organi- 
zations, viz.: the American Provers Union, and the American 
Publication Society; beside two more which embrace a large 
extent of our country, viz.: the Western Institute of Homoeo- 
pathy and the Northwestern Provers Union. 

Sixteen State and forty-two Local, mostly County, Medici 1 

* The meeting was held in the House of Kejircscntativcs. 



Societies, reported to the American Institute of Homoeopathy 
at its last session, held in the city of New York, in June, 1867. 

The foregoing account embraces some of the means of pro- 
gression with which the Homoeopathic School of Medicine is 
furnished in this country. What think ye of the situation ? 
Let us help bear the ark of our covenant forward. Whether 
obstinate and prejudiced minds perceive it or not, the world 
does move. 

I do not expect to preside with as much dignity and grace as 
some of the political dignitaries who have occupied this chair, 
nor to display as much knowledge of parliamentary usage as 
they were able to do ; but with a little indulgence on your part 
and an honest effort on^my part to serve you, I,hope we shall 
be able to get through the business of the Society without much 

Dr. Richard Koch was called upon to act as temporary 
Secretary, until the arrival of the Eecording Secretary. The 
roll was then called and corrected. 

Propositions for membership then being in order, the Pre- 
sident stated that there being but two members of the Board of 
Censors present, Drs. Roberts and Preston, it would be neces- 
sary to fill the vacancy occasioned by the absence of Dr. J. C. 
Burgher. On motion, Dr. J. J. Detwiler was appointed to fill 
the vacancy. A number of names were then proposed for active 
membership, and referred to the Board, who reported favorably 
upon the following named gentlemen: Drs. A. II. Clayton, 
Addisville; J. Howell Cox, Lewistown; Henry C. Wood, 
West Chester; J. G. Pfouts, Wilkcsbarre; B. Bowman, Cham- 
bersburg; Charles A. Stevens, Scranton ; E. W. Garbreich, 
Mechanicsburg ; C. J. Carmany, Harrisburg ; J. G. Wiestling, 
Ilarrisburg; Comly J. Wiltbank, Philadelphia; C. P. Seip, 
Alleghany City. 

The Board also reported favorably upon the following pro- 
positions for Honorary Mcmbershij) ; Drs. H. M. Paine, Albany, 
N. Y.; I. T. Talbot, Boston, Mass.; Wm. Tod ITclmuth, St.' 
Louis, Mo.; J. P. Dake, Salem, Ohio; Wm. E. Payne, Bath, 
Maine ; J. II. Pulte, Cincinnati, Ohio ; Frank A. Eockwith, 
Newark, N. J. ; Chas. R. Doran, Hagerstown, Md. The above 


aamed gentlemen were then duly elected respectively a 

'/•// members of the Society. 
The Treasurer's Report was then submitted, and on motion 

postponed, in order to permit its adjustment with the account.- 

of the Publication Committee and Secretaries. 

A Committee of three, to nominate ofheers for the ensuing 
year, was then, on motion of Dr. Cote, constituted, and the chair 
instructed to appoint the same. 

Frank A. Rockwitii, M.D., presented his credentials as 
delegate from the New Jersey State Hbmceopathtc Medical fib- 
city, which were duly received, and on motion, he was admit 
ted to the floor to take part in the discussions. Dr. Rockwitii 
thereupon presented a communication from that Society, and 
addressed the meeting as follows : 

Mr. President : — I feel constrained to offer at this time a 
few general remarks, which I wish you and the members of 
this Society to consider. 

You are no doubt aware that the demand lor physicians of 
our school is so great, and the call for Homoeopathic practi- 
tioners so urgent that it is almost impossible to turn out doc- 
tors enough to fill the requirements. But in this haste to turn 
out men intended not only to represent us as a new and grow- 
ing science, but also for the more weighty consideration of 
alleviating the physical sufferings of man, and even of the 
brute creation, (for our school is even now making rapid 
strides in the advancement of the veterinary art,) we too often 
send out students as graduates, whose whole training has been 
directed to becoming practical practitioners only. But, I must 
ask, is this sufficient ? Does our extensive science require no 
more than clinical instruction ? 

It thus happens that many are led astray into chimerical 
speculations and have become interblended with theories here- 
tical to our cause. Let us therefore endeavor, before we turn 
out a student as Doctor Medicinm et Chirurgiw, to make him 
first a student of natural philosophy ; or, in other words, let us 
first teach to our young physicians the collateral and funda- 
mental sciences. We borrow almost hourly of Mineralogy 
without knowing its foundation; we rob Botany of its choicest 


treasures without understanding the -language it utters; the 
fearful serpent hisses at us its venom, and we understand not 
the process of death that pours from its jaws. Even the labora- 
tory of the chemist is more or less a mystery. 

There is yet another admonition that I would like to give ; 
it is this : That we teach our young men to think for themselves. 
Allow me strenuously to oppose the worship of authority ; 
for there is nothing that has so much tended to disruption of 
the ranks of Homoeopathy, as the blind worship of great and 
leading men. 

We already speak of a high and low school, we are already 
taught to regard each other according to our respective pre- 
dilections. The thoroughly educated and free-thinking student 
will never become the votary of a factious creed. 

Let us take warning by the late volcanic eruption in the 
otherwise stoic church of the Episcopalians, and let us be liberal, 
and in liberality and sincerity become a united and aspiring- 
power, lest otherwise we fall asunder like broken fragments of 
potters' ware, of no use, but rather the subjects of derision. 
The neglect of the study of natural philosophy as a fundamental 
part of medicine, has led to erroneous ideas in dietetics, and to 
the erroneous administration of retnedies in disease. It has 
begot bigotry, and a fear to encounter opposing theorists and 

The physician who understands the relation that the crude, 
primitive mineral holds to the more refined and more advanced 
state of existence of the plant, and again of the intermediate 
mission of the plant to the higher refinement of animal life, can 
never misunderstand the relation of each respective pathogene- 
tic agent to the physical economy of man or beast. 

If we compare the duration of action of the ponderous and 
unwieldy metal with the intensely active rapidity of penetra- 
tion and diffusion of the vegetable or animal poisons, we ought 
readily to perceive the former to be slow and long lasting; e. g. t 
Ferrum, Hydrargyrum and Aurum; and hence indicated solely 
in remote chronic disorders ; while the others come and go almost 
in the twinkling of an eye ; e.g^ Aconitum nap. and Apis mel.; 
remedies only primarily specific in the most acute disorders. 


Umb nobler a metal in the scale of chemical estimation, the 
slower its effects to produce death by poison, and its increase in 
intensity of destructive power; while still more penetrating and 
immediate are the ravages of death by the agency of vegetable 
poisons; and again how Bur more fearful and appalling is the 
suddenness of death from inoculation of the animal Virus. 

Homoeopathy is yet but a dawning light in the multiple 
ramifications of philosophy, and it is only by comparative stu- 
dies of the other branches of the great parent tree that a special 
science can flourish and increase. l>y the continued studies of 
the collateral science the Homceopathician strengthens his 
position as a scholar, and has at hand at all times the means 
wherewith to fortify himself against ignorance, while at the 
same time it enables him to search still onward and develop 
that art and profession in which he seeks to find pleasure, for- 
tune and wisdom. 

A letter was read from Dr. J. II. Gallinger, of Concord, N. 1 1 ., 
delegate from the New Hampshire Stale Medical Society. 

On motion, the communication was received and ordered to 
be filed. 

County Society Reports were then presented as follows : 
Report of the Ilomaiojmthic Medical Society of Cumber la ml 

Report of the Philadelphia County Homoeopathic Medical So- 

Report of the Homoeopathic Medical Society of Alleghany 

On motion, the above reports were received and referred to 
the Committee on Publication. 

The Delegates from Chester and Delaware County Society made 
a verbal report, which was received, and on motion, they Were 
permitted to forward their written reporl t<> the Publication 

A verbal report was also received from the Dauphin County 
Homoeopathic Medical Society and the Harrisburg Di p n 
upon which a similar action was taken. 

The Report of the Oommittee on. Publication of the past year 
WB6 then read and accepted, and referred to Committee on Tub- 


lication. The Committee announced that the balance of the 
"Transactions" of the Society, — one hundred copies — were 
present, at the Secretary's desk. 

The Report of the Committee on Charter was read and accepted. 
The report was referred to Committee on Publication. 

On motion, the Committee was continued, with the same 
powers as heretofore. 

Reports of the Committees on Provings and Clinical Medicine, 
were postponed until a later period in the session. 

The Report of the Committee on Improvements in Surgery, by 
John J. Detwiler, M.D., was then read. 

On motion, the report was accepted and referred to the Com- 
mittee on Publication, and the thanks of the Society tendered 
Dr. Detwiler for his able paper. 

An animated and interesting discussion on the subject of 
Surgery then followed, which was taken part in by Drs. Yon 
Tagen, Detwiler; B. W. James, McClelland, Smedley, Roberts 
and others. 

Dr. Von Tagen addressed the Society at considerable length, 
dwelling principally on the points referred to in the report, and 
was listened to with marked attention. Dr. Yon Tagen added 
his testimony to that of Dr. Detwiler, as to the numerous im- 
provements recently developed in the field of Surgery. He 
especially commended the use of the wire ligature, asserting 
that by its use, many of the defects of the silken thread had 
been obviated. 

In the treatment of Ozocna he had been quite successful in 
the use of Nit, ac. and Aurum. lie also highly commended the 
use of Carbolic acid in treatment of ulcers. The speaker re- 
marked on the treatment of fractures at the Pennsylvania 
Hospital, in Philadelphia, where these injuries are more suc- 
cessfully treated perhaps than at any similar establishment, and 
where the use of splints are almost entirely discarded, and the 
adhesive strips and bandages are almost exclusively used. In 
regard to the various methods of anaesthesia, while he conceded 
that Ether and Chloroform still held the ground they had first 
taken, yet the Nitrous Oxide, in operations admitting its use. 
was safe, valuable and free from some objections that might be 
urged against the two former anaesthetics. 


Dr. Dktwilkr said that the main objection to the Nitron- 

Oxide was in the short duration of its action, and the bulky 
apparatus necessary to its administration. 

Dr. J. II. MoGlbllaND said that it might be repeatedly ap 
plied, and in this way time had tor even lengthy operations, 

under its influence. 

Dr. Vox Tagex stated that a patient could be kept under 
the influence of the Nitrous Oxide for a space of nearly or quite 
sixteen minutes. Care must be taken, in administering this 
gas, that a sufficient supply of air be had for the patient The 
patient, breathing into the bag containing the gas, it becomes 
surcharged with Carbonic acid gas, which might be injurious 
or even fatal. This had been obviated by the use of a patent 
inhaler, recently invented, by which a free supply of atmos- 
pheric air was obtained along with the gas. 

Dr. Detwiler remarked that in repeated exhibitions of the 
Nitrous Oxide, it gradually lost its effect. Thus, if the effect 
would last, say five minutes, at the first inhalation, at the sec- 
ond it would last a shorter period, and finally the effect would 
pass over almost immediately, or at most in a very short time. 

Dr. Roberts thought this was a very important point, and 
desired to know whether Dr. Detwiler's observation had been 

Dr. Vox Tagex believed that this was substantially correct. 

Dr. Busiirod W. James differed from Dr. Detwiler, with 
regard to the best method of operating for Cataract. Whilst 
he did not discard the old operation of couching, he thought it 
would be better in most cases to extract the crystalline lens, 
and the modified linear operation of Prof. Graefe was the safest 
and most expeditious manner of getting rid of a hard Cataract. 
While in Berlin, last summer, he had seen Dr. Von Graefe 
perform this operation a number of times, and had likewise 
looked at many eyes upon which the operation had been per- 
formed, and from the good results that are obtained, he was satis 
fied that it was the best operation that has yet been suggested in 
Opthalmic Surgery for Cataract. It is performed thus: the 
eyelids being held widely apart, and the upper lid being pushed 
well back so as to expose freely the upper part of the globe, and 


whilst a pair of toothed forceps in the hands of an assistant, fixed 
into the conjunctiva and albuginea just beneath the lower bor- 
der of the cornea, draws the eye down and holds it, the opera- 
tor with a narrow, sharp pointed knife, enters with the sharp 
edge looking upwards, the outer and upper part of the globe 
about half a line from the cornea, and about one or one and a 
half lines below an imaginary horizontal line drawn across the 
highest point of the cornea. While the knife is passing through 
the conjunctiva, sclerotica, and subsequently the iris, it is held 
with the point looking towards the central point of the anterior 
chamber, so that the knife enters this chamber through the iris, 
near its scleral margin. After about three lines of the point of 
the knife is visible, the blade is brought into a horizontal po- 
sition, with the cutting edge still upwards, and passed across 
the anterior chamber and made to enter the iris on the other or 
inner side, near the origin of the iris, and passing on so as to 
come out of the albuginea and conjunctiva half a line from the 
cornea, at the same height of entrance. The incision is then 
made upwards, taking care that the cut is kept half a' line out- 
side of the cornea until the incision through the albuginea is 
completed. The edge of the knife had then better be turned 
forward, and the conjunctiva cut through with a drawing mo- 
tion back and forth. The reason for this is because the con- 
junctiva is a yielding membrane and raises up into a fold, and 
by this precaution the conjunctivial incision is made to corres- 
pond with the cut through the sclerotica. 

The flap is then laid back over the cornea, and the piece of 
iris that is found at the wound is seized with a pair of fine for- 
ceps and then pulled out a little and cut off close to the 
wound, thus making the latter clean and free from all ragged 

A properly curved sickle-shaped needle is then passed flat- 
wise through the wound, and when well introduced, turned so 
as to make several incisions through the capsule of the lens, and 
then carried around its margin, making the opening in the cap- 
sule large. Then withdraw the needle and remove the specu- 
lum, when* by slight traction upon the fixation- forceps, and 
gentle pressure or mild sliding manipulation with the handle 


of the needle above the posterior lip of the wound, the lens will 
be found to make its appearance at the opening, and can be 

readily removed with a small hook. The wound must be made 
clean before closing it; all opaque portions of the capsule or 
broken pieces of lens must be taken out, and any pieces of iris 
clipped olV that are in the way of closing the wound. Then 
turn up the flap and adjust its edge with the other edge of 
the wound. The eye can then he dressed as after ordinary flap 

Dr. E. C. Smedley referred to a case of amputation in which 
he was concerned some time ago. The patient was of a broken 
down constitution, and in a very debilitated condition. Pre- 
vious to the operation being performed, medicinal and dietetic 
measures were resorted to with a view of giving tone to the 
system and preparing it for the shock. Various remedies were 
homceopathically administered, principally Culcarea carl., and 
a diet, almost exclusively vegetable and farinaceous, strictly 
adhered to, with very happy effect. The operation was then 
successfully performed, and the patient made a good recovery. 
The arteries were found to be so much disorganized that it was 
with difficulty they could be secured. 

Dr. Yon Tagen thought the principle of diet adhered to in 
the above case to be incorrect. He thought a good nutritious 
diet, with plenty of animal food, would be most proper in such 
cases. He asked Dr. Smedley upon what grounds he had used 
vegetable food so exclusively. 

Dr. Smedley replied that in this patient there existed a con- 
stitutional taint, which he would term scrofulous. In animal 
food, we have the clean with the unclean. Many animals offere* 1 
as butchers' meat, are in a diseased condition when slaughtered, 
and we know that animals are as liable to disease as man. Now 
if we partake of this meat, we are taking into the system the 
germs or perhaps the detritus of the disease of which the animal 
was sick. lie considered, therefore, that such food was not fit 
for the system, particularly if the latter be in an already dis- 
eased condition, as in the case related. 

Dr. B. W. James then called the attention of the Society to a 
new form of Strabismus hook which had suggested itself to hi* 


mind whilst operating recently upon an obstinate case of exter- 
nal strabismus, in which he had set back the external rectus 
twice, and in the third operation had found it a very trouble- 
some one on account of the great number of fibrous bands by 
which the muscle had re-attached itself to the sclerotica, that he 
had to sever. It consists in a hook which has a blade or sharp 
edge on the inner or concave part of the hook, about midway 
of the curve, or across that part next to the handle. The outer 
end of hook is blunt. 

The advantage of this instrument is that the scissors is done 
away with, and the operation thereby expedited. The lids 
being properly held open, and the eye being fixed, there is 
nothing to be done after cutting through the conjunctiva and 
sub-conjunctivial fascia, but to take the muscle or muscular 
bands on the outer end of the hook, and then slipping the 
hook further along under the muscle, until it passes over the 
sharp edge, which severs it at once. 

Dr. Detwtler thought there was one objection to which the 
instrument was liable, and that was, that all the bands of the 
muscle were severed that were taken up on the hook, while in 
the old method you could divide only a portion, if necessary. 
By cutting off all the muscular bands, we are liable to make 
a strabismus in the opposite direction. 

Dr. James said there would be no difficulty on that point, as 
only a portion of muscle could be taken upon the outer end of 
the hook if need be, and these divided, and then others could 
be taken up and cut if the first were not found sufficient to re- 
move the squint. He had generally found, however, that the 
whole muscle had to be divided, and even any straggling bands 
that might be present. Moreover, the muscle might be taken 
up on the outer end of the hook and examined before the cut- 
ting edge of the hook was pushed under it. 

Dr. Detwiler then expressed himself satisfied with the in- 
strument, and said he would give it a trial. 

It was moved and carried, that the hour of adjournment shall 
be 1 o'clock, and the hour for re-assembling, 3 o'clock. 

The Chair then announced the following as the Committee on 
nominating officers. 

Drs. Cote, Wood and Roberts. Adjourned. 



The S<»ci r ty mot pursuant to adjournment, Dr. J. II. Marsden, 
i • Vice-President, presiding. 

The discussion on the subject of Surgery was continued. 

\h\ W. James Blakely gave his views in regard to the 
medical treatmenl of Strangulated Hernia, instancing a case in 
his practice that had resisted all manual interference, and was 
successfully treated by a homoeopathic remedy. Dr. Blakely 
gave several valuable suggestions in regard to the medical treat- 
ment of this difficulty: 

Dr. Jas. B. Wood also referred briefly to the same subject. 

Dr. B. W. James mentioned that while visiting the hospital 
m Cork, he was informed by the surgeon of that establishment, 
that his mode of procedure in strangulated hernia, for sever;;! 
years, had obviated the necessity of operating. His plan is to 
grasp the sac containing the tumor, making traction upon if, 
while at the same time pressure is made upon the contained 
gut, which passes into the abdomen through the now dilated 
sac. At his visit, the surgeon demonstrated his method upon 
a boy just brought into the hospital, successfully reducing the 

Dr. J. II. McClelland read a report of a recent case of am- 
putation in the Pittsburg Hospital. 

Also, a paper on "Dressings in Surgery" 

These papers were accepted and referred to the Committee on 

Dr. F. A. Eockwitii made some remarks on the use of Ca- 
bolic acid as a dressing in chronic ulceration, &c. 

He was followed by Dr. Von Tagen, who also testified to its 
value in these cases, and lauded it as an antiseptic and p] 
vative of bodies for dissection. 

Dr. R. J. McClatciiey also spoke as to its value in preserv- 
ing Cadaver^ and suggested that its action in the treatment of 
ulcers was strictly homoeopathic; that the bodies he had used 
in his lectures before the class of tin'. Bomceopathic Medical 
College of Pennsylvania, had been prepared with the acid, afl 
well as those used by Dr. Von Tagen in the Hahnemann Medi- 


cal College, and that Dr. Yon Tagen and himself were both suf- 
fering from what might be termed ulceration on the hands. 

The Committee on Nominations then made their report, which 
was accepted and the Committee discharged. 

The election was then proceeded with, with the following 
result : 

President, CoATES PRESTON, M. D. 

First Vice-President, . . H. H. Hofmann, M. D. 
Second Vice-President, . . John J. Detwiler, M. D. 
Recording Secretary, . . BUSHROD W. James, M. D. 
Corresponding Secretary, . ROBERT J. McCLATCHEY, M. D. 

Treasurer, Walter M. Williamson, M. D. 

Censors, J. H. Marsden, M. D. 

Richard Koch, M.D. 
0. B. Gause, M. D. 

The President elect was then conducted to the chair and ad- 
dressed the Society in a neat speech. He thanked the Society 
for the honor so unexpectedly conferred upon him, and said that 
hitherto it has been the practice to place several in nomination 
and to elect by ballot. He thought the Society had been par- 
tial in this instance. He would, however, endeavor to fill the 
office to the best of his ability, relying upon the forbearance of 
the members of the Society if errors were committed, and look- 
ing for advice from those who preceded him in the occupancy 
of the chair. 

The Report of the Committee on Provings was then read by 
Dr. Adolph Lippe. 

On motion, the report was accepted, and it was referred to 
the Publishing Committee. 

The thanks of the Society were tendered Dr. Lippe for his 
able paper. 

Dr. W. James Blakely then read a very valuable paper, 
being a proving of the Arsenite of Copper, conducted by himself 
and some friends. 

The paper was accepted and referred to the Committee on 

A vote of thanks was extended to Dr. Blakely, and he was 


requested t«> continue his observations and report at the next 

Dr. J. 11. McClelland reported that lie had taken the drug, 

i - - :ii him by Dr. Blakely, but had no symptoms to report, 

except thai after using it lie observed a very marked decrease 
in flesh. 

Dr. Blakely expressed himself as mueh gratified at hearing 
Dr. McClelland's remarks. He had observed the same thing in 
himself while under the influence of the drug, but did not feel 
disposed to attribute it to the action of the Arsenite, and there- 
fore did not report it. 

Dr. W.Williamson remarked that sometimes just such symp- 
toms were the most valuable in a proving. While he was en- 
gaged in the proving of Fluoric acid, some time ago, he had 
been becoming more and more bald for two years ; about two 
months after taking the acid, a new growth of hair was discov- 
ered, which continued to grow, lie has found it very valuable 
in this affliction. 

Dr. Blakely then referred to the proposition he had made 
at the last meeting of the Society, relative to the organization 
of a State Pro vers Union. This subject was discussed by the 

Dr. Lippe, in reply to a question, followed in some able and 
eloquent remarks in regard to the subject of provings ; the 
provings of all preparations from the tincture to the highest 
potencies ; the manner in which provings should be conducted 
and recorded, and the weight they would thus have on some 
of the vexed questions of our school, particularly that of the dose. 
He remarked that some symptoms had been arbitrarily rejected 
in provings because they had been obtained from potencies, in- 
stancing the ear symptoms of Kali biclirom., rejected by the 
British compiler and which had been since verified frequently 
in practice, and some of the cases reported in the Ilahncman- 
nian Monthly. 

The names of Drs. Chas. Fager and Wm. F. Chriest, of liar 
risburg, were presented for membership by the Board of 


The above gentlemen were thereupon duly elected members 
of the Society. 

The report of the Committee on Homoeopathy and Clinical 
Medicine was then read by Michael Friese, M. D. 

The report was accepted, with the thanks of the Society, and 
referred to the Publishing Committee. 

Dr. Friese also reported the case of a lady afflicted with 
Paralysis, the main symptoms being an absence of power over 
the muscles of locomotion, and an affection of the nerves of 
sensation. Her cure had not been effected, and the Doctor 
asked for advice in the case. 

Dr. W. James Blakely narrated the case of a boy who had 
been similarly affected, his lower limbs being completely para- 
lyzed, and his growth retarded. A cure was effected by 
administering Bryonia, after which his system developed regu- 

Dr. Yon Tagen suggested that it might be a case of Pro- 
gressive Locomotor Ataxy, and urged Dr. Friese to subject the 
patient to proper tests. He had cured a somewhat similar case 
with Bromide of Potassium. 

Drs. Eockwith and Detwiler instanced cases similar, treated 
the one with Belladonna, the other with Pulsatilla followed by 
Silicia, respectively. 

The Society then adjourned to meet at 8 o'clock, to listen to 
the annual address. 

evening session. 

The meeting was called to order at 8 o'clock, by the Presi- 
dent, Dr. Preston, who introduced Prof. J. H. P. Frost, the orator 
of the evening. 

Prof. Frost then presented an able and lucid address on the 
scientific development of Homoeopathy. He alluded briefly to 
the rise and progress of Homoeopathy, and more at length to 
the wonderful and efficient results obtained from the use of the 
higher homoeopathic preparations. He concluded by referring 
to the extraordinary cures effected by homoeopathic treatment 
of the insane. He anticipated in the future even more bril 


liant results in Bomoeopathv than had followed its track in the 


The Society then went into executive session. A vote of 
thanks was tendered Dr. Frost for his valuable address, and i 
copy solicited for publication. 

A motion was made that the Society meet in Harrisburg next 
year on the second Tuesday in May. 

Dr. Marsdex thought the meeting ought to be held later in 
the year, when the climate was more of an even temperature. 
Ih' moved to amend by making the motion read the first Tues- 
day in June. 

Dr. James B.Wood urged the members to sustain an amend- 
ment which he then offered, fixing the next meeting of the 
Society at West Chester. He thought a larger attendance could 
be secured by meeting there the next year, than if Harrisburg 
was agreed upon. 

Dr. Frost was in favor of having the Society meet where 
the largest attendance could be had. Everybody could not be 
suited. But a central place would suit more than any other. 

Erie was recommended by Dr. Blakely as a good place for 
holding the next meeting. The Society had met at Pittsburg, 
Philadelphia and Harrisburg, and it was as far for him when 
he went to Philadelphia or Pittsburg, as it would be for 
members from Philadelphia and Pittsburg to go to Erie. 

Gettysburg was also recommended as a suitable place for 
holding the next annual meeting. 

The Society finally agreed to meet in Harrisburg next year, 
on the third Tuesday in May. 

Dr. WILLIAMSON then read a paper on the Nomenclature of 
Lite Materia Medica, and the settlement of some standard in the 
preparation of our remedies, accompanied with a resolution re- 
ferring to the whole subject. 

On motion, the paper was accepted, and referred to the Com- 
mittee on Publication, and the resolution adopted as the sense 
of the Pennsylvania State Society. The delegates to the forth- 
coming meeting of the American Institute were instructed to 
present tin; subject in that body. 

The Report on Epidt mica and End mics t by Drs. Jacob Jeanes 


and W. M. Williamson, was then read by Dr. W. Williamson. 
The report, was accepted and referred to the Committee on Pub- 

Dr. J. J. Detwtler moved that the Society proceed to the 
election of delegates to the American Institute of Homoeopathy. 
Agreed to ; and the following named gentlemen were duly 
elected delegates : 

Dr. John E. James, Philadelphia ; Dr. John C. Morgan, Phi- 
ladelphia ; Dr. J. C. Burgher, Pittsburg ; Dr. E. C. Smedley, 
West Chester; Dr. M. Cote, Pittsburg. 

The delegates were also invited to act in the same capacity 
at the Michigan State Society and the Western Institute. 

The Society then adjourned to meet on Wednesday morning, 
at 9 o'clock. 


The Society met promptly at 9 o'clock, the President in the 
chair. Dr. Eichard Koch was appointed Secretary, pro tern. 

The discussion on the report on Homoeopathy and Clinical 
Medicine being in order, Dr. Eockwith, of New Jersey, read an 
interesting paper on the advantages of a liberal education to 
the Homoeopathic student. The paper of Dr. Eockwith was, 
on motion, accepted and referred. 

A report was submitted by Dr. M. Cote, of Pittsburg, relative 
to the Homoeopathic Hospital and Dispensary of Pittsburg. 
The Hospital was established about two years ago. 256 patients 
had been admitted with a mortality of 17 — less than 7 per 
cent. During the twenty months of the existence of the Dis- 
pensary, 2504 prescriptions have been issued, 1724 of which 
were issued last year. The report was accepted and referred. 

The Eeport of the Committee on Obstetrics not being present, 

Dr. J. H. Marsden submitted a verbal statement on recent im- 
provements in Obstetrics, illustrated by several cases that had 
come under his care during the past year. A vote of thanks 
was tendered Dr. Marsden for his interesting report, and he was 
requested to furnish a written report for the Publication Com- 


The //< i i of the Committa on Obstetrics^ by Drs. II. N. Gu- 
ernsey and JI. N". Martin, was then read by Dr, McOlatchey. 

The report was accepted and referred to the Committee on 
Publication, and a vote of thanks tendered for the paper. 

A discussion on this important branch then ensued, princi- 
pally in relation to the arresting of uterine hemorrhage and the 
use of the bandage in post parti m women ; taken part in by Drs. 
R. Koch, 0. B. Gause, J. H. Marsden, W. Williamson, F. A. 
Rockwith, R. C. Smedley, C. IT. Von Tagen, M. Friese, C. A. 
Stevens and others. 

Some of the members alleged that medicines were not suffi- 
cient in arresting hemorrhage, particularly after parturition ; 
that local means were necessary, the exigency requiring the 
most active measures. The tampon, ice, grasping the uterus, 
&c, were mentioned as being resorted to, and after the imme- 
diate danger had passed, then the proper remedy might be ad- 
ministered with advantage. Others contended, on the contrary, 
that the proper Homoeopathic remedy had never failed them at 
these junctures. 

In regard to the use or non-use of the bandage, after partu- 
rition, Drs. Williamson, Gause, Smedley, Yon Tagen and 
others, regarded it as absolutely essential to the well being of 
the patient. While the dictates of fashion so greatly mar the 
female form, they contended that support at the post parturient 
period was necessary, and that the relief afforded to the patient 
after its application, as by her expressed, was sufficient evidence 
of its utility. They all agreed that it might be, and no doubt 
is, often improperly applied, and in that way may do harm. 

Others of the members contended that having used the band- 
age for years, they had now abandoned its use, and in their 
estimation, with great advantage to their patients. Dr. C. A. 
Stevens said that he had supposed a bandage a thing indispen- 
sable, or as he humorously expressed it, that the woman would 
" fall to pieces," if it were not applied. Recently, however, he 
had had a patient who positively refused to have one on, and 
he was obliged to let her have her way. Much to his surprise 
he found she made an unusually fine recovery, and was very 
soon up and about. Afterwards he refrained from using it 


whenever he could, and now he never applies it, and he gave 
it as his testimony that his patients never did better. 

The Board of Censors reported favorably on the names of 
Drs. S. F. Charlton and J. W. Bechtle, of Harrisburg, and J. 
W. Brickley, of York, who were then duly elected members. 

The Treasurer's Report was then submitted and referred to 
the Auditing Committee, consisting of Drs. J. B. Wood and W. 

Dr. B. W. JAMES then submitted the Report of the Delegates 
to the French International Homoeopathic Congress, held in Paris, 
August 9th to 14th, 1867. The report was accepted and refer- 
red to Committee on Publication. 

The Auditors reported that they had examined the Treasu- 
rer's accounts and found them correct. The report was 
accepted and the Auditors discharged. The Auditors also 
submitted a report to the effect that inasmuch as it is desirable 
that the proceedings be published without delay, and in good 
style, they would suggest that the annual fee be increased to two 

This being put in the form of a resolution, was unanimously 

On motion, the vote fixing the time and place of the next 
meeting was reconsidered. 

Dr. J. S. Pfouts moved that when this Society adjourns, it 
does so to meet at Wilkesbarre, (instead of Harrisburg,) on the 
third Tuesday of May, 1869. Dr. Stevens moved to amend, 
by making the place of meeting, Scranton. Not agreed to, and 
Wilkesbarre was agreed upon as the place for holding the next 
annual meeting, on the third Tuesday in May. 

The President suggested the importance of the Society re- 
maining in session until all the business had been transacted. 
A majority of the members desired to leave in the afternoon ; 
hence the necessity of having but one session. A motion was 
made and agreed to, that there be but one session. 

The Report of the Committee on Homoeopathic Statistics, by 
D. Cowley, M. D., was then read by Dr. McClatchey. 

On motion, the Report was accepted, with the thanks of the 
Society, and referred to the Committee on Publication, . 


Dr. J. II. McClelland submitted, as supplemental to the 

>rt on Statistics, that "while the mortality in the Hoi 
pathio Bospital of Pittsburg was less than Beven per cent., in 

a similar institution in the same place, Cinder Allopathio 

the mortality was a traction Less than thirteen per cent. 

Dr. 13. \Y. James also submitted that in the Northern Home 
tor Friendless Children, in Philadelphia, while in seven years 
and a half under Homoeopathic auspiees, the mortality was L6, 
in seven and a quarter years under Allopathic charge the deaths 
were 20, while there was one hundred more inmates durimr the 
homoeopathic than during the allopathic term. 

Dr. Cote, from the Committee on Diet' ties, reported that he- 
had been unable, from want of time, to prepare a paper on that 

The Report was accepted and Committee continued. 

The Report of the Committee on Hygiene being prepared but 
not j »resent, was ordered to be referred to Committee on Pub- 

Drs. R. J. McCliATGHEY and B. \V. . I AMES were appointed 
the Committee on Publication. 

Dr. J. II. McClelland olVered the following resolution which 
was adopt. i-d. 

Resolved, That the Recording Secretary may affix the name 
of newly elected members, to the Constitution, upon the receipt 
of the initiation and annual fees and the requisite authority 
from said members. 

On motion of Dr. Williamson, the Editor of the Ilahncman- 
nian Monthly, was authorized to publish any part of the Trans- 
actions or papers of the Society he may desire, before the pro- 
ceedings are regularly issued. 

The Society then proceeded to the election of an ( trator and 
Alternate for the next session. Dr. J. O.Burgher, of Pittsburg, 
was chosen Orator, and Dr. R. J. McClatehoy, of Philadelphia, 

( )n motion of Dr. B. W. dames the number of members con 
stituting each of the Committers on Scientific Subjects is to be 
increased; and each of the subjects to be reported on, to be 


subdivided, each subdivision to be referred to a member of the 

On motion, the President and Eecording Secretary were in- 
structed to appoint all Delegates, Committees on Scientific Sub- 
jects, and such other committees not otherwise provided for. 

Dr. Friese then read a paper on the decease of Drs. J. J. 
Smith and J. J. Bender. The paper was accepted. , 

Dr. J. B. Wood then read a paper entitled u A Resume of 
Last Year's Practice." The paper was accepted and referred. 

Dr. Wood's paper evoked considerable discussion on the 
treatment of eruptive fevers. 

Dr. R. C. Smedley stated that he used Sarracenia and Tartar 
emetic in small pox, with application of pearl-barley water to 
allay the itching. 

Dr. C. A. Stevens had used Sarracenia alone, and wished for 
nothing better 

Dr. Richard Koch had given in a severe epidemic of small 
pox, Tartar cm. in doses of T J^ of a grain, and all his patients 

Dr. Williamson made some remarks on the treatment of 
Syphilis, and referred to Ilausmann's recent work, as contain- 
ing much valuable matter for professional men. 

The Report of the Luzerne County Homoeopathic Medical So- 
ciety was submitted by Dr. Stevens. The report was received 
and referred. 

The thanks of the Society were extended to Gen'l. Jas. L. 
Selfridge, Chief Clerk, and Col. Smull, Resident Clerk of the 
House of Representatives, for their courtesy in placing the Hall 
at the use of the Society. 

A vote of thanks was also given to the Committee of Ar- 
rangements and Physicians of Ilarrisburg for their kindness 
and courtesy. 

Drs. Pfouts, of Wilkesbarre, Stevens of Scranton, James and 
McClatchey of Philadelphia, were appointed the Committee of 
Arrangements for the next session. 

Dr. F. A. Rockwith tendered his thanks to the Society, as 
a representative from New Jersey, for the many acts of kind- 
ness he had received. He hoped this interchange of delegates 


would be continued. II«- gave an encouraging report of the 
progress of Bomoeopathy in New Jersey. There were some 
forty members of theNew Jersey Bomoeopathic Society, although 
the Society had existed only three months. The Stateof New 
unts about eighty Bomoeopathic practitioners. Be 
invited the Pennsylvania Society to participate in the pro- 
inga of the New Jersey Society. 

The Resolution offered at the last meeting, that the physicians 
of the place of annual meeting are not expected by this So- 
ciety to offer a public banquet to the delegates and members, 
was again adopted. 

The minutes of the third annual session were then read and 

The Society then adjourned to meet in Wilkesbarre on the 
third Tuesday in May. 

The following appointments of Committees and Delegates 
were made by the President and Recording Secretary, in accor- 
dance with the instructions of the Society : 


1. Surgery. — C. II. Von Tagen, M. D., Resume of Improve- 

ments during the Year. 
J. J. Detwiler, M. I)., Oj>crative Surgery. 
L. H. Willard, M. D., Conservative /Surgery. 
Bushrod W. James, M. D., Opthalmic and 

Aural Surgery, 
Jas. A. Ilerron, M. D., Orthopedic Surgery, 

2. Mat. MED. — W. Williamson, M.D., Nev: Remedies. 

Richard (lardiner, M. D., The Specific Action 

of Rt-medi'S. 
Jacob Jeanes, M. D., Unreliable Remedies. 

3. Provixgs. — Adolph Lippe, M. D., New Provings. 


3. Provings. — W. James Blakely, M. D., Partially proved 

David Cowley, M. D., Re-proved Remedies. 

4. Obstetrics. — 0. B. Gause, M. D., Improvements during 

the Year. 

Jas. B. Wood, M. D., Diseases of Infancy. 

J. K. Lee, M. D., Diseases of Pregnant 

W. E. Childs, M. D., Surgery needed in Ob- 

5. Abortion. — Henry N. Guernsey, M. D., Spontaneous and 


6. Chemistry. — Pemberton Dudley, M. D., Discoveries in 

Medical Chemistry. 
Edward Heading, M. D., Mineral Spring 

Waters as Curative Agents. 
J. E. Barnaby, M. D., Action of Oases as 

Influencing Disease. 
B. B. Gumpert, M. D., Poisons. 

7. Practice. — C. E. Toothaker, M.D., New Diseases. 

E. Koch, M. D., Skin Diseases. 
Chas. A. Stevens, M. D., Contagious Diseases. 
W. H. Cook, M. D., Adjuvants in Disease. 
M. M. Walker, M. D., Local Applications in 

8. Anatomy.— Eobert J. McClatchey, M. D., General An- 

John E. James, M. D., Microscopy of Animal 

J. H. McClelland, M.D., Pathological Anatomy. 
Chas. Karsner, M. D., Surgical Anatomy. 

9. Physiology. — F. B. Cooper, M. D., Recent Developments 

in Physiology. 

W. T. Urie, M.D., Physiology of Vital 

M. W. Wallace, M. D., Physiology, Com- 


9 Physiology. Iff. Friese, ^NT. 1 >., Physiology of Nervous 
> lem. 

II. N. Martin. M. D., Formation and I 
of Blood, 
K). Hygiene. — M. Cot6, M. D., Diet in Disease. 
C.J. Wiltbank, M. D., Baths. 
Jo] in Malin, M. I >., Exercise. 
Ii. M. Rousseau, M.D., Electricity an 
P. 1). Liscomb, M. D., Temperature as A 
ing I ha I ili and / > 
11. Pathology. -C. <i. Raue, M. D., Practical Therapeutic 

.1. R. Reading, M. D., Diath 


American Institute of Homoeopathy^ June 3c?, 18GS — Drs. M. 
Cote, J. C. Morgan, R. C. Smedley, Jas. C. Burgher and John 
E. James. 

Western Institute of Homoeopathy , May 21s/, L868 — Drs. John 
E. James, R. C. Smedley, J. C. Morgan, M. Cote* and Jas. C. 

Mil-lagan Institute of Homoeopathy \ Mayldth, 1868 — Drs. Jas. 
C. Burgher, M. Cote', John E. James, K. C. Smedley and J. C. 

New York Stat<- Society — Dr. Henry C. Wood. 

New Jersey StaU- Society— -Drs. B. W.James, R. J. McClal 
el iey and O. B. Qause. 

Massachusetts Stale Society — Dr. S. S. Brooks. 

Maine StaU Society — Dr. J. Howell I 

Vermont State Society — Dr. C. H. Lee. 

Ohio State Society— Dr. J. F. Cooper. 

Illinois State Society— Dr. H. M. Logee. 

Ni w Hampshire State Society— Dr. C. J. Carmany. 

Wisconsin State Society— Br. J. C. Richards. 

Canadian Institute of Homoeopathy — Dr. 11. Faulkner. 



Committee of Publication. — Drs. Robert J. McClatchey and 
Bushrod W. James. 

Committee on Reports — Drs. Geo! S. Foster, Thos. C. Bunt- 
ing and Alvan Williams. 

Committee on Charter — Drs. Robert J. McClatchey, R. Ross 
Roberts, John K. Lee, Jas. C. Burgher and Bushrod W. James. 

Committee of Arrangements — Drs. J. S. Pfouts, of AVilkes- 
barre, C. A. Stevens, of Scranton, B. "W. James and R. J. Mc- 
Clatchey, of Philadelphia. 

Orator. — Jas. C. Burgher, M. D., of Pittsburg. 

Alternate. — Robert J. McClatchey, M. D., of Philadelphia. 

Bushrod W. James, M. D., 





Ladies AND GENTLEMEN: — The traveler, who near the c 
of an autumn day, views your far-famed valley of the Susque- 
hanna from the commanding summit of a neighboring emin< 
looks down upon a vast and varied scene of most surpassing 

The gentle, winding river, bordered by green fields, — the 
grassy slopes and fertile hills, — the groups of cattle, feeding or 
reposing, — the scattered farm-houses, — the villages and towns, 
all glowing in the evening sun-light and enclosed by the noble 
mountains round about, make up a panoramic tout ensembh\ in 
which the rude and almost barbaric splendors of nature are 
chastened and subdued, rendered more tender and touching, by 
the living presence and controlling influence of man. 

Wrapped in admiration, he watches the lengthening of the 
evening shadows, and marks the transit of the sun behind the 
Alleghanies, whose towering peaks and overhanging si 
radiant and resplendent in their rich effulgence, give ample 
"promise of a glorious morrow." 

Later, the twilight that precedes the fading grandeur of the 
Western hills, inspires him with a delightful sense of pa 
the still and quiet beauty of the earth hushed in serene repose, 
gratefully soothes his mind exhausted by too ardent admira- 
tion of nature in her sublimer phases. 


Later still, lie notes the rising of the evening star ; welcomes 
with uplifted spirit the mighty constellations and " troops of 
stars," wheeling upwards from the depths of space to fill the 
firmament with that celestial glory with which the silent night 
replaces the pensive tranquility of the evening twilight. 

Unconscious of the passing hours, he stands as in a dream, 
and sees the stars themselves grow dim before the queenly 
majesty of the ascending moon, — whose silver light spreads 
over valley, hill and shining river, a transparent mantle of 
liquid beauty. Star after star retires ; and Luna, " treading 
with white feet the lulled sea," reigns supreme, until in the 
deeper twilight that precedes the dawn, her gentle radiance is 
again obscured by the greater glory of the returning sun. 

All these constantly recurring and sublime changes are but 
the different states of development of the course of nature in 
the journey of a single day. And their wonderful variety, har- 
mony and unvarying uniformity, cannot but lead us to look 
upward to their original conception in the mind of the First 
Great Cause; and onward to anticipate the perfect fulfillment 
of this conception in their exactly corresponding final end. For 
all these changes of days and seasons, all these revolutions of 
bodies terrestrial and bodies celestial, do but form constituent 
parts of one stupendous whole, — ichose single, onward and eternal 
movement is made up by the combination of these minor and tem- 
poral motions ! 

These scanty and imperfect glimpses of the external world 
of nature, we have thus hastily presented, because they may 
serve to introduce and illustrate another, complementary world, 
— which also has its periods of revolution; its separate move- 
ments ; its gradual progress, and its grand, united and eternal 
march. This is the moral universe, the world of man ; an inner 
world, whose remarkable correspondence to the outer proves 
that both their forms were moulded by one and the same crea- 
ting hand, — even as they are both, in their various degrees, in- 
spired by one and the same benevolent and Divine Spirit. 

This moral world, like the physical, has its regularly return- 
ing cycles; its alternations, and its revolutions; its days of il- 
lumination, and its nights of darkness and gloom ; its sum- 


of luxuriant growth, and its winters of torpid 
'.most imperceptible preparation. 
But these temporary Bhadowa on the moral and inte 
horizon, ran no more retard the sure advance of goodness 

truth, than the cloiuls that darken the day can hinder the earth's 
•lution around the sun. 

The ancients may have indeed exceeded the moderns in the 
I sauty and mairnificence of their externa] and material forms; 
but not in the higher nobility of the indwelling and substantia] 
spirit. Their mausoleums for the dead may have been grander 
than ours; but where are the records or even the ruins of their 
hospitals for the living? Their warlike poems, full of proud 
and terrible sublimity, are admirably adapted to excite men to 
- of martial valor and fratricidal destruction ; but does not 
a far higher and worthier spirit pervade our modern literature, 
which so earnestly and powerfully labors for the physical, in- 
tellectual and moral reconstruction of suffering humanity? 

In high art, — strictly so called, — whether in Architecture, in 
Sculpture, or in Painting, the new world may not indeed have 
surpassed the old ; but have not the moderns expressed in 
words, and in deeds practically developed, ideas infinitely su- 
perior to the noblest of all the ancients ever dreamed? Per- 
haps no modern artist has yet attained to the perfection of grace 
and beauty exhibited in the Apollo Belvidere, and in the Venus 
de Medici ; but do not even the humbler representations of the 
Madonna, and of the Crucifixion, far more deeply penetrate the 
human heart, and inspire it with higher and holier feelings? 
The glorious symphony, " and on earth peace to good willing 
." heard for the first time by the shepherds of Judea, chanted 
now in all lands, symbolizes a progress in the higher world of 
man, into which even the angels desired to look, — and by which 
all stations and degrees and movements of human life are now 
being pervaded, inspired and elevated. This is the true becom- 
ing, which shall satisfy the unexpressed desire of the whole 
earth; this is the predicted "star," for which the Eastern Magi 
watched and waited. This is the " mercy and not sacr< 
which modern philosophers are just beginning to read and in- 
terpret in the face of nature and of the Divine Providence- 


This is the new spirit of the age, which renders glorious the 
rapidly advancing sciences and arts, because it makes them 
efficient in relieving the physical and even the spiritual neces- 
sities of men. 

One of the noblest fruits of such, progressive movement is 
freedom, — the emancipation of the mind from the bondage of 
old errors and prejudices, the expansion of the mind by the in- 
sertion into it of new truths, and broader and more liberal prin- 
ciples. So in religion, — while faith still maintains supreme 
sway, and spiritual insight is still acknowledged as superior to 
all merely intellectual perception; reason, no longer repelled 
and crushed, is also permitted to examine everything freely 
which can possibly come within her scope. So in medicine; 
its knowledge is no longer confined to a few, to the favored 
members of a single, uncharitable, bigoted, persecuting school ; 
nor is the practice of medicine now so largely as before a fungus 
upon society, supporting itself at the expense of its very life. 
The new age has new methods and new schools in medicine: 
while the practitioners of the old school, no longer sustained 
fey an exclusive monopoly, are compelled to take pains to do 
some real good to " the rest of mankind" by their art, — instead 
of remaining, as formerly, content with getting good for them- 
selves alone. 

Allopatlrv, in a word, before it was so greatly modified and 
improved by the unacknowledged but irresistible influence of 
the new school, not only confined its practice of medicine to its 
own individual members, but persistently maintained that prac- 
tice in a state which, in very many instances, afforded tempo- 
rary relief to the sufferer only at the expense of the certain 
return of the same or of some worse form of disease. In the 
rude but expressive language of the vulgar, Allopathy may be 
said to have had a dead sure thing upon society. 

But now all this is changed. Homoeopathy has emancipated 
society from such destructive bondage, — by pointing out a more 
excellent way of cure; by furnishing the men from outside the 
ring of the professional monopolists to perform the cure; by 
introducing a system of practice in which diseases are rendered 
less and lass dangerous, and less and less liable to recur to the 


individual patient, because be ia treated, unci still I //••«/. 

without the exhibition of drags which poison his system 
permanently injure his health. 

And what Bomoeopathy thus accomplishes for the individual 

patient, it also performs in a still higher degree lor BOciety at 
large. By robbing epidemics and other malignant disorders of 

much of their virulence, it greatly hinders their extension and 
shortens their continuance. While by that prevention which 
is infinitely better than cure, and by the gradual but certain 
extirpation of hereditary diseases and tendencies to disea 
which we already see abundant proofs, Homoeopathy pro: 
to improve the public health and diminish the amount of human 
suffering in the most wonderful manner, and in a constantly in- 
creasing ratio for all the generations yet to come. 

Homoeopathy, which in its essence is so thoroughly saturated 
with the new and benevolent spirit of the age, — Homoeopathy, 
which enriches its practitioners by improving and exalting, in- 
stead of undermining and destroying the public health, — Homoe- 
opath v, whose symbol is freedom and not oppression, forms a 
noble illustration of progress in the inner world of man, of the 
very progress which it again so wonderfully and reactively 

As action and reaction are e^ual, so Homoeopathy, which is 
itself the result of progress, by ameliorating and gradually re- 
moving the physical disorders of man, prepares the way for a 
still more important improvement in his intellectual, moral and 
spiritual condition, — an improvement which would otherwise 
have remained impossible. For the complete regeneration of 
man on earth is dependant upon such restoration of his physi- 
cal health as can be accomplished by Homoeopathy alone. 

What theme, then, could 1 choose more suitable to the present 
occasion, or more interesting to yourselves, ladies and gentle- 
men, than that of the 

Scientific Development of Homoeopathy? 

By this I mean its interior growth as a distinct system of 
medical treatment. But first let me preface a single word as 
to its external growth and development. 


Hahnemann, the illustrious founder of Homoeopathy, born 
in Saxony in 1775, in the course of his studies of the ancient 
medical authors, " Saw frequently corroborated the fragmentary 
observation of Hippocrates, ■ that diseases are sometimes cured 
by similars.' But not till 1790, — while engaged in translating 
Cullen's Materia Medica, — did he recognize in this principle an 
universal law of cure." In 1806 he published, in Hufeland's 
Journal, a concise exposition of this doctrine, in an essay en- 
titled " The Medicine of Experience." In 1810 he published 
the first edition of his Organon, "an immortal work, which was 
an amplification of his ' Medicine of Experience,' worked up 
with greater care and put into a more methodical and aphoristic 
form, after the manner of some of the Hippocratic writings." 

Since that period, how rapid the progress, — how immense the 
extension of Homoeopathy ! More than six thousand physicians 
are now engaged in practicing medicine on the homoeopathic 
system ; and in spite of the restrictions of the monopolists, these 
are now to be found in every civilized land; but most numer- 
ously in our own beloved country, where civil liberty power- 
fully promotes freedom of thought, and the most rapid advance 
in the sciences and arts which are of supreme importance to the 
welfare of society : 

Other opposing systems of medical treatment have indeed 
arisen from time to time, — some of which made active strides 
to popular favor ; but they have usually been short-lived, since 
they had little or no literature, and their founders and follow- 
ers were alike illiterate. Such, however, was not the case with 
Homoeopathy ; either in respect to its founder, who was an allo- 
pathic physician of the most profound erudition; or in respect 
to his immediate disciples and their subsequent adherents, — for 
many of these were also eminent in the allopathic school before 
they embraced Homoeopathy. 

The literature of our school, on the other hand, already in- 
cluding some hundreds of volumes, and still constantly increas- 
ing year by year, — at once attests the present progress and 
stability of Homoeopathy, and gives large assurance of its future 
substantial growth. Homoeopathic works of no small extent 

and value may now ho found in nearly all the lane 

Europe,— those in English alone constitutiD 


B • it is 1" our Mat* ■ ■ Medica that the enlightened 
path points with peculiar pride. Not to Bpeak of it - 
German treasures, some of the richest of which still remain 
untranslated, — in the English language may now be enumerated 

above twenty-five volumes on this subject These are t: 
suits of little more than Haifa century of work in the homoeo- 
pathic school, — and their value far surpasses that of all the 
allopathic accumulations of three thousand years. While in 
the extent, minute accuracy and completeness of its acquaini 
tance with the various properties of the mineral, vegetable 
animal substances which it comprises, the Materia Medica of 
the homoeopathic school as far exceeds that of the allopathic, 
as it does in the practical employment of those subsl 
healing the sick. 

The very extent of our Materia Medica affords a noble illus- 
tration of the scientific development of Homoeopathy. More 
than six hundred names may now be found in the publi 
lists, — many, indeed, being as yet but partially proved and little 
used; while numerous others, — like Arsenicum and Sulphur, 
with their six or eight thousand distinct symptoms, — have been 
both thoroughly proved and extensively and successful!;, 

The homoeopathic law demonstrates its universality, its true 
scientific development, by showing both its pathogenetic and its 
curative verification equally in the substances from all the three 
kingdoms of nature ; from each of which it redeems most vain- 
able means for its own successful application to all possible 
forms of acute and chronic disease. 

The world of external nature corresponds to the world of 
man, not only because it is made for his habitation, but also 
because it is intended to provide the means for supplying all 
his various necessities. Hence this great and well-understood 
principle, which belongs to the world as a whole, holds equally 
true of all its component parts. — Hence every Bubstan 
nature, the humblest flower and the most insignificant -rain of 


sand, all organic, and even all inorganic forms, are replete with 
usefulness for man. There is nothing in nature but possesses 
motion, — which is its life ; nothing but is endowed with use- 
fulness, — which is the very soul and spirit of its life ! 

To the natural instinct, intelligence and higher reason of man, 
therefore, it is given to discern, to develop and appropriate these 
useful qualities. 

Natural instinct and his own intelligent experience teach 
man, in common with " other animals, " the value of the various 
substances which may be used for food. But neither natural 
instinct, the acutest intelligence, nor the empirical experience 
of three thousand years, nor all combined, have been able to do 
more than acquire a most imperfect knowledge of the qualities 
of a portion only of the substances which, may be used as medi- 
cines. But the higher reason, under the guidance of the ho- 
moeopathic law, develops in advance all these qualities in the 
fullest and most perfect manner. The want of this method of 
exploration, together with the pernicious habit of compounding 
drugs, has always kept the practice of medicine in the old 
school from advancing in equal ratio with the general increase 
of intelligence in society. — It remained for Homoeopathy, with 
its method of pathogenesis and its simple medication, to remedy 
the fatal defects of Allopathy, — and thus to elevate medicine 
to its proper level with the other sciences, and to place it in the 
front rank of the most useful arts. 

The omnipresent influence of the Infinite Benevolence is in- 
deed sufficient to account for the general correspondence and 
adaptation of the world to man; and also for the special corres- 
pondence of all its different substances to his various necessities. 
But whence arises the still more particular relation which we find 
so mysteriously present, so wonderfully powerful ? Why should 
onesubstance cause or remedy inflammation in the human body? 
Why should one plant occasion or cure spasms about the heart? 
Another cause or cure the most distressing asthmas? Why 
should one drug produce or remove mental derangement? An- 
other cause or cure the most profound melancholy and almost 
absolute despair of life and of salvation ? — Why does a man 
suffering with violent neuralgia, take with safety, to relieve his 


pain, a quantity of opium which would destroy his life in health? 
Why can a man bitten by a poisono at, drink without 

lining intoxicated, an amount of spirits which would make 

half a dozen well men dead drunk? 

Such facta as these are none the less difficult of explanation 
from their being of every-day occurrence. All the phenomena; 

which demonstrate the truth of the homoeopathic law, point to 
the vast field of the mutual correspondence of man with the 
world, and of the world with man; — a field, which in the most 
ancient times was successfully gleaned by the cultivate 
what was termed magic, — but whose knowledge of the 
mysterirs of nature is believed to have been far superior to the 
boasted wisdom of the present day ; a field which the phaj i 
of modern science seem unanimously disposed to ignore, or fail- 
ing that, to warn men. to avoid by anathematising it as th 
ritory of witchcraft; — a field which a recent, very able and un- 
prejudiced writer describes as that of a profound casual it y 
relation, which embraces alike the entire universe and every 
individual atom which it contains.* 

Another illustration of the Scientific Development of II 
pathy may be seen in the constant endeavor of those engi 
in proving and reproving the remedies, to bring their provings 
into harmony with the latest discoveries in chemistry, in anat- 
omy, in physiology, and even in psychology, — for towards 
latter all modern science tends. And in the continuous i 
to render the recorded pathogenesis of our medicines as exactly 
correspondent as possible with all the new discoveries, which 
have resulted from the most recent and exhaustive scientific 
exploration of the causes, course and consequences of individual 

a and general forms of disease. — We cannot but r< 
it, therefore, as a noble proof of the constantly progressive - 
tific development of Homoeopathy, that while having out- 
ped in a single half century the allopathic progress of a thousand 
years in knowledge of the Materia Medica, — it now pr 
further on, determined to make its pathogenesis, or artificial 

•Vide National Quarterly R . Vol. xvi., No. 82, — '• Supernatural 


pathology, keep equal pace with the advance in that structural, 
functional and psychological pathology which forms so impor- 
tant a portion of the natural history of man. — To the most in- 
telligent men of the present day it is indeed well known that 
the homoeopathic doctrine of chronic, or hereditary disease, — 
as unfolded and applied by Hahnemann, — together with the 
careful study and treatment of cases of sickness without ob- 
scuring them by the violent or stupefying action of powerful 
drugs, has dissipated in Hoods of scientific light, the gross dark- 
ness in which Allopathy had enshrouded pathology in all past 

And the scientific development of Homoeopathy as an uni- 
versal law of cure, — in strict accordance, therefore, with all the 
collateral sciences, — not only illuminates much that was before 
obscure in pathology, but in the most natural manner leads to 
clearer and more correct views in physiology, and in psychology. 
Under the light of the law of the similars, of pathogenetic or 
artificial disorders corresponding to and antagonizing natural 
disorders, it becomes evident that there are no such things 
in nature as diseases, according to the ordinary acceptation of 
the term. All those disorders which arise involuntarily in the 
human system, are seen to be but deviations from the true phy- 
siological standard of health, — capable of being rectified, or 
exactly antagonized, by minute doses of the drugs, which in 
larger quantities produce just such deviations. 

Thus, under the light of the homoeopathic law, the patholo- 
gical condition, which constitutes what is usually termed dis- 
ease, is seen to be but a departure from, — or modification of 
the natural or physiological condition. Even as under the dy- 
namic influence of Homoeopathy, this deviation is rectified, and 
the secondary, morbid, pathological condition replaced by the 
primary, normal or physiological state of perfect health. 

Comparatively imperfect as it is at present, our Materia 
Medica will be found amply sufficient to meet all the forms of 
sickness to which the human race is liable ; and this both from 
its own universal^, and from the already mentioned remark- 
able correspondence of the outer or physical world to the inner 
world of man, — to which the law of the similars in this respect 
constitutes the exact key. A more particular illustration of 


this great truth may be Been in the manner in which 1 
pathy develops invaluable medicinal qualities from substs 
which, like lime and chalk, are apparently inert ; and in the 

manner in which the deadly qualities of the most fatal 

liminated, and the poisons themselves, like the virus of the 
rattle-snake, rendered as indispensable in Bavinglii .'are 

to destroy it in their natural form. 

Another illustration of the scientific development of B 
pathy may be seen in the various provings made with the 
different preparations of drugs, — from massive and even dan." 
gerously poisonous doses, up to the medium, the higher 
even the very highest dynamic attenuations of these drugs. That 
a full and complete pathogenetic picture of a druj 
tained only by proving it in all these different preparations, — 
massive doses, and homoeopathic attenuations, — is now be 
inc the settled conviction of the most candid, intelligent and 
truly rational members of the profession. And many of I 
in our school who were skeptical of the curative action oi 
higher homoeopathic preparations, have had their doub'- 
moved and their faith in Homoeopathy itself confirmed, by ob- 
serving the powerful influence exerted upon sensitive 
by the very highest of these preparations. 

Nor should we overlook the corresponding curative action 
of the entire range of the homoeopathic preparations in our 
review of the scientific development of Homoeopathy. In 
point of fact, it is only from their power of acting 
ficially in all their various preparations, that these medi- 
cines are capable of being adapted to all the various states and 
conditions of the ever-varying temperaments and constitutions 
of men and women, of the young and the old, the infant 
the adult. According to these different states and conditions, 
the higher and the highest preparations may be found effi 
when the lower and the lowest have proved unavailing; and 

Such considerations show the universality, and by c 
quence the truly scientific naturi of llonneopathy ; but its 
dynamic power, its wonderful vitality, and of course its actual 
truth Stem in strict accordance with the constitution both 


of the external world of nature and the inner world of man, 
are still more plainly shown by its persistent and almost inde- 
structible curative action, even when most abused. Cures are 
not only made with the lowest and with the highest homoeo- 
pathic preparations ; but even with the crude drugs themselves, 
ichen exhibited in accordance with the law of the similars. Cures 
are made with single doses, and with repeated doses ; with 
medicines given by themselves, or in alternation, or in rota- 
tion; cures are made with separate medicines, and even with 
several combined in a single prescription, — after the manner of 
the allopaths. 

Nor should we seem to give more than a most imperfect view 
of the scientific development of Homoeopathy, if we failed to 
notice the wonderfully efficacious results obtained from the use 
of the high potencies, as they are called, — the higher homoeo- 
pathic preparations. And here we content ourselves with re- 
ferring to the 200ths of Lehrmann, and of Dr. Dunham. For 
although there are others professedly much higher, and whose 
virtues are no less remarkable, their mode of preparation is not 
so definitely known. 

That these high potencies are valuable, that they exert, in 
many instances, a more sure and gentle healing influence than 
the low preparations of our school, is the uniform testimony of 
those who have most exclusively and carefully used them. That 
they are really efficient, that the cures which follow their use are 
due to their action, and are not to be attributed to chance or 
unaided nature, is seen from the fact that these cures appear 
only when these preparations are administered in strict accord- 
ance with the law of the similars. 

Still further proof of the scientific development of Homoeo- 
pathy may be seen in the extensive adoption of broad and liberal 
views, — views whose freedom and independence are in accord- 
ance with the original nature of Homoeopathy itself as a reac- 
tion against the prevailing allopathic despotism. Against all 
efforts to establish distinct classes in our school, — as of low 
potence, or high potence, — the larger experience and sound com- 
mon sense of the profession have effectually protested. This 
involves neither compromise of principle, nor surrender of the 


thic law; but leaves to each practitioner his own ina- 
lienable right to applv this law according to the best ofhia k 
and belief. Thia larger liberty ia of twofold advant 
since it enables Homoeopathy to adapt itself to all the vai 

- of patients on the one hand, and to all the various capa- 
cities of physicians on the other. And those homoeopathic 
physicians who fetter themselves in advance by no abstract rule 
of dose, are not to he : tics, or as compromh 

but rather as comprdu nsives, who gladly embrace the whole 
of Homoeopathy, and the entire Materia Medica; who employ 
now the medium, now the low, and even the lowest doses; and 
again the high, the higher, and the highest, — according i 
best of their knowledge, their range of experience, and I 
maturest judgment. 

And we believe we find additional and no less substantial 
proof of the constantly progressive scientific developm< . 

iathy, in the efforts which are now being made to dis- 
cern the principles, by means of which we may with certainty 

nine what particular preparation of the remedy hon 
pathic to a given ease will be best suited to that individual 
By this we do not mean the potency best adapted to the consti 
tution, sex, temperament, or form of disease, in general, — but 
the one which is best suited to the personal, individual 
vhich all these things go to make up. 

And the final and successful solution of this problem will 
require the combined observation, experience and judgment of 
practitioners whose views are broad, whose opportunities are 
extensive, and whose vision is neither deranged by prejudice 
nor obscured by passion. 

But in thus advancing with our review of the scientific 
velopment of Homoeopathy, we seem to pass insensibly from 
the sphere of the actual present to that of the possible future. 
This is the inevitable result of any attempt to trace the growth 
of a constantly progressive system. 

For like Christianity, of whose benevolent spirit it seer 
be the natural out-growth, — Homoeopathy must still be rega 
as a system but imperfectly developed. And while only some 
few glimpses of its last and highest forms, and proofs of e 


title development, may as yet be discerned among the most ad- 
vanced members of the profession, we can only hope that these 
will be more universally exhibited, and doubt not that ere long 
they will be, as Homoeopathy itself advances from strength to 

True science is all-embracing, all-comprehending ; and the 
highest reason both allows and necessitates the very highest 
faith ! 

We have seen how the scientific development of Homoeopa- 
thy shows itself in harmonious accord with all the collateral 
sciences, even leading and exalting them ; how it corresponds 
with the lower or physical laws of the kingdom of nature ; and 
how essential it is to the restoration of the physical health in 
the individual and in society. 

It remains for us to complete our review by showing, in brief, 
the corresponding harmony of Homoeopathy with the higher 
and highest laws of our spiritual nature, and of the spiritual 
world in the midst of which we are placed. 

In man is combined the wonderful nrvstery of two worlds ; 
by means of his material body he is in conscious or unconscious 
relation and correspondence with the physical world on the one 
side; while on the other side, he is placed by means of his 
spiritual soul in especial relation, and conscious or unconscious 
correspondence, with the spiritual world around him. Tnfl uences 
from the material would powerfully affect his body, and through 
that his mental and moral health; influences from the spiritual 
world and his own feelings and emotions no less powerfully 
affect the health of the material body, in which they are neces- 
sarily ultimated. And may we not regard it as an important 
proof of the scientific development of Homoeopathy, that, by means 
of remedies unerringly indicated by her laws, the most subtle 
of these influences from the material world, which are seen to 
pass through the body and develop their morbid effects in the 
mental and moral spheres, may be met and perfectly antidoted, 
even when they do not apparently in the least disturb the bodily 

And when the body itself is seriously disordered by mental 
and moral influences, from within or from without, may we not 


regard i1 as still more conclusive proof of the scientific d 
merit of Homoeopathy, that it removes such disorder, and re« 
lievea the mind itself, either by the direct action oJ theindical 
remedies or by the healthy reaction of the physical e 

The lasl and highest proof of the scientij [ of Ho- 

moeopathy to which 1 can now invito your attention, may seem 
strange to you; but I believe it to bo not less true, — and if ad- 
mitted to bo true, you will doom it the most wonderful of all. 
Who lias not seen persons crazed, — subjects of that obsession, 
spoken of in the New Testament, — such as those from whom 
our Saviour cast out evil spirits? These persons from some 
disordered condition, not so much of their nervous systems, as 
of their spiritual body, if we may be permitted to use the lan- 
guage of the apostle, become subject to the irregular and con- 
trolling pressing of wandering spirits, — by whom, in the express- 
i ve language of common people, they are said to be bewitch, d. By 
the careful exhibition of the homceopathically indicated reme- 
dies, such unfortunates have, in many instances, been so com- 
pletely restored as to be no longer subject to these demoniac 
obsessions and possessions. 

Since, then, the homoeopathic system is so evidently based 
upon the useful qualities of all the substances of nature ; — since 
it has such wonderful power to develop their latent uses, and 
to render them applicable to the various physical, mental and 
moral disorders of men; — since its fundamental principles are 
so simple, and yet so indissolubly connected with the entire 
constitution as well of nature as of man himself, — so inseparably 
interwoven with the universal correspondence of man with the 
world and of the world with man ; — since it adapts itself to all 
the morbid conditions which can occur to man in consequence 
of his own complex nature, — may we not justly claim for IIo- 
mwopatky the double name of an all-comprehending science, and 
of a most beneficent art ? 

And may we not hope that this system will ever continue to 
receive here and elsewhere, the highest regard of the most in- 
telligent and benevolent members of society ? 





This Society has just completed its second year and now 
numbers fourteen members, two of whom are honorary and 
correspond with the Society. Our meetings have been regu- 
larly held semi-annually, and much interest manifested; no 
meeting has passed without the presentation of one or more 
papers on interesting topics to the profession, and the discus- 
sions and interchange of views have rendered our meetings in- 
structive and pleasant, and we believe the Society has done 
much to strengthen the hands of its members and speed the 
cause of true medical science. We send as delegates to the 
meeting of the State Medical Society, Drs. J. H. Marsden, B. 
Bowman, John Armstrong, and E. M. Garberich. 

The officers for the ensuing year are — 

President . . J. H. Marsden, M. D., York Sulphur Springs. 
Vice-President John Armstrong, M. D., New Kingston, 
Sec. & Treas. . Wm. H. Cook, M. D., Carlisle. 


This Society is in a very flourishing and satisfactory condi- 
tion. Since the last annual meeting of the State Society, it has 
added largely to its membership. 


The regular meetings of the Society arc held monthly on the 
ad Thursday of each month; but the meetings have thus far 
averaged lift ecu yearly. A number of very interesting 
valuable essays have been read from time to time during the 
year, upon which animated and able discussions were had. 
The essays read, and the debates following them, have 
faithfully chronicled from month to month, in the columns of 
the Hahnemannian Monthly t and this has doubtless added much 
to the efficiency of the Society, and the interest manifested in it 
by the members. 

At the last annual meeting, held in April, the following gen- 
tlemen were elected officers to serve during the ensuing year : 

President Richard Gardiner, M. D. 

I -President . . . 0. B. Gause, M. D. 

Treasurer Adolphus H. Ashton, M. D. 

Secretary Rob't J. McClatchey, M. I). 

Scribe Bushrod W. James, M. D. 

Censors Jacob Jeanes, M. D. 

Walter Williamson, M. I). 

Silas S. Brooks, M. D. 
Committee on Provings — Adolph Lippe, at. D. 

Henry N. Martin, M. D. 


The Society was organized in November, 186-i, in pursuance 
of a call from Dr. J. C. Burgher, and has been steadily increas- 
ing from year to year, until now it numbers twenty-eight mem- 
bers, as follows: active, twenty-two; associate (students), live; 
honorary, one. 

It holds regular meetings at the Homoeopathic Hospital, Sec- 
ond street, Pittsburg, on the second Friday of every month. 

Physicians passing through the city are always welcome to 
its meetings. 

Its sessions are generally well attended, and often exceed- 
ingly interesting and instructive. 

Delegates— Dts. M. Cote, L. H. Willard and J. H. McClelland. 


The officers for the year 1868, are as follows, viz : 

President . . . D. Cowley, M. D. 
Vice President . L. H. Willard, M. D. 
Treasurer . . . L. M. Eousseau, M. D. 
Secretary ... J. II. McClelland, M. D. 
Board of Censors . H. Hofmann, M. D. 

J. C. Burgher, M. D. 

Thos. Hewitt, M. D. 


This organization, though but recently formed, is in a pros- 
perous condition, "and its members anticipate much advantage 
to the spread of Homoeopathy in its permanency and success. 

The present list of officers and members is as follows : 

President .... Charles A. Stevens, M. D. 
Vice-President . . A. P. Gardner, M. D. 
Secretary .... Wm. Brisbane, M. D. 

Members — Dr. Vail, Montrose ; Dr. A. E. Burr, Carbondale ; 
Dr. A. E. Crans, Carbondale; Dr. Sperling, Wyoming; Dr. 
Brisbane, Wilkesbarre; Dr. J. S. Pfouts, Wilkesbarre; Dr. A. 
P. Gardner, Moscow ; Dr. Chas. A. Stevens, Scranton. 



The delegate from this institution begs leave to report that 
the hospital and dispensary established two years ago, has con- 
tinued in successful operation during the past year. 

During this period, the trustees have succeeded in placing 
the institution on a firm financial basis, and also in organizing 
an efficient medical board, who manifest a deep interest in placing 
the hospital in a position that will do credit to Homoeopathy. 

In connection with the hospital is the Ladies' Homoeopathic 


Charitable A a, composed of over two hundred mem": 

- the past year have b . which is 

appropriated lor the Buppoii of all charity patients. This, with 

the income derived from pay patients, renders the instil 
almost self- support in Li. 

There have been admitted to the hospital from the organiza- 
tion to the 1st April, 1868, 256 patients, with a mortality of 
seventeen, or less than seven per cent. Of this number, 162 
were admitted this last year. 

The Dispensary Department} as a feature of the hospital, has 
done much to popularize Homoeopathy among the poorer ch> 
and it is the pioneer homoeopathic institution of the kind of 
western Pennsylvania. 

During the twenty months of its existence, 2,504 prescrip- 
tions have been issused, 1724 of which were for the last \ 
The officers of the institution are as follows : 

President Hon. Wilson McCandless. 

Vice-Presidents . . . Maj. "Wm. Frew. 

Wm, Metcalf, Esq. 

Treasurer Geo. Bingham, Esq. 

Librarian Major J. M. Knapp. 

Secretary J. C. Burgher, M. D. 

Executive Committee: 
Judge McCandless, Major Frew, W. Metcalf, M. Cote, M. D., 
Ed. Miles, J. C. Burgher, M. D., Capt. James Bovd, J. II. Mc- 
Clelland, M. D. 

M 'Ileal Board: 
Consulting Physician — H. Hoffman, M. D. 

Medical Staff— D. Cowley, M. D., L. M. Rousseau. M. D., Y. 
Taudte, M. D., J. E. Barnaby, M. D. 

Obstetrician — D. Cowley, M. D. 

•gical Staff— J. C. Burgher, M. D., L. H. AVillard, M. D., 
J. H. McClelland, M. D., Walter Ure, M.D. 

Dispensary Physician and Surgeon — J. H. McClelland, M. I '. 

In conclusion, we can conceive of no better or surer mi 
of popularizing and establishing Homoeopathy, our glorious 


system, than by initiating institutions of this character. The 
beneficial effects have already been felt in our community in 
dispelling the existing prejudices against our school, much to 
the chagrin of our opponents. Kespectfully submitted by, 

M. Cote, Delegate. 


Your delegates to the International Homoeopathic Medical 
Congress, held in the city of Paris, France, August 9th to 14th, 
1867, respectfully report that the Congress was attended, and 
this Society represented therein by Bushrod W. James, M. D.> 
whose credentials were duly recognized by the body, and that 
he was appointed by it a committee of one to report upon the 
subject of the u Condition of Homoeopathy in America." 

The Eeport was prepared and presented and was accepted, 
and appears among the published transactions of the Congress. 

The system of homoeopathic medicine throughout the various 
countries of Europe, although not progressing in its spread 
quite as rapidly as in our own land, yet has a good firm foot- 
hold there and is recognized and employed by a number of the 
roj r al families and many of the nobility and influential citizens, 
whilst a large majority of the intelligent and highly educated 
classes in every European country respect its truth and regard 
it as a permanent system of medicine. 

We would suggest that this Society open correspondence with 
the various foreign homoeopathic medical organizations, and 
that a copy of our proceedings be sent to each. 

C. Neidhard, M. D., 

C.Neidhard,Al.D., \ DeUgates . 

Bushrod W.James, M. D., j 


The members of the Society will remember that at the last 
annual meeting, held in Philadelphia, the Committee on Charter 


rted tliat pursuing the duties of their appointment, a bill 
had been prepared which bad been presented in the Senate by 

noil, and that the Committer Were then in- 
formed that, under the amendment to the State Constitution, 
:M)\ver to gran! Bucb acts of incorporation or charters is 
I in the Courts. Upon this report being rendered, the 
Society continued the Committee, with ful] power to procure 
a charter from the proper quarter. 

The Committee would now beg leave to report that after 
mature consideration of the whole matter, and upou informa- 
tion gained from legal gentlemen, they have found that the So- 
ciety would take nothing, or at most but very little useful or 
necessary to it as a body, by such a charter from the Courts; 
and having been informed that it is the purpose of the Allopa- 
thic Medical Society of this State to make application for a 
charter conveying special privileges, they have deemed it ad- 
visable to not procure any act of incorporation at the present, 
and would ask the Society to discharge them from the further 
consideration of the subject ; or if they deem it best, to con- 
tinue the Committee, with power to act at the proper time. 

All of which is respectfully submitted. 

Robert J. McClatchey, 
J. C. Burgher, 
B. W. James, 
R. Boss Roberts, 
John K. Lee. 


The Committee appointed at the last annual meeting of this 
body, for the purpose of having published the transactions of the 
first and second annual meetings, would respectfully report that 
they have fulfilled the duties of their appointment, by having had 

printed three hundred copies of said transactions, of which two 
hundred copies were distributed to members and others, and 

one hundred I opies now remain as the property of the Society. 
The Committee would further report that in preparing t 


transactions for the press, they have, while acting under the 
powers vested in them by the Society in regard to curtailing 
reports of committees, etc., endeavored to give a faithful report 
of all the proceedings of the Society, and to do full justice to 
all those who contributed papers which were read before the 
Society, and trust that in this respect they have met the wishes 
and gained the approval of every member. 

Owing to the absence in Europe of one member of the Com- 
mittee (Dr. B. W. James), and the pressure of editorial labors 
imposed on another member (Dr. J. H. P. Frost), the burden 
of preparing for press, and publishing the pamphlet, necessarily 
devolved on the third member of the Committee. In this way 
the delay in issuing the proceedings is accounted for. 

All of which is respectfully submitted. 

B. W. James, 
E. J. McClatchey, 
J. H. P. Frost. " 





The constant pressure of business, and the frequent interrup- 
tions which dissipate every hour of comparative leisure, have 
rendered it impossible for me to prepare anything like a com- 
plete report. 

But that I may not seem entirely to neglect the duty imposed 
upon me, or to be unconscious of the honor which it at the same 
time conferred, I have with great difficulty, and in a hasty and 
imperfect manner, thrown together some observations on ; 
branches of surgical practice which I have most frequently 
been called upon to treat. To these I have added brief notices 
of some few cases — out of many that might be adduced, — the 
successful treatment of which happily illustrates these observa- 
tions. Some of the cases may be made still more interesting 
exhibiting the instruments and "specimens" which belong to 


Notwithstanding the new discoveries and recent impr 
ments in anaesthesia, Chloroform and Etht r still remain unrivaled 
as our most potent and reliable anaesthetic agents. Neither 
be justly called safest or best; for in surgical practice, both 
are needed and both are used, either separately or in combi- 

In minor surgical operations, the nitrous oxide gas has of late 
been advantageously employed. In my own practice I have 


used it with great satisfaction to myself and patients, in lancing 
paronychia, dissecting out the whole great toe nail, cutting 
staphyloma- corneas, and even in extirpating small tumors. In 
major operations, however, this agent is not reliable. When 
it was first introduced to public notice, I operated upon a young 
man for the removal of a necrosed tibia, placing him under 
the influence of the gas. But soon after making the incisions, 
I found that the operation could not be completed without the 
administration of the more potent anaesthetics. And in all sub- 
sequent cases which have come under my observation, the 
insensibility to pain produced by the gas, was of very short 

Still the nitrous oxide has its own peculiar advantages and 
definite sphere of usefulness. It is very agreeable to inhale, 
leaves no unpleasant after-effects ; and as yet no disordered con- 
dition has been recorded as consequent upon its exhibition, 
which would preclude its use even indelicate subjects. Indeed, 
I think it may be administered with safety in many cases in 
which from evident phthisical habit, or from existing cardiac 
difficulty, the prudent surgeon would be reluctant to employ 
the Ether or the Chloroform, or any mixture of them both. — 
Hence,also, the gas can be safely trusted in the hands of den- 
tists, who use it daily and hourly with perfect immunity. 

In regard to the local anaesthetics, I desire to add a word of 
caution. In the employment of such powerful congealing pre- 
parations as the Ehigolene spray and other similar freezing 
applications, it should be remembered that we have no criterion 
to enable us to determine how far to go or how long it may be 
safe to continue the application. Hence, even in such small 
operations as the extraction of teeth, or those suitable to a 
paronychia, there is great danger of sloughing ; and the use of 
such local anaesthetics, which at first promised to become very 
general, is already being abandoned. 


Acupressure, as described by Sir James Simpson and others, 
seems to me to present no striking advantages over other ope- 
rations for aneurismal tumors. Some improvements in the 


treatment of aneurisms, consisting principally in mechai 
and digital compression, forced flexion, etc., have been i 

tuted instead of the Hnntcrian operation. These improve]: 

are recommended as being less dangerous, more humane 
scientific, and productive of results more encouraging than tl 
which follow the latter operation. 


In arresting hemorrhages by ligation, the silk ligature still 
remains pre-eminent. As a substitute for it, acupressure ii 
brought before the profession in the writings of the inventor; 
and Professors Pirrie and Keith of Aberdeen, publish many 
cases endeavoring to prove its utility and commendable advan- 
tages. But I think it quite unlikely that it can ever come to 
supplant the ordinary silk ligature as an efficient means for ar- 
resting hemorrhages. 

As a suture in bleeding wounds, the silk is also preferable to 
metallic ligatures. It is again more frequently used and can 
be more easily removed from the wound. The wire suture is 
less irritating, and is therefore now mostly confined to opera- 
tions where long retention is required, — as in the operation lor 
vesico vaginal fistula, etc. 

In epistaxis, the surgeon is often foiled in plugging either 
the posterior or the anterior nares with tents composed with 
different materials, and saturated with various haemostatics. 
In such cases, where internal and local means fail, and before 
resorting to the plug, it is important to instruct the patient to 
breathe exclusively through the nose, keeping the mouth firmly 
closed. In this way, the hemorrhage will in all probability be 
speedily and completely arrested; for by thus assisting the 
coagulation of the blood in the nostril, a more perfect and 
efficient plug will be obtained, in loco, than can be made and 
introduced by any surgical skill. Nor is this simple method 
of procedure ever likely to fail, except in persons of an hemorr- 
hagic diathesis; in which cases our main dependance will 1. 
sarily be internal medication, which falls rather to the province 
of the physician. Some months ago 1 was called to visit a lady 
who had a profuse hemorrhage from the nose, caused by her 


physician making several ineffectual attempts to remove a nasal 
polypus by torsion. He had injected into her nostril various as- 
tringents, even that most powerful haemostatic agent known as 
Monsell's salt (subsulphate of iron), but all to no effect. The 
patient was simply directed by me to breathe as above recom- 
mended; the nostril was soon plugged, and the hemorrhage 
completely arrested. A few months later I removed from her 
nostril an unusually large polypus, and no hemorrhage followed. 
In another instance, an alarming epistaxis consequent upon 
suppressed menstruation, in a lady aged about forty -five years, 
evidently connected with the critical age, — yielded to the same 
method of breathing through the nostril alone, after all other 
attempts had proved futile, and the hemorrhage had continued 
uninterruptedly for several successive days. I am satisfied that 
the knowledge of this simple method may often prove of the 
greatest value to the surgeon. 


When foreign bodies, with smooth, round surfaces, — such as 
beads and beans, — become lodged high up in children's nostrils, 
the most dexterous surgeon is often foiled or unnecessarily de- 
tained. The restlessness of the little patient and the consequent 
exceeding difficulty of grasping the object, and the frequent slip- 
ping of the forceps from the smooth surfaces will sometimes render 
all ordinary attempts to extricate the intruded substance inef- 
fectual. By forcibly blowing into the child's mouth, and at the 
same time closing with the finger the free nostril, the foreign 
body can be speedily and easily ejected. This movement should 
be suddenly made, — as if attracting the child's attention by a 
motion to give it a kiss. 


The operation for Hare-lip is much simplified of late, and it 
is now a well established fact that the operation can be success- 
fully performed at any age. Not long since, I operated upon 
an infant but a few months old, with perfect success. The greatly 
deformed lip and projecting alveola?, required the removal of a 


ible portion of tin' bone and boA parts. To restore 

symmetry in the removal of the sofl parts, and in freshening 
the approximating raw Burfaces, the scissors have a . 
advantage over the knife. In oheiloplastic operations in the 
adult also, the Bcissors may often supersede the knife. I 
rated in three oases of epithelial cancer of the lower lip, i 
of which required the excision of the entire lower lip, which 
was perfectly accomplished by means of the scissors. The cut 
surfaces were approximated by hare-lip pins and in: 
sutures of silk; and not withstanding the severe ten-ion to which 
the adjacent parts were subject, they all healed kindly, and by 
the first intention. 


In removing fragments, in cases of fracture of the skull with 
depression, I have found a very great advantage in the i.- 
an ordinary steel blade, narrow and thin, having a few grooves 
upon its surface at the end to prevent it from slipping when 
used as a lever. I hold in my hand the instrument, which in 
several >rvrvo cases of fractured skull, has saved me from the 
necessity of performing the tedious and dangerous operation of 
trephining. In these cases, I make a crucial incision, and by 
idly introducing the end of the instrument beneath the 
edge of the depressed fragment, I lift it up and so remove it 
entirely. The nearly circular bone, which I now show you, 
was in this manner removed with the greatest suce* 
after convulsions had set in. The patient, a boy aged i 
years, was struck upon the os frontis by a stone thrown by a 
comrade, causing a clean fracture and depression of a portion 
of the bone, four and a half inches in circumference. At first 
I hoped to allow the fragment to remain, and to trust to nature 
to promote its reunion. But the depression and consequent 
stant pressure upon the brain were too se dconvulsioi 

in, BO that I was compelled to remove this fragment by the aid 
of my lever, by candle-light, — when the operation of trephi- 
ning would have been unwarrantable. The patient did wit 
well, and is still under treatment for the cerebral hernia, which 
could not be prevented, but which is now being gradual', 
duced by careful compression. 



In paracentesis thoracis, it is an established rule to make 
the opening one inch and a half long, between the fourth and 
fifth, or fifth and sixth ribs, at or a little beyond their middle. 
But in two instances which came under my care, one an adult, 
the other a youth of sixteen years, I made the opening without 
regard to this rule, — where the protrusion between the inter- 
costal spaces was most prominent, and secured in both, a resto- 
ration to perfect health. In the youth the opening was made 
near the axilla, and an immense quantity of pus discharged. In 
the adult the opening was made between the third and fourth 
ribs, close to the left nipple. Here, as in abscesses, nature may 
safely be allowed to point out the proper place for the incision. 


In strangulated hernia, taxis is greatly facilitated and rendered 
almost painless by the careful application of Kichardson's Ether 
spray. Among the numerous plans devised for the radical cure 
of hernia, I think that of Mr. Wood, of London, is justly en- 
titled to a preference. This consists in establishing adhesive 
inflammation by invaginating and plugging up the herneal canal. 
In the operation for strangulated hernia, when the stricture can 
be divided outside of the herneal sac, leaving the sac itself in- 
tact, and transfixing the sac or fascia near to the insertion of the 
external ring, much can be accomplished towards a radical cure. 
The division of the stricture outside of the sac, I have per- 
formed, but it cannot always be done. This procedure, by se- 
curing a radical cure in conjunction with the operation at the 
time necessary for the present relief of the strangulation, would 
be a great improvement upon the old method, — in which the 
patient is left under the former obligation to wear a truss, and 
constantly exposed to the danger he had just escaped. 


The operation for cataract by reclination has been pronounced 
clumsy and violent, and extraction of the opaque lens much 


. But I have performed the former in very many< 
with good results. The lens being gently reclined out of the 
axis of vision, and the capsule completely divided, direct vision 
■-1:— the aqueous humor subsequently i - the 

lens. In one case of congenital cataract, in a child « me yes 
vision wi ed by this operation. Jn another, forty yean 

ge, blind for eighteen years, vision was restored in both 
by reclination at one sitting. In another ease of an old 
gentlemen, seventy years of age, both eyes were Operated upon 
at a single sitting, vision was perfectly restored after he had 
been blind many years. Here Was do vomiting, no violence; 
no subsequent ophthalmia. In my hands this operation has 
proved invariably successful ; this may be attributed in some 
measure to the accompanying use of the suitable homoeopathic 
remedies to prevent subsequent inflammation. Aconite 
Arnica have been principally relied on for this purpose. 


At the last meeting of the American Institute of Homo 
thy, Dr. Ilelmuth reported an interesting case of stricture of 
the urethra requiring urethrotomy for relief. In intractable 
stricture of the urethra^ complicated with perineal fistula and 
great local and general suffering, Mr. Symes 1 operation, by peri- 
neal section, should be adopted. 

In stricture of the rectum, I know of no operation which 
promises much. I have here a dilatable bougie, devised by my 
father, Dr. II. Detwiler, Easton, Pa., which has rendered good 
service in two cases in which it was recently used. An old 
gentleman, aged about seventy, Buffered much from a callous 
stricture high up in the rectum; and he declared himself to 
have experienced great relief from the application of this instru- 
ment. Mrs. R., aged about thirty-Jive, has also expert; 
benefit from its use. S • has been under homoeopathic I 
ment since lasl N< r; and still suffers from the stricture, 

but continues improving under (.'ale. carb. She had been 
rated upon by other surgeons (for hemorrhoids, and for fistula 
in ano, and was finally pronounced by them incurable. She 


is now able to retain with comfort this large sized silver bougie. 
An ordinary full sized gut, inserted by means of a small bougie 
and then injected, makes an efficient dilator. Strictures of the 
rectum is by no means a rare disease. Digital exploration is too 
often neglected by surgeons, and thus this otherwise obscure 
but exceedingly distressing difficulty may fail of being imme- 
diately diagnosed. In this connection I am reminded of a case 
of enormous tympanitic distension occurring a few days after 
delivery, which must have proved fatal if I had not relieved it 
by introducing a long gum elastic tube high up into the rectum, 
through which the confined air escaped with continuous audible 
sound like the whistling .of a tea-kettle. 


Drs. Swineburn and Buck have indeed demonstrated the great 
advantages of adhesive plasters, pulley and weights ; but in 
fractures of the femur, I have always found the double 
inclined plane fully sufficient. In fractures of the leg, whether 
simple or compound, the ordinary fracture box with bran, rest- 
ing on the bed or supported on a swing, answers every indica- 
tion. If time permitted I would introduce many interesting and 
complicated fractures treated by these methods. The treatment 
of fractures without splints, according to Swineburn's mode, 
seems to be received with great favor by the profession. I have, 
however, no cases to report. For want of time I must also pass 
unnoticed, reductions of dislocations, ophthalmology, orthopedic 
surgery, and the operation of staprryloraphy. In all the above 
surgical branches cases have come under my care which are 
highly instructive and ought to be here reported. 


In lithotomy in the female subject, either dilatation or divi- 
sion of the urethra, — the usual modes of procedure in these 
cases, — is almost to a certainty followed by more or less incon- 
tinence of urine. The operation of crushing the urinary cal- 
culus in the bladder lessens the danger of this great and irre- 
mediable evil in a very marked degree. I have never resorted 

64 1'i:nn-vi.vani.\ . LTHIC Ml rv. 

to tl bion of dilatation, but have always sue.' 

crushing, or by division of the urethra. The cases which came 
under my care were aged subjects with unusually I 
tions. In one case of a lady, aged sixty-five j ulna 

much larger. than the one I hold in my hand (five inches 
in circumference and three inches in length). From another lady 
patient, this large mulberry calculus now in my hand wa 
moved. And in another case, Professor Gibson of the 
shy of Pennsylvania, had operated fifteen y isly, 

by the division of the urethra downwards, by which opera- 
tion permanent incontinence of urine was established. In 
this case I was obliged to make an incision directly upwards 
towards the pubic symphysis, and thus remove a large calculus 
in fragmi I -. 

To lessen the danger, or avoid entirely the sequel of perma- 
nent incontinence, when the stone is unusually large and too 
hard to be crushed by Civiale's lithontriptor, an extraction of 
the concretion through an incision made into the base of the 
bladder would be justifiable. I regret that I have no ca^ 
report, but whenever another case presents where incontinence is 
sure to follow the usual methods of operating, I shall prefer this 
plan. The patient is to be etherized and placed in the most 
favorable position for the vesico-vaginal operation. Bring the 
stone down to the base of the bladder, either by the aid of the lin- 
ger in the vagina, or by forceps introduced through the urethra, 
and make a beveled incision through the v Lginal parietes 

immediately over the fixed calculus. Or, if the stone cannot 
be brought down and thus fixed, introduce through the urethra 
a curved grooved director or staff into the bladder, pressing it 
firmly against its base, which will serve as a guide and a point 
(Tapiti for the bistoury, and enable the operator to extract the 
stone through this vesico-vaginal opening. By beveling the cut, 
the lipsof the wound may be lapped slantingly together, and their 
aces closed by the silver wire suture, and by thus com- 
pleting the operation, as in that for vesico-vaginal fistula, the 
chances are many towards a complete restoration of the patient's 
health, without her becoming a Blave for life to that still worse 
allliction, incontinence of urine. 



This operation is much simplified, and gives more favorable 
results, by making the incisions small, and using an ordinary 
bistoury instead of the gorget. I herewith present a small stone, 
which I removed from a male infant of eighteen months, by the 
lateral operation. The child made a perfect recovery and is 
now in good health. 

From another child, five years of age, and another of eight, 
I have also removed these calculi with similarly favorable 
results. In each of these cases, the incision was made along 
the urethra as closely as possible, up to the anterior border of 
the prostate gland and posterior part of the membranous portion 
of the urethra, so as to divide but little of the membranous por- 
tion, thus avoiding the deep perineal fascia, and guarding against 
urinary infiltration and vesico-perineal, or vesico-rectal, fistulas. 
I may add that etherization obviates the disagreeable necessity 
of tying the hands and feet, as usually recommended. 

I hold in my hand, and take pleasure in presenting for your 
inspection, this large urinary calculus, which, when first ex- 
tracted, weighed a half-pound. This stone I removed from a 
gentleman at the advanced age of seventy, who made a per- 
fect recovery, notwithstanding a retention of urine for four days 
and an extensive infiltration of urine into the scrotum, perineum, 
and adjacent tissues. In this operation I had but a single as- 
sistant. The gentleman is still living, and leads an active life. 
In his case, the external perineal incision was only about two 
inches and a quarter in length. I am not aware of the report 
or record in surgical literature, in this country, at least, of so 
large a calculus being removed entire with such complete suc- 
cess, especially at an age so advanced. 




It:- illy admitted that medicines ai bed and i . 

the organism with equal, if not greater facility, when applied 
to abraded surfaces and open wounds, as when adminisl 

s. Hence, hypodermic injections have become a 
•rite method with many, of administering morphia and other 
drugs possessed of great power in small bulk. 

These remarks are made for the purpose of showing, that the 
:ice of keeping wounds continually bathed in medicated 
lotions is equivalent to an uninterrupted repetition of doses; 
which all will agree is not only unnecessary, but in many cases 
actually hurtful. This admitted, it would follow that the proper 
method would be to apply medicines externally, no oftcner than 
we would prescribe them internally; thus giving them time to 
act without undue interference. The practice, also, of giving 
one remedy internally, and applying another externally, should 
be avoided as much as possible, unless Ave take it for granted 
that alternation is justifiable, and many think it is. 

It is not my purpose to enter into a discussion of this subject, 
however, but only to direct your attention to a few external 
applications and dressings, which I have found useful in hos- 
pital and private practice, without laying claim to originality 
in so doing. 

( 'arbolid acid in various shapes and combinations, has, in many 
cases, proved its antiseptic and even healing properties. In 
deep, unhealthy and indolent chronic ulcers yf the legs, result- 
ing from burns, an application of carbolic acid in linseed oil, 
in the proportion of one part acid to eight or ten of oil, has 
caused rapid granulation and healing. I have also witne* 
good effects from this same application upon recent burns and 
chronic ulcers of the legs from various causes. 

I have cured cases of chronic ulcers with internal remedies 
alone, and believe this to be, the only true way of permanent 


cure, but the cases upon which I tried the acid, had resisted 
treatment for a long time, and the application was made with a 
view of testing its value. In a case of psoas abscess, with one 
fistulous opening in the groin and another in the posterior part 
of thigh, a putty was prepared, as recommended by Prof. Lister, 
of Glasgow, of linseed oil, whiting and carbolic acid (one part 
acid to four of the oil), for the purpose of excluding air and para- 
sites from the suppurating surfaces, the latter of which Prof. 
Lister conceived to be the cause of continued suppuration ; I 
could, however, observe no effects, except such as might be at- 
tributed to the antiseptic properties of the acid. 

Styptic colloid of Richardson, composed of a solution of tannin 
in absolute alcohol, to which ether and gun-cotton are added, is 
both styptic and antiseptic. I have used it in forming an arti- 
ficial integument upon abraded surfaces of greater and less ex- 
tent, and with very satisfactory results. In one case, from which 
a tumor had been excised, and where sufficient healthy integu- 
ment could not be secured to close the wound, leaving an un- 
covered surface almost as large as the hand, I applied the styptic 
colloid with fine scraped lint, and formed a complete scab over 
the surface. It is recommended in a more dilute form, for hem- 
orrhage of the nasal cavity, uterus, &c, but I have had no oc- 
casion to use it in such cases. 

Oakum is being much used to absorb discharges, and is in 
most cases to be preferred to linen and cotton cloth. In ab- 
scesses, caries, and discharging wounds, it is a superior dress- 
ing, readily absorbing the pus, and by its disinfectant properties 
preventing offensive smell. It is employed almost exclusively 
in the Homoeopathic Hospital of Pittsburg, and is found to be 
cheap, and gives much less trouble than muslin rags. 

In regard to calendula and arnica, it has been my experience 
and that of many others, that the uninterrupted application, 
especially in the form of crude tincture, is not as salutary and 
satisfactory as when applied at intervals, and more or less di- 
lated. In fact, I have obtained very gratifying results by using 
simple dry dressings externally and administering the remedy 





Provixgs form the corner-stone of the school of medicine 
which we here represent. The first step towards Homoeopathy 
was a u Proving y It was the corner-stone of the great struc- 
ture progressively developed, permanently established and still 
growing by " Provings? Darkness had its three thousand years, 
and medical blindness presented a pitiable picture. Theories 
and conjectures did not reveal the curative properties of the 
various medicinal substances; the experiments on the sick were 
not calculated to shed a more brilliant light over drug-action 
than the speculative experiments had obtained; the various 
medicines were arbitrarily pressed into a livery, and there was 
no escape from the conscription: but when they were called 
forth to perform the evolutions as these were laid down for 
them in the Materia Medica of the school of blindness, they 
would not perform, and the adjuvants and corrigents made mat- 
ters worse. Confusion, contradiction, and, worse than all, ill 
success, followed this preposterous practice. If blindness had 
not been actually enjoyed by the representatives of the healing 
art, surely the bitter satire of Moliere, and other authors of dis- 
tinction, would have restored to them a glimpse of vision at 
least, but on they stumbled and are stumbling still. Hereditary 
blindness is a characteristic of the common school this day, 
which venerates this inheritance of three thousand years, and 
with their rivals, the Eclectics, would accept cheerfully new 
remedies from the domestic circle and from the domestic prac- 
tice, but thev shut their eyes and turn their backs on " Provings" 


Hahnemann was the first physician who consistently and suc- 
cessfully proved medicines on the healthy. The results of his 
first proving of Peruvian bark on himself, were, in themselves, 
sufficient evidence that the provings of drugs on the healthy 
would reveal clearly and unmistakably what drug-actions they 
possessed ; and having so obtained this indispensably necessary 
knowledge of drug-action, he was at once in a condition to make 
further conclusions from such facts as were revealed by the 
applications of known drugs to the sick. All possible means 
by which to obtain a knowledge of drug-actions, having ended 
in multiplied disappointment and confusion, Hahnemann pre- 
sented to the world the only rational method by which we can 
learn the peculiar effects of every individual drug, of every 
curative agent, on the human organism. The provings showed 
the precise, and from each individual substance, different and 
characteristic changes in the sensations and even in the various 
tissues. Each individual drug had its' characteristic pains, at- 
tacked certain localities or tissues more than others, caused its 
general effects under certain conditions and circumstances, 
and often with recurring concomitant symptoms. It was a self- 
evident proposition that there could be no settled or fixed law 
of cure established in medicine, without having first and fore- 
most a knowledge of the precise effect of every individual drug. 
This knowledge, as we have shown, can only be obtained by 
provings. Every additional proving developed new means of 
establishing the proof of the correctness of our law of cure, 
by enabling us to state results — cures. As there can be no 
limit to knowledge in general, and as there remains yet a great 
many curative agents unproved, we can further the progressive 
development of Homoeopathy best by continuing " to prove" 

The best guide for the rules to be adopted in further prov- 
ings, will be found in the accumulated results obtained by the 
various provers. In consideration of the collection of these 
historical facts, we shall now suggest such rules as may possi- 
bly best assist us in further provings. 

The first consideration is, — the drug to be proved. 

The selection of the drug to be proved is the first important 
step. \Ve may very naturally look for a choice among such 

- -vlvama BOMCBOFATHIC Mk; . y. 

are known to have cur- 
ly reported must ental oecurrei 
cannot j snta to be u 
curati an obtain a reliable knowledge of the drug- 
: only by subjecting it to a j through and by which 
ill be enabled to know, with almost mathematical accU] 
r what circumstances and conditions this drug may bee 
the truly homoeopathic curat it in any individual 

•kness. The allopathic school but seldom offers us a new 
• ly, and their stock has been well nigh exhausted, 
eclectic school offers us many more new drugs. The po] 
use of a number of plants, has induced them to incorporate them 
with their Materia Medica, but the vague manner of recomm< 

drug for a form of disease, without being able to state its 
liar and special effects, leads to the same disappointments 
that called forth provings of our school. Gladly acknowledg- 
ing the hints of the occasional usefulness in curing the sick, of 
the various drugs used in domestic practice, we should st< 
reject their introduction into our school, or even the using them 
rative agents, until they have been sufficiently proved to 
warrant their being positively assigned their proper places in 
our Materia Medica. 

After having determined on the drug to be proved, it becomes 
necessary to obtain it in its fullest perfection and purity, and to 
note the mode and manner in which it was obtained. If a plant, 
it should be obtained in its own proper and natural locality of 
th. This locality, the time of the year, and even the time 
of the day in which the enumerated parts were collected for 
maceration or triturition, should be explicitly stated. If it be 
an animal poison, it is desirable that the animal itself should 
be properly <i : , the mode of procuring it, and the man- 

ner by which the poisonous part of it was obtained and pre- 
chemical preparation or a metal, it should be stated 
e it was obtained, by whom and how prepared. It is 
bively necessary that - should all be furnished with 

an identical preparation, and this should also be at the com- 
mand of those who are desirous of verifying the correc: 
and reliability of the provings by the only admissible test, the 
clinical experiment. 


Having obtained the substance to be proved, we must now 
have the prover. 

The substance to be proved having been selected and pre- 
pared, should be proved by as many persons of both sexes, of 
various ages, temperaments and conditions of life as possible. 
The prover should state sex, age, temperament, condition and 
predisposition to disease. 

The next consideration is, the dose to he proved. 

Having the substance to be proved, and the willing prover, 
the next point to be determined is the dose or doses in which 
the substance shall be proved. Much depends on the remedy 
itself, and also on the susceptibility of the prover in general, 
and his individual susceptibility to the effects of the class of 
substances now on trial, or on his susceptibility to potencies. 
The proving will not only show the positive changes of the 
sensations and functions of the organism, caused by the sub- 
stance, but may also serve, in a great measure, to solve the ques- 
tion of dose ; and in order to obtain such an additional devel- 
opment of facts, different provers, individually differently sus- 
ceptible to the influence of drugs, should prove different poten- 
cies, even the highest ; and the differently prepared potencies 
should be taken, provided the mode of preparing them is knoivn 
to the prover. Preparations foisted upon the profession, with a 
pretence of superiority, the principles of their preparation being- 
kept secret, should be rejected, as the results of such provings 
would give no solution to the questions involved, and shed no 
further light on the question of doses, as the prover could not 
be supposed to take for granted what is denied to him to know, 
— the exact relations the unknown principle of preparing this 
potency, bears towards potencies prepared according to known 
principles. The most experienced provers suggest that one dose 
should be taken, and this dose of such strength and in such a 
potency as will be sufficient to develop legitimate symptoms, 
and that sufficient time should be given this one dose to develop 
and exhaust its effects; and no other dose of the same sub- 
stance, or of any other should be taken, until at least a fort- 
night after the last observed symptom had subsided. It has 
been further suggested that in order to obtain principally ob- 


rmptonu [ally those of th< . it would be 

>rt intervals, until su< 
tive Bymptoms suspend the first developed, n ibjective, 


It becomes next necessary to dispose of t) 

Every symptom showing a deviation from the habitual - 
sations, or a change in the function of any of the organ- of the 
prover, should be noted down at the time it occurs, statii. 
curatory the time, the condition under which it was 
or ameliorated, or what other symptoms were accompanying, 
at the time it occurred ; and this should be continued as long 
as any of these changed sensations manifest themselves. It is 
better to set down three doubtful symptoms than to omit one 
from doubting it. The comparisons with other provings, may 
confirm a doubtful symptom, and the predominating charac- 
teristic effects of the substance proved, makes it an easy task 
for the compiler of all the provings to point out the confirmed 
symptoms and single out the doubtful ones, accompanying 
them with a note of interrogation (?) The prover should also 
state accurately whether anything strange interfered with the 
proving. Every mental disturbance, or any unusual change 
of habit or diet, should be carefully stated, as any of these 
interfering causes may antidote the dose taken, or causa 
it to develop some effect peculiar to it under just such circum- 
stances. The records of provings should be preserved and pub- 
lished, as in many instances, these individual, consecutively 
appearing phenomena, present a perfect similimum of some in- 
dividual form of disease, when presented for study to the expe- 
rienced practitioner; this impression is obliterated, when at last 
all the provings are compiled into a complete scheme, as must 
be the case, if the provings shall be made accessible to the 




Cupri Arsenitum; Cupri Oxydum Arseniatum ; Arseniated 
Oxyd of Copper; ScheeWs Green; improperly called Cuprum 
Arsenicum, and Cuprum Oxydatum Arsenicosum. — This sub- 
stance not being officinal in the Allopathic Materia Medica, no 
formula for its preparation is given by the dispensatories of 
that school, nor is it even mentioned by them. In the symp- 
tomatology of Jahr, it occupies a place, and a few symptoms 
are given from Noack and Trinks. These symptoms having 
been corroborated during the present proving, I have incorpo- 
rated them, as I have also done with those obtained from cases 
of poisoning, when I was positively certain that they were un- 
doubtedly effects of this drug. In both cases, due credit has 
been given. I have thought best to pursue this course, which, 
by presenting all that is known of the pathogenetic action of 
the drug, aside from the investigations of myself and of those 
who have assisted me, will render the proving more complete, 
and thus enhance its interest and usefulness. 

Preparation. — According to the pharmacopeia of Jahr and 
Gruner, the drug may be chemically prepared in the following 
manner : " Boil three parts of Pulverized White Arsenic with 
eight parts of Caustic Potash in sixteen parts of water, until 
the Arsenic is deposited in the shape of a powder. Pour this 
liquid into a hot solution of eight parts of the Sulphate of Cop- 
per, and forty-eight parts of water, stirring the mixture all the 
time ; wash the precipitate well, and dry it at a moderate tem- 
perature. It is of a pale green color. We make triturations." 

As the poisonous properties of this compound are due to the 
Arsenic contained in it, it is classed with the Arsenites, and is 
the only metallic Arsenic met with in commerce and in the arts. 
It constitutes wholly, or in part, a great variety of green pig- 
ments, known as Emerald Green, or Aceto-Arsenite of Copper, 
Mineral Green, Brunswick, Schweinfurt or Vienna Green, &c. 


As paint, it is found in oakea in boxes of water 

ing matter in oonf ectionary ; in wafers and adhesi 
lopes; and most abundantly in the various kin 

.1 lalysis. — This salt is of a green color, the depth of which 
is modified by admixture with other subsl It is insolu- 

ble in water, but soluble in ammonia and in the acids, forming 
a blue solution. When very gently heated in a reduction tube, 
Arsenious acid is sublimed in minute octahedral crystals. Tl 
may be collected, dissolved in water, and tested in the usual 
way. The residuary Oxide of Copper may then be d 
in Nitri< arid and tested. With charcoal powder, the Arsenite 
gives, although with some difficulty, a ring of metallic Ars< 
but the arsenical nature of the salt is easily determined by boil- 
ing it with diluted Muriatic acid and a slip of metallic CO] 
or copper gauze (Reinsche's process). When the Arsenite of 
Copper is used in confectionary, the substance upon which it is 
spread is either soluble, as sugar or starch, or insoluble, 
ter of Paris. In either case, we scrape off the green color. 

t it in a small quantity of water. In the first case, the 
Arsenite of Copper is deposited, while the sugar or starch is 
dissolved; in the second, the Arsenite of Copper is deposited 
with the Sulphate of Lime. The former may be separated from 
the latter by Ammonia, and re-obtained pure by evaporation. 
Should the Arsenite be mixed up with nit or oil, it will easily 
subside as a sediment, by keeping the substance melted, and the 
deposit may be freed from any traces of fat by di it in 

Ether. (Taylor.) 

Treatment, — For cases of poisoning, Albumen, followed by 
emetics, may be given, after which the Hydra ruioxide 

of Iron. 

In the more chronic forms of poisoning, the treatment must 
be adapted to the individual case. The Arsenite of Cop] 
insoluble in water, but sufficiently soluble in the acid mucous 
fluids of the stomach to be taken up by the absorbents, and 
carried as a poison into the blood. 

In the toxicologic^ Bymptoms which follow, we havea very 
fair view of the action of this remedy; they are more clear and 


explicit than we usually find in the reports of drug poisoning, 
and they convince us that it is well worthy of investigation, the 
trouble of which it will amply repay by the services it is des- 
tined to perform. They are not simply crude effects of massive 
doses, not merely symptoms produced by the effort of nature to 
rid herself of a foreign and disturbing agent, but real pathoge- 
netic results, better expressed than are many found in regular 
provings. They are the rougher portions of the edifice, the 
more substantial parts, important indeed, but still useless until 
the hands of the workmen supply the gaps in the building, and 
add the delicate finishing touches which render the structure at 
once beautiful and complete. 

When we study them carefully, however, our minds will at 
once refer to several important diseases, and we will conclude 
that in cholera, gastritis, colic and abdominal cramps, coryza, 
inflammatory and pustular tumors, chronic eruptions, erysipe- 
las, and several other affections, it will be a remedy of value. 

The symptoms given by Noack and Trinks are no less sug- 
gestive, and their importance, and the importance of the toxi- 
cological effects, is increased by the frequent corroboration of 
both in the present proving. 

We do not, of course, have the symptoms of different pro vers 
expressed in exactly identical language, since each one natu- 
rally has his own forms of expression, but the substance of the 
drug effects, upon the different provers, will be found in very 
many cases to be the same. 

I regret that out of over twenty persons who had promised 
me assistance, and to whom I had sent portions of the drug, I 
can only present reports from the following : 

W. James Blakely, M. D. 
E. C. Smedley, M. D. 

M. L. . 

Geo. S. Foster, M. D. 
C. W. Boyce, M. D. 

Toxicohgical Effects. — The following cases are taken from 
Taylor's Treatise on Poisons : 


Oasi I. A cliiJd, aged three ye illowed a small 

iG . used by his father as a pigment. In 
half an hoar he complained of violent colic; there was fre 
vomiting, with purging, cold sweats, with intens 

otion of the parietes of the abdomen. The mouth 
throat were stained of a deep green color. Hyd] sqni- 

oxide of Iron was given; in about an hour the vomiting 
purging ceased, and soon afterward the thirst and pain in the 
abdomen abated. The next morning the child was well. 

Case 2. A child, a year old, ate several pieces of a cak 
Arsenitc of Copper, used for colors. There was imme 
vomiting of a liquid containing green-colored particles of the 
Arsenite. "White of egg was given in sugared water. 
a short time, the child became pale, and complained of a pain 
in the abdomen; the pulse was frequent, the skin cold, 
there was great depression. Copious purging followed, soon 
after which the child recovered. 

Case 3. Two children were poisoned by confectionary col- 
ored with this substance; the chief symptom was inces 
vomiting of a light green-colored liquid, resembling bill 
luted with water. The symptoms in these cases are desoi 
as severe, although the quantity of the poison swallowed was 
small. Under the use of an emetic of Ipecacuanha, the child- 
ren recovered. 

Case 4. A child, aged seven years, ate a slice of cake, with 
a part of a green ornament on it. There was severe pain with 
thirst, and a burning sensation in the throat, with a constant 
vomiting, but eo purging. The child recovered in three days. 
The green pigment was found to be pure Arsenite of Copper, 
mixed with sugar. 

Case 5. A small quantity of a confectionary ornament, col- 
ored with Arsenite of Copper, proved fatal to two children* 
The symptoms and appearances were those of poisoning by 
Arsenious acid. 

Case 6. Fourteen children suffered from symptoms of poi- 
soning, in consequence of their having eaten some confection- 
ary ornaments, colored with Arsenite of Copper. In two or 
three cases, Jaundice followed. 


Case 7. Three boys, at a school near Manchester, ate some 
ornamented confectionary, which owed its green color to the 
Arsenite of Copper. They suffered from violent vomiting, 
severe pains in the stomach and bowels, and spasms in the ex- 
tremities. Three animals which ate of the vomited matter were 
attacked by similar symptoms. 

Case 8. A young man, after painting for nine days with an 
arsenical green pigment, was seized with irritation and watery 
discharge from the nose, swelling of the lips and nostrils, and 
headache. The next day he experienced severe colic and great 
muscular weakness, but these symptoms disappeared in about 
eight days. It is possible he had inhaled the Arsenite of Cop- 
per in the state of fine powder. 

Other effects are : boils, inflammations of the eyes, and other 
symptoms of irritation. Pustular tumors have shown them- 
selves on the wrists and ankles, accompanied by excessive sen- 
sitiveness and irritability of the skin. (Edema (watery swelling) 
of the face, eruptions of the skin, and boils frequently forming 
in the scrotum ; irritation of, with discharge of fluid from, the 
mucous membrane of the nose, and abundant salivation ; col- 
icky pains, headache, and prostration of strength are also symp- 
toms of this poison. 

Noack and Trinks. 

Staggering gait ; spasms. 


Increased temperature of the skin. 

Small, quick, irritated, or else spasmodically contracted pulse. 

Partial confusion of the senses. 

Intense anguish. 


Headache ; dullness of the head. 


Hot forehead. 

Dimness of the eyes, and profuse lachrymation. 

Sensitiveness of the eyes. 

Sparks before the eyes. 

Pale face. 

Wild expression of countenance. 


Thin coating of white mucus on the tongue. 

Intense tlii 



Violenl vomiting and purging. 

Vomiting of mucus, tinged with bile. 

Great distension of the abdomen. 

Hard abdomen. 

Great sensitiveness of the epigastric region i 

Violent pains in the abdomen. 

ie, which increases alter eating or drinking. 
Diarrhoea; slimy stool. 


Observation I. 

Piover, aged twenty-eight, nervous temperament; height five 
feet six inches; measurement of chest, thirty-six inches; lungs 
sound; dark hair and eyes ; in perfect health; drinks coffee and 

Jan. 4th, 1868, 8.45 p.m. Took of Cup. Ars. 12th cent. pil. 5. 

9 P. m. Soreness of a small spot on the left scapula, extend- 
ing into the left lung, followed by a dull, sticking pain in the 
left chest, between the sixth and seventh ribs, somewhat aggra- 
I by deep inspirations, with a numb, weak feeling in the 
left chest, left side of the back and left shoulder and arm 
(a. 15 m.) 

The left arm feels numb and powerless, and a similar sensa- 
tion soon afterward appeared in the left leg. 

9.20 i'. M. Sudden debility, with dull pain in the heart, and 
sensation of oppression around that organ; the left chesl feels 
too small: he takes long involuntary inspirations ; there is an 
empty, vacant feeling in the stomach, with vertigo, confusion 
of ideas, and headache between ihr temples, (a. 35 m.) 

General debility, want of energy, and indisposition to 

Pains in the abdomen, simulating those of flatulent colic. 


9.30 P. M. Headache becomes very severe ; spreads over the 
entire forehead, and finally settles in the right side of the fore- 
head and over the temporal bone, and becomes dull and throb- 
bing, (a. 45 m.) 

Dull soreness in the right internal ear. (a. 1 h.) 

Headache is very severe all the evening, and the bones of the 
face are very sore. 

Pains in the abdomen, sharp and cutting, like those of colic, 
which afterwards subside into a dull soreness, followed by an 
unpleasant warmth in the abdomen, and a severe burning in the 
stomach, (a. 1J h.) 

The headache which had disappeared during rest (sitting), 
re-appeared very severely while walking up and down the 
room, and again subsided during rest ; several repetitions pro- 
duced the same aggravation and amelioration. 

11.10 P. M. Dullness and confusion of the head. (a. 2.25.) 

Dull soreness in the right occipital bone, aggravated by # 

■ While walking, the limbs ache, his gait is unsteady, and the 
debility is increased, (a. 2 h.) 

While sitting, the foregoing symptoms are ameliorated, and 
are aggravated by walking. 

11.30 P. M. The headache, which had again subsided, re-ap- 
peared very violently in consequence of walking up-stairs. 

He could not sleep until 2 A. M., the headache continuing very 
severe, (a. 2f h.) 

Jan. 5th, 8 A. M. In the morning, after awaking, the head 
felt dull and sore, as if it had beaten. 

During the forenoon, there was relief from all the symptoms. 

12.30 p. M. The stomach is sore, as if it had been bruised. 

Headache on the right side of the head, and soreness of the 
bones of the right side of the face. 

4 p. M. Natural stool, after which he had severe dull pains 
of a griping character, with slight burning in the abdomen, 
(a. 19J h.) 

10J p. M. There has been a constant unpleasant warmth in 
the abdomen since taking the medicine, and which sometimes 
becomes a severe burning, (a. 25J h.) 


10} p.m. headache 1 a the temples (▼), — th< cms 

to meet in th< of the P . and thei down 

the Dose. The bonea of the D 

is made upon them. (a. 25| h.) 

Jan. 6th, 12] a. m. Severe, dull pain in b 
(a. 27J 

12| a.m. Very seven headache all over the fo . but 

dally in Loth temples (v). (a. 28 h.) 

1 a. If. Shooting pain in the upper molars of the left si 
extending upward into the superior maxillary bone 

9 a. M. Awoke with the same dullness of the head as on the 
previous morning. 

3.50 P. m. Persistent boring pain in a small spot above the 
left superior orbital arch, with soreness of arch when touched. 
(a. 31 h.) 

Duration of action of first dose, forty-five hours. 

Observation II. 

Jan. 6th, 8 P. M. Took of 12th cent. pil. 5. 

9 r. M. Intermittent and throbbing pain in the right half of 
the inferior maxillary bone. (a. 1 h.) 

12 mid. n. Dull, heavy pain in the head, the entire evening. 

Jan. 7th, 1 A. M. Yery severe, dull headache over the entire 
forehead, with soreness of the orbital bones, after retiring to 
rest. (a. 5 h.) 

Severe, Bharp pain in the superior arch of the right orbital 

1 p. if. Dull headache the entire forenoon. 

Frequently there is a dull, rather severe pain in the right 
internal meatus. 

Jan. 8th, 1 A. M. The shooting pain in the left upper molars 
re-appeared after exactly forty-eight hours (v.) 

Soreness of the right temple when pressed against the pillow, 
(a. 29 h.) 

At this time, having contracted a very severe cold, I ceased 
noting symptoms, fearing lest 1 might attribute to the action of 
the remedy the symptoms of the bronchial attack from which 
I was suffering. 


Observation III. 

Feb. 22d, 9.35 p. m. Took of 11th cent. gtts. 2. 

10.20 P. M. Dullness of the head, with pain worse in the left 
temple, (a. } h.) 

10.30 P. M. Soreness of the left orbital bones, and of the left 
side of the nose. (a. 55 m.) 

11.30 P. m. Throbbing pain in the right temple, (a. 2 h.) 

11.45 p. M. Dull soreness in the right side of the chest, with 
dull pains in the back. (a. 2J h.) 

Feb. 23d, 12.10 A. M. Soreness of the bones of the left side 
of the head and face. (a. 2.40.) 

I A. m. Dull pain in the forehead, (a. 3J h.) 
8.30 A. M. On awaking, had the same dull headache as or; 

the previous night (v). 

II A. M. General dull headache. 
General debility. 
Chilliness of the entire body. 
Duration of action of third dose, fourteen hours. 

Observation IV. 

April 11th, 1 A. M. Took of 10th cent. gtt. 1. 

Immediately experienced a fullness in the head ; the brain 
seemed to expand, and to press against the forehead (frontal 
bone); dull pain over the entire forehead, but most severe in 
the right temple (v.) 

Observation I. 

Jan. 1st, 3 P. M. Took of 12th trit. grs. 3. 

9 P. U. Metallic taste in the mouth. 

Jan. 2d, 6 grs. Jan. 3d, 15 grs. 

Jan. 4th. Feeling of weakness. Took 25 grs. 

Jan. 5th. Cutting pain in the stomach while eating. 



After reading an hour, experienced a distensive and 
ition in the brain; felt as if I might fall forward; I 
tiona passed oil' while walking in the open air and talk 
Took 80 grs. 

Jan. 10th, 11th and 12th. Took in all 75 grs. 9th trit. 

Jan. 13th. A chronic itching, which has been a little annoy- 
ing at times, is materially aggravated; it is felt only in the arms 
and 1< 

Jan. 14th, 15th, 16th, 17th. Took in all, 245 grs. 6th trit. 

Jan. 17th. In the afternoon the urine had a strong odor, like- 
that of garlic. 

5 p. If. 6 grs. 3d trit. Nausea in the evening, with lame- 
ness of the back. 

Jan. 18th. Nausea on awaking, with bitter taste. 

Stiff, lame feeling in the back, which was better until after 
moving about, and returned after sitting awhile. 

9 A. if. 6 grs. 3d trit. Nausea and lameness of the back 

Sensation as of gentle rotary motion in the brain, after 

The itching of the arms and legs very much increased; 
small, thickly studded elevations, which bleed after scratch- 
ing ; scratching aggravates to such a degree as to be almost 

4 p. M. 10 grs. 3d trit. 

7 P. M. Boring pain in the right ear ; sharp pain in the 
temples, worse in the left ; pain in the right lumbar region, 
and in the anterior portion of the right thigh ; chilly feeling 
over the entire body; skin is sensitive to contact with the 
clothing, which produces a chilly, creeping sensation. 

The urine has a slight odor of garlic (v.) 

Itching in the beard. 

9 P. If. 10 grs. 3d trit. 

Jan. 19th. Felt better after awaking. 

Thirst, which is unusual for me (use neither coffee, tea, liquor, 
or tobacco), have a desire now for water, cold, several times a 
day ; a wine-glass full suffices each time. 

No desire for warm food ; cold is better relished. 


Took last night a cup of coffee, and this morning the chilly, 
creeping sensation and sensitiveness of the skin are relieved. 

Lameness of the lumbar region still continues. 

10 A. m. 15 grs. 3d dec. trit. 

2.30 p. M. Twitches of pain in the right upper posterior, 
and left lower posterior molars ; more protracted in the former, 
but more acute in the latter. 

Observation II. 

Jan. 26th, 5 P. M. 15 grs. 6th trit. 

Jan. 27th. 60 srs. 

Slight nausea, and a little unsteadiness of the head, particu- 
larly after studying, 

Jan. 28th. 190 grs. 

Slight reeling sensation in the brain after studying. 

Jan. 29th. 80 grs. 

The thirst and itching remained unabated for several weeks 
after the last medicine was taken. 

The itching of the arms and legs has been so persistent dur- 
ing the day, but more particularly when undressing at night, 
and often when in bed, awaking me, that nothing but severe 
rubbing with a hard, coarse, prickly instrument, tearing up the 
cuticle, and converting the itching into a a soreness, would 
give the slightest relief. 

This chronic itching of the skin, but only in a slight degree, 
I have, at times, experienced, as long as I can remember ; but 
never was such raking necessary to allay the itching that was 
•intolerable without it. 


Observation I. 

Jan. 11th. Took of 12th cent. pil. 5. 

A gonorrhoea, of which he supposed himself cured (and from 
which he had been entirely free for six months), returned with 
the following symptoms : 


Btu in At the orifice of the urethra during and a 


White, purulent discharge from the urethra. 

Soi 38 ' the penia, with pain in the prostate gland. 

R ibo the lips of the urethra, with ti and burning. 

Agglutination of the lips of the urethra. 

-juration of the scrotum, which is constantly moist and 
. .p. 

Soreness of the under surface of the penis when pre.- 

This patient had been treated allopathically, although a 
patient of mine, not wishing to reveal his disorder to me. The 
treatment was internal, and by the use of injections. At my 
request, he undertook to prove the remedy, but when he found 
gonorrhoea returning, he declined rendering any further 

Whether the Arsenite of Copper can produce primarily, the 
above symptoms, I am not able to say; but it appears to me, 
that the disease had been checked, and the discharge suppre 
and that the Arsenite was the cause of its reproduction. This 
view is further sustained by the fact that the symptoms gradu- 
ally abated and finally disappeared, and have not since (5 months) 


Dr. Boyce says : "lam sure that I got symptoms from the 
30th, but was taken sick, and have been unable to resume the 
proving. The medicine gave me headache and general symp- 
toms, but were not long enough free from complications to be 
of use. If you continue your investigations on this remedy, I 
will give you a proving." 


Observation I. 

•h 26th. Took of 2d dec. trit. J gr. 
March 27th. Tongue heavily coated brownish white; feel 


irritable and peevish; constipation; dark spots before the eyes ; 
dizziness; dull, heavy, aching in the back part of the head; 
general feeling of dullness in the head ; debility ; no appetite. 

April 5th. J gr. 2d. Twitching and jerking of the facial 
muscles of the left side, between the eye and the corner of the 
mouth, which was quite violent. 

April 6th. Took two doses same potency. Tongue much 
coated; dizziness; black specks before the eyes; much eructa- 
tion of wind. 

April 7th. Very restless ; nervous (or rather nerveless.) 

April 8th. Tongue coated white ; breath bad ; much itch- 
ing of scalp last night. 

11 A. M. J gr. 2d. Experienced a peculiar tremulousness of 
the tongue, with coolness of the same ; metallic taste ; tongue 
white ; itching of the scalp in the evening. 

April 9th. J gr. 2d. The tongue is still white ; the back of 
the tongue is very thickly coated. 

Fullness of the head; slight, darting pains in the temples. 

April 10th. Tongue white ; rumbling in the bowels ; sharp 
quick pains in the lower bowels. 

April 13th. Severe pains under the lower angle of the left 
scapula ; worse when moving or breathing ; cannot take a full 
breath without aggravating the pain. 

Tongue white. 

April 15th. The pain under the scapula has been severe and 
troublesome until to-day ; could scarcely turn over or move 
without suffering from it. 

Oppressed feeling about the chest during the past few clays ; 
it feels as if it were constricted. 


The following are the provings made by myself and others ; 
the symptoms obtained from cases of poisoning and the symp- 
toms of Noack and Trinks, arranged according to the usual 
Schema. Symptoms appearing in groups have been registered 
in the order of their occurrence. 

Where a single symptom has been taken from its group, and 


1 under it- appropriate heading, reference is made to the 
which it belongs, by placing after it, kets, 

the initial letter of the heading under which that group will be 

i \\\ r,j Whole Body; (St.) Stomach; (H.) // . &c. 

A>> ns of the names of Provers, &C, 

W. James Blakely, M. D. Bl. 

K. C. Smedley, M. D. S. 

C. W. Boyce, M. D. B. 

Geo. S. Foster, M. D. 1". 

Mr. L. L. 

N< >ack and Trinks. N. k T. 

Toxicological. T. 

Letters, not in brackets, attached to symptoms, are the initial 
letters of the names of provers. 

Numerals, attached to symptoms, indicate the potency under 
which that symptom appeared. 

The time, attached to symptoms, e. g. (a. 2 h.) means that the 
symptom thus designated appeared two hours after the last dose 
was taken. 

An asterisk (*) denotes verified pathogenetic symptoms. 

° Attached to curative symptoms. 

v. Symptoms verified by the same prover. 

vv. Verified by several provers. 

Potencies used in the proving : (2.) (3.) (6.) (9.) (10.) (11.) (12.) 

Mind and Sensorium. 

. Confusion of ideas. (12.) vv. (a. 35 m.) (II.) Bl. 

! 'artial confusion of the senses. N. & T. 
. Intense anguish. N. & T. 
. Irritable and peevish. F. (2.) (Hep.) 
5. Very restless; nervous (or rather nerveless.) F. (2.) 
. Vertigo, confusion of ideas, and ^headache between the 
temples. Bl. v. (a. 35 m.) (12.) 


. Dullness and confusion of the head. Bl. 

. Immediately after taking the fourth dose, experienced a 

fullness in the head, the brain seemed to expand and to 

press against the frontal bone. Bl. (10.) 
. After reading an hour, experienced a distensive and rolling 

sensation in the brain, felt as if I might fall forward ; 

these sensations passed off while walking in the open 

air and talking. S. (12.) 
10. Sensation as of gentle rotary motion in the brain after 

studying, v. S. (3.) 
. Slight reeling sensation in the brain after studying. S. (6.) 
. Vertigo, vv. K & T. 
. Intoxication. N. & T. 

. General feeling of dullness in the head. F. (2.) (Hep.) 
15. Dizziness, vv. F. (2.) (Hep.) 
. Fullness of the head. v. F. (2.) 


. Headache becomes very severe, spreads over the entire fore- 
head, and finally settles in the right side of the forehead 
and over the temporal bone, and becomes dull and throb- 
bing. Bl. (a, 45 m.) (12.) 

. Headache is very severe all the evening, and the bones of 
the face very sore. Bl. (12.) 

. The headache which had disappeared during rest, (sitting) 
re-appeared very severely while walking up and down 
the room, and again subsided during rest ; several repe- 
titions produced the same aggravation and amelioration. 
Bl. (12.) 
20. Dull soreness in the right occipital bone, aggravated by 
pressure. Bl. (12.) 

. The headache which had again subsided, re-appeared in 
consequence of walking up-stairs. Bl. (12.) 

. He could not sleep until 2. A. iff., the headache continuing 
very severe. Bl. (12.) (a. 2 J h.) 

. In the morning, after awaking, the head felt dull and sore 
as if it had been beaten. Bl. (12.) 


. 'Headache ten the fa v. The 

•t iu the centre of the forehead, and thence 
down thf nose. Bl. (12.) 
25. Severe, dull pain in both temples. Bl.(12.) (a. 27] h.) 
. y ■■■ headache all over the forehead, bnl especially 

in both temples, v. Bl. (12) (a. 28 h.) 

Awoke with the same dullness of the head as on the ; 
vious morning, v. Bl. (12.) 

. Dull, heavy pain in the head the entire evening. Bl. (12.) 

. Headache very severe, with dull pain in the forehead with 
soreness of the orbital bones, after retiring to rest. Bl. 
(12.) (a. 5 h.) 
30. Dull headache all the forenoon. Bl. (12.) 

. Soreness of the right temple when pressed against the pil- 
low. Bl. (12.) (a. 29 h.) 

. Dullness of the head, with pain worse in the left temple. 
Bl. (11.) (a. | h.) 

. Throbbing pain in the right temple. Bl. (11.) (a. 2 h.» 

. Soreness of the bones of the left side of the head and face. 
Bl. (11.) (a. 2.40.) 
35. Dull pain in the forehead. Bl. (11.) (a. 3J h.) 

. On awaking he had the same dull headache as on the pre- 
vious night, v. Bl. (11.) 

. General dull headache. Bl. (11.) 

. Dull pain over the entire forehead, but most severe in the 
right temple, v. Bl. (10.) 

. Sharp pain in the temples, worse in the left. vv. S. (3.) 
40. Headache. B. (30.) 

. Headache, vv. T. 

. Headache. Dullness of the head. vv. N. & T. 

. Hot forehead. N. k T. 

. °Headache, particularly in the forehead, but the entire head 
feels as if bruised. (W. B.) 
45. Dull, heavy aching in the back part of the head. F. (2.) 

. Slight, darting pains in the temples. Itching of scalp at 
night. F. (2.) 

proceedings of third annual meeting. 89 

Orbits and Eyes. 

. Persistent boring pain in a small spot above the left supe- 
rior orbital arch, with soreness of the arch when touched. 
Bl. (12) (a. 31 h.) 

. Severe, sharp pain in the superior arch of the right orbital 
bone. Bl. (12.) 

. Soreness of the left orbital bones, and of the left side of the 
nose. Bl. (12.) (a. 55 m.) 
50. Inflammation of the eyes. T. (W. B.) 

. Dimness of the eyes and profuse lachrymation. 1ST. & T. 

. Sensitiveness of the eyes. N. & T. 

. Sparks before the eyes. N. & T. 

. Dark specks before the eyes. F. (2.) (Hep.) 
55. Black specks before the eyes. F. (2.) 


. Dull soreness in the right internal ear. Bl. (12.) (a. 1 h.) 
. Frequently there is a dull, rather severe pain in the right 

internal meatus. Bl. (12.) 
. Boring pain in the right ear. S. (3.) (W. B.) 


. The bones of the nose are very sore, especially when pres- 
sure is made upon them. Bl. (12.) (a. 25f h.) 
60. Soreness of the left side of the nose. Bl. (11.) (a. 55 m.) 
(0. & E.) 

. Irritation of. and watery discharge from, the nose. T. 
(W. B.) 

. Irritability of, with discharge of fluid from, the mucous 
membrane of the nose, with abundant salivation. T. 


. Soreness of the bones of the face. Bl. (12.) (H.) 
. Soreness of the bones of the right side of the face. Bl. 
(12.) (H.) 
65. Soreness of the bones of the left side of the head and face. 
Bl. (11.) (a. 2.40.) 


. Pi of the face. T. (W\ B.) 

. (Edema of the face. T. 
. Palo face. N. k T. 

. Wild expression of countenance. N. & T, 
70. Itching in the beard. S. (3.) 

. Twitching and jerking of the facial muscles of the left side, 
between the eye and the corner of the mouth, which 
very violent. F. (2.) 

Mouth, Lirs and Tongue. 

. The mouth and throat were stained a deep-green color. T. 

. Swelling of the lips. T. ( W. B.) 

. Thin coating of white mucus on the tongue. N. & T. 
75. Tongue heavily coated brownish white. F. (2.) (Hep.) 

. Tongue much coated. F. (2.) 

. Tongue coated white, vv. F. (2.) 

. Peculiar tremulousness and coolness of the tongue. F. (2.) 

. White coating on the tongue. F. (2.) 
80. The back part of the tongue is very thickly coated. F. (2.) 

Jaws and Teeth. 

. Shooting pain in the upper molars of the left side, extending 

upward into the superior maxillary bone. v. Bl. (12.) 
. Intermittent and throbbing pain in the right half of the 

inferior maxillary bone. Bl. (12.) (a. 1 h.) 
. Twitches of pain in the right upper posterior, and left lower 

posterior molars, more protracted in the former, but more 

acute in the latter. S. (3.) 


. ^Burning sensation in the throat. T. (Ab.) 
85. °Tonsilitis; ^burning in the throat ; °soreness of the glands 
of the neck, with stiffness of the neck ; moving the head 
aggravates the pain in the neck. (W. B.) 

Taste and Appetite. 

. Metallic taste in the mouth. S. (12.) 
. Metallic taste, vv. F. (2.) 


. Nausea on awaking, with bitter taste. S. (3.) 
. No desire for warm food, cold is better relished. S. (3.) (F.) 
90. No appetite. F. (2.) (Hep.) 

Gastric Derangements and Stomach. 

. Nausea in the evening with lameness of the back. S. (3.) 

. Nausea on awaking, with bitter taste. S. (3.) 

. Nausea and lameness of the back continue. S. (3.) 

. Slight nausea and a little unsteadiness of the head, particu- 
larly after studying. S. (6.) 
95. Frequent vomiting and purging. T. (Ab.) 

. Vomiting of a liquid containing green-colored particles of 
the Arsenite. T. (W. B.) 

. Incessant vomiting of a light-green colored liquid, resem- 
bling bile diluted with water. T. 

. Violent vomiting. T. 

. Loathing. N. & T. 
100. Nausea. N. & T. 

. Violent vomiting and purging. N. & T. 

. Vomiting of mucus tinged with bile. N. & T. 

. ^Nausea with headache between the temples. 

. °Nausea with burning pain in the stomach and bowels. 
105. Much eructation of wind. F. (2.) 

. Bad breath. F. (2.) 

. Empty, vacant feeling in the stomach. Bl. (12.) (a. 35 m.) 

. ^Burning in the stomach. Bl. (12.) (a. 1J h.) (Ab.) 

. The stomach is sore as if it had been bruised. Bl. (12.) 
110. Cutting pain in the stomach while eating. S. (12.) 

. Great sensitiveness of the epigastric region to the least 
touch. N. k T. 

. °Cramps in the stomach and bowels, followed by tonsilitis. 
(W. B.) 

Hepatic Symptoms. 

. Tongue heavily coated brownish-white; feel irritable 
and peevish; constipation; dark spots before the eyes; 
dizziness ; dull, heavy aching in the back part of the 


head; general feeling of dullness in the besd; debilil 

F. (2) 
. Jaundice, w. T. 

Abdomen and Stool. 
115. Pains in the abdomen simulating those of flatulent Ci 
Bl. (12.) 
. Pains in the abdomen, sharp and cutting, which afterwards 
subside into a dull soreness, followed by an unpleasant 
warmth in the abdomen and a severe burning in the 
stomach. Bl. (12.) (a. 1J h.) 
. There has been a constant unpleasant warmth in the ab- 
domen since taking the medicine, and which sometiu 
becomes a severe burning. Bl. (12.) (a. 25J h.) 
. Violent colic; frequent vomiting, with purging; cold 
sweats ; intense thirst, and retraction of the parieties 
of the abdomen. T. 
. Paleness of the face with pain in the abdomen. T. (W. B.) 
120. Violent vomiting; severe pains in the stomach and bowels, 
with spasms in the extremities. T. 
. Colicky pains ; headache and prostration of strength. T. 
. Great distension of the abdomen. N. & T. 
. Hard abdomen. N. & T. 
. Violent pains in the abdomen. N. & T. 
125. Colic, which increases after eating or drinking. N. & T. 
. Severe pain in the abdomen, with thirst, and a burning 

sensation in the throat, with constant vomiting. T. 
. Rumbling in the bowels; sharp, quick pains in the lower 

bowels. P. (2.) 
. Natural stool, after which he had severe dull pains of a 
griping character, with a slight burning in the abdomen. 
Bl. (12.) (a. 19 J h.) 
. Diarrhoea ; Slimy stool. N. & T. 
130. Constipation. F. (2.) (Hep.) 
. Constant severe purging, vv. T. 

Urinary Organs. 
. In the afternoon the urine had a strong odor like that of 

garlic. S. (6.) 
. The urine has a slight odor of garlic, v. S. (3.) 

proceedings of third annual meeting. 93 

Genital Organs. 

. A gonorrhoea, of which he supposed himself cured, (and 
from which he had been entirely free for six months) 
returned with the following symptoms : 

185. Dark-red urine ; burning pain at the orifice of the urethra, 
during and after urinating ; white purulent discharge 
from the urethra ; soreness of the penis, with pain in 
the prostate gland ; redness of the lips of the urethra, 
with tingling and burning ; agglutination of the lips of 
the urethra. 

140. Perspiration of the scrotum, which is constantly moist and 
clamp ; soreness of the under surface of the penis when 
pressed. L. (12.) 
. Boils frequently forming in the scrotum. T. 


. Soreness of a small spot on the left scapula, extending into 
the left lung, followed by a dull, sticking pain in the 
left chest, between the sixth and seventh ribs, some- 
what aggravated by deep inspirations, with a weak, 
numb feeling in the left chest, left side of the back and 
left shoulder and arm. Bl. (12.) (a. 15 m.) 

. Dull soreness in the right side of the chest, with dull pains 
in the back. BL (11.) (a. 2J h.) 
145. Headache, with pain in the chest. T. 

. Oppressed feeling about the chest during the past few days ; 
it feels as if it were constricted. F. (2.) 

. Pains in the chest and back aggravated by deep inspira- 
tions, vv. 


. Sudden debility, with dull pain in the heart, and sensation 
of oppression around that organ ; the left chest feels 
too small ; he takes long involuntary inspirations ; there 
is an empty, vacant feeling in the stomach, with ver- 
.tigo, confusion of ideas, and headache between the 
temples. Bl. (12.) (a. 35 m.) 


. °Palpitation of the heart, with trembling of the limbs. 


150. "Lameness of the back. S. (3.) (St.) 

. Stiff, lame feeling in the back, which was bettor until a: 
moving about, and returned after sitting awhile. S. (3.) 

. Nausea and lameness of the back continue. S. 

. Lameness of the lumbar region. S. 

. Severe pain under the lower angle of the left scapula, 
worse when moving or breathing; cannot take a full 
breath without aggravating the pain. F. (2.) 
155. The pain under the scapula has been very severe and 
troublesome, could scarcely turn over or move with- 
out suffering from it. F. (2.) 

Shoulders and Upper Limbs. 

. Numb, weak feeling in the left shoulder and arm. Bl. 
(12.) (a. 15 m.) (C.) 

. The left arm feels numb and powerless, and a similar sen- 
sation soon afterward appeared in the left leg. Bl. (12.) 

. Peculiar numb feeling in the left arm and hand, with pain 
in the internal surface of the arm, and tingling of the 
palm of the hand and of the fingers, increased by 
motion, and continuing one hour. Bl. (2.) (a. 25 m.) 

. Pain in the anterior portion of the right thigh. S. 
160. Spasms in the extremities. T. (Ab.) 

The WnoLE Body. 

. General debility, want of energy, and indisposition to do 

anything, BL (12.) 
. While walking, the limbs ache, his gait is unsteady, and 

the debility is increased. Bl. (12.) (a. 2 h.) 
. General debility. Bl. (11.) 
. Chilliness all over the body. Bi. (11.) 
165. Feeling of weakness, vv. S. (12.) 


. Boring pain in the right ear; sharp pain in the temples, 
worse in the left ; pain in the lnmbar region, and in the 
anterior portion of the right thigh ; chilly feeling over 
the entire body ; skin is sensitive to contact with the 
clothing, which produces a chilly sensation. S. (12.) 

. Vomiting of a liquid containing green-colored particles of 
the Arsenite; paleness of the face with pain in the ab- 
domen; pulse frequent and skin cold, with great depres- 
sion ; copious purging. T. 

. Irritation of, and watery discharge from, the nose, swelling 
of the lips and nostrils, headache, severe colic and great 
muscular weakness. T. 
170. Staggering gait; spasms; great exhaustion. N. & T. 

. Fainting. N. k T. 

. Boils ; inflammation of the eyes, and other symptoms of 
irritation. T. 

. Took last night a cup of coffee, and this morning the 
chilly, creeping sensation and the sensitiveness of the 
skin are relieved. Was the coffee (which I am not in 
the habit of drinking) instrumental in dissipating these 
symptoms ? 

. ° Cramps in the stomach and bowels, followed by soreness 
of the throat and swelling of the tonsils with burning 
in the throat ; soreness, with swelling of the glands of 
the neck, with stiffness of the neck; great debility with 
pain in the back. (Cured by 6th potency.) 
175. °Nausea, with burning pain in the stomach and bowels ; 
palpitation of the heart, with trembling of the limbs ; 
headache, particularly in the forehead, but the entire 
head feels bruised; jerking in the limbs. (Cured by 
6th and 12th.) 
. Debility, vv. F. (2). 


. He could not sleep until 2 A. M. on account of severe 

headache. Bl. (12.) (a. 2| h.) 
. Felt better after awaking. S. (3.) 
. Sleeplessness. 1ST. & T. 



ISO. A chronic itching, which has been a little annoying at 
times, is materia;' vatol: it is felt only in the 

arms and legs. S. (9.) 

. The itching of the arms and legs very much in- 
small, thickly studded elevations which bleed after 
scratching; scratching aggravates to such ad- 
to be almost unbearable. S. (3). 

. The itching remained unabated for several weeks after the 
last medicine was taken. S. 

. The itching of the arms and legs has been so persistent 
during the day, but more particularly when undressing 
at night, and often when in bed, that nothing but severe 
rubbing with a hard, coarse, prickly instrument, tearing 
up the cuticle and converting the itching into a sore- 
ness, would give the slightest relief. S. 

. This chronic itching of the skin, but only in a slight 
degree, I have, at times, experienced as long as I can 
remember; but never was such raking necessary to 
allay the itching that was intolerable without it. S. 
185. Boils. T. 

. Pustular tumors on the wrists and ankles; and excessive 
sensitiveness and irritability of the skin. vv. T. 

. Skin is sensitive to contact with the clothing, which pro- 
duces a chilly, creeping sensation. S. (3.) (W. B.) 

. Eruptions of the skin; oedema of the face; boils frequently 
forming in the scrotum. T. 


. Chilliness all over the body. Bl. (11.) 
190. Chilly feeling over the entire body. vv. S. (3.) (W. B.) 

. Chilly, creeping sensation, produced by the contact of the 
clothing. S^ (3.) (W. B.) 

. Thirst, which is unusual forme; have a desire now for 
water. mil. several times a day; a wine glassful suffi- 
ces each time. S. (3.) 


. The thirst continued for several weeks after taking the 

last medicine. S. 
. Cold sweats ; intense thirst. T. (Ab.) 
195. Pulse frequent and skin cold, with great depression. T. 

(W. B.) 
. Thirst. T. (Ab.) 

. Increased temperature of the skin. 1ST. & T. 
. Small, quick, irritated, or else spasmodically contracted 

pulse. N. & T. 
. Intense thirst, vv. K. & T. 


. The left scapula, left chest, left side of the back, and left 

shoulder and arm are affected immediately after taking 

the first dose. (C.) 
. The left arm feels numb and powerless, afterwards the left 

leg is similarly affected. The headache finally settles 

in the right side of the forehead. 
. Dull soreness in the right internal ear. v. 
. Soreness of the bones of the right side of the face. 
. Shooting pain in the left upper molars, v. 
. Boring pain above the left superior orbital arch. 
. Intermittent and throbbing pain in the right half of the 

inferior maxillary bone. 
, Severe, sharp pain in the superior arch of the right orbital 

. Soreness of the right temple when pressed against the 

. Severe pain in the left temple. 
. Dull soreness in the right side of the chest. 
. Soreness of the bones of the left side of the head and face. 
. Boring pain in the right ear ; sharp pain in the temples, 

worse in the left. S. 
. Pain in the right lumbar region, and in the anterior por- . 

tion of the right thigh. S. 
. Pain in the right upper, and left lower, molars. S. 


Tim 'a v. 

■vere all evening and bones of i; 
Dullness and bs of the head in the morni 

awaking. Bl. 

During the forenoon there was relief from all tl 
toms. Bl. 

Be awoke with the same dullness of the head as on pre- 
vious morning, vv. Bl. 

heavy pain in the head the entire evening. Bl. 

Very severe frontal headache, with soreness of the orbital 
bones, after retiring to rest. Bl. 

Dull headache the entire forenoon. Bl. 

Nausea and lameness of the back in the evening. S. 

Nausea, with bitter taste, on awaking in the morning. S. 

Felt better after awaking. S. 

The itching is very severe in the evening, and often when 

in bed. S. 
Itching of the scalp in the evening and at night. 

Touch axd Motion. 

The headache disappeared while sitting, but returned very 
severely while w r alking up and down the room. Bl. 

The aggravation of the headache by motion and the ame- 
lioration by rest were frequently verified. BL 

AViiile walking the limbs ache, his gait is unsteady and 
the debility is increased. Bl. 

Soreness of the left superior orbital arch when touched. 

ncss of the right temple when pressed the 

pillow. Bl. 

Moving about aggravated the stiffness and lameness oi' the 
bark which had been better during rest; it returned 
again after sitting awhile. S. 

Scratching renders the itching almost unbearable. S. 


Skin is sensitive to contact with the clothing, which pro- 
duces a chilly sensation. S. 

The epigastric region is sensitive to the least touch. 

The symptoms are ameliorated by rest and aggravated by 
motion. Bl. 

Moving the head aggravated the pain in the neck. ( W. B.) 

Motion aggravated the pain under the left scapula. F. 

i I.VAN1A 




Loki> BACON said that "all knowledge is derived from 
perience," and Mr. Locke, another celebrated phil 
expressed himself as follows: "Whence comes the mind bj 
that vast store which the busy and boundless fancy of man has 
painted on it, with an almost endless variety? I answer, in a 
word, from experience. In this, all knowledge is founded ; from 
this the whole emanates and issues." But whatever may have 
been, or now is, the general belief on this point, in regard to 
other sciences, I think it is conceded by all, that in medicine^ all 
knowledge comes to us through the medium of our senses, — in 
other words, by experience. I therefore venture the assertion, 
that all we can ever expect to learn of the action of medicine 
upon the human organism, either in a state of health or dig 
must be acquired through observation and experience. This 
does not necessarily involve, as is often supposed, ignorance of 
the principles of medicine, aud cruelty to the subjects of ex- 
periment. In Ilomceopathy we have that truly magnanimous 
and scientific method of proving drugs upon the healthy, by 
which we can, to a great extent, avoid both cruelty to, and neg- 
lect of, the sick. All honor to Hahnemann, the originator of 
this system, and therefore the great benefactor of the race. 

If Sir Astley Cooper had known this meth< 
the therapeutic action of drugs, he never would have said that 
"the science of medicine is founded on conjecture, and im- 
proved by murder.." 


Clinical experience is undoubtedly the touchstone by which 
we must prove the curative powers of medicinal agents, after 
they have been sufficiently proved upon the healthy to indicate 
their legitimate sphere of action. It avails nothing to propa- 
gate theories, unless they are substantiated by experimental 
demonstration. The mass of people care not so much for 
Utopian acquirements as for substantial good. Whatever con- 
tributes to their comfort, or relieves their necessities, they 
regard with favor, — all else they look upon with indifference. 

Hahnemann was not content with knowing that drugs pro- 
duce symptoms similar to disease, but made clinical experi- 
ments, in order that he might convince himself and others of 
the truth of his formula,- — similia similibus curantur. With- 
out this, he would have been of no more use to humanity than 
are the advocates of the expectant system, who rejecting en- 
tirely the use of medicine in the treatment of disease, fold 
their arms, and with complacent awe, watch their patients de- 
clining to the grave. The master of our art evidently foresaw 
that in the clinical sphere alone must we look for the vindica- 
tion of its principles. 


In the eastern portion of Cumberland County, where I for- 
merly practiced, there prevailed, between the years 1860 and 
'66, a disease, which, by common consent of the profession, took 
the name of 

Typhoid Fever. — But there is no doubt in my mind that many 
of the cases which came under my observation, were really 
Typhus — not in its most malignant form, but nevertheless hav- 
ing that pathological condition of system which is said to char- 
acterize this malady. The premonitory symptoms of both forms, 
however, were very much the same; — pains in the bones, with 
general lassitude, which continued from a few days to several 
weeks. During this stage, I invariably prescribed Bryonia and 
Rhus-tox., according to indications; — the former when motion 
aggravated the symptoms, the latter when rest increased the 
suffering. When the active stage of the disease set in, these 

, A MA HO 

relief. The pains which 
ly complained ; but the 

. with mure or less dullness of the brain, 
sultus tendinum, sordes on the lips and teeth, bi 

. and all the phenomena usually attending fi- 
lm- type. Against this array of symptoms I pr» with 
ry result, Arsenic* . Phosphoric acid, and Hy 
•ording to their different indications. These three 
to cover the whole ground in most cases, and 
red more efficient than any others which I used. I gave 
them of the third and sixth decimal dilutions, and 
the dose from every half hour to three hours, according 
to necessity. Stimulants and concentrated food, in the shape 
of beef tea, were freely given during the entire course of the 
disease, except in the premonitory stage. 

My experience with stimulants in the treatment of this dis- 
ease, is decidedly in favor of their use. The organism is 

j ling to overcome a virulent poison or influence, a: 
stimulating the reactive powers, Ave enable the patient to cope 
in a more successful manner with the dis< i>ometim< 

contest is so evenly balanced, that it is difficult to tell the result 
Now the patient shows signs of reaction, — again h nder 

the influence of the disease. Under these circumstances, I have 
seen the most admirable effects from stimulation. By admin- 
istering small and frequently -repeated doses of some good 
alcoholic stimulant, the scale would be turned in favor of 
health, and the enemy, having made his final charge, would 
retire from the scene ingloriously. In addition to the stimu- 
lants, I made use of friction over the surfaec of the body, with 
artiiicial heat to the extremities. The appropriate lioni" 
thic remedies were, of course, continued during the exhibition 
of these adjuvants. I call them adjuvants, but really,! have 
at times been tempted to give them a better position. I do not 
mean by this to convey the idea of a want of faith in our at- 
tenuated medicines, when administered upon the principle of 
Minilia; the nece- active power being present to produce 

a favorable response. The proportion of deaths to the number 
treated, as near as I can approximate, was Jive per cent. I ob- 


served that a larger number died, of those having the cerebral 
form predominant, than of those affected with the abdominal 

This I attributed at the time to a want of efficiency in the 
remedies usually prescribed for these cerebral symptoms, Bell., 
Opium, Strain., Rhus-tox., Bryonia, etc., in my hands, never did 
well in this form of disease. Others may have been more for- 
tunate with them. I will give one case in point where I failed 
with them, but succeeded by using another agent. 

Mrs. D., set. about 30 ; mother of two children, and usually 
enjoyed good health. 

In the month of January, 1864, she was attacked with "the 
fever." Her symptoms were those of cerebral typhus, for which 
I gave her during ten days of treatment, Bell., Bry., Ilyos. and 
Stram., without any apparent effect; the delirium and fever 
growing worse from day to day. At this juncture, she escaped 
from the house one night, while her nurse was taking a short 
nap. She made her exit through a window, into a court-yard 
behind the house, which was covered with snow, and remained 
there long enough to receive a temporary respite from her men- 
tal aberration. In returning to her room (which was in the 
second story of the house), she took with her, from the room 
below, a large knife, which she secreted under her pillow. 
When her nurse awoke, she went to the patient for the purpose 
of iD quiring after her wants, when she was told to " stand off," 
the knife previously mentioned being exhibited. This patient 
was evidently laboring under the impression that some person 
or persons sought her life, which no doubt, caused her in the 
first place to attempt to escape ; but finding this impossible, 
she determined to make a spirited resistance. 

I- was immediately notified of this occurrence, and was not 
long in reaching the bedside. I found the patient in a most 
wretched condition. Her extremities were quite cold from her 
recent exposure, which seemed to increase the cerebral trouble. 
She was almost a " raving maniac." I made use of artificial 
heat and dry friction with the hand, to restore the circulation 
in her extremities, and commenced giving her Veratum viride — 
five drops of the first decimal dilution in eight ounces of water 

L04 1m:\ns\i.vania BOMCBOPATHIO Ml 

— a : ry half hoar, [mpi 

from itinued regularly and uninterrupfc 

until si. -. which occurred in a : 

!■ improvement had become decided, 1 did not repeal the 
•tv two hours. 1 was much delighted with 
this very Btriking effect of the remedy, and have since ua 
in cerebral disturbances with equally ictory results. ! 

may remark here, that I have used Baptisia tinctoria in Typhoid 
Fevers, but without good effect in any case. It may be that I 
never met the form of disease in which it is indicated, and 
that this is the cause of my failure with it. We, as Bomceopa* 
thicians, agree that when the remedy is homoeopathic to the 
case, and the dose not too large nor too small, a cure will fol- 
low, the circumstances being such as will admit of recce 
In the treatment of these fevers, many conditio: vmp- 

3 arise, which require their appropriate remedies, 
according to the law of similia, but I shall not trouble you with 
their enumeration. My object has been to give you the 
ing remedies, which, in my hands, have proved the \ 

In the treatment of Typhus petechialis, or Spot; 1 Fever, I 
have but little experience, but I will give it, nevertheless, in the 
hope that it may serve, in a very small degree (necessarily), to 
enlarge our experience in this scourge of humanity. 

The first cases I treated, proved fatal on account of my limited 
knowledge of the disease. It was then a new dis if not 

new, at least unknown to the profession. I remember 
particularly, which puzzled me exceedingly. A child aged three 

3, was attacked with rigors and subsequent fever, with all 
the attendant symptoms of cerebro-spinal dis 
was treated by an allopathic physiciau, for t efore 

I was called to take charge of it. At my firsl visit, I dis- 
covered the following symptoms : considerable i 

of various muscles of the body; almost total uncon- 
sciousness of surrounding objects: great difEcull reath- 
ing; suppression of the urinary and fecal discharges. There 

• also spoN over the body, which would appear and vanish 
in the space of a few hours. 1 prescribed various remedies, but 
without effect. The child died in one week from the time of 
my first attendance. 


More recently, I have treated some cases of this disease with 
better success. During the last two years, I have met six or 
seven well defined cases, and many more of somewhat doubt- 
ful character. All made good recoveries. 

The remedies I employed were Aconite, Bella., Bryonia, Grelse- 
minum, Hyosciamus, Khus-tox., Arsenicum, Phosphoric acid, 
Kali-bromatum, and a few others. The Bromide of Potassium 
I used in the case of a child three years of age, who had passed 
through the febrile stage of the disease, but her brain and ner- 
vpus system were in such an excited state as to preclude the 
possibility of sleep, and thereby prevented recovery. I gave 
powders of the 2d decimal trituration, one every hour. The 
effect was exceedingly satisfactory; the child going to sleep 
in a few hours, aud making a rapid recovery. The other reme- 
dies I used according to indication ; Aconite mainly at the be- 
ginning of an attack, even before reaction had taken place; 
Arsenicum, Phosphoric acid and Khus-tox in the more advanced 
stage. Alcoholic stimulants were freely given, even when de- 
lirium was present ; the effect being rather to quiet than excite 
the nervous system. There was one peculiarity about all the 
cases I treated, which I have not noticed in the experience of 
others in so marked a degree. After the disease had apparently 
run its course, no traces of fever being left, nor any other char- 
acteristic symptom or condition of the disease, there remained 
that excited state of the brain, which I spoke of with reference 
to the little patient to whom I gave Bromide of Potassium. This 
condition, in some cases, was hard to overcome. Kali-broma- 
tum did not act so favorably upon all. Hyosciamus, Coff'ea and 
Aconite, answered the purpose in different cases. 

The above description is perhaps rather general in its char- 
acter, but having no notes to strengthen my memory, it is the 
best I can do. 



BY J. B. WOOD, M. D., WB£ i EK. 

The period since our last annual meet' o one of 

varied interest to us all. 

The winter immediately preceding the time of which we now 
propose to speak was remarkable in our vicinity, on account of 
a Scarlet Fever epidemic, which resulted in sixteen deaths 
within a radius of two miles. 

Our town and surrounding country has an elevation of al 
450 feet above tide-water, is 25 miles from Philadelphia, and 
bat is called a remarkably healthy locality, — the town of 
itself containing about 6000 inhabitants, and the surrounding 
country about 100 to the square mile, — consequently, you may 
readily see, we have a very numerous population. About 

/ physicians reside here, one-half of whom are not i 
burdened with the duties of their profession. 

The allopaths and homoeopaths alike visit patients at : 
homes, and the eclectics prescribe for patients mostly at their 

The homoeopaths are four in number, and it is no e: 
tion to say that in the extent of their practice they at least equal, 
or nearly so, any four of the allopaths, consequently are jr. 
liable to meet with as severe cases of all forms of di 
their old -school brethren. 

This being the case, as every fair-minded man must admit, 
we proceed to say that the deaths before alluded to from Scarlet 
Fever were all under allopathic treatment — not one fatal 
fell into the hands of any of the four homoeopaths. Why this 
difference, surely not the result of chance ? It is 
the truth of our fundamental law of cure, which enables 
iribe almost with certainty of cure, for any curable 


At this writing many deaths from Scarlet Fever — some 
twenty or more — have occurred in the immediate vicinity, and 
the homoeopaths are still, so far as I know, free from any loss 
from this dreadful scourge. But, to proceed to the task for 
which we took our pen — a resume of the past year, from May 
12th, 1867, to May 12th, 1868. 

The diseases treated during the period above named, embrace 
most of the ailments common to man, except malarious affec- 
tions, of which we had but few cases, and those, so to speak, 

It has been our lot to treat Small Pox in its worst form, (in 
the most difficult of all patients to treat, young children,) Scarlet 
Fever and Diphtheria of the most malignant character, and from 
these running down to the mildest form of disease. 

In Small Pox we used, with entire satisfaction, Aconite -^th 
in the febrile, and Sarracenia -J^th was given with advantage 
during the eruptive stage. Merc, corr. 3 and Caust 3 for the in- 
tolerable itching during the period of desquamation. 

In Scarlet Fever we have almost come to the conclusion that 
Arum triph. y^th and Bell, j^th, with an occasional dose of Mere. 
iod.flav., will cure every case, no fatal case having occurred 
with us since we began the use of these remedies. 

The same class of remedies work well in Diphtheria ; indeed, 
we think Arum triph. and Merc. iod. flav., the very best reme- 
dies in our hands. 

In secondary syphilis, we cannot omit to record the prompt 
and speedy action of Merc. corr.j\, and the Hydro-chlorate of 
Ammonia^, a powder every six hours for one week, which 
effected a speedy cure ; giving subsequently an occasional dose 
of the same to make sure of the eradication of all syphilitic taint. 

The case presented the following symptoms : — swelling of the 
end of the penis, until it was as large as a man's fist, with a 
mattery discharge from the urethra ; a chancre on the corona 
glandis, as large as a quarter of a dollar, extending back on the 
body of the penis, and rapidly spreading, with lardaceous bot- 
tom, and very unhealthy appearance ; swelling of the testes ; 
ulcers in the throat, rendering deglutition difficult and painful I 
eruption making its appearance on the forehead ; the patient 


as to be unable to be about, and began to think he 
• lily account, In this conditi 
him, without any appares effect, with theordinary r< 

In running over in my mind the besl thing to 

I happened to remember an article on the treatment of second- 
ary syphilis, by Dr. Payne, of Bath, Me., read before I 
rioan Institute of Homoeopathy, Boston, Mass., in 181 
article appears in the proceedings of that year. 

In a ins we take pleasure in recommending as a 

that lias worked well in our hands, Cauhplnjlliuii [^th. In a 
recent case, in which the lady had very severe pains after her 
first confinement, she entirely escaped them during the seeond, 
from the use of this remedy. 

In severe Dysmenorrhea, we have seen prompt relief, in a 
lew minutes, from the use of Xanihoxylum, a few drops of the 
tincture in half a tumbler of water, a tea-spoonful even 
minutes until cessation of pain. 

In those severe cases of after pains lasting several days, which 
are quite as severe as those during labor, and, if possible, harder 
to bear, we believe this will be a prompt and efficient ren 

We come now to speak of the potencies used in pra« 
Although we by no means discard the use of the higher pre- 
parations, the following were used in severe cases (requiring 
immediate relief) in the first decimal attenuations, viz : Aeon., 
Bell., Bry., Arum, triph., Cauloph., Xanthox., and. with the 
exception already spoken of, Merc. iod. flav. and other tritura- 
tions, of the 1st and 2d centesimal scale. 

\V e know that this course of procedure will be reprobated by 
our brethren of the high-attenuation school, but we feel sale to 
follow the course that has done so well for as. 

We believe that an All-wise Creator made nothing in vain, 
and that we have in profusion around us, remedies indigenous 
to the soil and climate, capable of curing every curable dis 
and that they have not been made so much in excess of strength 
as some would have us believe, and we further believe it to be 
the duty of every homoeopathic physician, to use that pot 
which he finds, by experience, when administered in accordance 
with the law of similars, will most safely and quickly cure the 



>N", M. D., f 


The subjects referred to this committee are too extensive 
for a monograph of a suitable length, to be read before this 
Association, and they are too important to be presented in a 
form so condensed that it would not occupy too large a space 
in our annual report, therefore the committee will limit itself 
to the expression of some observations, suggestive rather than 
didactic, on a few points which possess considerable interest. 

Diseases are termed epidemic when they attack in a similar 
way a large number of persons about the same time in the same 
locality. When a large proportion of the cases prove fatal, 
they are often called pestilential. A disease rarely occurs epi- 
demically in any place where it is either not endemic or has 
its sporadic type. Thus Pestis or plague exists endemically on 
the shores of the Mediterranean, whilst Yellow Fever is endemic 
in the West Indies and the United States. The former has 
visited very severely in an epidemic form parts of the countries 
where it is endemic, without ever having invaded the territory 
of Yellow Fever. The latter, it is true, once visited Gibraltar, 
but as a general rule the countries subject to plague have es- 
caped the visitations of our American Yellow Fever. The 
ravages of the plague in England, where it is not endemic, ap- 
pears to have been another exception to the general statement 
just made ; but it would be worthy of the attention of English 
physicians, the inquiry whether there are not sporadic cases of 
this disease in England. 

There are various diseases which may occur sporadically 


Amos rlel \^ \ er and M 

striking exac - may appear epidemical] 

whei former of these may be said to prevail bo 

as an epidemic in the summer and autumn, whilst the epid< 

a occur in the winter and spring. Your committee 
cannot be expected to give you the reasons for this bul 
venture to call the attention of members to the subject in the 
hope that the accumulation of observation to 
epidemics may enlighten us very much in regard to them. 
Avoiding further remarks in relation to these diseases, we 
would make a single observation respecting epidemic visital 
namely, that epidemics are most severe in their first app 

The Cholera of 1832 was much more severe than that of 
1849, and that again more severe than that of 1866. 

The disease termed Diphtheria which appears to - 
putrid sore throat and membranous croup, as sporadic t ; 

edingly severe a few years since, but has been gradu- 
ally declining in malignity since its first appearance. 

There is a marked contrast between diseases as they appei 
epidemics and as endemics. In the former, one attack frequently 
precludes others of the same kind in after life, whilst in the 
latter renewed attacks are frequent, although it often hap 
that persons by long exposure to pathogenetic endemic influ- 
ence become acclimated and enjoy almost perfect immunity 
from them. 

As the diseases which occur epidemically include many of 
those known to be contagious, infectious, or catching^ and which 
occur but once in a life time, may it not be that all epidemic 
diseases which secure a person agaiust a second attack, are 
really catching diseases, rendered epidemic by some infill 
which increases the susceptibility of the system to them? And 
. may we not place Plague and Yellow Fever in the same 
catalogue with Scarlet Fever and Measles? 




As the Keport on Obstetrics, presented to the American In- 
stitute of Homoeopathy, at its session last Jane, has not yet 
been published in the proceedings of that body,* it may not be 
out of place to present the same to this meeting, especially as 
its contents will be new to many, and except through this chan- 
nel may not be brought to their notice. It will, moreover, 
form an appropriate basis for the Keport designed especially 
for this meeting, inasmuch as the same questions and principles 
are involved in both. 

" In the first place I would invite attention to the great sus- 
pensory ligament of the uterus in its relation to uterine dis- 
placements. To every member of the profession it is well 
known that the peritoneum invests every viscus and organ in 
the abdominal cavity, and that it acts as the grand suspensory 
ligament to each and all of them. 

" The peritoneum passing down on the inner surface of the 
parietes of the abdomen, and over the fundus of the bladder to 
the lower fourth of the uterus is reflected upon and covers all 
the superior three-fourths of the anterior surface of this organ, 
its fundus and its entire posterior surface, and from thence ex- 
tends to the rectum, &c. The uterus is thus seen to be enclosed 
in an almost complete fold of the peritoneum, which is itself 

* The report referred to has now been published in the Transactions of the 
Institute, yet as the subject-matter contained in it is very interesting, and 
likely to excite considerable discussion in the minds of the profession, it has 
been deemed best to reprint it in full. — Pub. Com. 

112 - n i.vania m 

firmly attached to the abdominal parietes in lion. 

At tl time, from the peculiar character and hum',,' of ar- 

■ '[& eans of support, the uterus itself is capable 
of moving in every direction, except downwards, with g 
freedom and without experiencing either loss of tone in il 
tachment or becoming unstable. ]>ut it is certain thai the 
uterus cannot sink below its proper level, either perpendicularly 
or by being anteverted or retroverted, without injury to the 
natural tension or proper tonicity of its support. ( ' entry, 

the uterus cannot be displaced so long as the peritoneum is in 
a normal state. And in order to cause the displaced uterus to 
resume its natural position, we have but to administer such 
medicines as shall restore the normal condition of the peri- 
toneum. When there are mechanical obstructions, mechanical 
means mus1 of course be employed to reduce the displacement. 
Thus, in retroversion, the fundus uteri may become so engaged 
beneath the promontory of the sacrum, and in anteversion, 
beneath the pubic arch ; or otherwise so much displaced, as in 
extreme procidentia, that it may require the use of the finger, 
the hand, and even of an instrument, to restore it to its normal 
position. When this is done, we have but removed the me- 
chanical hindrances to a radical cure of the case. For the dis- 
ease does not in any instance consist in the condition of the 
womb itself, which maybe perfectly healthy, or in the displace- 
ment which we have already abolished, for the moment ; but in 
the cause which originally produced the displacement, and 
which, if not remedied, will infallibly produce it again. This 
cause will be found in the loss of tone or other morbid state of 
the peritoneum, or great suspensory ligament. And the mor- 

fcate of this extensive and complicated organ, instead of 
a mere local weakness, will, in the great majority of ci 

•und to be either the natural consequence of general de- 
bility, or, as Is still oftener the case, the express development 
of some chronic disease, of some constitutional dyscrasia. It is 
from such considerations toto to the entire class of 

ries and abdominal and uterine supporters. The exhibi- 
tion of massive doses of morphine, in our opinion, does not 
more effectually obscure the symptoms of a neuralgic affection 


— which it might indeed palliate, but which it could uever cure 
— than does the use of pessaries, supporters, &c, render impos- 
sible the radical cure of uterine displacements in the great ma- 
jority of cases. They have had their day, and in the clearer 
light of pure homoeopathic treatment, they are cast into the 
shade, seen to be useless and even worse than useless. 

" The philosophy of the above mode of treatment is beauti- 
fully exemplified in the cure of hernia, even when incarce- 
rated. By means of the indicated remedy, the inflammation 
is reduced, the peritoneum returns to its normal condition 
and position, carrying back with it the displaced portion of 

11 The same principles of strict homoeopathic treatment apply 
also to all the various organic diseases of the uterus itself, and 
of its appendages. All the several forms of ulceration of the 
cervix and of the vagina, and all the various leucorrhoeal dis- 
charges from these organs, are far more successfully treated by 
the exclusive use of the properly selected homoeopathic remedy. 
No topical application of any kind or sort whatever should be 
used. Even the injection of simple cold water into the vagina 
for any purpose whatever is decidedly objectionable, and should 
not be allowed. The more strictly we rely upon the real 
Hahnemannian principles for the medical treatment of women, 
from birth to the climacteric period, the more comfortable shall 
we render the lying-in chamber, and the more certainly shall 
we provide for the best good of their offspring. In illustration 
of these principles, and in confirmation of the strict observance 
of them here recommended, innumerable cases could be adduced 
in which the most extreme suffering in child-bed, where such 
treatment had not been enforced, has been converted into easy 
and almost painless deliveries by the careful employment of 
homoeopathic treatment from the commencment of pregnancy. 

11 Secondly, your committee take great pleasure in announcing 
that it is becoming more and more apparent every day that en- 
tire reliance may be placed upon the properly selected medi- 
cines in all cases of retained placenta; and that this is equally 
true, whether the retention occur from want of contraction of 
the uterus, or from irregular, spasmodic or hour-glass con- 


tractions, — however painful and protracted 

"It has I by much experienc the hith- 

erto frightful complication of puerperal convulsions is no lo 

to be feared by him who has learned to ap] <rly 

lomceopathic remedy. This, indeed, is a noble triumph 
of our art. 

"And in cases of puerperal hemorrhage, we are no loi 
reminded of the tampon, the cold douche, or the insertion of 
ice, as the most efficient agents; since we feel perfectly safe in 
our certainty of the efficiency of Ipecacuanha, Sabina, Chamo- 
milla, Belladonna, Secale c, Pulsatilla, China or whatever other 
medicine may be indicated by the particular condition and 
symptoms of our patient. 

11 In placenta previa, — that hitherto most fearful complica- 
tion which can arise in the practice of Obstetrics, — the mem 
of the Institute and of the profession at large, have reason to 
rejoice that the great boon, the ne plus ultra of a proper method 
of treatment, has at last been found and proved to be perfectly 
reliable. TVe allude to the method proposed by Dr. 1). Wielo- 
bycki, as described in the fourth volume of the British Journal 
of Homoeopathy, pages 43 and 395. 

" This method consists in simply puncturing the membranes, 
through the placenta, by means of a female catheter, thereby 
evacuating the liquor amnii. This is to be done when labor 
is really advancing, or when no more blood can be lost without 
compromising the life of the patient. The fearful hemon 
subsides from the moment the liquor amnii commences to flow, 
and in a few moments more it ceases entirely, — by reason of 
the uterus retracting upon itself, and thereby shutting up the 
patulous orifices of the blood-vessels. As labor advances the 
child is now forced through the placenta, and delivered as in 
all normal cases. 

" If the woman is in labor at our first visit, we do not wait 
for the catheter, but, with the finger, seek out a sulcus bet 
the cotyledons of the placenta; and, during a pain, plunge 
through the membranes, taking care to allow the liquor amnii 
to pass off very slowly, in order that a prompt retraction of the 


uterine fibres may shut up the thousands of bleeding pores. 
By this means all mothers are universally saved, and nearly all 
their offspring. And we avoid the fatality of the old, painful and 
distressing method, that of forcing the hand between the 
placenta and the uterus for the purpose of seizing the feet, a 
fatality more fearful than that of the deadly yellow fever of 
Gibraltar, the malignant cholera, or the plague of Smyrna, even 
under the allopathic practice. 

" Thirdly, your committee would beg leave to enter an earnest 
protest against the use of anaesthetics in labor, and to urge in 
support of this protest the following reasons : 

" 1. Parturition is the last act of the grand function of repro- 
duction. That parturition is functional no one will pretend to 
deny; — then why treat it as a mere surgical operation, and 
place the pretended subject under the influence of chloroform; 
thus abasing and degrading one of the most exalted, one of the 
most sacred functions of humanity ? 

"2. Whilst under the influence of anaesthesis, no opportunity 
is afforded for morbid conditions to become manifest in the 
fulfillment of this function, and, of course, no prescription can 
be made, no matter how much it may really be needed. The 
welfare of both mother and child may now be sacrificed, where- 
as under more favorable auspices the real condition becomes 
manifest, affording indication for Nux vomica, Chamomilla, 
Kali c, Ipecacuanha, Coffea, Pulsatilla, Opium, Belladonna, 
Gelseminum, or for some other medicine, which might contri- 
bute to save the lives of both mother and child. 

" 3. By careful study and observation of the parturient 
woman, much has been learned for her benefit respecting the 
administration of medicines, and we are only just upon the 
threshold of what may yet be discovered in this department of 
our most noble art. But the administration of ansesthetics 
strikes a death-blow at further improvement in this direction, 
and will even cause what we already know to fall into disuse. 

"In the fourth place your committee would remark that 
the custom of bandaging recently delivered women has been 
so long and so generally observed that it might seem out oi 
the question to object to it ; and yet I am fully convinced that 

116 rr.NNSYLYANIA homceopathi socmr. 

I custom which is injurious rather than bi . and one 

which will ere lo: 'ued by all thinking and pit* 


•■ The fact that many women make a good recovery in e 
of the bandaging, by no means proves that this applieati 
either necessary or even useful. 

" Our reasons for believing it to be both unnecessary and in 
many cat Lately injurious, will now be brie 

" 1. On reference once more to the natural position of the 
uterus and to its suspensory ligament, it will be observed that 
the bandage has the effect to so elevate the fundus as to tin • 

troyersion, and at the same time to favor its more ready 
descent into the pelvic cavity, thus causing prolapsus and finally 
• 2. The real object sought to be obtained in bandaging, viz., 
to lessen the size of the abdomen after parturition, is actually 
defeated by the means used. For the natural disposition of 
all muscular structures to contract is absolutely weakened and 
diminished by the introduction of artificial meaus, a fact gener- 
al lv admitted. Indeed, we know from observation on a large 
scale, that the ' pot-bellied women ' are found mostly among 
those who have taken the most pains in bandaging during their 
lying-in period. 

"3. But the most serious objection to the use of band; 
for lying-in women is found in their tendency to cause irrita- 
tion and to impair the circulation. And we think that this 
influence may even lead to the establishment of puerperal in- 
flammation. What else could be expected, when the abdomen 
of the recently delivered woman — which, with all its contents, 
is in a bruised and tender condition — is compressed tight I 
gether and so confined by a heavy and cumbersome band 
Is not such a method of procedure contrary to reason and in- 
compatible with sound judgment? 

"By many, as well 'f, this practice of dispel 

with the bandage has been fully tested, found to be far more com- 
fortable to the patient and promotive of a more rapid conval- 
escence. In women heretofore troubled with prolapsus soon 
after rising from their lying-in period, no symptoms of the kind 


now manifest themselves, since, unrestrained by the bandage, 
and entirely uninterfered with, the uterus is allowed to resume 
its normal position in a perfectly natural manner." 

The treatment of certain uterine derangements and difficulties 
attending parturition described in the above report, is becoming 
more and more generally adopted, and is being found perfectly 
reliable by those who seek in all cases for the best and only 
reliable remedy. In Europe and by the old school accoucheurs 
of this city, the practice of bandaging lying-in women is being 
rapidly dispensed with, so convinced have they become of its 
injurious effect. 

The method of preparing pregnant women for parturition, 
was described in an elaborate report presented to this Society 
at its last meeting. We regard the practice therein stated as 
advisable, but no panacea has yet been discovered for the ail- 
ments peculiar to pregnancy, nor will any one possessing a 
knowledge of the great number and variety of those ailments 
ever expect the discovery of such a panacea. But it is certain 
that when women are carefully treated, homceopathically, from 
the commencement of pregnancy, their sufferings and dangers 
during labor will be lessened to a surprising extent, while their 
recovery will be much more certain and rapid. 

To this subject too much importance cannot be attached. 

There is another matter to which your committee would 
call the attention of the Society and of the profession, and this 
is the treatment of Infantile Colic. — In such cases we find at 
the very commencement of extra-uterine life, the germ of a fre- 
quently fatal, or of a life-lasting disease, yet capable of an easy 
cure by the administration of the proper homoeopathic remedy. 
This Colic appears in a variety of forms, and each different 
phase is the exponent of its internal character and requires its 
own peculiar remedy. It is hardly necessary to state here that 
this disease should never be combatted or suppressed by opiates 
or palliatives. A great variety of remedies are needful to meet 
successfully all the forms of Infantile Colic, and the number of 
these is increasing year by year as experience shows their ap- 
plicability. In proportion to our success in curing infantile 
diseases do we promote longevity, raise the standard of health, 


and >o aid in the production of sound bodies, the indispensable 
abodes far sound minds. We know by an experience of many 

years that the careful homoeopathic treatment of Infantile' 

has raised many colicky, sickly infants to the enjoyment of 

robust adult life, while we have seen the suppression of this 

36 terminate in life-long misery or death. 
We wish also to call the attention of this meeting to another 
point. Now, it has been stated on good authority, that in mal- 
presentations, even when the breech has presented and at the 
full term, Pulsatilla and other analogous medicines hav 

1 natural presentations and consequent natural deli\ 
Your committee would recommend to the profession to insti- 
tute carefuJ observation on this point, so as to determine with 
certainty whether any reliance, or how much, may be placed on 
this mode of treatment. 




On the morning of the 7th of April, 1868, at about half-past 
one, I was summoned to attend Mrs. B., the wife of a respectable 
farmer, who had been taken with labor pains during the night. 
My services had been engaged for her some time before, and at 
my request, she had for several days been taking macrotin thrice 
daily. On my arrival, I found the patient still sitting up, and 
directing in person the preparations necessary to her confine- 
ment. Her pains as yet were rather distant, and not very vig- 
orous. As soon as the preliminaries were arranged, a digital 
examination was made. I found the os uteri fully dilated, the 
head presenting, but very high up, and nothing seemed neces- 
sary but efficient contractions, and the rupture of the membranes, 
to effect its rapid descent and a speedy delivery. The waters 
were artificially discharged soon after the patient lay down, and 
the pains shortly afterwards became very severe. Upon exami- 
nation after the rupture of the membranes, the dilated os seemed 
to hang around the fingers, yielding very much the sensation as 
if they had been introduced into the open mouth of an empty 
purse ; while the head had made no perceptible descent, lay in 
a nearly transverse position, and manifested no disposition to 
flex or occupy the superior strait. The sagittal suture was 
difficult to trace, and the fontanelles so small as to be scarcely 

The ineffectual sufferings of the patient led her to beg for 
chloroform, which I administered till pretty complete anaes- 
thesia was produced. I found, however, that this agent (and 
this is only the second instance with which I have met, of such 
effect), almost wholly suspended uterine contractions, and its 
administration was therefore suspended. 


Attempts were made from time to time, dun: pro- 

duce flexure of the head, but as soon as the fingers were remo 
Lined its former position. After a considerable ti- 
entered the upper strait, and descended very Blowly and par- 
tially into the cavity of the pelvis, where it shortly bee 
stationary in despite of the most agonizing pains. The counte- 
nance, pulse, and character of the vaginal secretions admonish- 
ing me of the failing strength of the patient, I immediately 
resolved upon an attempt to deliver with the forceps. This 
was about 5 o'clock P. m. The first blade was introduced with- 
out difficulty, but as the uterus was almost incessantly in the 
most vigorous action, and the head scarcely at all flexed, I was 
foiled in my first attempt to introduce the second blade. Im- 
mediately recollecting that chloroform in this case suspended 
uterine action, I again administered it to complete anaBstl 
when I readily introduced and adjusted the blade, producing an 
easy lock, and delivered the head without difficulty. When I 
first looked upon the child, I thought it was dead, but soon 
noticing signs of life, I proceeded to use measures for resusci- 
tation. I also at once perceived beneath the chin a fluctuating 
tumor, extending about half way around the neck, upon both 
sides, and also downwards, so as to bring the extremity of the 
chin nearly in a straight line with the thorax. When I now 
forcibly flexed the head, the tumor protruded, giving to the 
infant an appearance, reminding one of that of the pigeon called 
the " Pouter." When the force was removed, the chin imme- 
diately resumed its former elevated position, by the elasticity 
of the tumor. Here then I perceived the cause of the want of 
flexion of the head, of its difficult descent, and of its arrest in 
its passage, not from its unusual size, nor from any deformity 
in the maternal pelvis, but from its inability to accommodate 
itself to the varying diameters of the canal through which it 
must pass. 

The very feeble, exhausted condition of the mother, claimed 
my whole attention after the child was delivered over to the 
care of the temporary nurse, until I was obliged to leave, so 
that I was unable to make a particular examination of the 
nature of the tumor. So unpromising was the case, in the esti- 


mation of my female assistants, that it was with difficulty I could 
persuade them to give the necessary attention to the child, for 
they thought it was better it should die than live. I left, how- 
ever, assuring the parents that I had the hope the deformity 
would pass away, and intending to examine it thoroughly at 
my next visit. When I came next morning, I was informed by 
the woman, an experienced person, who had remained with the 
patient, that on examining the cradle during the night, she had 
found everything about the child so wet, that she first thought 
the tumor must have broken, but soon ascertained this not to 
be the case, but that it was the result of excessive urination, 
such as she had never before witnessed in any child, and she 
had had charge of very many. I went to examine the tumor, 
when to my surprise and delight, I found it entirely gone, and 
the child looking unusually well. A very slight superficial 
mark upon the skin near the eye, from one blade of the forceps, 
which had rested upon the face (the rotation of the head having 
also been very slight), was all the deformity that remained, and 
this wholly disappeared within a very few days. The child is 
now (June 22cl, 1868), yery thriving, and the mother, a delicate 
woman, made as good a recovery as could be expected of her. 





The Committee on Statistics report having endeavored, by 
correspondence with different parties in various sectiui 
country, to procure statistics, but not having fully sued-- 
the following are presented, the bulk of which have "already 
been published in pamphlets, journals and directories, and the 
only merit your committee can claim is, that they are here 
presented in one view. 

Your committee would here acknowledge the indebted 
of the whole profession to the Hahnemann Life Insurance Co 
of Cleveland, Ohio, and the Atlantic Mutual Life Insuran 
of Albany, N. Y., for the amount of labor expended on the 
collection and advantageous presentation of the statistics of the 
homoeopathic treatment of diseases. As both companies oil 
culate thousands of copies of their pamphlets, containing 
statistics, your committee thinks it useless to go over the groui 
so well worked by them. The "General Summary" of tl 
Atlantic and the " RECAPITULATION" of the Hahnemann arc 
therefore given, and these sufficiently present the result. The 

3 of both companies since their oi ganization have 
small, but it is a little remarkable that the proportion ol 
of the company by death, of allopathists, insured in the Atlan- 
tic, is very large, there being but two deaths of homceopathistj 
and three of allopathists, while the proportion of allopathists 
insured is not one-fifth of the whole number. 











■~ a 

K i? 


■ z. 




= 8 

5 a 

— — 

O rt 
O "2 



B ^ 

53 o 
- = 

Ph " 

C* H 


e2 a 

General Diseases 










8 58 

33 95 

77 68 

3 95 

5 33 



















InCholera, " " 


In Tvphus Fever, " " 

"We have also received the Annual Eeport of this company, 
and a statement from the Official Eeturns to Superintendent 
Barnes, of New York, from which we learn that the rate of 
mortality, experienced by the company in 1867, was less than 
half what it should be, to equal the ratio warranted by their 
tables. Had the company paid, on losses by death, §16,119.91, 
it would have come up to the mortality allowed by lion. Elizur 


lit. fn»m the number insured in it; wh< 

sreditable I >Hoi >pathy and to hoi 
pathic medical exami] to the compa 

Dr. II. M. Smith, in his report to the American Institute 
Homoeopathy, June, \^ r <~ the number of homi 

physicians in the United States to be 3,639, which we 
every reason to believe is nearly correct 

The number of living members of the American Institute of 
Homoeopathy is 689. Deceased members, 90. 

The Directory published by Henry Turner & Co., 77 1 
St., E. C, London, entitled "The Homoeopathic Med] 
Directory of Great Britain and Ireland" is creditable 
alike to the editor, printer and publisher. 

According to it, there are in the British Islands 224 lion. 
pathic physicians registered according to the requirements of 
the "Medical Act," and 12 not registered, but qualified to 1 
according to the same act ; also, five holding degrees fro; 
can colleges not qualified according to, nor recognized by the 
11 Medical Act." 

There are also twelve veterinary surgeons practising h 

Obituary notices often homoeopathic physieians are appen 

In the same directory is given an incomplete list of hon. 
pathic physicians in some other parts of Europe, in Cuba, ( 
of Good Hope, and Calcutta. There are 197 in Spain (this list 
seems to be complete), and thirteen in Cuba. Six are named 
as being in Nice, but there are many others. Cannes is visited 
once a week by Dr. Meyhoffer, of Nice. There is one in Lucerne, 
Switzerland; one in Hyeres; three at the Cape of Good Hope, 
and one in Calcutta, India. 

"The British Homoeopathic Society," instituted April 10th, 
1844, numbers eighty-seven ordinary members; twelve fell 
four honorary, and twenty-seven corresponding memfo 

Thereare three other homoeopathic societies in Great Britain, 
"The Northern Homoeopathic Medical Association," founded 
in 1852, reconstituted 1862, numbering thirty-one membersj 
"The Midland Homoeopathic Medical Society," and " The I.iv- 


erpool Homoeopathic Medico-cliirurgical Society." The names 
of the officers of the two latter societies are given, but the num- 
ber .of members is not indicated. 

Since the last meeting of this Society, two homoeopathic col- 
leges have been organized in this country, one of them the 
Hahnemann Medical College of Philadelphia, in Philadelphia, 
and the Dix Homoeopathic Medical College of Missouri, in 
St. Louis, Mo., for the education of women. This swells the 
number of homoeopathic colleges in the United States to seven. 

As far as your committee is aware, there are but two general 

homoeopathic hospitals in the United States* The New York 

.Ophthalmic Hospital has been under the charge of homceopath- 

ists for about one year. There are, however, dispensaries in 

most of the large cities and towns of the Union. 

Although the number of homoeopathic physicians in the 
British Isles is small compared to the number in the United 
States, yet their charitable institutions far outnumber ours. At 
the London Hospital 379 in-patients, and 5,588 out-patients were 
treated in 1865; of the 379 in-patients only ten died. Their 
dispensaries number sixty-three. 

In the Home for Little Wanderers, Philadelphia, from 
January 1st, 1867, to January 1st, 1868, ninety-three cases 
were treated, with one death; and in Bond St. Homoeopathic 
Dispensary and its branch, New York city, from February 1st, 
1866, to February 1st, 1867, 25,056 cases were treated and 48,036 
prescriptions given, including those made in 8,245 out-door 
visits. The Report of the Homoeopathic Hospital and Dispen- 
sary of Pittsburg is given elsewhere. 

As a matter of general interest, it may be stated that in 1866 
a petition was presented by the workmen of Paris to the French 
Senate, in favor of having Homoeopathy introduced into some 
of the French hospitals, so that they might receive the benefit of 
homoeopathic treatment. The petition was signed by 1,790 
workmen. It appears that this class so fully appreciate the 
benefits of Homoeopathy, that there were 77,075 consultations 

* There are now two in addition, in process of establishment; one at Cleve- 
land, Ohio, and one at Philadelphia. — Pub. Com. 


at tlie four homoeopathic * in Paris — duri 

is not stated — but probably within the 
the report. There is another short paragraph extracted I 
British Journal, given in the British Horn. Dir* 

i very favorable result for Homoeopathy in the Hospiti 

Boubaiz (Nord), under the care of Dr. Liagre. The I' 
shows that the mortality was not only less, but that th< 
cured much more rapidly, thus leaving room for i 
number of patients in the same wards. He says in his i 
to the administrators of the Hospital of Roubaix: "Fur the 
last three years, the number of my beds has not been inc 
(he was physician to the hospital while he was an Allopath) 
"there were forty at the end of 1861, and there has been a like 
number during 1862, 1863 and 1864, and you are aw; 
tlemen, that the beds in my two wards were always full. \ 
in 1862, I had only 348 admissions, whilst in 1863 I had 416, 
and in 1864, 479. On comparing these three figures, it will be 
seen that in 1863 sixty-eight patients, and 1864, 130 pal 
could be received into the hospital, in consequence of the- ho- 
moeopathic treatment, who would have been excluded for want 
of room, had the old system of treatment been contin 

Another short item of statistics is given in the British Di- 
rectory: "The results of the homoeopathic treatment of Rinder- 
pest" (Month. Horn. Rev., p. 250). A paper, including the 
report of "Association," &c, asserts that — 

ow<m u ii i r Ho 

1 1 m . ■ 1 1 • : 1 1 J i y was 

2 *» 1 




At York _ 

The number of homoeopathic medical journals in the U: 
States is eleven or thereabouts: in England three, and " Tho 
Annals of the British Bomoeopathic Society, and of the London 
Homoeopathic Hospital." 




The subject of hygiene is so vast, that the difficulty of 
writing upon it is not to know what to write, but rather how 
to condense and to find how something useful may be presented 
in the brief space of time allotted for the reading of reports. 
This, after many attempts, I have discovered to be impossible, 
and my paper will, therefore, exceed the required proportions. 
A report upon the subject of hygiene, I had considered, should 
at least embrace the five following points : food and drink in 
health and disease; management of infants ; disinfection; cli- 
macteric influences, and physical culture, and upon these I had 
already written to some extent, but when I found my work as- 
suming alarming proportions, I concluded to curtail the scope 
of my labors, and to consider some one topic which I might 
treat with some degree of fullness. This course necessarily 
renders the paper incomplete, and makes it, in fact, not a report 
on hygiene, but only a portion of one. In its preparation, 
I have freely availed myself of everything which seemed to 
me useful, for I do not consider that, in appointing committees 
on scientific subjects, you so much desire their peculiar ideas 
upon their respective subjects, but rather a condensation of 
facts and of our knowledge of them. I shall, therefore, request 
your attention to a very imperfect consideration of the sub- 
ject of: 


As it is important to a correct idea of the subject of food, 
that its elementary constituents should be understood, I have 

12S l'KN\>VLV.\MA B01KB0PATH* 

thought it advisable, before proceeding to its imme 
eration, to briefly review the various Bubstancefi 

at once into its composition and into that of the human 
To these substances physiologists have given the nan. 

principles," and have defined them to be: 
stances, whether simple or compound, ckt m 
exis^ under their oxen forms, in the animal solids and ft 
which can be extracted by means which do not alt 
chemical properties. Thus, for instance, phosphate of la 
classed as a proximate of bone, since it possesses an indep 
ent existence in that portion of the animal economy, and can 
be removed therefrom without disturbing its chemical character. 

Phosphoric acid, however, does not come under this c) 
since it can claim no st^ch existence in the bony tissue, but is 
a result only of the decomposition of the calcareous salt ; while 
phosphorus would be still less entitled to be considered a proxi- 
mate principle, since it is obtained by the decomposition of the 
phosphoric acid. The proximate principles are divided into 
three classes : the inorganic, the non-nitrogenous and the organic. 
It is impossible, and indeed unnecessary, in a paper of this kind, 
to consider these classes in detail, but I will notice the main 
points connected with the most important of each, as a neces- 
sary preface to the proper consideration of the subject. 

The first class comprises proximate principles of an inor- 
ganic nature. They are found everywhere, in unorganized as 
well as in organized bodies ; they present themselves under the 
same forms, and with the same properties, in the interior of 
the animal body as elsewhere; are crystallizable, and have a 
definite chemical composition. The principles are : water, chlo- 
ride of sodium, carbonate and phosphate of lime, carbonate of 
soda, carbonate of potassa, &c. 

1. Water. — Water is present in every tissue and fluid of the 
body, and is absolutely essential to the maintainance of life. Its 
presence in the blood and secretions is necessary to give them 
that fluidity which is required for the proper performance of 
their functions, for the introduction of new substances into the 
body, and for the discharge of waste material, both of which 
must, for the time, assume the fluid form in order to pass and 


repass through the animal frame. It is also an ingredient in 
the solids which, when exposed to the air or to heat, lose water 
by evaporation, and become diminished in size and weight. 
When we consider that water constitutes two-thirds of the 
human body, and that it is a constituent of every part of it, we 
will readily recognize its importance. 

2. Chloride of sodium ranks next to water in the scale of im- 
portance, and is found universally throughout the various solids 
and fluids of the body, with the exception, perhaps, of the enamel 
of the teeth. By it is regulated the process of exosmosis and 
endosmosis, or the admission and remission of fluids and gases 
through the animal membranes. 

3. Phosphate of lime is, of the mineral ingredients, one of the 
most important ; in the bones and cartilages it is solid, giving 
them their required solidity and resistance. In the blood it 
exists in a liquid form, being held in solution by the albumi- 
nous matters of that fluid. 

4. Carbonate of lime is found in the bones and in the urine, 
and forms almost entirely the concretions of the internal ear. 
In the blood and urine it is held in solution by free carbonic 
acid and chloride of potassium, both of. which exert a soluble 
action upon it. 

5. Carbonate of soda is found in the bones, blood, saliva, 
lymph and urine. From it the blood derives its alkalescent 
reaction, by which the solution of albumen is facilitated. 

6. Carbonate of polassa, phosphates of magnesia, soda and po- 
tassa. — The first exists in about the same situations as carbonate 
of soda ; the others, in small quantities, are found in all the 
solids and fluids of the body. 

In the second class of proximate principles are included 
the starchy, the saccharine and the oleaginous groups. They are 
of organized origin, and do not, like those of the first class, exist 
in external nature, but are only found as ingredients of organ- 
ized bodies. They exist, however, in different proportions, in 
both animals and vegetables, have a definite chemical composi- 
tion, and, being composed of oxygen, carbon, and hydrogen, 
without nitrogen, are called u non-nitrogenous" substances. 

1. Starch, though not crystallizable, is, from its easy conver- 


tibility into sugar, which possesses this property, properly in- 
led in the second class of proximate principles. Nearly all 
the flowering plants contain more or less of this Bubsfa 

corn, wheat, rye, oatfl and rice are especially rich in it, and the 
same may he said of peas, beans, the parenchyma of the p 
and, indeed, most vegetable substances used as food. S 
tapioca, arrow-root, &c, are simply varieties of this substance 
extracted from different species of plants. Starch is ale 
ingredient of the human body, Yirchow having demonstrated 
the "corpora amylacea" of the brain to be of a starchy nature, 
and to exhibit the usual chemical reactions of vegetable starch. 

2. Sugar. — Sugars are soluble in water, and on evaporation, 
crystallize more or less perfectly; they have a distinctly sweet 
taste, and by means of fermentation, are convertible into alco- 
hol and carbonic acid. Sugars are obtained from both animal 
and vegetable sources, and are divided into many varieties, of 
which the six following are the principal: 

{Cane sugar, C Milk sugar. 

Grape sugar, Animal < Liver sugar,. 

Sugar of starch. [ Sugar of honey. 

Cane and grape sugars are held in solution in the juices of 
their respective plants. By boiling starch with a dilute acid, 
we obtain sugar of starch. In the tissues of the liver and in 
the mammary gland are produced liver sugar and sugar of milk, 
while, from vegetable materials, the bee produces sugar of honey. 

3. Fats. — These, like the sugars, are derived from both animal 
and vegetable sources. Between the oleaginous and saccharine 
matters, the principal difference is, so far as regards their ulti- 
mate chemical composition, that in the sugars the oxygen and 
hydrogen always exist in the proportions to form water; while 
in the fats the carbon and hydrogen are almost equal, but the 
oxygen is considerably less. At a high temperature, the 

are fluid, but on cooking assume the solid form. In water they 
are all insoluble, but are readily soluble in ether. 

The proximate principles of the third class are very im] 
ant, and constitute by far the greater part of the entire ma 
the body. They are derived from both animal and veget. 
sources, and have been known as " protein compounds," " albu- 


menoid substances," and " organic substances." They are not 
crystallizable, and when pure, invariably assume an amorphous 
condition, which is sometimes solid (as in the organic substance 
of the bones), sometimes fluid (as in the albumen of the blood), 
and sometimes semi-solid, as in the organic substance of the 
muscular fibre. In them are contained the four chemical ele- 
ments, carbon, hydrogen, oxygen and nitrogen, while those of 
the second class do not contain the last named element, and in 
contradistinction to these, the proximate principles of the third 
class have been called " nitrogenous substances." 
The following are the principal : 

1. Fibrin, found in the blood, and in small quantities in the 

2. Albumen occurs in the blood, the lymph, the fluid of the 
pericardium, and in that of serous cavities generally. 

3. Casein exists in milk, and is coagulated by the juices of 
the stomach. It is the principal organic ingredient in all the 
preparations of milk, and, in a coagulated form, constitutes the 
different varieties of cheese. 

4. Globuline is an organic substance, forming the principal 
mass of the red globules of the blood. 

5. Pepsine occurs as an ingredient in the gastric juice. 

6. Pancreatine is the organic substance of the pancreatic 
juice, where it occurs in great abundance. 

7. Mucosine is the organic substance which is found in the 
different varieties of mucus, and which imparts to them their 
viscidity and other physical characters. 

The importance of the proximate principles in connection 
with food, has led me to dwell upon them, because that subject 
cannot be properly understood without a previous considera- 
tion of those elements which enter into its composition, and 
into that of the animal body, of which it is destined to become 
a part, by supplying the nutriment required by nature ; and as 
it would be impossible for me to consider each and every article 
of food and its relative importance to each and every disease, 
I concluded that a physiological consideration of the subject, 
based upon its proximate principles, was the only rational man- 
ner in which it could be presented to you. 

"Under the term ' food ' are included all those substances, 


solid and liquid, which a sustain the procc 

nutrition. The first act of this process is the absorption 6 

with I those materials which enter into the con 

of the living Crane, or of others which may be converted 
in tin- interior of the body." (Dalton.) 

I: memberrng, then, the proximate principles of the vai 
classes, and the position which each occupies in the system. 
the end which it subserves, we find that those of the first 
exist, under their own forms, as independent elements in the 
various solids and fluids of the body, and that, as it is neces 
that this independent existence should be maintained, they mu<t 
be supplied in quantities sufficient to keep up their natural pro- 
portions. It is moreover requisite that they exist under their 
own forms in the food, since they but rarely undergo change in 
the interior of the body, but, w^hen received within it, are de- 
posited in its tissue, and afterwards pass out unchanged. 

The first and most important of this class is water, since, as 
we have seen, it enters so largely into the composition of every 
part of the body. This article is particularly necessary for man, 
who especially suffers under its discontinuance, even more than 
when deprived of solid food. 

The same regularity of supply must be observed with chloride 
of sodium, which ranks only second in the scale of importance. 

In the various articles used as food, the remaining inorganic 
substances occur naturally in sufficient quantities, and it is not, 
therefore, requisite that they be supplied under their own forms 
from without. 

For the proximate principles of the second class, the saccha- 
rine and oleaginous matters, man appears to evince a natural 
desire. In purely carnivorous animals this is not the case, and 
the fact of their bodies being maintained in a state of health, 
though starch and sugar were withheld, has given rise to the 
idea, entertained by some, that they were not necessary as 
articles of food. This supposition received apparent su] 
from the fact that the formation of sugar in the liver and mam- 
mary glands of the carnivora, continued uninterruptedly, tie 
the animals were deprived of saccharine food. This, how 
does not apply to the human species, in which a natural desire 


for vegetables seems to exist, and it has been observed in the 
treatment of diabetes, that when the patient had been confined 
for some time to a diet of animal food, the craving for saccha- 
rine articles became so urgent that they had to be supplied. It 
has likewise been supposed that the saccharine and starchy mat- 
ters might replace the oleaginous, as it has been demonstrated 
that a diet of saccharine substances is productive of fat, and M. 
Huber considered he had conclusively proved these articles to 
be amply sufficient for this purpose, when he thought he had 
discovered that bees fed on pure sugar, produced wax enough 
to show that sugar contained all the fatty matters necessary for 
the production of wax; but this has been shown to be falla- 
cious, since bees fed on pure sugar alone, soon sicken and die, 
but when fed on honey, which contains wax and other matters 
besides sugar, they remained healthy and produced more wax 
than was contained in the whole amount of food consumed. 

Certain experiments made with starch have resulted in de- 
monstrating the correctness of these conclusions. It has been 
found that while pigs fatten out of proportion to the quantity 
of food taken, yet the fat must somehow enter with the food, 
for while pigs which were fed upon boiled potatoes alone, fat- 
tened slowly, those fed upon the same in connection with greasy 
matters, throve well and fattened rapidly. When we remem- 
ber that this article abounds in starch, and is almost destitute 
of oily matters, the inference will be plain. 

Thus we see that the saccharine and oleaginous matters must 
enter into the food, for though the latter may be produced from 
the former within the body, still it is necessary for the perfec- 
tion of the nutritive process, that it should enter under its own 
form. Besides, as both these substances are united in many 
vegetables, it seems natural that man should desire them to- 
gether. We will see, however, that neither of them alone, or ' 
even together, is sufficient for the maintenance of nutrition, but 
that other substances must be supplied which the system re- 
quires perhaps still more absolutely than those we have reviewed. 

The proximate principles of the third class have been some- 
what incorrectly termed "nutritious substances," because they 
are no more competent to support life indefinitely than are those 


of tlif first and second classes. That they arc very important, 
however, will be understood, when we remember how lar 
enter into the constitution of the animal tissues and fluids, 

and that any Food devoid of these elements in certain propor- 
cannot long retain nutritious qualities, and that their loss 
or absence is more rapidly felt by the system than is that of 
any other except water. That they are not alone sufficient for 
the support of the system, has been shown by certain experi- 
ments upon animals which were fed upon pure gelatine or fibrin, 
and which, after a time, became enfeebled, refused the food, 
finally died of inanition. The disgust whicli these substai 
exerted has been given in explanation of the refusal ol 
animals to longer partake of them, but did they contain all the 
elements required by nature for the support of the system they 
would have excited no disgust, nor would they have been 

Magendie refers to this rejDiignance, in detailing the results of 
his investigations on the nutritive qualities of gelatine in the 
following language: "The result of these first trials was that 
pure gelatine was not to the taste of the dogs experimented on. 
Some of them suffered the pangs of hunger with the gelatine 
within their reach, and would not touch it ; others tasted of it 
but would not eat it ; others still devoured a certain quantity 
of it once or twice, and then obstinately refused to make any 
further use of it." In one instance, Magendie fed a dog with 
pure fibrin, but notwithstanding the animal ate of it daily, he 
became emaciated and died like the others. The proximate 
principles of the second class have, by some, been considered 
of less importance than those of the third, because they do not 
enter so largely into the composition of the solid tissues. The 
saccharine matter can be traced no further than the blood, and 
the fats, while pretty generally distributed, exist only in the 
brain and nervous matter in intimate connection with the other 
ingredients of the tissues. Thus it is, that the proximate prin- 
ciples of the third class have been termed nutritious, because 
they alone, under their own forms, constitute a great portion of 
the ingredients of the tissues, while the sugars and oils rapidly 
disappear by decomposition. It has been presumed by some 


that the sugars and oils were not designed to enter into the 
composition of the tissues, but merely as combustible material 
to maintain the heat of the body, but this is by no means cer- 
tain, and the main difference between the principles of the two 
classes is simply one of time, those of the second being elimi- 
nated more rapidly, those of the third more slowly. 

Food, then, to be nutritious, must contain all the proximate 
principles of all the classes, in proper and natural proportions. 
Omit, for instance, salt from the food of man, and he will lan- 
guish and die, as well as if deprived of all food ; the difference 
will be only in the duration of time. Give him nothing but 
fatty substances, and the result will be the same. Considering 
these facts as we have seen them, what more important study 
can there be for the physician than this one of food in health 
and disease, a correct understanding of which is scarcely, if at 
all, less necessary to him than is a knowledge of therapeutics. 
We may cure patients in spite of an utter absence of all hygi- 
enic regulations, we may cure them in spite of improper and 
unwholesome food, as we have all no doubt experienced, but 
we will certainly cure them much more rapidly and thoroughly 
and much more to our own satisfaction and to theirs, when these 
points have been attended to. 

In supplying food to the system, and thereby satisfying its 
wants, the object is not merely to fill the stomach, as too many 
of the laity believe, and thus abate the pangs of hunger which 
are there located. Hunger is simply the voice of nature tell- 
ing us that, in that unending work of destruction and of change 
which will continue while life exists, portions of the system 
have been thrown off which require to be replaced. When food 
is placed in the stomach, the various juices of that organ exer- 
cise their specific offices upon it, and by which it assumes a con- 
dition suitable for the action of the absorbents, through whose 
means each element is located in the situation in which it is 
required. Hunger, then, is simply nature demanding certain 
component parts which have been lost. This is a reasonable 
request, and should be answered in a rational manner. That 
but few, however, understand how to eat or what to eat, is a 
truism which every observation verifies. Eating is made a 


luxury, instead of being regarded as a simple i 

::ly supplying the wants of the system, too manj 
think of it in the fight of a pleasure to be indulged in t 
But eating is a physiological process, to which, ajso, a oertaii 

amount of pleasure has been added for a wise purpose; tor it 
it were only a work to be performed through absolute neces- 
sit v, if there were no more pleasure in partaking of food, than 
in masticating any substance not edible, many men would cer- 
tainly not eat. But this pleasure should be viewed as the 1 1 
of all good undoubtedly intended it should be, viz : as a simple 
incentive towards performing a necessary work, and not that 
the ingestion of food should receive the undivided attention of 
the epicure and glutton. 

But to enter in detail into the subject of food, to dissect each 
article for your benefit, and to descant upon its merits or de- 
merits, would extend this report to an undue length; but I may 
briefly present for your consideration, the lesson which may be. 
learned from the study of the proximate principles. 

We have seen that nature has supplied to various inorganic 
and organic substances the same elements which form parts of 
the animal body. 

We know that these various elements within the body, and 
which make up its composition, are constantly being removed 
by that process of destruction and reparation which continually 
goes on within the animal frame. 

To repair these losses, and to replace the substances thus 
removed, something must be supplied which will contain the 
elements eliminated by the processes of nature. These losses 
are supplied by food, and this food, it is plainly evident, must 
contain within itself all those elements thus eliminated from 
the animal economy, and which are all, in their various degrees 
of importance, necessary for the sustenance of life. 

No one of the classes, as we have seen, furnishes elements 
sufficient for nutrition, hut all must be combined in order that 
the system may assimilate each and every principle necessary 
for the continuance of its functions. This is necessary for the 
maintenance of the s} r stem in a state of health, and it therefore 
becomes the physician to instruct his patrons upon the subject, 


to correct their extravagancies, and to impress upon them the 
truism that entire abstinence from any certain article or articles 
of food, is not conducive to health, because nature, having sup- 
plied to external objects the elements which enter into the com- 
position of the animal body, requires again all of them to repair 
its losses. 

But it is in disease, in the case of those suffering from afflic- 
tions consequent upon our nature, that a knowledge of this 
subject is necessarily and more frequently brought into requi- 
sition. Here he will be required to exercise a judgment in the 
selection of articles of diet, not secondary to that which he 
bestows upon the choice of his remedy, for in many cases the 
one is not less important than the other. And here again, no 
definite rules can be established for the selection of articles of 
food for different diseases. The physician must bear in mind 
the case which he has in hand ; having carefully established his 
diagnosis, he must determine what changes, consequent upon 
the disease, have been produced or are taking place in the sys- 
tem of his patient ; he must understand what elements have 
been eliminated, and must be careful to present such food as 
will contain these deficient elements, and consequently supply 
the wants of the system. If, however, unmindful of these 
principles, he forces upon the patient food containing elements 
of which the system is not in want, and deficient in those which 
it requires, he not only defeats the object he is desirous of at- 
taining, but produces injury to his patient which may not be 
easily remedied. Prof. D. D. Smith thus speaks upon this sub- 
ject: "No one simple article of food contains all these sub- 
stances, consequently no one article can be selected as the proper 
and universal diet." 

And the assertion of the Great Master that " man shall not 
live by bread alone," is full of physiological truth. Even water, 
that constitutes three-fourths of the body, and enters into the 
composition of every structure and fluid, will not alone feed the 
lamp of life. It is but one proximate principle, composed of 
two simple gases, hydrogen and oxygen, and though its defici- 
ency causes thirst, yet man cannot live by water alone. 

"Realizing this, the homoeopathic physician regulates the 


diet of hifl patient by suppressing articles hard of digestion, 
when the digeetiye functions have been overtaxed by 1. 

'. or enfeebled by disease: refusing and prohibiting favor- 
ite viands, when they contain a superabundance of proximate 
principles that are already in excess in the body ; directing the 
use of unpalatable food, because it is well supplied with 
or inorganic substances that the diseased organs are deficient in; 
looking carefully to the manner of its preparation, that it 
be rendered easy of digestion, and that articles needed ma. 
retained in the food, and that those not needed may be i 
out during the process of cooking. lie also limits, or prohibits, 
the favorite condiments of the epicure, when those condiment! 
are already in excess in the body, or when they interfere with, 
or effectually counteract his remedies. He knows that an excess 
of water will render the fluids too dilute, and give rise to drop- 
sical enlargements; that a too free use of common salt will pro- 
duce scurvy; that much vegetable acid will destroy the alka- 
lesence of the blood, and cause stubborn and painful neuralgia; 
that an excess of fat will produce bilious, arthritic and rheuma- 
tic diseases ; that articles too rich in carbon will create an e.\ 
of carbonic acid gas, shorten the respiration, poison the nervous 
system, and give rise to asthmatic troubles." 

The subject of " Brink in health and disease" is equally im- 
portant with that of food, and in a moral sense, it is immeasu- 
rably more so. 

Water, the best gift of God, is the natural drink of man and 
animals in health and in disease. Were no other used than 
this life-giving fluid, what sickness, what misery and dis* 
what terrible crimes would be avoided; what homes now deso- 
late would be happy; what wives, pale and wan, would hi 
blooming as the rose; what children, sickly and diseased, would 
be radiant with glowing health. 

In our review of the proximate principles, we have seen the 
importance of this fluid as an element in the animal economy. 
We have seen that it constitutes two-thirds at least of the solids 
and fluids of the body, and that its continued absence would 
soon result in death. What physician has not seen the mi 
produced by the substitution of other drinks for this, and what 


physician would not, to his utmost, endeavor to substitute water 
for the death-dealing poisons now so universally used ? The 
great consumption of alcoholic liquors in this country is a 
matter to cause the gravest alarm to all who are sensible of 
the terrible effects of this evil, and should particularly attract 
the attention of physicians who, as guardians of the public 
health, are especially bound to arrest, or at least control its 
progress. That it pervades not only all classes of society, but 
claims as its victims persons of all ages and of both sexes, is 
as undeniable as it is terrible. The tender years of youth are 
no longer a protection against an evil which haunts it at every 
step, and which but too many willing hands are ready to raise 
to its lips. That alcoholic liquors are not essential to health, 
that they do not promote or preserve it, all will undoubtedly 
acknowledge, but there are many who are not, perhaps, aware 
of the extensive disease-producing qualities of this poison under 
its many seductive forms. I will, therefore, briefly consider its 
action on the human organization, when in a state of health, 
before referring to its uses in disease. 

We are well aware that it is upon the brain that alcohol pro- 
duces its most direct, most severe and most dangerously poison- 
ous effects, and that when drank in large quantities, and for a 
length of time, delirium tremens, with all its terrible horrors, 
is the result. But the more insidious, and therefore more dan- 
gerous form of alcoholic brain poisoning, if I may use the ex- 
pression, is that which follows the long and steady drinking of 
not necessarily large quantities, or of the induction of intoxica- 
tion. The more dangerous, because it is more insidious in its 
approach, and therefore unexpected until the unfortunate victim 
of his own folly suddenly falls stricken with passive apoplexy. 
About eighteen months ago, I was summoned to hold a post- 
mortem examination upon the body of a man who had died 
suddenly. Upon arriving at the place, I learned the following 
particulars : The deceased was a young man of good constitu- 
tion and of stout frame, but strongly addicted to the use of al- 
coholic liquors, and for about three weeks previous to his death, 
he had been drinking very freely of the poorest of poor whiskey. 
Upon the morning of his death, he rose early, ate his breakfast, 


and proceeded to his work. When he arrived at the hou 

which he was cm}. loved, he remarked that lie did veil, 

And that he would lie down for a while on the 
lew minutes, one of his comrades i;<>ing to him, found him in 
a convulsion, in which, he died. Upon inspection, no wounda 
or bruises w r ere found. After the body wj ed, the I 

heart and liver were found to be in a healthy condition, but in 
stomach were found five ulcer Qg in size from a half 

inch in diameter to an inch and a quarter, the lining membrane 
was highly inflamed and injected, and the contents of thestomaeh 
exhaled a strong odor of liquor. The bladder was found thiek- 
ened and inflamed. The brain was softened; in fact, its coi 
eney was not beyond that of mush; no clot was found, hut 
several arteries were ruptured, and the blood extravasated. The 
cause of death I pronounced to be passive apoplexy, produced 
by the long continued use of liquor. 

In another post-mortem examination three large ulcers were 
found in the stomach, the contents of which likewise exhi 
the presence of liquor. The brain was not so much soften^ 
in the first case, but a clot was found in the right venl 
The death in this case was also sudden, and I gave the same 
cause as in the previous case. 

Carpenter says, on this subject : " The state of profound coma, 
characteristic of the advanced stage of intoxication, may be con- 
sidered to be identical with that of congestive apoplexy, in 
every respect save the nature of its cause and its duration. A 
certain degree of tendency to apoplexy may be said to exist in 
the slighter form of intoxication; the vessels of the brain being 
congested, as a consequence of increased action of the heart, and 
of obstruction to the encephalic circulation, such as is occasioned 
by imperfect discharge of the functions of the brain: and this 
obstruction being also favored by that partial stagnation of 
blood in the lungs, which takes place whenever the respiratory 

movements are interfered with Of the strength 

of the general opinion of the medical profession, — as to the ten- 
dency of alcoholic stimulants to produce the sthenic form of 
apoplexy, it is impossible to give a stronger proof than the 
rigidity of the rule of abstinence which is laid down lor those 


in wliom a disposition to it has already manifested itself. ISTow 
if it be necessary to lay down such rules to prevent the recur- 
rence of the disease, is it not most obvious that we are justified 
in attributing to an habitual violation of them its first occur- 
rence ? And if habitual excess be so obviously a predisposing 
cause, can we reasonably deny that the long continued even 
"moderate" use of stimulants is likely to exert a slow, but in 
the end a decided influence." That even a moderate use of 
alcoholic liquors, if long continued, will produce in the end a 
decided effect, is undeniable, as every physician, at all conver- 
sant with the subject, can testify. Some men will drink for 
months, never to an extent sufficient to produce intoxication, 
and finally become victims either to delirium tremens or to 
apoplexy. I have a patient whom I have known to drink steadily 
for four months, and has done nothing during that time but 
walk from one tavern to another, and yet I have never known 
him to be intoxicated, but at the end of his long continued de- 
bauch he would have all the symptoms of delirium tremens. 

It is admitted by those who have given this subject special 
attention, that intemperance is one of the causes of inflamma- 
tory diseases of the brain and its membranes, and this is by no 
means surprising when we remember that alcohol, when present 
in the blood, produces such great derangement of the circula- 
tion and of the operations of the nutritive system. 

Inflammation of the brain may occur in consequence of a de- 
bauch, which may be regarded as its exciting cause; but it 
also, like the last condition, may obtain, independently of any 
special excess, as a result of the disturbance in the normal func- 
tions caused by the regular and continued imbibition of alco- 
holic liquors even in quantities not sufficient to produce 
intoxication ; and the state of excitement produced in most 
persons by alcoholic stimulation would terminate in this con- 
dition, that is in meningitis, were the process not happily ar- 
rested by the elimination of the alcohol from the blood. Again, 
the state of torpor of the mental functions which occurs in some 
individuals from the first, and would in all, were the intoxica- 
tion carried sufficiently far, proves the existence of inflamma- 
tion of the substance of the brain, which, if confirmed and 


mpanied by certain derangements of the nutril 

would result in cerebritis. The action of alcohol upon the 
ate lining membrane of the stomach is, first irritation, next 
inflammation, then ulceration, and finally, perforation. 
In one case, in which I held a post-mortem examinati 
of the ulcers had already proceeded so far in its depreda- 
tions, that the stomach, at its seat, was almost transparent 
Upon the liver the effects of this poison are well known, and 
the symptoms resulting from derangement of this organ are 
those experienced by him who has indulged in the pleasure of 
jht's debauch. But to properly consider the effects of 
alcohol upon the system, one should write a volume instead of 
a report; therefore with a few words upon its uses in dis< 
I will dismiss the subject. 

The question of the propriety and necessity of administering 
alcoholic liquors in disease, is one which has given rise to 
much discussion, and upon it there exists the widest difference 
of opinion. One party, who are in favor of the strictest tem- 
perance, assert that it is not only not necessary as an adjuvant, 
but that by administering it in disease to those who have been 
hitherto unaccustomed to its use, habits of drinking and of 
intoxication are frequently inaugurated. This assertion is 
one which is worthy the attention of physicians, and, indeed, 
demands it, since it is their duty, as I have said befoi 
prevent disease wherever it is in their power to do so, and 
what more deplorable disease is there than this. It becomes 
them, therefore, in all cases, before using this agent, to care- 
fully consider whether there may not be something else less 
harmful which may be as advantageously administered; to 
study the temperament, disposition and habits of the patient 
before running so great a risk as that which involves not only 
his temporal welfare, but also the eternal happiness or misery 
of his immortal soul ; and finally to give no more nor to con- 
tinue longer than is necessary to secure the desired effect 
There have been undoubtedly cases of men who have striven 
to conquer their appetite for liquor, and who apparently have 
conquered, but who have fallen again into their old habits 
through the obstinate pertinacity of the physician in insisting 



upon their taking it when sick. Cases occur, however, in 
which scarcely any other stimulant than this can be used 
either from their absence when required, or from a want of 
time to prepare them ; this, however, is unhappily almost in 
every place at hand, and already prepared. In cases of severe 
and sudden injuries, alcoholic liquor in some form is required 
to supply that stimulating action to the heart rendered neces- 
sary by the depression produced by the shock ; also after ope- 
rations where important members are severed from the body, 
artificial stimulation must frequently be resorted to, until 
nature rallies, and the various functions of the system assume 
a somewhat normal condition. In the stage of prostration of 
typhoid fever, when the circulation and the action of the heart 
are impeded, and where a general torpid and sluggish condi- 
tion of the blood is present, the administration of alcoholic 
liquor is rendered necessary to supply, for the time, an artifi- 
cial stimulation, as well as to support the system of the patient, 
who is usually prevented, by his condition, from receiving 
other nourishment. In the stage of convalesence of many dis- 
eases, where the utmost care is required in the administration 
of nourishment, the debilitated state of the system, prohibiting 
many articles otherwise proper and allowable, alcoholic liquor 
in some form, carefully given, will be productive of beneficial 
results. Eegarding the form of liquor most desirable, Carpen- 
ter says that in cases of alarming depression, where we desire 
to arouse the patient as rapidly as possible, distilled spirit, 
from its rapid and powerful action upon the heart and nervous 
system, will be best; where it is desirable to give more con- 
tinued support with less of stimulation, wine will be found 
the most preferable form, especially in the advanced stage of 
fever, and in convalescence from acute diseases. But when 
we desire to give still greater support with as little stimula. 
tion as possible, as in the cases last referred to, malt liquor 
may be most advantageously employed, as the alcohol, pro- 
bably from its peculiar state of admixture, is less disposed to 
exert its remote effects, and the nutritive matter with which 
it is combined, is in itself beneficial; while the bitter and 


'inative ties of the hop, aid in producing 

the desired effect upon the stomach. 

But the phvsiriau must always remember that in presorib- 
.ileoholic liquor in any form, he is dealing with a p 
whos ta are terribly destructive upon the humai 

and in the administration of which the greatest care is D 



















o o 










iO 10 












i — 

I— 1 




r— 1 


r— 1 























V ' 





■ .3 




J 1- 

; IS 


. "a 


J=J — < 

P-i o3 





s s 






\ 2 



> ^ 

— i 

5 o3 


To » 

^ O 


J -4- 

1 ,2 
! c 

> © 

J w 
i # 







* 2 


i - 

• O 

5 -£> 

— ' 







: Pi 



w S 













1— 1 

I— 1 

tO c 



O G 



os c 



co cv 




€«■ "" 










•— ' 


,2 a 

£ a 


o X 


O £ 


. a 


ft E 


a i 


o c 


efc 4 


© a 


© ■*■ 


fl * 


c3 *5 


2 } 


P < 


h e 

























































































































This Association shall be known as the Homoeopathic Medi- 
cal Society of the State of Pennsylvania, and its object shall 
be the advancement of Medical Science. 


Any physician of good moral character, who lias received t lie 
degree of Doctor of Medicine from some regularly incorporated 
Medical College, and who subscribes to the doctrine " Similia 
Similibus Curantur" may be elected a member of this Society 
upon the recommendation of the Board of Censors, by a vote 
of two-thirds of the members present, at any annual meeting. 


Every member shall, upon his admission, sign the Constitu- 
tion and pay the initiation fee. 


Any non-resident physician who may be judged worthy from 
his attainments in medicine or its collateral branches, may he 
elected a corresponding or honorary member, by a vote of two- 
thirds of the members present at any annual meeting, and may 
participate in the proceedings of the Society, but shall have no 
vote and shall be ineligible for office. 



The officers of this Society shall consist of a President, two 
Vice-Presidents, a Eecording Secretary, a Corresponding Sec- 
retary, a Treasurer, and three Censors, who shall be elected by 
ballot by a majority of the members present, at every annual 
meeting, and who shall hold office until their successors are 


The President shall preside at the meetings of the Society, 
preserve order therein, put questions, announce decisions and 
appoint committees not otherwise ordered. 


The Vice-Presidents, in the order of their election, shall dis- 
charge the duties of the President in his absence. 


Sec. 1. The Secretaries shall give notice of the meetings of 
the Society, keep a record of its proceedings, conduct its corres- 
pondence and have charge of its archives. 

Sec. 2. The Eecording Secretary shall keep a record of all 
the proceedings and resolutions, the names of all delegates and 
members, with the date of admission of each ; notify all com- 
mittees of their appointment and of the business referred to 
them, notify all members of their election; authenticate by his 
signature all papers and acts of the Society when the occasion 
requires it, and bring before the Society communications and 
business needing its action, not otherwise presented. 

Sec. 3. The Corresponding Secretary shall receive and pre- 
serve all letters addressed directly to the Society ; open and 
maintain such correspondence as shall tend to advance its inte- 
rests ; give at least two weeks previous notice of all meetings 
of the Society, to the members ; keep a record of all the discus- 
sions on any and all the branches appertaining to Medical 
Science that may occur in the Society. 

\ \MA 1I<>M(]X)1'ATUU' Ml 

Th< irer shall all moneys and make all neces- 

sary disbursements, and make an annual report to th< 
in writii. 


The Censors shall receive applications for membership, and 
report to the Society those qualified for admission. 


The annual meetings of the : tv shall be held at s 
time and place as .-hall be designated at the annual meeting 
next preceding. 


Seven members of the Society shall constitute a quorum. 


Any article of this Constitution may be altered or amended 
by a vote of two-thirds of the members present at the annual 
meeting; provided, that notice of such intended alteration or 
amendment shall have been given to the Society when ii 
sion. at the annual meeting next preceding. 



The annual meeting of the Society shall be held at 1<" A.M.. 
at the time and place decided upon a1 the annual session 
preceding, and the President of the Society, with the concur- 

a majority of the Board of C . shall have j 

to direct such other meetings to be held as they may judgi 
vi sable. 



The initiation fee shall be two dollars, and each active mem- 
ber shall pay one dollar annually thereafter. 


At each annual meeting committees shall be appointed to 
report upon such subjects as the Society may designate. 


All communications read before the Society shall become its 
property ; but no paper shall be published as part of the trans- 
actions of the Society without its sanction. 



At the meetings of the Society the following shall be the 
regular order of business : 

1. Report of Censors and election of active and honorary 

2. Report of the Treasurer. 

3. Election of officers for the ensuing year. 

4. Reports of Committees appointed at previous meetings. 

5. Unfinished business. 

6. Appointment of Committees. 

7. Miscellaneous business. 

8. Reading of Minutes. 

9. Annual Address. 
10. Adjournment. 


These By-Laws may be altered or amended at any regular 
meeting by a vote of a majority of the members present. 




Armor, Smith, Bff. I) Columbia. 

Ashton, A. II.. M. D Philadelphia. 

Bardin, D. P., M. D Philadelphia. 

Barnabj, Jno. B., M. I) Alleghany City, 

Barrett, Chas. B., M. D Detroit. .Mich. 

Bechtle, J. W., M.D Harrisborg. 

Blakely, W. Jas., M. I) Benzinger. 

Bowman, Bcnj., M. D Chambersburg. 

Brickley, J. W., M.D York. 

Brooks, Silas S., M. D Philadelphia. 

Brown, Samuel, M. 1) Philadelphia. 

Bunting, Thomas 0., M. D Mauch Chunk. 

Burgher, Jas. C, M. D Pittsburg. 

Carmany, C. J., M. D Earrisbarg. 

Charlton, S. J-'.. M D Harrisburg. 

Childs, Win. II., M.D Pittsburg. 

Chricst, Wm. P., M. D Harrisburg. 

Clayton, A. H., M. D Addisville. 

Cook, Wm. H., M.D Carlisle. 

Cooper, F. B., M.D Alleghany City. 

Cooper, J. F., M.D Alleghany City. 

Cote, Marcellin, M. D Pittsburg. 

Cowley, David, M. D Pittsburg. 

Cox, J. Howell, M. D Lewistown. 

Dakc. C. M., M. D Pittsburg. 

Dakc, B. P., M.D Pittsburg. 

Detwilcr, Heury, M. D Easton. 

Detwilcr, John J., M. I) Easton. 

Dudley, Pemberton, M. D Philadelphia. 

Fager, Charles, M. D Harrisburg. 

Faulkner, Robert, M. I) Erie. 


Foster, Geo. S., M D Pittsburg. 

Friese, Michael, M. D Harrisburg. 

Frost, J. H. P., M. D Bethlehem. 

Garberich, E. W., M. D.. Mechanicsburg. 

Gardiner, Richard, M.D Philadelphia. 

Garvin, John J., M. D .' Philadelphia. 

Gause, Owen B., M. D Philadelphia. 

Gramm, G. E., M. D Philadelphia. 

Guernsey, Henry N., M. D Philadelphia. 

Gumpert, B. Barton, M. D Philadelphia. 

Harbison, Wm. C, M. D Philadelphia. 

Herron, Jas. A., M. D Pittsburg. 

Hewitt, Thomas, M. D Alleghany City. 

Hofmann, H. H., M. D Pittsburg. 

Homer, Horace, M. D .. Philadelphia. 

James, David, M. D Philadelphia. 

James, Bushrod W., M. D Philadelphia. 

James, Jno. E., M. D Philadelphia. 

Jeanes, Jacob, M. D Philadelphia. 

Johnson, I. D., M.D ..Kennett Square. 

Johnson, J. P., M. D Latrobe. 

Karsner, Charles, M. D Germantown. 

Koch, Aug. W., M.D Philadelphia. 

Koch, Richard, M. D Philadelphia. 

Lee, John K., M. D Philadelphia. 

Lee, C. H., M.D Pittsburg. 

Lippe, Adolph, M. D Pittsburg 

Liscomb, P. D., M. D Pittsburg. 

Logee, Horace M., M. D Linesville. 

Malin, Jno., M. D Germantown. 

Malin, George W., M. D Germantown. 

Marsden, J. H., M. D York. Sul. Spr. 

Martin, H. N., M. D Philadelphia. 

Morgan, Jno. C, M. D Philadelphia, 

McClatchey, Robert J., M. D. Philadelphia. 

McClelland, Jas. H., M. D Pittsburg. 

Neville, W. H. H., M.D Philadelphia. 

Pfouts, J. S , M. D Wilkesbarre. 

i Preston, Coates, M.D Chester. 

Preston, Mahlon, M. D Xorristown. 

Kaue, Charles G., M. D Philadelphia. 

Reading, Edward, M.D Hatboro. 


Reading, John EL, M. D Somerton 

Richards, J. 0., M. D Lock Baven. 

Roberts. EL Ross, M. \ ) Barrisburj 

Rousseau, L. M.. M. D Pittsbuig. 

Seip, C. P., M. D Alleghany city. 

Smedley, R. C, M. D West Chester. 

Smith. Win. II.. M. D Philadelphia 

Stevens, ("has. A.. M. I) ScrantOIL 

Stiles, William, M. D Philadelphia, 

Toothaker, C. E., M. D Philadelphia 

Cre, Walter, M. D Uleghany City. 

Urie, Wm. T., M. D Chestertown,lfl 

Yon Tagen, Chas. II., M. D Philadelphia. 

Walker, Mahlon M., M. D Germantown. 

Wallace, M. II., M.D Alleghany City. 

Weistling, C. J., M. D Harrisburg. 

Williams, Alvan, M. D Pluenixville. 

Williams, Thos. C, M.D Philadelphia. 

Willard, L. II., M. D Alleghany Oil 

Williamson, Walter, M.D Philadelphia, 

Williamson, Walter M., M.D Philadelphia. 

Wiltbank, Comly J.. M.D Philadelphia. 

Wood, Jas. B., M.D Wes1 Chester, 

Wood, Henry C, M. D West Chester. 

Wood, 0. S., M. D Omaha, X. T. 


Jabez P. Dake, M. D Salem, 0. 

Chas. R. Doran, M. D Hagerstown, Md. 

Wm. Tod Helmut h, M. I) St. Louis, Mo. 

H. M. Paine M. D Ubany, N. V. 

Wm. E. Payne, M. D Bath, Me. 

J. H. Pulte. M. I) Cincinnati, 0. 

F. A. Rockwith, M. D Newark, N. J. 

I. T. Talbot, M. D Boston; Mass. 



evident and Board of Censors of the Homoeopathic Medical Society, of the State of Penn- 
ave directed that the Annual Meeting he held in the City of Erie, June 3d and 4th, 1870 ; 
and Saturday immediately preceding the meeting of the American Institute of Homoe- 
hich will be held in Chicago, Tuesday, June 7th, 1870. 

rs and others may thus attend the meetings of both Societies in a single trip. 

gular business of annual meetings will be transacted. 

rs are earnestly requested to attend the meeting, and to use their influence with neigh - 
■eians in order to secure a large attendance, and an increased membership. 

£USHI?0(2) W. J^JtfES, M> Q-, 



;-v.. .'/< 

Iff ■ 







Homoeopathic Medical Society 









Proceedings of Fourth Annual Session 1 

I. Annual Address •'}! 

By J. C. Burgher, M. D. 
H. Surgery. 

Report on Conservative Surgery. By L. II. Willard, 

M. D 42 

Report on Ophthalmic and Aural Surgery. By B. W. 

James, M. D 44 

Surgical Cases. By Malcolm. Macfarlan, M.I) 00 

Caries of the Joint. By W. James Blakelv, M. I) S4 

Sargical Cases. By Jas. H. McClelland, M. D 57 

III. Materia Medica. 

Report on New Remedies. By VV. Williamson, M. D... Gl 
Report on Specific Action of Remedies. By Richard 

Gardiner, M. D :.. 68 

Report on Unreliable Remedies. By Jacob Jeanes, 

M.D 71 

IV. Provings. 

Report on Partially Proved Remedies. By W. Jas. 

Blakely, M.D 73 

V. Obstetrics. 

An Anomalous Case in Obstetrics. By F. B. Mande- 

ville, M.D 33 

VI. Report of the Committee on Abortion. By II. N. 

Guernsey, M.D 85 

VII. Practice. 

Report on New Diseases. By C. E. Toothakcr, M. D. 87 

Report on Skin Diseases. *By Richard Koch, M. D 92 

Report on External Applications in Disease. By M. 

M. Walker, M.D 94 

VIII. Anatomy. 

Report on Microscopy of Animal Tissues. By John 

E. James, M. D . 98 

IX. Physiology. 

Report on Physiologv of Vital Organs. Bv W. T. 

Erie, M. D 102 

Report on Phvsiology of the Nervous Svstem. By 

M. FriesefM. T>.~. 110 

X. Pathology. 

Report on Practical Therapeutic Hints. Bv C. G. Raue, 

m.d in 

Xf. Necrological Report »-•» 

XII. Treasurer's Report 127 

XIII. Constitution and By-Laws 1-8 

XIV. List of Members 132 


ADOPTED JUNE 3, 1867. 

Resolved, That the Homoeopathic Medical Society of Penn- 
sylvania, in accepting and pubKshing Reports of Committees 
in their Proceedings, does not necessarily endorse the same. 

Resolved, That^'no^ longer time than fifteen minutes shall 

be taken up in reading any single Report. If the Report is of 

such length as would occupy a longer period,' a synopsis of the 

same, giving the principal points, may be read, and the Report 

I itself referred to the Publishing Committee. 

ADOPTED MAY 19, 1869. 

The Code of Ethics adopted by the American Institute of 
Homoeopathy, at its twenty-first session, was unanimously 
adopted as the Code of Ethics of the Homoeopathic Medical Society 
of Pennsylvania. 


or THE 





Held at Wilkesbarre, May 18th and 19th, 18G9. 


The meeting was called to order, and Walter Williamson, 
M. D., of Philadelphia, was called to the chair, the President 
and Vice-Presidents being absent. 

Prayer was offered by Rev. T. M. Keese, of Wilkesbarre. 

Among the members present were the following: W. Wil- 
liamson, M. D., Philadelphia ; 0. B. Gause, M. D., Philadelphia ; 
Smith Armor, M. D., Columbia ; Eichard Koch, M. D., Phila- 
delphia ; John S. Pfouts, M. D., Wilkesbarre ; Comly J. Wilt- 
bank, M.D., Philadelphia ; W. James Blakely, M. D., St. Mary's ; 
Bushrod W. James, M. D., Philadelphia; John C. Burgher, 
M.D., Pittsburgh; Chas. A. Stevens, M. D., Scranton ; L. M. 
Rousseau, M. D., Pittsburgh ; Robert J. McClatchey, M. D., 

Drs. J. S. Pfouts and Smith Armor were appointed a Com- 
mittee to audit the Treasurer's account. 

The report of the Treasurer, W. M. Williamson, M. D., of 
Philadelphia, was then read and referred. 

Dr. McClatchey, on behalf of the Committee of Publication 


thai the Transactions of the lust annual session u 
:y had been published in pamphlet form of 152 \ 
furnished to members and others. The Publication Corarti 

»rted that they had been unable to i 
tions in consequence of'members neglecting to pay du 

Drs. Blakely, R , and McClatchey wore appointc 

..! committee to take this subject under consideration and 

The Committee on Charter reported i i epord 

was accepted and the Committee continued. 

Drs. O. B. Gause, B. W. James, and R. J. McClatchi 
gates to the New Jersey State Medical Society, submitted a 
report which was accepted and referred to Committee of Pubj 

The delegates from the Philadelphia Medical Society, viz.l 
Drs. B.W.James, C. J. Wiltbank, Walter Williamson, Richard 
Koch, J. C. Morgan and Malcolm Macfarlan, made a r< 
through the Chairman, showing that Society to be in a veri 
flourishing: condition. 

Dr. C. A. Stevens, of Scranton, reported on behalf of the 
Luzerne County Medieal Soci 

Prof. O. B. Cause, announced the union of the two IIoi 
pathic Medieal Colleges, formerly existing in Philadelphia, and 
stated that the profession in that city was entirely harmonious 
and unanimous in the determination to work heartily intl 
fort to advance scientific medieal education. Jle also notified 
the society that a large general hospital would be erected in that, 
city, and that efforts are now being made to raise a sum <>{' 
$100,000 for building and endowing such institution. 

The report was received and the speaker requested to e<>m- 
• mit it to writing, and hand to Committee of Publication. 

Dr. SPERLING, of Wyoming, made some remarks, showing 
the remarkable success of Homoeopathy in his location. 

Dr. Richakd Koch, on behalf of Hahnemann Medical Col- 
lege of Philadelphia, alluded to the proposed change in the cur- 
riculum of instruction in homoeopathic colleges, looking 
graduated course to be comprised in thre »f instru 

The Faculty of Hahnemann College ask for the support of the 


entire profession, that they may be sufficiently encouraged to 
proceed on this plan ; so that the Homoeopathic School may 
be first to take this step towards elevating the standard of me- 
dical education. 

Dr. Koch also reported from the Hahnemann Dispensary, 
now in its twenty-first year, that that institution is a great 
success ; upwards of ten thousand patients being annually pre- 
scribed for gratis, and numerous obstetrical cases given to 
advanced students, under the direction of professors. 

Dr. J. C. Burgher made an interesting verbal report, showing 
the great utility, success, and flourishing condition of the Ho- 
moeopathic Hospital and Dispensary of Pittsburgh. 

Dr. Burgher was requested to submit a written report to the 
Committee of Publication. 

The resignations of Drs. Walter Ure, of Alleghany City, and 
William Stiles, of Philadelphia, were presented and accepted. 

The Board of Censors then reported that the following gen- 
tlemen, having been proposed, were found to be eligible to 
membership, viz : Jos. E. Jones, M. D., West Chester; Malcolm 
Kacfarlan, M. D., Philadelphia ; W. Beesly Davis, M. D., Phila- 
delphia ; G. E.< Chandler, M. D., Lock Haven ; Walter M. Os- 
trandcr, M. D., Danville; A.J. Clark, M.D., Scranton ; J. G. 
Sperling, M. D., Wyoming. 

The Report of the Censors was received, and the candidates 
were elected. 

The roll was then called and the address of members cor- 

A motion was made and carried, that Section V, " Order of 
Business," of the By-Laws, be stricken out. 

The following amendments to the By-Laws were then offered 
by Dr. 0. B. Gause, and unanimously adopted, viz : — 

" Section V. — The annual election of officers for the ensuing 
year shall take place during the last meeting of the session. 

''Section VI. — The annual order of business shall be arranged 
by the Recording and Corresponding Secretaries." 

The Reports of the Committees on Surgery were then called 

On motion, the delegates from other Medical Societies, and 


other homoeopathic physicians present, were invi 
in the Society, and to take part in the ; 

The Report od the "Resume of [mprovements During 
Las. H. Vou '. M.D., of Ilarrisburg, was 

by the Corresponding Secretary. 

The report was received and referred to Committees of Pub- 

The Report on "Conservative Surgery," by L. II. Willard, 
M. D., of Allegheny City, was also read. 

The report was received and referred. 

Dr. J. C. Burgher, of Pittsburgh, made a verbal report 
ease of stone in the bladder, in which he performed the opera- 
tion of lithotomy by lateral perineal section, successfully, on a 
boy eighteen years of age. He exhibited the specimen ol 
cuius removed, to the Society. Before operating, he gavi 
physagria for a few days, and followed that remedy with s 
parilla. lie used the bistoury instead of the gorget it being the 
most manageable instrument for this operation. The bladder 
was thoroughly washed out after the operation, and several 
pieces of calculi thus removed. 

lie was, by a vote, invited to commit his report to wril 
and hand it to the Committee of Publication. 

A paper from Professor Malcolm Macfarlan, of Phil adel phial 
on cases from surgical practice, [one of strangulated femoral 
hernia, resulting in artificial anus, and the other a laceration of 
the perineum,] in both of which the operation was successful, 
was read and referred to Committee of Publication. 

Dr. W. James Blakhly, of St. Mary's, read a report of a \ 
interesting case of caries of the joints of a lower extremity, 
upon which he operated by the flap operation, in the middle 
third of the femur, with a successful result. 

He exhibited the bones of the limb removed, which showed 
a very remarkable and extensive caries of the whole bony 

On motion, the Society adjourned until three o'clock. 



The Society assembled at three o'clock, Dr. Williamson in 
the chair. 

A series of interesting surgical cases occurring in the practice 
of Jas. II. McClelland, M.D., of Pittsburgh, were read, accepted, 
and referred to Committee of Publication. 

The Chairman then announced that discussions on the sub- 
jects embraced in the reports of the Committees on Surgery, 
would be in order. 

Dr. Richard Koch said he thought we should not lightly 
pass over the first report submitted, the ; ' Resume of Improve- 
ments During the Year," and have it published without some 
words of condemnation. He did not think the practice of hy- 
podermic injection should be countenanced b}~ homoeopathic 
physicians. It was certainly not homoeopathic practice to give 
drugs in this way, in massive doses, and should not be held up 
as an improvement for homceopathists, since Hahnemann many 
years ago, showed a better method of medication. He did not 
believe at all, that the bad after effects of morphia were avoided 
by using it in this way. In fact he knew it to be not true ; nor 
should morphia or atropia be given in this way, even when it 
might be claimed that they were homoeopathic ; because when 
these drugs are taken into the stomach — as in proving — they 
are chemically changed by the secretions of the stomach, &c; 
and hence, when these same drugs are introduced beneath the 
cutis, they are not the same drugs exactly, and would not pro- 
duce exactly the same symptoms as when taken by the stomach. 
He said that the writer of the paper is a friend of his, but he 
felt it to be his duty to call the attention of the Society to the 
impolicy of publishing as improvements for the consideration 
; of homceopathists, such matters as these. 

Dr. Williamson said he did not approve of the resort to such 
means, and was glad the subject had been broached. If the 
paper is published, be thought the standing resolution of the 
Society, that it did not necessarily endorse any of its publica- 
tions, should be printed in connection with it. 

Dr. W. J. Blakely. The question is, should we, as a ho- 


iblish articles which : ho- 

and of which wo cannot apj 
disavow all : ility in regard of their c 

L Stevens thoughtthat sucb | >uld noi 

published with our Trans 

should be given to understand plainly that we do nol 
or aj em. 

Dr. Williamson thought the Publication Committee wo 
its usual discretion in the mal 

The following resolution was proposed by Dr. Clark, and 
seconded by Dr. Koch : — 

"/«'■ ' A That this Society does not recognize s I ho- 

moeopathic practice, the hypodermic injection of dru. 

Dr. 0. B. Gause said that Dr. Von Tagen's paper was me 
a resume of improvements in surgery during the year, and he 
no doubt felt called on to report everything new. Lie was 
appointed to write a paper on Homoeopathic Surgery. We 
should not be hasty to condemn anything, or ret • plirc 

into it, merely because it is not what we think strictly hoi 
pathic. The Society does not necessarily endorse any] 
published by it, and that seems to cover the ground. 

Dr. Gause was informed by several members that the re] 
endorsed the practice, and recommended it to the membe 
the Society. 

Dr. Koch said that Dr Gause was not appointed to write on 
Homoeopathic Obstetrics, nor was Dr. Raue to write on Ho- 
moeopathic Therapeutic Hints, and yet what would we think 
if Dr. Raue were to come in here and give us Dr. Geo. B. Wood's 
ideas of Therapeutic Hints.. 

Dr. Stevens thought that the report, as a resume of impr 
ments during the year, was incomplete. Some things were in 
which should be omitted, and some things were omitted which 
should be in. lie expected to have heard something concern- 
ing the use of dry earth as a dressing. 

Dr. McClatciiey thought the Society should act advisedly 
in this matter, and that its action should be decided and final. 
publication of this p to which there seei 

•i. should not be left to the discretion i 


Committee of Publication, nor should the responsibility of its 
rejection be left to that Committee to assume. As for hypo- 
dermic injections themselves, he did not consider them as either 
homoeopathic or valuable, and the subject is certainly not 
new. It has been discussed and re-discussed in every allopathic 
medical society in the world, and had been shelved three years 
ago in the Massachusetts Homoeopathic Medical Society. 

Dr. Bushrod W. James mentioned that a very important 
and valuable new mode of surgical procedure, had been omit- 
ted ; that is the removal of pedunculated and other tumors 
around which a wire can be placed, by means of galvano-caus- 
tic. A fine platinum wire is applied to the growth and then 
heated by a strong current of electricity, when traction' is 
made so as to cut through and remove the part, cauterizing the 
tissues and preventing hemorrhage, and at the same time caus- 
ing little or no pain. 

He did not consider the carbolic acid treatment of wounds, 
or hypodermic injection, as improvements that had come up 
in surgery during the past year, and he doubted whether 
the paper had touched at all upon the real subject expressed by 
the title. He did not think we should entirely exclude the 
j hypodermic mode or any other channel of getting medicine into 
the system, but if this is required to be used as a last or neces- 
sary resort, it is important that we do not use the remedies that 
Homoeopathy forbids. 

Dr. Clark's resolution was then withdrawn, and on motion 
of Dr. Stevens, the vote referring the paper to the Committee 
of Publication was re-considered. 

The paper was then, on motion of Dr. Blakely, laid on the 

It was moved and carried that a special committee be appointed 
to report on the utility of hypodermic injections, at the next 
meeting of the Society. 

The President appointed Dr. W. James Blakely said com- 

Dr. Gause said that in regard to the subject of medical treat- 
ment of tumors, as mentioned by Dr. Willard in his report on 
Conservative Surgery, he desired to report a case. He had now 
under treatment a case of tumor of the mammae of a young lady. 


In the right breast the tumor was quite largo, while in the left 
there was an indurated lump of about I 

i .. ise had been in the bands of au allopathist, who hal 
applied iodine ineffectually, together with other treatment, lie 
(Dr. (J.) had prescribed for her but twice, and the tumor in the 
left breast had entirely disappeared, while that in the right hal 
considerably diminished in size. lie had given hei 

Dr. J. S. PFOUTS reported that he had a case of movable 
tumor in the right breast, which he wished some of the mem- 
bers to see. 

Dr. Richard Koch said that at the Hahnemann Dispens 
under his care, an ovarian tumor, or perhaps more corrcctlv, 
an ovarian enlargement of about the size of an infant's 1 
had been very greatly reduced under the action of N 

Dr. Williamson stated that he had had such tumors disap- 
pear under the action oisilicia and aurum. 

Dr. W. JAS. Blakely spoke of neuralgia of the spermatic 
cord, lie instanced a case of long standing where the patient 
suffered from the most excruciating attacks three or four t 
every year. The pains were as if the testicles were seize 
a hand and pulled very severely. lie mentioned the case to 
Dr. C. A. Stevens, while returning from the last meeting of the 
State Society. Dr. S. recommended oleum animate, and subse- 
quently sent him the 18th potency of that remedy. An attack 
shortly afterwards came on, when he gave the medicine re< 
mended. The result was almost instantaneous relief, and the 
has not recurred since. 

The reports of the Committees on Materia Medica were 
in order. 

The report of the Committee on "New Remedies," by "Wal- 
ter Williamson, M. D., of Philadelphia, was then read. 

The report was accepted and referred. 

The reports of the Committees on Provings were then sub- 

The report of the Committee on "Partially Proved K 
dies," by Dr. W. das. Blakely, of St. Mary's, was read. 

The report was accepted and referred. 


A letter was received from. Dr. D. Cowley of Pittsburgh, 
Committee to report on "Re-proved Remedies," announcing 
his inability to prepare a report. 

Dr. Williamson presented and read an interesting paper pre- 
pared by John G. Ilouard, M. D., of Philadelphia, on the indi- 
cations and use of My gale Lasiodora Cubana, accompanied with 
a drawing of the spider, of the natural size. 

On motion, the paper was received and referred to the Editor 
of the Hahnemannian Monthly, with the request that it be pub- 

The reports of the Committees on Obstetrics were then 
taken up. 

The report of the Committee on "Improvements during the 
year," by 0. B. Gause, M. D., of Philadelphia, was then sub- 
mitted, Dr. G. exhibiting a number of instruments recently in- 
troduced and treated of in his paper. 

The report was accepted and referred. 

Dr. Mandeville, delegate from New Jersey State Medical 
Society, was then introduced, and invited to a seat during the 

The Society then adjourned to meet in the Court Room, at 
8 o'clock, to listen to the Annual Address by J. C. Burgher, M.D. 


The Society assembled at 8 o'clock, in the spacious Court 
Room. A number of the citizens of Wilkesbarre were present 
by invitation. 

The meeting was called to order by the President, who intro- 
duced the orator of the evening, Dr. John C. Burgher, of Pitts- 
burgh, who proceeded, in an able and eloquent manner, to ad- 
dress the assemblage. 

A vote of thanks was extended Dr; Burgher for his address, 
and a copy solicited for reference to the Publication Committee. 

The Society then adjourned to the "Arbitration Room " where 
a business session was held. 

The report of the Cumberland Valley Homoeopathic Medical 
Society was read, accepted, and referred. 

On motion a committee of one was appointed to prepare 


obituary notices nf Drs. J. E. Barnal 

1 >r. J. C. Burgher was appoii 


The report of the Committee on "Abortion, Spontam 
Criminal." by Henry N. Guernsey, M. D., of Philadelphia, 
I and referred to the Commi ion. 

The Committee on Finance reported through the Chain 
Dr. Blakely, that they did not consider it to be advisable ; 
crease the dues at this time, but would suggest that the ai 
fee remain as at present, two dollars, and that members have 
the privilege of paying one dollar additional ; defraying 

the expenses of the Society. They also submitted the fo 
ing resolution : — 

"Resolved) That the Kecording Secretary be instructed to 
once more notify delinquent members of their duties to the 
ciety, and that the name of each member failing §poni 

within three months, be stricken from the roll." 

On motion, the report was received. 

The resolution offered was then unanimously adopt 

Dr. R. Koch offered the following addition to the By-Li 

•'The name of all active members of the Society remaining 
in arrears three months after any annual meeti ill be 

stricken from the roll, and this provision of the By-L 
be appended by the Recording Secretary to all bills." Ad< >] 

The Society then adjourned to meet on Wednesday mori 
at eight o'clock. 

Wednesday's session. 

The Society assembled pursuant to adjournment, Dr. Wil- 
liamson presiding. 

The reading of Reports of Committees on scientific 
proceeded with. 

The Report of the Committee on "New Di 
E. Toothaker, M. D., of Philadelphia, was read. 
referred to the Committee of Publication. 

The Report of the Commi: ' Skin I.)j 

ard Koch, M. D., of Philadelphia, ipted, and re- 



The Keport of the Committee on "Local Applications in 
Disease," by M. M. Walker, M.D., of Germantown, was read, 
accepted, and referred. 

The Keport of the Committee on " General Anatomy," by 
Robert J. McClatchey, M. D., of Philadelphia, was read, accepted, 
and referred. 

The Keport of the Committe on "Microscopy of Animal 
Tissues," by John E. James, M.D., of Philadelphia, was read, 
accepted, and referred. 

A letter was read from Dr. J. H. McClelland, M. D., of Pitts- 
burgh, stating that he had not had time to prepare his Keport on 
Pathological Anatomy, but would do so, if it were the pleasure 
of the Society, and forward to the Committee of Publication. 

On motion thecommunication of Dr. McClelland was received, 
and the Publication Committee was authorized to receive his 
paper if forwarded in time for publication with proceedings. 

The Keport of the Committee on the "Physiology of Vital 
Organs," by W. T. Urie, M. D., of Chestertown, Maryland, was 
read, accepted, and referred. 

Dr. Wiltbank, Committee on Baths, thanked the Society 
for the honor conferred upon him, regretting that he had no 
written report to offer. The subject of hot and cold baths had 
been so frequently discussed, he supposed the Society was well 
versed in their deleterious and advantageous qualities, and 
therefore considered it useless to make a report in regard to 
them. But if agreeable to the Society he would give them the 
modus operandi of the Turkish Bath. 

He then went on to say that the Baths he visited were located 
at- 1109 Girard Street, in the City of Philadelphia, under the 
direction of Dr. Kobert Wilson, to whom he was indebted 
for information. 

Ancient and modern history informs us of the existence of 
,hese baths for thousands of years. Greece and Kome in their 
ancient greatness, and especially the latter, had numerous Turk- 
ish Baths or Thermae fitted up in the most elegant style. When 
the conquering Komans took possession of one country after 
another, they established their baths or Thermae. Kuins of 
institutions are still to be found in England, Scotland and 


- they held for nearly four hundred yearn. 

-session of Turkey, the Turks acquainted them- 

B list manner of bathing, and it is to the 

\; : ■.. | that we must accredit the honor of 

I retaining the system of bathing indulged in by 

amen, and warriors of ancient Greece 

irka have made the Bath a part of their religion, and 
t ] R .i r and princes have endowed these bathing institu- 

tion- names, 
li Bath in its modern form has been introduced 
tain but a short time, and yet it is claimed that Borne two .thousand baths in successful opera- 
They are now being introduced into the principal 
3 of the United New York, Brooklyn, Boston, 

and last, but not least, the city of Phila- 
more than one Thermoe. For nearly four 
baths have been considered by numbers of our 
.lit whether from the lack of enterprise, so proverbial 
in th lVnn. or want of confidence in the projectors, I 

ior am I desirous of saying, these baths have 
ed recently. 
ive you the modus operandi of the bath, 
the description of which is from practical experience. 

Saving entered a reception room, tastefully fitted up in the 
Turkish - ter your name, depositing any article 

them in a burglar-proof 
I into the dressing room, where, being 
our habiliments, you envelope yourself in a wrap- 
r lis< . and enter what is called the warm 
• the head with eold water, you place your- 
- . ohair covered with clean linen, where you pas- 
ttendant near by administers to any desire 
The temperature of this room if from 125 
Eahr. The time necessary to remain here is 
D minu: nding entirely, I suppose, on 

the bather. By this time what they call gen- 
tle prespiration, but I should use a stronger term, has become 


general over the body. You arc now in a condition, if found 
desirable, to be removed to a temperature of 140 to 150 degrees 
Fahr., (the place, I am told, old bathers immediately secure, if 
possible, on entering the bath.) In this room you remain from 
five to ten minutes. By this time you are perspiring freely, 
the skin is soft and moist, and you are now prepared for leaving 
the Caladereum and pass into the shampooing room. Here you 
find a marble couch, and reclining thereon, the shampooers 
(two Irish-Turks), with their hands, manipulate the whole mus- 
cular system. The shampooers with perfumed soap follow. 
This is the most soothing and delightful part of the bath, after 
what you have experienced previously. It caused me to think 
of what Bayard Taylor has written: "Thus we lie in perfect 
repose till mind and body are drowned in delicious rest, and we 
no longer remember what we are, gently sleep lies on our 
senses." After the shampooing, there is a fine spray of warm 
water thrown over the body, gradually cooling off, thus avoid- 
ing all extremes or shocks ; and should the patient think it 
prudent, the shower and plunge bath may be indulged in. I 
would here say that the shock is severe, and not to be recom- 
mended. The process here completed, you are rubbed dry, and 
enveloped in a linen sheet, and pass into the cooling room 
where an easy chair or lounge is provided for you. The at- 
tendants dry the hair thoroughly. You are then helped to a 
cup of strong coffee which you sip at your leisure. When suf- 
ficiently cool, you dress, receive your valuables, (and the clerk 
his,) and go on your way rejoicing, not in the streets of Damas- 
cus nor the contracted ones of Constantinople, but into the 
broad, well regulated streets of the " City of Brotherly Love," 
feeling a cleaner, but I cannot say a healthier, stronger or hap- 
pier man. 

The Report of the Committee on " Practical Therapeutic 
Hints," by C. G. Raue, M. D., of Philadelphia, was read, accepted, 
and referred. 

Dr. Raue's paper being the last report, a general discussion 
Was proceeded with. 

Dr. 0. B. GrAUSE said the subject of the Turkish Bath is an 
important one. We are frequently asked by our patients, 


:i I take a Tm til we 

mmend them? If they have any therapeul 
should know what it is, that we may order them intelligi 

36 of a young man in delicate health, who 
had been under his care, and who 
patient was at first greatly pit ased at the benefit he a] 
derived from their use; but the good effects soon failed to be 
produced and he reverted to his former condition. 

Dr. R. Koch stated that he had had a patient suffering from 
epilepsy, and the fit came on him while in the hot room. 

Dr. WlLTBANK said he had heard o of death 

while taking the bath shortly after a full meal. The proprie- 
tors recommend that the baths be used fasting or at least four 
hours after a meal. 

Dr. W. J. Blakely desired more information on this sub- 
ject, and suggested that a special committee be appointed to re- 
port thereon at the next meeting. 

Dr. McCLATCHEY mentioned that a full account of the " I 
sian Baths," nearly identical with Turkish Baths, by Dr. 
den, could be found in the British Journal of Ilomxopatliy for 

Dr. J. S. Pfouts stated that he had taken a bath to tesl 
merits. lie felt greatly depressed while in the hot room ; his 
pulse ran down rapidly and he became alarmed, but was told 
there was no danger, and after the bath the sensations were of 
a very pleasant character ; he felt greatly invigorated and light 
as air. He regarded it more as a pleasure for those in health, 
than as a means of cure for the sick. 

Dr. "Williamson mentioned the "pine bath'" as a thera] 
tic measure. lie thought these baths belonged to nations 
steeped in efTeminancy and luxuriousness, and better sui: 
people of that character than to the active and energetic people 
of this country. He doubted their utility in a medical point of 
view, and thought that we should not go back to, or end 
to imitate the weakness of, eastern nations. 

Dr. A. J. Clark knew of but a single case relic vcd by the 
baths ; that was one of chronic rheumatism. 

Dr. 0. B. Gause. In regard to the question of 01 


lie desired to have some discussion by the members on the fol- 
lowing question. Is not the use of forceps frequently abused 
merely because extraction may be performed by their aid, 
whereas in many cases where they are used, skillful manipula- 
tion maj' be sufficient to overcome the want of natural expul- 
sive force ? 

Dr. K. Koch. We find that it frequently occurs in parturi- 
tion, that the pains are apparently strong and the uterus con- 
tracts; but not with that kind of force which we might term 
mathematical, so as to force the head in the proper direction 
and to the right point. It may be that one side of the womb 
contracts mare than the other, and in this way the pressure is 
uneven. Here some little assistance with the finger or the 
vectis often overcomes the difficulty. But this trouble may 
continue, and the labor gives promise of being tedious; the 
nervous forces of the patient are debilitated and she becomes 
nervously excitable, w T hich adds to the difficulty. Many women 
thus situated are really not able to bear the pangs and sufferings 
of child-birth as others are, and here speedy relief is very 
desirable, and the forceps properly applied and used are of 
very great value. Dr. K. thought the danger in applying the 
forceps depended almost entirely on the capability of the indi- 
vidual who applied them, and thought it of very great import- 
ance that their use should be properly taught to students and 
demonstrated on proper manikins and by other means. He 
had never seen any ill effects from the application of forceps in 
judicious hands. 

Dr. C. E. Toothaker had been led to doubt whether we 
should not await the action of nature; and to his mind it 
seemed unphilosophical to interfere with the natural functions 
of the mother. As far as his own experience had v gone, he 
thought that he had found that when delivery had been has- 
tened by any means, injurious rather than beneficial results to 
the mother, if not to the child as well, had followed. He recol- 
lected man}- cases where he was decidedly of the opinion that 
benefit had been derived from awaiting the natural efforts of 
the uterus. 

LDr. R. Koch did not mean to convey the idea that we should 


with natural J;. A lam and Eve 

lived together we have had unnatural labor. S<> 

ral labor pains are occurring, the woman will stand it; but it 
■times occurs that the woman's life is sacrificed, when live 
minutes use of the forceps would have saved it. 
Dr. W. J. Blakely was satisfied that injurious results had 

followed delay in use of the forceps. All judicious physicians 
should know when to apply and when to not apply them. lie 
-ure, however, that as he gain rience in obstetric art, 

there were many cases in which he would formerly have applied 
the forceps, that he now left to the natural efforts of the womb, 
and with favorable results. He remembered having once 
some remarks made by Dr. Lord, who stated that he had had 
1700 cases of labor, and had never used the forceps, lie could 
not understand how the doctor had got along without them. 
Children are not always delivered with ease by the forceps. 
He had had a case in which he and another physician after re- 
peated trials singly had failed, had been obliged to exert their 
combined strength to effect extraction, lie had no doubt but 
that there were many cases in which gentle manipulation would 
do better than the forceps. Changing the position of the woman 
will frequently cause rapid expulsion of the child in cases in 
which there is a strong temptation to apply the instruments. 
He related a case in which, during tedious labor, he had the 
woman turned to her left side, and she was delivered in fifteen 
minutes afterwards. 

Dr. J. C. Burgher said the application of the forceps re- 
quired knowledge and judgment, and these are required also to 
know when to apply them. It is injudicious to use them in 
every case where there is delay. He had never, in any case, 
lost the mother, and in very few the child ; and he had not re- 
sorted to instruments oftcner than once in about fifty cases. lie 
knew of a case in which the forceps had been continuously ap- 
plied for three hours. He had never used them longer 
than half an hour, and often delivery was effected in two 
or three minutes. The conditions laid down in our standard 
works well indicate when forceps should and should not be ap- 


Dr. Gause. I perceive that my object has failed of being 
accomplished, which was to lead the discussion into a direction 
as to the comparative value of the forceps and vectis where the 
expulsive force is insufficient, the parts of the mother are natu- 
ral, and the position of the child is not unnatural The direc- 
tion the child takes in the process of parturition should be a 
subject for the closest study. If the direction is ever so slight 
from what is natural there may be delay in the birth. In such 
cases the question is, are we to wait or use instruments, and, if 
we use instruments, is it best to use the forceps or the vectis, 
It frequently happens that a change in the position of a partu- 
rient woman hastens the completion of labor. I know of a case 
of tedious labor, in which the physician was going for forceps, 
and on leaving the room the patient turned to the opposite side, 
and the child was born before the doctor had left the house, 

Dr. C. A. Stevens said that he did not use the forceps often, 
He thought more of the use of the finger in changing the posi- 
tion of the child, and more of changing the position of the woman. 
He had had at least one thousand cases of labor, and believed 
he had not used the forceps above six times. He considered that 
much trouble arose, in obstetric practice, from physicians not 
understanding and not properly appreciating manipulation. 

Dr. C. E. Tooth aker advocated the use of forceps where 
they are indispensable, but deprecated the tendency on the part 
of many physicians to resort to instruments unnecessarily. He 
thought the previous preparation of the enciente female equally 
important with manipulation during labor. He believed that 
in cases where there might have been difficulties and clangers 
during labor, these had been prevented by proper treatment 
months before labor set in. The nature of this previous pre- 
paration is dependent on the condition manifested by the woman. 
Her whole health, and particularly as relating to the uterine 
functions, is to be considered, and every abnormality properly 

Dr. Williamson. In considering this subject, let us see 
what the experience of others has been. Mad. Lachapelle had 
upwards of 14,000 cases ; Mad. Boivin about the same number ; 
Dr. Dewees, the prince of accoucheurs, about 10,000. From 


D that t: 
1 to 250. Jt has been my lot to be called to app] 
more frequently than that, hut not in my own practice. [1 

'natural 1 ; in difficult eases while I was 

a teacher Metrics. B when I can phia, 

there were nine or ten homoeopathic physicians there, noi 
whom paid much attention to midwifery, and they -. 

glad to have one of their own school who did so, and in that 

way I got many 

There is system in the business of life, and births and deaths 

occur with very regular gradation, and this may be carried into 

midwifery. The average duration of labor — excepting primi- 

— is about four hours ; and the average number of pains 

to a labor is about fifty. These are guide ma] 

but for all eases. Some physicians think that if a labor 
has lasted six or eight hours, it is tedious, and they then want 
to apply the forceps, when, perhaps the os is not dilated to the 
diameter of a silver half-dollar. I have witnessed labors where 
forceps should be applied very early, and others, where the 
labor having lasted three days these instruments were inadmis- 
sable. It is easier to define when forceps should not b< 
than when they should be. 

I am of the opinion that there is a tendency to a too frequent 
application of the forceps, on the part of physicians. The 
doctor is bound to do the best for his patient; to save suffering 
as much as possible; but above all to look to the safety of the 
mother and of the child; and the question is, does he who sits 
quietly at the bed-side, or in another room, fulfill this sacred 
obligation ? I believe that I have often saved two or three 
hours of suffering, in cases that would have been tediou- 
proper manipulation. The great point in labor is to have the 
head follow naturally the curve of the pelvis. One great aid 
in attaining this is in having the woman properly placed and 
her body properly flexed. I have been called to many cases 
of tedious labor where the child has been born ten or fifteen 
minutes after the woman had been placed in a correct position; 
and again, on the other hand, I have known cases of labor ar- 


rested and retarded by the wilfulness of patients who persisted 
in occupying an unfavorable position. 

In regard to the vectis — which I have frequently used in former 
years — I am free to say that the best vectis I have is my fore- 
finger. With it I operate, not on the head of the child alone, 
but on the soft parts of the mother ; which the vectis cannot do. 
I place my forefinger under the os uteri at the beginning of a 
pain, and press gently but firmly against the part. When the 
resistance is decided, withdraw, and repeat the manoeuvre again 
and again. By this process } r ou press the 05 away from the 
head of the child and facilitate the birth. The women feel that 
they are being " helped," and they tell you so. 

Dr. Sperling gave an account of the practice resorted to in 
the hospital at Breslau in obstetric cases. 

Dr. A. J. Clark regards one of the modern features in ob- 
stetric practice as a great, improvement, viz : the doing away 
with the application of a bandage to the mother after labor. 
The best old-school physicians of New York City have long 
ceased to use it, and according to his own experience, he be- 
lieved there would be fewer cases of prolapsus if physicians 
ceased to confine the abdominal muscles, which has a tendency 
to destroy their tone and weaken them. 

Dr. R. Koch. This practice is done away with by many 
physicians in Philadelphia. For himself, he sometimes used it 
and sometimes did not. 

Dr. Clark. Those Avho have used it and do without it after 
one labor will not have it applied again. 

Dr. Blakely offered the following preamble and resolution, 
viz : — 

" Whereas, Various circumstances have heretofore weakened 
the confidence of the profession in our colleges in Philadelphia, 

" Resolved, That this Society views with peculiar satisfaction 
the settlement of all difficulties by the consolidation of the Ho- 
moeopathic Medical College of Pennsylvania and the Hahne- 
mann Medical College of Philadelphia, and recommends to the 
confidence and support of the profession the consolidated insti- 


Dr. Blakely supported these by some approprii 
and they were unanimously adopted. 

The following resolution was offered by lh\ Bushrod 
James, and unanimously adopted: 

"Resolved, That the State Medical Society respectfully re- 
ta our State Legislature to enact a law making criminal 
abortion tantamount to infanticide, and punishable by a similar 

Dr. 0. B. Gause. Should we have a man in our Society as 
a member, who has a general reputation as an abortionist? 

Dr. Blakkly. By the resolution just passed we certainly 
regard abortion as murder, and we should not associate with a 

It was moved and carried unanimously that the editor of the 
Hahnemannian Monthly be, and is hereby, authorized to pub- 
lish the proceedings of this body, and such of its papers as he 
may select, in that journal, prior to the issuance of the volume 
of transactions. 

The bill presented by the janitor of the hall for services and 
attendance (ten dollars) was ordered to be paid. 

At the suggestion of the Finance Committee it was moved 
and carried unanimously that, in order to relieve the Committee 
of Publication from present embarrasment, the members present 
each advance five dollars in addition to their annual fee, to be 
credited to each member so paying as dues paid in advance. 

The followingresolution was offered and unanimously adopted, 
viz : — 

"Resolved, That the Eecording Secretary be instructed to 
again notify delinquent members of their duties to this Society, 
and to strike from the roll the name of each member failing to 
respond within three months after such notification. 

The Code of Ethics adopted by the American Institute of 
Homoeopathy, at its twenty-first session, was unanimously 
adopted as the Code of Ethic* cf the Homoeopathic Medical Society 
of Pennsylvania. 

The Auditors reported that they had examined the accounts 
and vouchers of the Treasurer and found them correct. The 
report was accepted and the Auditors discharged. 


It was moved and carried that the next meeting of this So- 
ciety be held in the city of Erie, on the second Tuesday in Sep* 
tember, 1870. 

The following gentlemen were appointed delegates to the 
American Institute of Homoeopathy, Drs. J. C. Burgher, W. Wil- 
liamson, W. Jas. Blakely, Chas. A. Stevens, Marcellin Cote, 
Bushrod W. James, C. J. Wiltbank, Jas. B. Wood. 

The appointment of Scientific Committees and Delegates to 
other societies was left to the President and Kecording Secretary, 
as heretofore. 

Dr. E. J. McClatchey, of Philadelphia, was appointed Orator. 

Dr. A. J. Clark, of Scranton, Alternate. 

The Recording and Corresponding Secretaries were appointed 
the Committee of Publication. 

A vote of thanks was tendered the Recording and Corres- 
ponding Secretaries for services rendered. 

A vote of thanks was tendered the County Commissioners 
of Luzerne County, for the use of the Court House. 

In accordance with a resolution adopted at the commence- 
ment of the session, the Society then proceeded to elect officers 
for the ensuing year. 

Drs. Toothaker and Rousseau were appointed Tellers. 

The election resulted as follows : 

President, Dr. 0. B. Gause. 

1st Vice-President, . . . Dr. Chas. A. Stevens. 
2d Vice-President, . . . Dr. Jas. H. McClelland. 
Recording Secretary, . . Dr. Bushrod W. James. 
Corresponding Secretary, . Dr. Robt. J. McClatchey. 

Treasurer, Dr. W. Jas. Blakely. 

Censors, . . Drs. J. H. Marsden. 

R. Faulkner. 

C. J. Wiltbank. 

Drs. Blakely, Faulkner, Logee, Chandler, and the Secretaries, 
were appointed a Committee of Arrangements for the next 

On motion, the reading of the minutes of the session was dis- 
pensed with. 

The Society then adjourned. 

Bushrod W. James, M. D., Pec or ding Secretary. 
Robt. J. McClatchey, M. D., Corresponding Secretary. 


The following appointmenl unmittee 

teP - ent and Recording ord- 

with the instructions of the Socii 


Subgeby. — L. II. Willard, M.D., Surgical T 

Comly J. Wiltbank, M. D.j N x I Iru- 

rrtents and appliances brought out since last me> 
Malcolm Macfarlan, M. D., New Operative Proceed- 
ings during the year. 
C. II. Von Tagen, M. D., Orthopedic S 
Bushrod W. James, M.D.. of the Eye and 

Hypodermic Injections. — W. James Blakely, M.D, 
Chemistry. — Pemberton Dudley, M. D., Recent Discoveries in 

Medical Chemistry. 
Proyings. — Henry Noah Martin, M. D., New Proving* made 
since last report, and their characteristics. 

Mat. Med. — H. N. Guernsey, M. D., The Homoeopathic MaU ria 
W. Beesly Davis, M. D., Apis Mellifica. 
Obstetrics, &c. — J. C Burgher, M. D., Metrorrhagia, its Medical 
and Surgical Treatment. 
George W. Malin, M. D., Uterine Displacements and 

J. J. Detwiler, M. D., Uterine Surgery. 
Joseph E. Jones, M. D., Disease of Pregnancy, and 

G. E. Sperling, M. D., Management of Infants De- 
prived of Maternal Milk. 
Cholera Infantum and Marasmus. — C. J. Carmany, M. D. 
Baths.— W. Williamson, M. D. 
Practice. — M. Cote, M. D., The Metastasis of Disease. 
Henry C. Wood, M. D., Parasitic Diseases. 
Smith Armor, M. D., Diathesis. 


Practice. — C. G. Kane, M. D., Morbus Addissonii. 

J. II. P. Frost, M. D., Progressive Locomotor Ataxy. 
L. M. Rousseau, M. D., Diabetes. 
Physiology. — Richard Koch, M.D., Recent Development* in 

Pathology.— Silas S. Brooks, M. D., The Value of Pathology 

to Homoeopathic Practice. 
Electrical and Local Influences upon the Human Sys- 
tem. — Jacob Jeanes, M. D. 
The Microscope as a means of Medical Diagnosis. — John 

E. James, M. D. 
Mineral Spring Waters as Therapeutic Agents. — J. C. 

Morgan, M. D. 
The Yalue of Sea and Mountain Air and the Special 

Indications for Each in Disease.— J. K. Lee, 

M. D. 


American Institute of Homoeopathy. — J. C. Burgher, M. D., 
W. Williamson, M. D., W. James Blakely, M. D., 0. A. Stevens, 
M. D., M. Cote, M. D., B. W. James, M. D., C. J. Wiltbank, 
M. D., J. B. Wood, M. D. 

Canadian Institute of Homoeopathy.— C. M. Dake, M. D., G. 
E. Chandler, M. D., A. H. Clayton, M. D., J. S. Pfouts, M. D. 

Michigan Institute of Homoeopathy. — W. H. H. Neville, M. D., 
M. Friese, M. D. 

New York State Medical Society. — Hon. J. R. Reading, M. D., 
C. Preston, M. D. 

New Jersey State Society. — J. H. P. Frost, M. D., M. Preston, 
M. D. 

Massachusetts Slate Society. — Henry Detwiler, M. D.,- George 
Howell Cox, M.D. 

Maine Slate Society.— H. N. Martin, M.D., E. W. Garbe- 
reich, M. D. 

Vermont State Society. — John Malin, M. D., I. D. Johnson, 


N< Hampshire State Society, — Richard Gardiner, M. D.. 
John E. James, Aft. D. 

Q .— YV. M. Ostrander, M. D., A. II. 

Ashton, M. D. 

Ohio State Society.— Wm. II. Cook, M. D., Geo. S. F< 
M. D. 

Indiana State Society. — David Cowley, M. D., Charles Fager, 

Illinois State Society. ,— H. II. Ilofmann, M.D., II. M. Logee, 
M. D. 

Wisconsin State Society.—?. D. Lisconib, M. D., S. T. Charl- 
ton, M.D. 

Kansas State Society.— 0. S. Wood, M. D., C. P. Seip, M. D. 


Orator.— Robt. J. McClatchey, M.D. 

Alternate. — A. J. Clark, M. D. 

Committee of Publication. — Bash rod W. James, M. D., R 
J. McClatchey, M. D. 

Committee of Arrangements. — W. J. Blakely, M. D., R. Faulk- 
ner, M.D , G. M. Chandler, M.D., II. M. Logee, M. D., B. W. 
James, M.D., R. J. McClatchey, M. D. 

Committee on Charter. — R. J. McClatchey, M. D., R. Ross 
Roberts, M. D., J. K. Lee, M. D., J. C. Burgher, M. D., B. W. 
James, M. D. 

Committee on Reports. — James B. Wood, M.D., R. C. Smedly, 
M. I)., J. F. Cooper, M. D. 

Committee on I Notices. — J. C. Burgher, M.D. 




Mr. President, Ladies and Gentlemen: — I»appear before you 
this evening in compliance with an established custom of this 
Society, by which it is made the duty of one of its members to 
deliver a public address during each annual session. At the 
last annual meeting advantage was taken of my absence, and 
this duty assigned to me. I am actuated rather by a deference 
to the august source to which I am indebted for the honor, 
than by any confidence in my ability to discharge the duty 
acceptably to the Society or satisfactorily to myself. 

Transported as if by a talismanic carpet of Oriental tale, from 
the busy round of professional duties in a distant portion of 
the State, I find myself in the beautiful and picturesque valley 
of the Wyoming, so sadly celebrated in history, of Avhich, in 
my school-boy days, I loved to read, and where I longed to 
dwell. But how changed since the native Oneida chief warned 
the early settlers of their impending fate. The rude wigwam 
of the savage has given place to piles of splendid architecture—- 
the Indian trail to a pathway for the " iron-horse " — their 
hunting grounds have been converted into fruitful fields and 
blooming gardens, their villages have been transformed into 
the busy marts of trade, the blaze of their council fires has 
been eclipsed by the more potent and useful flames of the 
manufactory and forge, and their war song stilled and succeeded 
by the hum of industry, the melody of praise, and the blessings 


of peace. But your attention is invited to a few reflections 
on another topic. 

10 occasions of greater inl ■ whole c< 

oiunity, relating to this life only, than the annual se 
medical societies. These gatherings are for the advancement 
of medical science and art, not for the exclusive benefit of the 
profession, but for the good of mankind at large. They are 
composed of scientific men from different sections of the coun- 
try, who have devoted their talents and consecrated their In 
a noble and time-honored profession. The proceedings are not 
e polemical disputes for victory, but discus >r truth, 

Medical societies are of comparatively recent date. The 
oldest one in this country, of a national character, being the 
"American Institute of Homoeopathy," now in its twenty- 
fourth year of existence. Why they were not formed at a 
much earlier date seems to us strange; for we can scai 
imagine, much less realize, the full benefits resulting from such 
organizations. An interchange of ideas between men basever 
been esteemed valuable and conducive to the extension of 
knowledge. It is thus that the individual experience and ob- 
servation of each one becomes the common property of all. 
Facts are elicited, the combination and classification of which 
give increased value to those already gained, besides withdraw- 
ing many more from that obscurity in which otherwise they 
might for untold ages slumber. 

The culture of the sciences is a high test of civilization and 
Christian enlightenment. And if the eliciting and collecting 
of facts on other subjects, are at all times important, they have 
a ten-fold value in medical science. Man is surrounded on all 
sides by influences inimical to health and life: and hence it is, 
that next in importance to his salvation, is that knowledge 
which will enable him to secure "a sound mind in a sound 
body," during his allotted "three-score years and ten." 

The prevention and cure of diseases are matters in which all 
are interested. Disease, in some one of the Protean forms, is our 
inheritance. No age, sex or condition is exempt from il 
lentless grasp. And, however calmly we may view, or lightly 
weigh the fact — it is ever before us that each individual has 


but one natural life, and that life once extinct, earth's combined 
wisdom and power cannot recall. In an enlarged sense, human 
life and happiness, in our present state of existence, are com- 
mitted to the care of our profession. This fact gives to medical 
subjects a dignity and importance rarely appreciated by those 
in the full enjoyment of vigorous health. What greater earthly 
boon can be bestowed upon frail man, than the preservation of 
health and the prolongation of life? The most skillful of us, 
with the most efficacious remedies known at our command, 
will not invariably succeed, for it is " appointed unto all men 
once to die." We all know that health is essential to happi- 
ness, but few of us, however, fully appreciate it until lost. 

You are all well aware, that there is a widely spreading 
skepticism on medical subjects, both in and out of the profes- 
sion. Other sciences have their broad foundations laid on facts, 
on general principles which have been demonstrated by obser- 
vations and experience. Hence that unanimity of sentiment 
which prevails in reference to them. With regard to any 
science upon which there is great diversity of opinion, many 
hypothetical speculations, and but little positive advance to- 
wards a satisfactory solution, we are inevitably led to the con- 
clusion that such a foundation is wanting. Facts constitute the 
materials of all true science. Our complex nature is subject to 
certain laws imposed and maintained by a wise Creator. There 
are laws of reproduction and growth, of decline and decay. Is 
it unreasonable to infer that there is a law, a guiding principle, 
in the treatment of disease ? Analogy proves, and all nature 
in her harmonious revolutions proclaims such a law. The 
majestic temple of homceopathia rests upon such a principle as 
its therapeutic guide. No other medical edifice either has, or 
claims to have, any such foundation. Their unstable tenets 
are now, as in the mighty past, drifting on the wide and tem- 
pestuous sea of conjecture, without chart or compass. 

A brief review of the history o/ medicine will best enable us 
to appreciate the importance of the discovery of the great thera- 
peutic law, " likes cure likes" upon which Homoeopathy is based. 
In this retrospective glance it is not designed to rudely cast re- 
proach on the best endeavors of the many truly great minds 



that have truly adorned the profession in 

cheerful homage to their mi ' ful for what 

accomplished, let us also be thankful for our i 


The science and art of medicine has been cultivated for 
nearly three thousand years. Its pathway is strewn with 
wrecks of abandoned theories and systems once favorite. Dq 
no other science has there been so much theorizi that 

of medicine. Every age exhibits a succession of attem] 
found medical practice on some new theory, mechanical, chemi- 
cal, physiological, pathological, transcendental. 

Every great name in medical history is associated with - 
hypothesis. Boerhave taught that fever was caused by a bud 
state of the blood. Cullen, that it was an affection of the nerv- 
ous system. Clutterbuck, that its cause was always to be found 
in the brain. Broussais, that it arose from an inflam aation of 
the stomach. xVgaih, others taught that its cause was a weakened 
action of the heart. And the theories in regard to treatment 
have been no less varied and absurd. At one time we find 
blood-letting in vogue — at another emetics and cathartics rule 
the hour — one author starves his fever patient and another 
forces him to eat — now a sedative is employed and depletion 
recommended — then stimulation is all the rage, and again tonics 
are held in high esteem. At one time mercury is king 
another opium sways his scepter, quinine comes in; 
and cod-liver oil struggles for supremacy. 

The fact is, that there are no standard authorities recognized 
in medicine. The theologian has his stai dard authors, his 
commentaries, his creed, and, above all, his Bible as an unerring 
guide to which he appeals. The lawyer has his standard works, 
embodying the principles of law, and they are settled authori- 
ties to which he can appeal ; but in medicine there is no fixed 
and undisputed authority which standard works on other 
jects possess. Every man, in medicine, "is a law unto him- 
self." The complex and recondite character of the phenomena 
of life, has given a wide range for hypotheses and speculations 
in the field of medicine. Other sciences have their fixed prin- 
ciples and established facts upon which to rest; but from the 


remote period when medicine was rocked in the cradle of its 
infancy, by the Egyptian priesthood, down to the time of 
Hahnemann all was uncertainty and conjecture. Its array had 
been the occult garb of speculation, — its texture varied accord- 
ing to the power and skill of the manufacturer, from the fine- 
spun gossamer-like web of Darwin to the more gross, uneven, 
and unwieldly fabric of Hunter. Whether we examine the 
writings of Celsus, or Galen, or Paracelsus, or Sydenham, or 
Cullen, we find little but theory upon theory — like Pelion upon 
Ossa — as the reward of our labor. And thus hypothesis upon 
hypothesis, theory upon theory has accumulated, upon which 
system after system has arisen, flourished, fallen, and given 
place to others, in rapid and melancholy succession; leaving 
the disjointed materials in chaos, to be followed by other 
systems and more hypotheses. Medicine has been cultivated 
as a science and practiced as an art for more than twenty- 
two centuries. And yet, through this long lapse of ages, has 
the medical Ahasuerus wandered from one theory to another 
in search of a reliable therapeutic guide, and although our 
libraries are filled with the records of the grand and majestic 
achievements of the past, from the sage of Cos to the sage of 
Coethen, from Hippocrates to Hahnemann, we search in vain 
for a general law of cure. Near the close of the last century, 
amid the wreck of time-honored systems — this chaos of con- 
flicting theories — Hahnemann appeared upon the ruins, and 
from the debris of accumulated ages, established a method of 
cure, founded upon an immutable law of nature. A law coeval 
with man and coextensive with the diseases that beset his path. 
This method he called Homoeopathy, and this law he expressed 
by the formula, " Similia Similibus Curantur." (Likes cure 
their likes.) 

I must ask the indulgence of the professional part of my 
audience for a brief allusion to the history of this new method, 
in order that others who have honored the Society with their 
presence, may better appreciate the facts AV'iich led to the dis- 
covery, and the principles applied to its elucidation. Some 
seventy-nine years ago Dr. Samuel Hahnemann, while trans- 
lating Cullen's Materia Medica into German, was led into cer- 


tain speculati dtu medendi of Peruvian bark, in 

intermittent fever. Then, as now, medical men v, rally 

content to regard this bark as a drug having bj >ra for 

the cure of particular forms or types of Hahnemann, 

however, was not satisfied, but sought for the secret of that 
specific power. About the same time an instance came under 
his observation in which Peruvian bark produced an intermit- 
tent fever, similar to that produced by marsh miasm, which 
the bark was known to cure. On examining the records of 
poisoning by accident or design, he found several other d 
which produced conditions similar to those which they cured. 
Pursuing his investigations still further, many similar coinci- 
dences, from the medical experience of the world, were added 
to the list. His further investigations made known the fact, 
that from the time of Hippocrates, who intrpduced a crude 
similia as a minor canon in his code of healing, certain fore- 
shadowings of the law of similars had been observed by other 
medical philosophers. It was hinted by Paracelsus, declared 
by Bouldec with respect to the power of " purgatives to cure 
diarrhoea," by Detharding, witli respect to the " colic-relieving 
power of the colic-producing senna," by Van Storck, with re- 
spect to the virtues of the "mania-producing stramonium in 
mental disorders," by the great Danish physician and chemist, 
Stah 1, with respect to all remedies — if we may judge by the 
following quotation from his writings, namely, " The rule 
generally acted on in medicine, to treat by means of oppositely 
acting remedies (contraria contrariis) is quite false, and the re- 
verse of what ought to be. I am, on the contrary, convinced 
that diseases will yield to, and be cured by, remedies that pro- 
duce a similar affection." I might add Bertholon, Thoury, 
Albertus and many other authors, did time allow, who specu- 
lated in the same direction, before Hahnemann's time. In pro- 
secuting his search still further, Hahnemann was led to try the 
effects of Peruvian bark on his own person — being at the time 
in good health. The trial, he informs us, was made with the 
usual doses of the bark, at that time prescribed, and repeated 
until a group of symptoms were established which bore a 
striking resemblance to those for which it was known to be 


remedial. We learn from his writings, that just before he com- 
menced these experiments upon himself, he had treated several 
cases of tertian and quotidian fever. The indications and con- 
ditions would, therefore, be fresh in his memory. This was 
an actual experiment with a tangible result. Physicians have 
the reputation of experimenting on their patients; but Hahne- 
mann was the first to experiment on himself. He now entered 
more earnestly npon his laborious investigations. With this 
master-key to the discovery of the properties of drugs and their 
analogous disease-symptoms, he continued to experiment upon 
himself and other intelligent persons in good health, whom he 
induced to join in the more thorough work of drug proving. 
Twenty-one persons are named as having joined him in the 
proving of Peruvian bark. With the most untiring industry, 
he and his co-laborers devoted twenty years to the proving of 
various drugs then in use, and established their curative effects 
on the sick by actual trials, before he proclaimed to the world 
the great therapeutic law " Similia Similibus Curantur." There 
can be no reasonable doubt, that but for the original idea of 
ascertaining the physiological effects of medicines on the healthy 
body, the homoeopathic law, even in the time of Hahnemann, 
and in his own hands, would have remained a d.e&& formula, as 
it did in those of Stahl and others, who admitted its truth but 
knew not the key to its application. How else could the law 
have been made available in practice? By what other method 
can we obtain reliable knowledge of the specific relation which 
the remedial agent sustains to the diseased organism ? No im- 
portant advances have ever been made in the Materia Medica 
in any other way, except the few which have been stumbled 
upon. Ether has been known to the profession for at least 
three hundred years, and yet its most important property (anaes- 
thesia) was unknown twenty-five years ago. The indefinite 
knowledge, or want of knowledge in regard to the Materia Me- 
dica and therapeutics, has been the bane of medical science. 

The distinguishing characteristics between Homoeopathy and 
other modes of practice are, the Materia Medica and therapeu- 
tics. The Materia Medica is that department which treats of 
the materials or drugs employed, and comprises a knowledge 


of their natural hi id curative 

peutics compi - • ol their tion in 

the t: The relation 1 

of can collateral branches of medici 

as anatomy, phye . chemistry, pathology, &c, have at 

kept pace with other departments of know while 

the triumphs of surgery are alike wonderful and gratif 
These constitute the Ajax Telemon of the allopathic school, — 
but are as well ui »d, are as highly appreciated, am 

long as much to homceopathists, as they do to the advocat' 
any other method of treatment. 

You will bear in mind that the great problem which Hahne- 
mann solved was, that the symptoms which a drug can cause 
are similar to those which it can cure. This he determined by 
two scries of experiments. By long continued trials of a sin- 
gle drug at a time, taken for the purpose by himself and others 
while in health, and carefully recording the symptoms v. 
each drug so taken produced, he ascertained the precise devia- 
tions from health which many drugs would Thus he 
discovered the disease-producing power, by actual experiment, 
without even the shadow of a theory. This was his firsl series 
of experiments. Time will not permit a full description of the 
precautions used to insure accuracy in the proving of drugs, 
nor to recount the immense time and vast labors bestowecTin 
different countries, on these experiments. The results obtained 
fill many large volumes. 

Hahnemann's knowledge of the morbific properties of dr 
thus obtained, would have been but little more than a scientific 
curiosity, had he not animated it with power, by carefully 
ducting another series of experimental investigations. A\' I m - rt* 
a patient pres collection of symptoms similar to those 

produced by a certain drug, this drug was administered, and a 
cure ensued. Many trials with different medicines in a variety 
of diseases, some of a chronic character, which had resisted 
all other treatment, readil\ r yielded to this, and justified the 
announcement of the law of similars. Bacon pointed out at a 
distance the road to true philosophy. Hahnemann both pointed 
OUt to others, and made able advances himself in es- 


tablishing a scientific Materia Medica and a method of true 
therapeutics. If a sufficient number of carefully conducted and 
successful experiments have been made by competent persons, 
the evidence of the truth of the law Similia, amounts to a phy- 
sical certainty. The truth of the law of cure and the genuine- 
ness of the Materia Medica admitted, the inevitable conclusion 
must follow that homceopathia is of untold practical value to 
mankind. Xo educated man of sound intellect will deny that 
the method pursued by Hahnemann and his followers is in ac- 
cordance with the strictest logic applied to the exact sciences. 
" Suppose a leaf from an unknown tree, none of whose parts 
had ever been employed as a medicine, were presented to the 
Society now present, and a committee of its members were 
charged with the duty of discovering its latent power." After 
some months of trial on themselves and any friends who might 
be induced to join them, they would be able to report the par- 
ticular maladies to which it was adapted.- This they could 
accomplish without trying it in any disease, or even seeing a 
single case presenting the morbid condition which it was capa- 
ble of curing, during the whole time occupied in the investiga- 
tion. In this way the Society is every year adding to the 
Materia Medica, which enables us to meet any new form of 
disease at its approach, without experimenting upon our pa^ 
tients; a method still in favor among our old school brethren, 
and about as humane as would be the cultivation of anatomy 
by dissecting living men. When the cholera made its appear- 
ance in New York, in 1849, the homoeopathic was the only 
successful treatment. The remedies used were those pointed 
out by Hahnemann, twenty years before, (at the time it raged 
with such fearful violence in Europe) as curative in this rapidly 
fatal disease. And so with diptheria, when it raged in Albany, . 
in 1856. The same remedies were used by homceopathists in 
their very first prescriptions that are now used, and almost 
every case recovered ; while those under any other treatment, 
proved fatal, almost without exception, The same holds good 
in spotted fever and every other disease ; from the fact that we 
have both a reliable Materia Medica, and a guide to its use. It 


thy from its birth to rival all 
other systems; it is this that will enable it to 

There are many sul tedical properties are un- 

known, ist besought out. We firmly be] 

there is no dia >wever complicated, no pathological con- 

dition howev< ate, which has not its counterpart in - 

known or unknown drug. When every substance in nature 
capable of effecting the human organism, shall have been pi 
upon it, and their powers fully ascertained by the healthy, vital 
test, there will be fewer incurable maladies. 

Homoeopathy is no longer an experiment. It is now an 
established fact. It presents itself as a new science and art of 
medicine. Its practice and teachings are utterly at variance 
with everything that has preceded it. It is not one-sided, but 
many. It is not exclusive but embraces in its broad principles 
everything that is known to possess healing virtues. It claims 
the attention of mankind on the irresistable evidence of its 
superior power of curing disease and preserving human life. 
It comes before you, not in the guise of an impostor, with pre- 
tensions which it cannot fulfill, or secret charms which it will 
not reveal. Xor does it present itself in the garb of a suppliant, 
unknown and helpless, but as a conquerer, powerful and tri- 
umphant. There is scarcely a city or town in Scotland, Eng- 
land, France, Ital}, Germany, Spain, Austria, in short in the 
whole civilized world, where the disciples of Hahnemann are 
not found. 

America boasts of her five thousand homoeopathic pb}'sicians 
in extensive practice ; men of the highest respectability and scho- 
lastic attainments. There are five Medical Colleges in successful 
operation and largely patronized; and three Homoeopathic Life 
Insurance Companies, which take risks on the lives of those 
who use. no other treatment, from ten to fifteen per cent, less 
than other first-class companies. ISTew books on Homoeopathy 
issue almost weekly from the press; periodicals and journals 
devoted to its principles, are printed in great numbers, in the 
English, German, French, Spanish and Italian languages. Many 
hospitals and dispensaries have been established, that the poor 
can enjoy the benefits of this treatment as well as the rich ; the 


published reports of these institutions proclaim its superiority 
in statistical tables that cannot deceive. 

It has contended with legal prohibitions, adverse interests, 
wild theorizing, and stupid dogmatism, and overwhelmed them 
all. It has never been disproved, nor does it conflict with any 
known principle of science or philosophy. Every day's expe- 
rience, confirms its truth and proclaims its triumphs. It has 
been tested in every form of disease, from the most rapid and 
violent to the most lingering and chronic, with signal success. 
It commends itself to the public over all other modes of treat- 
ment, in the certainty which it affords for selecting a specific 
remedy for each individual disease ; the safety of its operation, 
and, in all curable maladies, its positive and permanent reme- 
dial effects ; its preventive power, in removing latent causes 
of disease, whether connate or acquired ; its efficacy in dis- 
eases hitherto considered incurable; its ample provision of 
well proved remedies, which enables it to combat any new 
form of disease that may arise, without subjecting the patient 
to an arbitrary and hazardous course of experimentation. It 
commends itself by discarding everything that may result in 
positive harm, such "make-shifts," as cauterizing, bleeding, 
blistering, vomiting and purging, and finally, in the ease 
with which the little doses may be taken even by a child, in 
the more rapid recovery from disease, and the saving of time, 
money, and suffering to the patient. 





t I Mo 1: s. 

Our brethren have so often and effectually removed these 
abnormal growths of perverted secretion, by the aid of reme- 
dies applied and selected with due regard to the totality of 
symptoms, as to have the name among the public, of physicians 
afraid to operate, or not possessing the knowledge proper or 
amount of courage to perform, what our opponents of the oppo- 
site school attempt whenever an opportunity is afforded. We 
can easily bear this imputation, if such it be, when we can, 
with unquestionable evidence, prove our theory right, and thai 
with I 'oofs. 

I have many times operated, upon the urgent solicitation of 
the patient, rather than let the case go out of my hands, but 
when the tumor is not pressing on any important organ, or 
does not hazard the life of the patient by its position, I bel 
in trying faithfully our remedies, summing up carefully the 
manifest symptoms, both mental and physical, and prescribing 
both high and low. After these have been tried and failed, then 
use the knife. For there is more triumph in removing a tumor 
by medication, than a hundred by a method which has been 
practiced from time immemorial, without any visible improve- 
ment, except in the mechanical part. I do not presume in this 
paper to theorize nor occupy valuable space, but will give 


some instances in support of the ideas already advanced, and 
adhere strictly to the theme upon which I was appointed to write. 

Case 1st. — Mrs. S., age 35, married lady, mother of three 
children, had a tumor large as an egg, a short distance above 
the knee, quite movable, hard upon pressure, had been there 
for three years, was advised by her physician to have it re- 
moved. Fearing the operation, came to Dr. Cooper's office for 
medicine. Her symptoms were, great nervousness, continually 
sighing, afraid she would die, great fear of coming sorrow or 
trouble which affected her so much as to make her feel very 
despondent, slight twitching of the muscles, drawing the limbs 
to the body. The doctor gave Ignatia 6th every three hours 
until the nervousness would cease, then a powder three times 
a day. At the expiration of three weeks, she came back and 
reported herself well. The tumor had disappeared with the 
nervous symptoms, and an interval of one year has elapsed 
with no recurrence of the tumor. 

Case 2d. — I was called to operate on this patient. The case was 
a tumor of the breast. The patient had consulted an allopathic 
physician, who recommended immediate removal. The tumor 
was about three inches in diameter, with sharp darting pains 
through it. Gave her Conium maculatum 6th every four hours ; 
on the third day saw her again. The pain was less, but notwith- 
standing this she insisted on its removal, and went to the Ho- 
moeopathic Hospital for the operation. It was performed by 
making au elliptical incision, and the tumor removed proved to 
be fibrous. She made a moderate recovery, but soon after the 
wound healed up, the same darting pains manifested themselves 
and another hard mass made its appearance in the same breast. 
Conium mac. 6th was again given. This time the treat- 
ment was persisted in, and in one month this hard mass had 
disappeared, and her health was more improved than it had 
been for some time. 

Case 3d. — Mr. S., age 21, came to the office with a large pro- 
minent swelling on the phalangeal joint of the thumb, had re- 
ceived a blow on the same some two years previous, which had 
given rise to this deformity. He complained of great soreness and 
stiffness in the thumb, extending up the arm to the elbow ; the 



swelling red and inflamed; could be mu\ little, but 

at pain when do nted it removed, but 

thinking I i • him Rhus. 6th e\ 

hours : i Rhus te day. At the - 

ration ofthrc - he came to the office, and this trouble 

entin peared. 




res in the Cornea. 

In this brief paper we will merely give a few practical hints 
upon some of the more' recent operations in this branch of sur- 
gery. One of the most novel forms of treatment of corneal 
incisions in the flap extractions of cataract, is the method re- 
cently proposed of applying delicate sutures to hold the edges 
of the incision in apposition. Quite a number of cases are on 
record with satisfactory results, without any injurious effects 
resulting therefrom.. Some of the advantages of this proceed- 
ing are, adhesion by the first intention, while pro iridis 
is not likely to occur. Atropia may be used, without fear, to 
keep the pupil dilated, while the surgeon is enabled to examine 
the condition of the eye frequently, if requisite, without retard- 
ing the healing process. The mode of inserting the suture, as 
adopted by Dr. II. W. Williams, is this: u After extraction of 
the lens the centre of the corneal flap is held by a delicate pair 
of iridectomy forceps, while a fine needle one-fourth of an inch 
long, having a flat cutting point, and carrying a single strand 
only of the finest glover's silk, is passed through it as near as 
possible to the edge. The opposite edge of the wound is then 
seized in the same manner, and the needle is passed through at 
a point corresponding with the insertion of the suture in the 
flap; a short but strong pair of forceps is used as a needle 
holder, the blades of which are roughened at the extremities. 


The suture is then carefully tied, and when the silk has been 
waxed, a common double knot has been found sufficient, with- 
out resort to the so-called surgeon's knot. The knot is re- 
moved in from a week to ten days after the operation. Ether 
should be administered in doing this on intractable patients.'" 

Division of the Optic Nerve for Phosphenes. 

Where vision is entirely destroyed in an eye, and flashes of 
light and sparkling as of fire before the eye remains, a new mode 
of treating the eye has been recommended by Prof. A. Von 
Graefe, consisting in the division of the optic nerve, which en- 
tirely removes such visual hallucinations. He also advises the 
same plan of treatment in cases of intra-ocular tumors, being 
a preliminary step to enucleation. 

Prof. Graefe does not use the hook or any other extracting 
instrument for removing, the crvstalline lens, in his modified 
linear extraction operation for cataract. He depends now upon 
manipulation and pressure, judiciously made with the handle 
of his knife just above the incision. 

The operation of extirpation of the lachrymal gland for ob- 
stinate inflammation of the lachrymal sac, which has recently 
been proposed, has not yet become a standard one, eminent 
authority taking ground both for and against its expediency. 

Some contend that systematic dilation of the nasal duct by 
means of the nasal probe, is sufficient to attain as good results 
as the removal of the lachrymal gland will give. Still, thus far, 
in a number of operations of extirpation that have been per- 
formed, no ill results are reported, while it has succeeded in 
stopping the annoying lachrymation, and without interfering 
with the proper moisture requisite for the movement of the 
eye under the lids. 

New Operation for Divergent Strabismus. 

This consists in dividing the tendon of the internal rectus near 
the sclerotic coat of the eye, then severing a portion of the 
loosened extremity of the muscle sufficiently to remedy the 


'I afterwards Implanting the muscle again by fast 
it with sutures to th >tic coat. In order to do this the 

d1 musl be placed under an anaesthetic, and an assistant, 
grasping the external portion of the globe near th 
with a pair of fixation fo and drawing it i pos« 

to the outer canthus, the operator makes a horizontal 
opening over the internal rectus, after which the entii 
of the muscle is secured with a strabismus hook having an eve 
in its extremity, through which is previously, placed a v. 
silk, with which thread the muscle is subsequently tied near 
its sclerotic implantation. Then the rectus interims is se\ 
A horizontal incision is now made over the rectus externum 
and this muscle divided. Then catching the ligature and 
making a slight traction upon it, and moving it from side to 
side to see that all adhesions are divided, the necessary amount 
of adduction requisite to remove the divergence is determined 
upon. This is easily done by catching the cut tendon of the 
external rectus, and drawing the eye to a normal straight 

The retentive sutures are next applied by means of two fine 
sharply-curved short needles, threaded with waxed fine silk, the 
needles being held with needle holders. Proper adduction 
being made, the sutures arc passed deep through the muscles, 
one above and one below, perpendicular to the plane of the 
muscle, one being near its upper margin, and the other close 
to its lower. When a sufficient amount of this muscle i- 
off, to nearly equal the amount to be corrected in the diver- 
gence, allowing for the shrinkage, which has followed the de- 
tachment of the muscle, the upper suture is placed above 
the cornea, and the lower just below it. The point of the 
upper needle should be carried along the sclerotic below the 
conjunctiva, emerging about a line above the cornea, over the' 
centre of the implantation of the superior rectus, and the lower 
suture should come out on a corresponding line below th 
ferior rectus. While an assistant adducts the eye to a normal 
situation, the operator carefully ties the suture and coap 
;tt its original place of insertion, the internal rectu> thus short- 
ened, at the same time spreading out the muscle and hiding it 


behind the pillars of the wound. The eye is then dressed as 
after the ordinary operation for strabismus, and proper glasses 
applied for a few days to compel the eye to remain straight, as 
is usual in such operations. 

Perforation of the Tympanum. 
One of the most important improvements in operations about 
the ear is the newly modified plan of excision of a portion of 
the membrana tympani in certain affections of this organ. It 
is an improved procedure over the old method recommended 
by Kiolen in the seventeenth century, and also over that in use 
at a later day by Sir Astley Cooper, and consists in keeping open 
a fissure at a proper point in the tympanic membrane. The. 
late Dr. Toynbee, of London, introduced his famous artificial 
tympanum for the closure of openings in this membrane and 
in many cases it works well, but the apparatus is of so delicate 
a nature, and so troublesome to the patient, on account of its 
having to be so frequently renewed, and by reason of its be- 
coming so easily ruptured, it does not appear to have come 
into very general use. Since this was introduced it has been 
found that a small piece of raw cotton thoroughly saturated 
with water and placed over the drum membrane, closing the 
opening, and then kept moist, answers the same purpose, and is 
a much cheaper arrangement, and is quite as readily applied, 
as Toynbee's thin rubber membrane. The loss of hearing, in 
these cases, which is relieved by an artificial membrane, is 
due to the orifice being so expansive as to sever the connection 
of the malleus from the membrana tympani, or being located 
at such a point in the membrana tympani, that the proper vi- 
brations do not strike upon the malleus, and thus allow the 
sound clearly to be conveyed to the labyrinth of the ear 
through its proper channels, the incus and stapes, to the 
fenestra ovalis. The cases that require the operation of per- 
foration of the tympanum are those in which this membrane 
has become so thickened and indurated, or has become impreg- 
nated with calcareous deposits to such an extent that it will 
not vibrate. The object of the operations, then, is to permit 


the air to gaio q the tympanic cavity and tb< 

own vibrations directly upon the .-tapes, and I 
the labyrinth, through its usual course to the audi- 
. \ and thus bring about a comparative degree of ; 
at difficulty in t: ea is to make the artificial 

opening a permanent one on account of the great tendency of 
this membrane to cicatrize and close. Dr. Politzer's method 
of establishing and maintaining such a perforation is probably 
the best and is as follows: "A large size aural speculum is in- 
troduced into the meatus externus, and the membrane illumi- 
nated by means of a reflector. By means of a paracentesis 
knife an incision is made through the membrane, through which 
opening a circular piece of material possessing the properties of 
pressed sponge is introduced, and permitted to remain for two 
or three hours, which expands the opening sufficiently to per- 
mit a hard rubber eyelet with several rims, and of about the 
diameter of a common steel knitting needle, to be introduced 
and retained. The edges of the wound grasping one of the 
grooves between the rims afterwards, holds it firmly in position. 
"The eyelet is introduced by means of an instrument called 
the pincette, which terminates in two sharp points which are 
placed in the longitudinal opening and then expanded, making 
a firmer grasp than if caught from the outside. A small trans- 
verse opening, however, is generally made in these eyelets, and 
a silk thread slipped through, so that the eyelet can be with- 
drawn, in case the pincette should slip from its hold of it before 
it is properly placed in position." 

A n< w $fode of Perforating the Membrana Tympani. 
A painless mode of puncturing this membrane is that by the 
method known as the galvano-caustic operation, and consists in 
heating a platinum wire to a red heat by means of a battery, 
and then by arranging the wire into a proper shape, it is made 
by pressure to perforate this extremely sensitive membrane 
readily, in cases where the knife would be dangerous on account 
of the involuntary motion of the patient, which will occur even 
under ansssthesia in some instances, when the instrument comes 
in contact with this tender part. 



From a great thickening of the membrana tympaoi, or an 
adhesion of the membrane to the wall of the labyrinth, or an 
adhesion of the pharyngeal orifice of the Eustachian tube, when 
deafness and tinnitus aurium have occurred, it is proposed to re- 
lieve the case by a resection of the handle of the malleus, which 
operation has received the above appellation, and has been 
several times performed. 

Inspissated Ceru 

Simple and trifling as the cases may seem to the surgeon 
the treatment of ears filled with hardened wax will be among 
his most frequent aural operations, and it, and the removal of 
obstruction, is not always so easily accomplished, as a casual 
glance at the subject would suggest, nor is it of quite so trifling 
a nature as the medical man generally believes it to be. Vio- 
lent earache frequently occurs therefrom, and deafness, inflam- 
mation of the tympanum and external meatus, and intolerable 
noises in the ear, and even vertigo of a very unpleasant char- 
acter, not unusually result. It is generally brought on either 
by the carelessness of the patient in putting pledgets of cotton, 
or oils, glycerine, pieces of onion, or raisins to the meatus to 
relieve an aching in the ear, and not unusually does the frequent 
soap and water washing of the canal also tend to impact the wax 
and push it down towards or upon the membrana tympani. The 
mode of treating such cases is for the surgeon to have a re- 
flector fastened upon his forehead, and then by means of a good 
sized syringe several ounces in calibre, and throwing a fine jet, 
maintaining- a constant stream of a solution of the solution of 


Bicarb, of Soda in the meatus, and if this does not loosen and 
remove it, an ear-pick may be used to assist in breaking up 
the mass, and thus by repeated sy ringings and pickings, the 
whole will be sooner or later removed. 



Strangulated Femoral Hernia resulting in Artificial At • 

Operation. — Cure. 

On Saturday, January 30th, 1869, I was called in consulta- 
tion, by Dr. W. B. Davis, to sec Mrs. A. B. Kensill, at No. 1112 
Hanover Street, who was suffering intensely from what was 
supposed to be strangulated femoral hernia. The patient waft 
small, thin, delicately formed, and of a highly nervous organi- 
zation. Aged about 37 years. Married, and mother of seve- 
ral children. On examination, I found a hard, incompressible 
tumor in the right groin, as large as a goose egg. Patient had 
a livid appearance; was covered with cold perspiration; lav in 
a semi-comatose condition, and vomited every few moments a 
quantitv of yellow stercoraceous fluid of exceedingly offensive 
odor. From the history of the case, it seems she first noticed 
a slight prominence in the groin some three years since, but 
motives of delicacy restrained her from saying anything about 
it until last Wednesday, February 27th, when she thought it 
suddenly enlarged after a violent fit of coughing, since which 
her sufferings have been steadily increasing. Dr. Davis on be 
ing called in rightly pronounced it to be strangulated femoral 
hernia. As the attempt made to reduce it by taxis, under etheri- 
zation, failed, assisted by Dr. Davis, and Messrs. Eice, and Ken- 
nedy, an operation was performed in the following manner: 
After the parts were shaved, an incision, to divide the skin live 
inches long, was made nearly on a line of the groin, and passing 
over the long diameter of the tumor. The other coverings woe 
then raised separately and carefully divided on the director. On 
reaching the sac, the parts presented a darkened appearance, 
which was somewhat altered when the sac was opened, by 
evacuation of a small quantity of bloody serum. The intestine 
was almost black, and had been so long strangulated that it 


was doubtful if circulation could be restored and mortifica- 
tion prevented. The stricture was relieved in the usual way, 
by incising slightly the falciform process of fascia lata and Gim- 
bernat's ligament. As cases not unlike this had got well when the 
blackened intestine was replaced, the heat and moisture in the 
abdomen favoring the return of the circulation in the gut, I 
determined to give the chances to the patient by replacing it, 
applying sutures to the wound, and carefully watch in case of 
perforation. After the operation she was comparatively easy, 
and complained of no pain whatever. During the day she pas- 
sed a quantity of hardened fasces that had been lodged in the 

Her diet consisted mainly of oyster broth and liquid farina- 
naceous food. No stimulants were given. China, in water. 

Sunday, Jan. 31. — Passed a quiet night. Applied water dres 
sing to the groin, which was very much inflamed. Continued 
china. . No movement of the bowels. 

Monday, Feb* 1. — Arsenic in water. For the first time since 
she was taken sick, natural warmth has returned to her feet 
and hands. Placed her body in bed on an inclined plane, as it 
seemed to give her more warmth. Passed quantity of liquid 

Tuesday, Feb. 2. — Passed a. quiet day. Gave no medicine. 
Healthy pus noticeable in the wound. No movement of the 

Wednesday Feb. 3. — Complained in afternoon of sharp pain 
at the seat of separation ; feels faint, and symptoms of collapse. 
Ars. in water. 

Thursday, Feb. 4. — Satisfied that the intestine had been per. 
forated, from her suddenly sinking condition, and slight appear- 
ance in the wound of yellow offensive discharge from bowels 
(fasces), I removed the stitches in the wound to expose the parts, 
and found a portion of the intestine (about three inches) morti- 
fied, with a vertical fissure in the centre, through which the 
fasces had passed. The parts were then cleansed and the intes- 
tine doubled on either side of the fissure, drawn a sufficient 
distance through the enlarged crural ring, and retained there. 
Inflamation was violent for several days, during which there 


>nstan1 discharge of yellow liquid fasces and pus, the 
3sing consisted of loose charpie. China was given in ■. 
ime comparatively easy. 

In three days the inflammation had sed so much that 

a enabled to apply a pad and bandage to retain the fasces in 
the artificial anus. It was removed for a short time each day 
in order to allow of an evacuation of the bowels. The opening 
ich extremity of the bowel was kept sufficiently dilated, and 
care was taken to have the coats of intestine in contact with 
each other unite for about one and a half inches. To accom- 
plish this was the work of two weeks, during all of which time 
she had passed all her faeces through the artificial anus and no- 
thing whatever by the rectum. On the 17th of August I divi- 
ded, with a scalpel, the intestinal septum, and applied a compress 
over the artificial anus. That afternoon I was delighted to learn 
that the fasces had come away by the anus, and that often, with 
the help of water injections, they continued to be passed fre- 
quently. There is now, Feb. 22, hardly enough faeces on the 
pad to discolor it. 

Feb. 2-i. — She has no fascal discharge from artificial anus; 
granulations have closed it. There is very little pus. She has 
had to-day a natural, unaided movement of the bowels. In a 
short time the woman became 'entirely well, and had no bad 
symptoms whatever. When I visited her in April she was at- 
tending to the ordinary duties of her household. I cannot say 
too much of the care Dr. W. B. Davis gave to this case; to his 
prompt attention and constant watching a great part of the suc- 
cess is due. 

Rupture of Perineum. Operation. — Ct 

Mrs. Kate S. IT., aged 28, always very healthy, was taken with 
labor pains on the afternoon of Feb. 19, 1869, and forcibly de- 
livered of a dead child at noon of the 21st. The child weighed 
twelve pounds and had an unusually large head (hydrocephalus?) 
which was v^vy much mutilated. On examination there was 
found to be a complete division of the recto-vaginal septum, the 
Liberation implicating about one inch of the rectum. Her in- 
juries compelled her to remain in bed for a fortnight, after 


which, on attempting to walk a short distance, prolapsus of the 
uterus and vagina supervened, accompanied by profuse corro- 
sive discharge. 

Her physician, an allopath, replaced the parts and cauterized 
the laceration with nitrate of silver, using the cautery every 
other day, confining her to bed and keeping her limbs together, 

Receiving no benefit from this treatment, she sent for Dr. 
Reucl, who promptly put the case in my hands. Assisted by Dr ? 
Reud, and Messrs. Rice, Kennedy, and Brown, the patient was 
etherized and operation performed, Thursday, March 11th, in the 
following manner; the position being the same as for lithotomy; 
After cleansing the parts, a few of the prominent points left by 
the laceration were removed with the scissors, and the whole 
of the torn surfaces were scarified thoroughly by innumerable 
light touches of the scalpel. A fine silver wire, armed with a 
straight needle, was entered four lines from the margin of la- 
ceration, at its upper part, pushed through the rectum, and, 
drawing through sufficient wire to allow it to turn on itself, it 
was returned through a corresponding part of the opposite edge, 
and without being twisted up. 

Four other deep sutures were introduced, traversing the en- 
tire depth, in the same manner. They were then secured by 
torsion, in the vagina, so as to completely adapt their surfaces. 
In order to strengthen the edges and prevent ingress of vaginal 
discharge, two superficial silk sutures were applied in vagina, 
and four in perineum. The sphincter ani offering no apparent 
resistance, it was not divided. Charpie was then placed in va- 
gina and on the perineum, and an English flexible catheter re- 
tained in the blader to prevent the contact of urine. The whole 
was then kept in position by a suitable bandage. On recovering 
from ether, she received, in all, a grain and a half of opium, in 
divided doses, to prevent the action of her bowels. 

March 12. — Considerable oozing of blood took place in even- 
ing, which was promptly arrested by ferrum, internally. She 
is otherwise comparatively easy. 

March 15. — Complains of no pain. Removed the dressings ; 
found considerable swelling. She feels weak and has no appe- 
tite, for which china was given. After that she rapidly im- 


proved. I changed ! ii^ dressings ther day. On the 

ninth day after the operation her bowels mot i :: the 

tenth day I removed all the ligatures. On the fourteenth day 
she got out of bed and Baid she felt like a new woman. The 

operation, however, slightly lessened the calibre of th< 
l»ut is a - 



If this case elicits discussion, and I gain information, my 
object will have been accomplished. It is one which, not- 
withstanding the most careful attention on my part, has not 
terminated to my satisfaction, in consequence, I consider, oi^ the 
constitutional taint inherent in the system of the patient. 

George Shant, aged 42, a painter by trade and of scrofulous 
constitution, was employed about five years ago, before the 
completion of the railroad to the town in which I resid< 
carry the election returns to the nearest railroad station for 
transmission to Ilarrisburg. He walked there and back, a dis- 
tance of 44 miles, and on the journey the boot of the right foot 
rubbed the integument from the heel, causing a small sore. 
This he frequently^endeavored to heal but without success, until 
several months afterwards while in Erie, where he received from 
a druggist some ''black salve," which speedily healed the 

After the lapse of four months he experienced severe pain in 
the knee, which became very much swollen, lie applied for 
advice to a physician, whose office he was painting, and who 
applied stimulating plasters and poultices for the purpose of 
exciting suppuration, and afterwards lanced the knee in several 
places. But little pus was discharged, I believe, and the knee 
was then for some time painted with iodine without any bene- 
ficial result. Being the regular family physician, I was, some- 


time after this, called to see one of the children, sick with ty- 
phoid fever, and during my visit the knee was shown to me 
and I was asked to prescribe for it. Brj^oiria 30th, in solution, 
was given and was taken for three weeks without any percep- 
tible result. After the recovery of the child the patient did not 
further consult me, but applied to another physician, who re- 
commended scarification and cupping of the leg and foot to an 
enormous extent. From this time he was obliged to remain in 
bed, which he occupied for fourteen months before I saw him 
again, and during which time he was successively attended by 
three quacks, whose treatment was as varied as it was absurd. 
The last measure before my second attendance was a glue band- 
age, applied after the manner of a starch bandage, but it excited 
so much pain that it had to be removed after two days. I was 
called to him in March, 1868, and found him in bed, out of 
which he had been but twice in fourteen months. The limb, 
from about three inches above the knee to the tips of the toes, 
was swollen to double its size. The skin was tense and glis- 
tening white, pitted upon pressure, the indentation remaining 
some time and then slowly disappearing. The most excrucia- 
ting pain, principally referred to the knee, was experienced upon 
the slightest motion. I diagnosed caries of the knee and ankle 
joints, and, as I saw no possible chance for medicine, I advised 
amputation. The patient's indecision and the the preparatory 
treatment consumed the time until July, upon the third of which 
month, having placed him under the influence of chloroform, I 
amputated by the flap operation at the middle third of the thigh, 
in the presence of four allopathic physicians. After the ampu- 
tation, I dissected the limb and removed the bones, the condition 
of which you will see presently. The muscles presented the 
same milky whiteness as did the skin, and the cellular tissue 
was engorged with serum. The patient had a pretty hard con- 
valesence ; hiccough troubled him excessively and uninterrup- 
tedly for two or three weeks, and afterwards chills and fever. 
The stump was covered with a moist, red eruption, similar to 
eczema, and was constantly exuding a cold, beady perspiration. 
He frequently complained of intense pain in the end of the 
femur, which shot upwards along its course, and which he yet 


and, however, healed ni at the 

trough which the ligature of tl. pal artery 

had passed. This remaii n and discharged for a 

time until closed by the following circumstance: B< 
amputation the patient drew my attention to an enlarged i; 
nal gland which he desired n ime time. I 

not do so, however, and when he commenced wall' 
enlarged still more, and four others appeared i. roximity 

to it: the live varied in size from a pigeon 1 

and he complained of an intense burning in them. With- 
out my knowledge he applied salve- and pou 
suppuration in one of them, which discharged by a large o 
ing halfway down the stump, whereupon the itic erup- 

tion and the cold perspiration disappeared and have not since 
returned, the wound before mentioned healed, and the stump 
looked as well as could be desired. 

On Jan. 27, 1SG9, I removed these glands in the following 
manner: A crucial incision was made over the tumors about 
five inches in length each way, the integument and superficial 
fascia were dissected Lack, the deep fascia divided by a probe- 
pointed bistoury upon the grooved director, and the tumors 
exposed. Four of them were removed entire, the one which 
had discharged of course coul- Several small branches 

were tied during the dissection. The cavity remaining after 
their removal was about as large and as deep as an ordinary 
saucer. The wound healed slowly and not kindly; considerable 
discharge still continues, and the • I the wound in one or 

two places are of an unhealthy purple color and are swollen and 
puffed. The opening in the integument through which the first 
gland discharged, still remains open and forms the outlet for the 
present discharge, which is at times \r\y foul. I may say here 
that when the glands were removed, I exercised the gr< 
to make that removal complete, and believe it was so. 

The patient has lately again had chills and fever of a quoti- 
dian character, otherwise he appears well, walks about on crut- 
ches, and is very grateful for the relief afforded him by the am- 
putation. He told me to-day, May 14, 1869, that he dare not 
recur even in thought to his confinement of fourteen months; 


it nearly drives him crazy. To me the result has not been satis- 
factory and I would be pleased to hear the opinions of others 
on the subject. lie has informed me that his father after his 
fiftieth year had his leg amputated for a similar affection of the 
joints. Ars. 20 °, Lach. 2i)0 , and Silicea 200 have been the principal 
remedies. You may see the extent of the disease from the 



K. B. — Cedron was recommended to be used in the above 
case by Dr. Stevens. Dr. Gause suggested Hamamelis. Dr. 
McClatchey the still unproved Lava, from its known effects upon 
the bony structure of animals. Dr. Koch referred Dr. Blakely 
to Phosphate of Lime. 

by j. h. McClelland, m. d., Pittsburgh. 

Recto- Vaginal Fistula. 

A. O., aged 27 ; native of Ireland. This case presents the 
following conditions: — Kecto-vaginal fistula, stricture of the 
rectum, from two to three inches from the anal orifice, sycotic 
excrescences around the anus and within the vagina, and vari- 
ous minor complications. As a peculiar feature of her case, it 
might be mentioned the urethra was entirely wanting, the fin- 
ger passing readily into the bladder: and yet she could retain 
her -urine a sufficient length of time. 

The fistula was quite large, allowing a probe to be readily 
passed into the rectum, and giving free egress to the fluid secre- 
tions of the rectum. The rectal opening was probably two 
inches above the external orifice, while the vaginal was just 
back of the fourchettc. 

In order to dilate the rectal stricture, the ordinary gum 
bougie had been used a short time, but without much apparent 
effect. I therefore had glass bougies made, of different sizes, 


which tapered at both ends, with a slight enlargement or button 

at the l«>wer extremity, to which a cord might be attached 

not slip otVi to facilitate its withdrawal from the rectum, 
object, of having the instrument taper at its lower end w. 
enable it to be retained with more comfort, preventing, in this 
way. the continuous stretching of the sphincters. Commencing 
with a small size, I ordered the bougie to be introduced - 
ral times a day, (at first, once only,') and retained as long as 
possible, with comfort. It was, accordingly, retained from half 
an hour to an hour at a time. This treatment, together with 
various internal remedies, Merc, Nit. ac, Cinabar., Thuya., Ac., 
had the effect of relieving the stricture in a marked degree, 
allowing the act of defecation to be performed with much 
greater ease than formerly. 

The fistula, which had been the source of so much annoy- 
ance and discomfort, had, in the course of five or six weeks, 
entirely closed, so that repeated efforts failed to discover any 
communication between the vagina and rectum. The removal 
of the patient from the city prevented further treatment of her 

Fitlnla in Ano Cured by Ligature. 

Francis McC, aged 40; native of England. Fistula in ano, 
of about four months standing; had been unsuccessfully ope- 
rated upon two months previously by an old-school physician. 

The external opening was about half an inch from the anus. 
and the internal about one inch from the sphincter. 

Introducing one finger in the rectum, a probe armed with a 
silk ligature was passed through, brought out at the anus, and 
the ligature thus drawn through and tied. 

It was tightened slightly, from time to time, and in the course 
of three or four weeks came away, the fistula having, of course, 
disappeared. For various gastric, urinary, and other symptoms 
during the treatment, he received Canth., Nux v.. Silic, Ber- 
beris, &c. 


Excision of both Condyles of the Femur. 

Alonzo S., aged 19; native American. May 8th, 1869, in 
running down the street fell into an excavation about thirty 
feet deep, striking on his left knee, dislocating and fracturing 
the femur. 

The accident occurred about midnight; was called bv Dr. 
Kennedy, of East Birmingham, to sec the patient, at 4 o'clock, 
A. M. On examination found the limb distorted, shortened, and 
a fragment of bone lying upon the patella, but not protruding 
throuo-h the integument. 

Placing him under chloroform, I succeeded in reducing the 
dislocation, but could not get the fragment resting on the 
patella in its proper place, owing to the strong contractile force 
of the muscles, and, as we afterwards learned, to the position 
of the fragment. I then sent for Drs. Hofmann and Burgher, 
but our united and persistent efforts failed to accomplish the 
desired result. Acquainting the friends of the patient of the 
serious nature of the injury, we recommended his removal to 
the Homoeopathic Hospital, to which they acceeded. 

Ten hours after the injury, he was again placed under the 
anaesthetic, and an incision made, about four inches long, over 
the seat of fracture, from which a large quantity of the accumu- 
lated blood escaped. The lower extremity of the femur was 
found broken in numerous fragments, one of which had become 
impacted, with one extremity over the patella. Removing this, 
the lower end of the femur was found jagged and partially de- 
nuded of periostium. This was, therefore, sawed oft'. The 
condyles were then found in such a condition that their exci- 
sion was determined upon, and they were accordingly dissected 
out, involving in so doing an immense amount of careful labor. 
It was accomplished, however, without injuring any of the 
arteries; and after cleansing the large gap of all fragments, the 
wound was washed out with very dilute Calendula, and left 
open. An incision was also made at the lower external side of 
the limb for drainage. 

The limb rests in a tin fracture-box, surrounded with oakum, 
and is suspended on pulleys. Extension and counter-extension 
is also made by adhesive straps, ropes, and pulleys. 


The patient was placed on Arn. 6, for which Aeon. G is sub- 
stituted when the fever r: 

The length of bone excised is four and five-eighths inc 
including both condyles. 

Drs. Burgher and Eofmann kindly assisted in the operation, 
which is thus far (7th day) successful. 

It might also be mentioned, that as sloughing commei. 
and the discharges became somewhat offensive, I had a few 
folds of muslin dipped in a weak solution of carbolic acid, and 
laid over the wound. The beneficial effect was manifested both 
in destroying or preventing the odor, and in the improved ap- 
pearance of the wound. 

Amputation, in this case, would have been a much easier, 
possibly better, procedure, and may yet have to be resorted 
to; but I now feel justified in first endeavoring to save the 
limb, involving though it does, increased time and labor. 






The object of your Committee in writing the following' re- 
port on New Remedies, the provings of which are not yet em- 
braced in our general works on Materia Medica, is not so much 
for the purpose of magnifying the importance and relative 
value of their symptoms (great as these are known to be), as it 
is to designate the portions of our periodical and other litera- 
ture, of recent date, in which reliable knowledge on the subject 
of those medicines can be obtained. Neither a transcript nor 
an abstract of the accumulated labors of the physicans of our 
school in the proving of drugs since the publication of "-New 
Remedies," January 1st, 1867, by Prof. E. M. Hale, M. D., 
would be in place here; and, as so much has been deservedly 
and so well written already in the form of essays on the ab- 
sorbing topic of our Materia Medica, your Committee refrains 
from occupying the time of the Society in that way on the 
present occasion. 

The second edition of the work entitled " New Remedies," 
by Prof. E. M. Hale, M. D., was published in January, 1867, 
and contains what is known of remedies introduced to the pro- 
fession between the time of the issue of our last general work 
on Materia Medica and that date. This report refers to the 
portions of our current literature in which may be found what 



d published concerning new remedies sii 
cation of Prof. Hale's work, as well as additional t provings and 
clinical observations of some of the new remedies noticed in 

that work and elsewhere. 

Your Committee has endeavored to do justice to pro> 
journals, and books from whence information lias been derived 
for the report, but in some instances the originals were no 
cessible, and apparent wrong may Lave been done to a 
but any errors of the kind will gladly be corrected. 

.1 \onitum napellus. — See Ilahnemannian Monthly, Vol. 1 \ '.. 
page 306, for partial Proving in the attenuations. By Temple 
S. Hoyne, M. T). 

Artemisia abrotanum^ (Southern wood). — See N. E. \ 
Gazette, Vol. II., page l>S. Cases from practice by A. M. 
Cushing, M. ]>. 

Antennaria margariiacea^ (Gnaphalium margaritaceum, Pearl 
Flowered Life Everlasting). — See N. E. Med. Gazette, Vol 
1 V., pages 174 and 175. Clinical Observations. By Samuel 
Gregg, M.D., and I. T. Talbot, M. D. 

Apis melb'fica, (The Poison of Honey Bee). — See N. E. Med. 
Gazette, Vol. II., page 234. Symptoms from the sting of the 
Bee. Samuel Deans, M. D. 

Arsenici lodidum, and Calcis iodidum. — See llalinemannian 
Monthly, 'Vol. III., page 2Go. Fragmentary Provings. By 
W. James Blakely, M. D. 

Arum trijphyllum, (Indian Turnip). — See "New Remedies," 
2d edition, page 73 ; also Ilahnemannian Monthly, page 371, 
Vol. IV. II. N. Guernsey, M. I). 

Atropine. — See Transactions of the Horn. Med. Society of the 
State of New York, Vol. VI. pages 83-93. Provings and 
Chemical Observations. By E. M. Hale, M. D. 

Baptisia leucantha. — See Amer. Horn. Observer, Vol. V., 
page 526. Description. By Prof. E. M. Hale, M. D, 

Baptisia tinctoria^ (Wild Indigo). — See "New Remedies," 
page 123 ; also N. E, Med. Gazette, Vol. [I., page 25, for Ob- 
servations, by E. U. Jones. \1. D 


Cannabis indica, (Indian Hemp). — See Hahnemannian 
Monthly, Yo.1. III., page 461. Proving by Edward William 
Berridge, M. B., B. S. ; also Dr. B. Mure's Materia Medica, 
(Hempel's translation,) pages 168 and 169 ; also Publications of 
American Provers 1 Union. 

Carbolic acid. — See Monograph published by W. B. Keen 
and Cook, Chicago, 1849, for Valuable Provings and Clinical 
Observations, by Drs. Backmeister, Hoyne, Duncan, Hedges 
and Boyce; also Transactions N. Y. State Horn. Med. Societ} r , 
Vol. Y., 1867, pages 54, 86, 87 and 88; also Hahnemannian 
Monthly, Yol. Y. p. 49, provings by S. Lilienthal, M. D., and 
others; also, same Yol., commencing at p. 166, provings and 
clinical cases, by Chas. H. Haeseler, M. D. 

Chimapliila umbellata, (Pipsissewa. Pyrola umbellata) — See 
" New Remedies," 2d edition, page 193; also N. E. Med. 
Gazette, Yol. II., page 1. Its influence on the Mammas, by 
E. M. Hale, M. D. 

Cimicifuga racemosa, (Synonym, Actea racemosa, Black 
Cohosh). — See "New Bemedies;" also Amer. Horn. Observer, 
Yol. Y., page 527, for Case of Poisoning, by A. E. Norton, 
M. D.; also Halm. Monthly, Yol. III., page 457, by Richard 
Koch, M. D., on Cimicifuga in Diseases of the Mind ; also N. 
E. Med. Gazette, Yol III., page 5Q, Observations on Cimicifuga 
in Melancholy, by T. S. Yerdi, M. D. 

Cocculus indicus. — See Trans. Horn. Med. Society of New 
York, Yol. 6, p. 635. Observations on Cocculus indicus, by 
Carroll Dunham, M. D. 

Cupri arsenitum, (Scheele's Green). — See Transactions Horn. 
Med. Society of Pennsylvania, 1868, page 73, by W. James 
Blakely, M. D. 

Curare. — See Hahnemannian Monthly, Yol. V\, p. 137, 177. 
Proving by Dr. L. T. Houat, translated by S. Lilienthal, M. D. 

Dioscorea villosa, (Wild Gum Root). — See American Homoe- 
opathic observer, Yol. YI. page 68. An elaborate proving of 
Dioscorea villosa, by A. M. Cushing, M. D., published by 



E. M. I [ale, M. 1 '. nd edition of "Xcw R 

Bahnemannian Monthly, Vol. IV.. page 58. Provi 

by .'. LT. Woods, M. I ». : Vol., page 306, its ac 

on the Genital Organs, with cases from practiccof A. M. I 
M. D. By K. M. Hale, M.D.; also N. K. Med. Ga 

Vol. IV., page L76, Clinical Observations, by Drs. G 

Bushnell, Woodbury, Sanford and Humphrey. 

Dl< . (Proximate principle of Dioscorea \ 

American llomocopathis Observer, Vol. A' I. L22 and 

15S. A thorougli proving of Dioscorcin on one individual, 
eliciting a very large number of symptoms. By A. M. Gush- 
ing, M. D., Lynn, Mass. 

Dipsacus sylvestriSj (a variety of Teazle). — See U . S. M 
and Surg. Journal, Vol. II., page 318. Clinical Observations, 
by M. Beullard. 

Erechthites hieracifolius, (Fire-weed). — See "New Kemed 
page 316; also Transactions of the Horn. Med. Society of the 
State of New York, Vol. VI., page 78. Proving, by E. M. 
Hale, M.D. 

Euphorbia corollalu, (Large-flowering Spurge). — Sec "New 
Remedies," page 371 : also Proceedings of the Horn. Med. So- 
ciety of Ohio, page 62. Provings, by E. C. Beckwith, M.D. 

Glonoine, (Nitro-glycerine).— Provings by members of the 
Medical Society of Central New York ; Drs. P. 0. C. Benso: . T. 
Dwight Stow, W. L. Fiske, Wm. A. Ilawlcy, A. E. Wa 
R. E. Belding, and Clinical Experience by C. W. Boyce, M.D, 
— Sec Ilahn. Monthly, Vol. IV., page 1 L6. 

Qossypium herbaceum^ ('Cotton Plant).— See "New Reme- 
dies," 2d edition, by E. M. J Talc, M. D.; also HahnemanniaD 
Monthly, Vol. IV., page 315, for Essay and Proving conducted 
by Alex. Peltzer, M.D. By W. Williamson, M. 1). 

Hydrastis canadensis^ (Golden Seal). — Sec "New Remedi 
page 5-A6 ; also Transactions Amer. Inst, of IIomceopathy for 
1867, for additions and arrangement, by W. Williamson, M. 
D. ; also N. E. Med. Gazette, Vol. III., page 3. Observations 


by W. Williamson, M. D.; also, Llannemannian Monthly, Vol. 
II, page 260, for extensive proving by class of Horn. Med. 
College of Penna. 

Iris versicolor, (Blue Flag). — See "New Kennedies," 2d. edi- 
tion, page 590; also Transactions Arner. Inst, of Homoeopathy 
for 1868, page 113. Valuable Provings and. extensive Clinical 
Observations, by C. Wesselhoeft, M. D. 

Lilium africanus, (African or Pig Lily). — See X. E. Med. 
Gazette, Vol. II., page 151. Proving and Case from Practice, 
by A. Linclsey, M. D. 

Lilium tijriuum, (Tiger spotted Lily). — See Transactions of 
the Amer. Inst, of Homoeopathy for 1867, page 93 ; also Trans- 
actions, &c., for 1868, page 101. By William E. Payne, M.D. 

JIacrotin, (a Kesinoid of Actea racemosa). — See IT. S. Med. 
and Surg. Journal, Vol. II., page 383. Proving and Clinical 
Observations, by L. H. Willard, M. D. 

Mercurius proto-iodalus, (proto-iodide of Mercury). — See 
Hahnemannian Monthly, Vol. L, for exhaustive proving by 
W. James Blakely, M. D., or reprint from same published by 
A. J. Tafel. 

Mjrica cerifea, (Bayberry). — See " New Remedies," 2d edi- 
tion, page 725 ; also Publications of the Massachusetts Homoeo- 
pathic Medical Society for 1864; also Monograph and Ameri- 
can Homoeopathic Observer, Vol. V., page 9. Prof. E. M. 
Hale, M. D., and others. 

Myridn. — See Publications of Mass. Horn. Med. Society, 
Vol. II., page 397. By Drs. Chase, Cullis, and Whitney. 

Naja trijoudians. — See American Homoeopathic Observer, 
Vol. VI., page 168. Keference to Dr. Russell's provings of 
Naja tripudians, and a case of poisoning from the bite of the 
serpent witnested by Mr. Du Chaillu the African traveler. By 
Prof. E. M. Hale, M.D. 

Oenothera biennis, (Common Evening Primrose). — See X. E. 
Med. Gazette, Vol. IV., page 175. Clinical Observation, by 
George Kussel, M. D. 


1' . Rock Oil).— See Hahn. Monthly, Vol. 111.. 

T ... . with cases from practice, by P.O.C. B 

M. I». 

Phosphorus. See American Homoeopathic 01 Vol, 

V L. page 131. An .account of the poisonous eff Phosi 

phorus, ami the post-mortem phenomena. Translated from 
Virchow's Archives. By S. Lilienthal, M. D., New York. 

Physostigma venonosum^ (Ordeal Bean of Calabar) — See 
ports of Mass. Iloni. Med. Society. Vol. II., page 456. Prov* 
ings, by ILL. Chase, M. D., Charles Cullis, M. 1).. and C. 
Wesselhceft, M. D. 

Plantajo major, (Plantain). — See American Homoeopathic 
Observer, Vol. VI., page 140. Clinical observations on Plan- 
tago major, by Solomon lieutlinger, M.D. ; also Hahnemanj 
nian Monthly, Vol. III., page 332. Proving, by Alfredl 
Heath, London; also N. E. Med. Gazette, Vol. II., page 175. 
Observations, by £. U. Jones, M.D. 

Polyporus pinicol^ (Agaric. Larch and Tamarack). — See 
American Homoeopathic Observer, Vol. V., pages 208. 27$ 
By Prof. E. M. Hale. M.D. 

PoJyj'orus officinalis, (Larch agaric). — See American Homoeo- 
pathic Observer, Vol. V., pages 58 and 116, by W. II. Burt, 
M. D., assisted by a number of other physicians; also same 
Vol., page 187, by E. M. Hale, M. I).: also same Vol., page] 
481, by E. Cooley, M. D. 

Ptelea trifoliala, (Hop-tree, Trefoil). — See Transactions of the 
Amer. Inst, of Homoeopathy for 1868, page 157. An extensive^ 
and carefully prepared Monograph, containing description, his- 
tory, twenty-three provings, 350 symptoms, clinical not. 
By Prof. KM. Hale, M.D. 

Pulsatilla nuttalliana, (American Pulsatilla). — See "New 
Remedies," 2d edition, page 845 ; also Transactions of the 
Amer. Inst, of Homoeopath)' for 1867, page 10, by C. AVes- 
selhceft, M. D. 

Rhus venenata, (Synonym — Rhus vernix, Poison sumach). — 
See "New Remedies," 2d edition, page 874: also Amer. 1I<>iii. 


Observer, Vol. V., page 474 for Proving by Preacher Kunze. 
Translated, by S. Lilienthal, M. D. 

Saccharum album. (White Sugar). — See Hahnemannian 
Monthly, Vol. III., page 141. Proving, Symptoms arranged 
by A. Lippe, M. D. 

Sanguinaria canadensis, (Blood root). — See "New Eeme- 
dies," page 912; also N.B. Med. Gazette, Vol. II., page 124. 
Observations and Cases from Practice, by C. E. Sanford^ 
M. D. ; and also same Vol , page 277. Observations and Cases 
from Practice, by C. W. Boyce, M. D. 

Saponaria officinalis, (Soap wort, Bouncing Bet). — See Trans- 
actions of Amer. Inst, of Homoeopathy for 1865, page 47. 
Proving, by AVm. E. Payne, M. D. 

Solarium nigrum, (Garden Nightshade). — See American 
Homoeopathic Observer, Vol. VI., page 13. — A disquisition 
on Solanum nigrum, containing an account of its being 
mistaken for atropa belladonna, with gleanings from vari- 
ous sources of symptoms caused by the Solanum nigrum, 
and clinical observations on its use in the treatment of several 
diseases. By Prof. E. M. Hale, M. D., Chicago. 

Thea sinensis, (Chinese Tea). — See N. E. Med. Gazette, Vol. 
II., pages 169 and 193. Pathogenesis of Tea, by C. Wessel- 
hoeft, M. D. 

Thuja occidenialis. — See Hahnemannian Monthlj-, Vol. III., 
page 505. Proving with Jenichen's 1000 attenuation, by E. 
W. Berridge, M. B., B. S. 

Urtica urens and Urtica crenulata, (Xettle). — See N. E. Med. 
Gazette, Vol. III., page 10. Observations by T. C. Dun- 
can, M. D. 

Ustilago madis, (a Parasite of Indian Corn). — See Mono- 
graph ; also Amer. Horn. Observer, Vol. V., pages 305 and 
301. Provings and Clinical Observations, by TV. H. Burt 
M. D. ; also Hahnemannian Monthly, Vol. IV., page 369. Its 
Use in Uterine Hemorrhage, by J. B. Wood, M. D. 

New Provings and Re-provings. — See Publication of Ameri- 
can Provers' Union, for Provings of Ferrum metallicum, Mer 

' I.YANIA II « »M(E 

• Minus iodatus ru I Cannabis indica ; also Pablical 

of A. J. Tai'cl, Philadelphia, for Provings of Cistus cannaden- 
sis, Cobaltum, Zingiber, and Mercurins proto-iodatua reprinted 
the Bahnemannian Monthly; also American Journal (A' 
ceopathic Materia Medica, for symptoms of Natrnm sul- 
phuricum, Eupatorium perfoliatum, Eupatorium purpuremn. 
Therideon curassavicnm, Sarsaparilla, Asparagus officinalis. 
Mercurius iodatns ruber, Cuprum, Stramonium, and Coca. 


The fundamental points of difference that have existed and 
still continue to separate the various schools of medicine, are, 
in fact, opposite, and differently modified views on the subject 
of the action of remedies in general, and the specific action of 
remedies in particular. 

Whether the principles under which a patient, or, as some 
schools term it, a disease to be cured, is based on the law of 
the Similars or Contraries are correct, can only be solved after 
determining — First, what constitutes disease, and secondly, in 
what manner remedies act specifically ; and we would soon con- 
vince the old school of two erroneous material ideas of dis- 
ease did they comprehend as we do the specific action of 

Various schools of medicine have at times claimed to have 
found a remedy that cures disease upon some principle peculiar 
to itself, and not common to any one or two remedies, or they 
claimed to have found a remedy which infallibly cures all 
of certain diseases to which it is deemed appropriate. 

Experience has demonstrated, however, that all these theo- 
ries are erroneous, that a remedy which, in one or more in- 
stances, has cured to all appearances a certain form of disease, 
had failed to cure other similar cases. And it could not be 
otherwise, as even the most contagious diseases do not attack 


all persons in exactly the same manner. The individuality of 
persons coming under the influence of a contagion modifies 
and changes the effects of it on the variously differing 
individuals; and what holds good in contagious diseases is 
much more strongly marked in all other forms of disease. The 
deduction of the specific action of a remedy brought to the test 
of experiment was drawn in this instance from accidental 
cures, and did not hold good when the propositions of the 
various expounders of the different doctrines of the common 
school of medicine claiming to be in possession of specific re- 
medies for specific diseases, have been rejected by one side on 
account of failures in the application of that specific, and when 
revived again by the other, to fail ; and finally the practical ex- 
periment had to be tried in order that the specific action of 
every remedy might become known. This experiment con- 
sisted in the novel mode of proving medicines on the healthy, 
and is one of the prerogatives of Homoeopathy. 

As homoeopathists, we contend that a remedy which is ad- 
ministered as a curative agent, specific for the cure of the sick per- 
son, can only cure or be a " specific " because in its action on the 
human organism it is able to and has caused a very similar 
disturbance of health, or in other words, has caused similar symp- 
toms as are manifested by and on the patient suffering from 
the effects of disease; and as every case of disease has to be 
considered as an individual case, and as the same miasma, con- 
tagion, &c., affects different individuals similarly, but differently, 
the variations having their cause in the individuality of the 
person affected ; just as medicines do affect all persons alike, but 
their action is still changed by the characteristic peculiarities 
of persons taking it. So must we look under our law of cure 
for the specific remedy for each specific case of disease ; and we 
will find its specific action restore health in proportion as the re- 
medy possesses the necessary similarity of action on the organ- 
ism as has been the result of disease; and as we consider every 
case of disease by itself as an individual case, comprising all 
and every changed condition in variance with that exhibited 
in health, as the totality of symptoms constitutes the disease, 
the possibly curative specific must in all respects be similar 


§, and this excludes from hon 
pathic practice, the selection of b 
cause there exists a similarity between it and tl 
thed' >rgauopathy). The similarity of 1 ality may 

as in r< ring a certain remedy or remedies, but can 

never alone point it out as a specific, it is nothing more nor 
than a " ' inder. If the locality alone were 

to determine the choice of a remedy, and DOthing else we: 
quired to find the specific, it would imply that we were in all 
eases in the | m of the knowledge of the very seat, the 

very precise locality of the disease. But all practitioners of 
medicine know too well that in many forms of disease the 
locality of the disorder is not known, or at least is obscure and 
very doubtful, and by implication we would again return to the 
allopathic materialistic ideas of disease. Next to the locality 
(if such a point can be fixed with some degree of certainty i we 
have to consider the kind of pain experienced, and furthermore 
the condition under which such a pain is relieved or amelio- 
rated or originates or ceases; and, finally, must be considered 
the concomitant condition not always traceable to the disturbed- 
condition of one organ, or to the apparent locality of the dis- 
ease. If the locality, the kind of pain, the condition and con- 
comitant symptoms, as they are found on examination of a 
given case of disease, are similar to the effects known to have 
been produced by a remedy on the healthy organism, then only 
are we in possession of a specific remedy, and its specific action 
must result in a restoration to health. 

From the facts so stated and found to be correct by the long- 
continued and often-repeated experiment, it must follow that 
Homoeopathy must also reject all attempts to find specific re- 
medies for certain forms of disease, or what is still a greater de- 
viation from our acknowledged principles, resort to the mixing 
or combining of various drugs. The specific action of a remedy 
can only be ascertained by first obtaining a knowledge of it by 
proving it on the healthy, and whereas the combination oi 

yet been proved on the health}', and as 
we therefore have no knowledge of their action at all, they 
never I 


Cinchona was taught to be a specific for Intermittent Fevers, 
and it was left to oar school to determine its specific action in 
that and other forms of disease, which was done by proving it 
on the healthy, and what held good in this case holds in all 
other cases of disease, and in the determining of the specific 
action of all other remedies. The allopathic school begins to 
comprehend that all their efforts to find specific remedies has 
been followed by sad disappointment, and they are beginning 
to do what Hahnemann did long ago, — prove drugs. The true 
knowledge of drug action is a necessary preliminary step which 
has to be taken before we can become possessed of the specific 
action of remedies, and we have in addition to this preliminary 
step to follow the further development of medical knowledge 
and their principles, thereby brought to our acquaintance, and 
accept the practical rules which the experiment has confirmed 
as best suited to the application of these principles, and the 
specific action of remedies will be confirmed in every case which 
is treated in accordance with the principles and practical rules 
appertaining to the Homoeopathic School of Medicine. 



Food for the hungry and water for the thirsty are reliable 
remedies when the sufferers are otherwise in good health ; but 
neither will food relieve the hunger nor will water extinguish 
the thirst which occurs in some diseases. Under these circum- 
stances other means, among which are medicines, will often 
cure the disorders upon which morbid hunger or thirst depends. 
And, as the diseases which cause these symptoms are very 
different from each other, so must be the means by which they 
can be cured, It is the wrong selection of means intended to 
be remedial which gives rise to the expression of " Unreliable 

Knowledge of the totality of the symptoms, of the totality of 


the circui - influencing the disease, and of the m 

medial, i tial to absolute perfection, in the 

tion of appropriate remedies iv: evils. 

Although this may be beyond human attainment, yet it is 
duty, bv the study of diseases and their rem; i make as 

near an approximation to it as possible. 

Slowly, through remote ages and to the present time, baa 
medical science been, in the main, advancing. Yet it has often 
been stationary, or even retrogress .id both delay and re- 

trogression have mostly been owing to a superstitious reverence, 
either felt or feigned, for doctrines, which to doubt was medical 

The medical profession in this country is now alive to its 
duty, and is endeavoring through the instrumentality of county, 
state, and national medical societies, to further the progress of 
medical science- Good has already been attained, and much 
greater must come, if these organizations, learning wisdom 
from the history of the profession, shall successfully 
all attempts to render them the coercers of opinions 
the manufacturers of medical creeds. Their opinion is to stimu- 
late philosophical inquiry and not to establish limits within 
which it shall be restrained. And they should confine their 
action to the great and lofty purpose for which alone they ought 
to have been, or should be, maintained. Any interference in 
the disputes of physicians should be avoided. 
members are accused of crimes it should be remembered that 
the scales and sword of justice have not been confided to I 
organizations, but to the legal tribunals of the land. 

Valuable medical knowledge and the general good conduct 
of physicians are the only remedies for the wounds which the 
honor of the profession receives from its disreputable members. 
The decisions and sentences of institutions such as ours, have 
always proved, and probably always will prove "Unreliable 






" The term Materia Medica," says a recent writer, " has 
undergone changes, or, at least, limitations in its meaning. It 
originated in the collecting and studying those material sub- 
stances which became medicines. As the facts thus obtained 
increased in number, and were classified", the name was given 
to the department of knowledge thus formed. As the facts be- 
came more numerous, division and subdivision were necessary. 
New departments w^ere made, and the name Materia Medica was 
restricted to one of them. At each period, one branch stands 
representative for the others. Its object is to obtain material 
for therapeutic experiment."- 

The term " Proving," signifying the endeavor to ascertain 
the extent to which drugs will pathogenetically affect the healthy 
human system, tersely expresses the therapeutic experiments 
instituted by Hahnemann, and pursued by his adherents to the 
present day, and to which, according to our law of cure, every 
substance must be submitted, before being employed for the 
removal of disease. This is the principle, but I regret to say 
that it has not been implicitly obeyed, and hence we find in the 

* "The Materia Medica in its Scientific Relations." New Haven, Conn. 



provings in different degrej 
some having been well made, some partially, and 
very imperfectly. The drugs, which these provin 
may be arranged according to the extent to which they have 
been pathogenetically ini sd, and may be divided into 

ighly } partially, and imperfectly proved. The drug - 
as partially and imperfectly proved, furnish the material for the 
present report, and constitute what are known as the Partially 
lies. I have chosen to treat the subjeet upon 
general principles, since to take up eaeh remedy in detail, and 
examine its uses in disease, would require more time than 
would allow to me. 

The first consideration is : Wl understand by Par- 

tially Pn v I Remedi 

In the " Organon of Homoeopathic Medicine," we read as 
follows, upon the subject of provings: 

$ 120. ''Thus we ought to distinguish medicines earefully 
one from another, since it is on them that life and death, dis 
and health, depend. To effect this, it is necessary to have re- 
course to pure experiments, made with care, for t\\o purpose of 
developing the properties that belong to them, and the true 
effects which they produce on healthy individua 

^ 127. " Medicines should be tried on the persons of women 
as well as men, in order that those changes in the economy 
which are referable to difference of sex. may be clearly a 

§135. ''It is only by repeated observations made up 
great number of individuals of both sexes, properly selecte 
the purpose from among a variety of constitutions, that w< 
acquire a pretty accurate knowledge of the whole of the morbid 
effects that a medicine is capable of producing 

This is the process to which a drug must have been submitted 
before the character of thoroughly proved can be claimed for it. 
And it is. therefore, evident that any one not investigated to 
this extent, must be classed among, the partially proved ; and 
a cursory examination of the Materia Medica will demonstrate, 

1 1 gallon, p. 1">7, et seq. 


the frequency of the latter, which embraces over one-half of 
our remedial agents. In this place, it will be impossible to 
give an extended enumeration of them as a class, or to consider 
them in detail as individual members; and on account of our 
imperfect knowledge of the true value of many of them, it may 
be presumptuous to give preference to some over others. But 
I shall, nevertheless, divide them into the following four classes, 
maintaining, as nearly as possible, the relative value generally 
accorded to them. 

1. The first class embraces remedies which, though well 
proved by a number of persons, according to the rules given 
above, are, nevertheless, constantly removing symptoms not 
recorded in their pathogeneses, and whose records contain many 
symptoms marked as "curative," that are supposed to have 
been removed, but known never to have been produced by the 
remedy. The disappearance of a symptom during the adminis- 
tration of a certain remedy, in whose pathogenesis it is not 
contained, cannot positively be ascribed to the action of that 
remedy, but may have been due to some extraneous circum- 
stance. Its disappearance in a number of cases, during the 
administration of the same remedy, certainly furnishes stronger 
proof in favor of the latter, but a re-proving of the drug is 
necessary to ensure its perfect reliability, and its appearance 
during this test establishes its position with absolute certainty. 
And if a remedy does remove a symptom it has never produced, 
no argument is required to show that, under a proper pathoge- 
netic investigation, its former action would be verified. It is 
necessary that this fixation of curative symptoms should be 
made ; for, although repeated observation has rendered them 
of almost equal importance with those which are pathogenetic, 
scientific exactness requires that their character be definitely 

2. The second class embraces remedies, each of which has 
been thoroughly proved by one person, who has exhausted its 
powers in so far as it will affect his individual system. A 
remedy of this character, although thoroughly proved to the 
extent above indicated, is but imperfectly developed, since, as 
quoted above, in order to ascertain its physiological properties 


in their fuller proving by a number of pei 

varying in a and ten mt, is rcquisil A a in 

we find ading 

upon these various circumstances, and as the remedy inv 
e applied to the cure of diseased conditio] 

different persons, it is obvious that the individuality of • 
patient should find in it its simillimum as • - possible. 

But this cannot obtain where the investigation has been limited 
to one person, since his individuality will alone be rep 
and hence the usefulness of the remedy be curtailed. In this 
connection. I quote Hahnemann again: " But the whole of the 
symptoms peculiar to any medicinal substance whatever, n 
manifest the: same individual, neither do they 

appear simultaneously, or during a single experiment."* Kern- 
will, however, be found valuable in practice, 
and more generally reliable than those of the following, for 
though their usefulness be confined to a few eases, their simi- 
larity to them is very clearly defined and can be readily recog- 
nized. The admirable proving of Eupatorium purp. (by Mrs. 
II. II. Dresser), in Hering's Materia Medica, and that of Cactus 
nd. (by Dr. Rubini), are examples of this clas 
The third class includes remedies whose properties have 
been investigated in an imperfect degree by several persons, 
whose experiments have not been extended to an exhaustion of 
the powers of the drug, and by whom the proving was aban- 
doned before the perfect individuality :h one was repre- 
sented in the results obtained ; in which, moreover, from the 
various degrees in which this was accomplished, there was 
wanting that corroboration of the symptoms of the diff 
prov* Juable in pathogenetic researches. Drugs of this 
valuable than are those of the second, since a per- 
3imilarity ly and dis so readily 

4. T 3 winch, whether the 

result of ted labor, are presented to us 

in form so manifestly imperfect, and in symptomological rich- 
30 deficient, their various parts bearing SO little loj 

on, \ 13 I. 


relation to each other, that no use can be made of them. A 
cure may occasionally bo made with one of these, but, as a rale, 
they are of Vjut little service to the physician. Examples oi* 
this class are only too numerous in the Materia Medica. 

To sum up briefly the needs of these four classes of remedies, 
we find that, 

The first requires re-provings to establish the value of their 
curative symptoms ; 

The second, corroborative provings by other persons ; 

The thirds completion of the present records by re-proving; 

The fourth, systematic proving. 

By pursuing this course, the pathogeneses of the various 
remedies will not only be completed and perfected, but the 
reliability of present symptoms, when reliable, will be estab- 
lished, and the unreliability of others detected. 

The next consideration is : What are the results of using them 
in their present condition ! 

In considering this and the following questions, I exclude 
from examination, remedies of the first and second classes, since 
they require completion and revision rather than pathogenetic 
investigation. With regard to those of the remaining classes, 
a difference of opinion prevails, some insisting that the}^ should 
be employed, and adducing successful clinical experience in 
support of their views, while others oppose their use until their 
pathogenetic character shall be more clearly established. The 
latter view I consider more logical, being strictly in accordance 
with homoeopathic principles and with the rules which govern 
pathogenetic investigations. With homoeopathic principles, 
because certainty in medicine, which it is our principle and 
duty to promote, is attained by it; while it is materially 
retarded, if not actually subverted, when the opposite course is 
pursued. With the rules governing pathogenetic investigations, 
because the law of cure provides that disease shall be combatted 
by medicines presenting symptoms similar to those of the mor- 
bid condition to be removed : but this is not obeyed by pre- 
scribing, hap-hazard, medicines of whose effects we are ignorant, 
or of which we possess but a faint idea. Moreover, it is an 
imitation of allopathic practice, which is based upon this very 


modus prescribandi, and an abandonment of the fundamental 
principle Of our system, to which an absolute adherence i 
manded from those who call I homoeopathists.* In 

addition to tl 30ns, I cannot resist bringing to your i 

the example of Hahnemann, who. as we have seen from his 
explicit directions on this subject, did not prescribe medicines 
up<>n a hypothetical idea of their similarity, nor upon the 
meagre records of toxicology, but proceeded first to asce 

upon himself what their precise pathogenetic' action v. 

While the foregoing objections seem to afford sufficient 
son for opposing the clinical use of partially proved remi 
I do not include in them, cases in which the known remedies 
have tailed to afford relief, for I hold, with the founder of our 
system, that " the first and sole duty of the physician is to re- 
store health to the sicky'f and if known means fail, and he have 
reason to believe that a certain unproved' remedy may be bene- 
ficial to his patient, it is his duty to administer it ; and if suc- 
cessful, to prove it, for the benefit of others. The habit, in 
these cases, of reporting only the clinical experience, is apt to 
be subversive of the very object of the reporter. Upon this 
subject, Dr. Lippe says : " It was a self-evident proposition that 
there could be no settled or fixed law of cure established in 
medicine, without having first and foremost a knowledge of the 
precise effect of every individual drug. This knowled _•<•. as we 
have shown, can only be obtained by provings. Every addi- 
tional proving developed new means of establishing the proof 
of the correctness of our law of cure, by enabling us to state 
results — cures. As there can be no limit to knowledge in 
general, and as there remains yet a great many curative agents 
unproved, we can further the progressive development of Ho- 
moeopathy best by continuing to prove/': 4 ,: And again : "Gladly 

* If such prescriptions be successful, empiricism is engendered, and a reli- 
ance upon clinical cases instead of the law, also remedial selection ab ■ 
morbia ; if unsuccessful, a disbelief, in t<>f", in tin; remedial powers of the 
drug, is apt to result, whereas our ill success with it was due. not to its inert- 
ness, but to its want of similarity to our particular case. 

I Organon, g 1. J Report to State Soc. i 


acknowledging the hints of the occasional usefulness in curing 
the sick, of the various drugs used in domestic practice, we 
should sternly reject their introduction into our schools, or 
even the using them as curative agents, until they have been 
sufficiently proved to warrant their being positively assigned 
their proper places in our Materia Medica."* 

In favor of employing these remedies, it is usually argued 
that though their range be small, they are, at times, the proper 
remedies in certain cases to which the more thoroughly proved 
drugs do not apply ; and that by the happy administration of 
one of them in such a case, disease is remove^ and life saved. 
But this should not be considered an argument in their favor, 
for it is really a strong one against them while in this imperfect 
condition, since the exhibition of positive curative powers by 
them is a demand in favor of their more thorough investigation. 
It is not to our credit that we are willing to employ these rem- 
edies in their imperfect condition, especially if we have evidence 
of their curative powers ; neither is it to our credit that we 
make use of Hahnemann's provings, without attempting to 
ascertain if they be not susceptible of improvement. As a 
result of this indifference, our Materia Medica has become over- 
loaded with drugs of little or no practical value, and something 
•should be done either to render them valuable or to get rid of 
them. A thorough and systematic investigation would deter- 
mine which were of value, and those found wanting could be 
dispensed with. 

We now ask : Shall the partially proved remedies he banished 
from the Materia Medica, or shall they be further developed? 

From the foregoing brief consideration of these remedies, we 
have seen that they comprise a mass of material which may be 
made valuable by proper preparation. Moreover, in any science, 
an enlightened progress demands the development and cultiva- 
tion of every subject connected with it of which positive know- 
ledge or reason, inductive or analogical, presents proofs of value 
or usefulness. It views with disfavor the neglect of any item 
of knowledge, no matter how apparently insignificant, since 
from these are sometimes developed the most important prin- 

* Ibid, P 70. 


ciples and tin 4 most reliable facts. Furtherm< 

• in all Its parts as to warrant the I 
tion of even apparently unimportant items. Hence a pro] 
tion to limit our curative agents to those which ha n well 

proved, aside from its unscientific and illogical character, would 
be unsustained by reason, and would be contrary to that i 
rience upon which we so much depend. For instance, since the 
publication of the Materia Medica Pura and Chronic Diseases, 
some new remedies have been so elaborately investigated that 
they rival any contained in those works. Without doubt, 
future years will witness similar additions. Some of those now 
regarded as of little value will assume this rank, as well as 
others at present unknown to us. Hence, the limitation of our 
remedial agents to those considered well proved, to the exclusion 
of others less thoroughly investigated, would be irrational and 
unscientific. Neither should, at any time, the dimensions of 
our Materia Medica be limited, but every substance found valu- 
able, after having been thoroughly tested, should be admitted 
to use as a curative agent. 

Finally, we have to consider: Which of these remedies should 
be selected for thorough 'proving? 

Should it be decided to institute a systematic examination 
into the qualities and properties of these remedies, the question 
will naturally arise, " Where shall a commencement be made?" 
And this is important, since it is desirable to prove the mosl 
valuable first. Their clinical records will aid us somewhat in 
determining which have the principal claim upon our notice. 
Some of them have been prescribed in accordance with the few 
symptoms which they possess, or from a remarkable resem- 
blance between some one symptom in the pathogenesis and in 
the disease, or empirically, and where a successful issue has 
been the result the cases have been reported. If a collection 
and comparison of these were made, the relative value of the 
remedies might be approximately arrived at, sufficiently, at 
least, to determine their comparative importance as curative 
agents. Furthermore, with many drugs of these classes, we 
may reason analogically, and especially with the various mine- 
ral compounds, for instance, those of mercury, copper, silver. 


tin and zinc. Some of their compounds have been well proved, 
and rank as important remedies, and we may reasonably assume 
that the others are not valueless. These methods, the clinical 
and the analogical, are more or less arbitrary and uncertain, 
but are, perhaps, the best which we can employ for the purpose. 

The drugs which seem to me most likely to yield profitable 
results are: Acetic, benzoic ; fluoric, oxalic and tannic acids-; 
allium cepa; the acetate of ammonium and ammonium causti- 
cum ; the iodide, citrate and tersulphuret of arsenic ; the muri- 
ates of gold and silver ; the acetate, chlorate, oxide and iodide 
of lime ; calendula ; cannabinum apocynum ; cannabis indica ; 
muriate and sulphate of quinia ; copaiva balsamum ; arsenite, 
carbonate and sulphate of copper; the carbonate, muriate, sul- 
phate and iodide of iron, and ferrum magneticum ; gelseminum ; 
the acetate, oxide, sulphuret, chloride and bichloride of mercury ; 
the acetate and sulphate of morphia ; the chloride of tin ; the 
compounds of zinc and of bromium ; the iodide of sulphur ; 
veratrum viride. 

The foregoing are some of the many partially proved reme- 
dies occupying places in the Materia Medica. There are others 
which may be of equal importance", but considerations to be 
subsequently mentioned, have caused me to give preference to 
these. Of the vegetable remedies and of the acids, we have 
some valuable clinical experience ; and in favor of the metals 
it may be argued that the bases are among our most important 
medicines, have been long in use, and are considered indispen- 
sable, and that, so far as we have provings of their compounds, 
they are known to be valuable. If the iodide of mercury ex- 
hibit remedial powers, why should not the iodides of arsenic, 
sulphur, iron and lime ? If the acetates of lead and of copper 
have been so valuable, why should not also the acetates of mer- 
cury, of zinc and of lime, be important additions to the Materia 
Medica ? The cannabis sativa is a valuable remedy ; why not 
the cannabis indica ? As a detailed investigation of the present 
known properties of these remedies would extend this paper to 
an undue length, I have thought best not to attempt it. I 
desire merely to attract }^our attention to this subject, and to 
the classes of remedies of which I have given a few examples, 



and to impress upon you the necessity of availing yourselves, 
by thorough investigation, of their pathogenetic and curative 
virtues. To effect this object, there is but one course to be 
pursued — to thoroughly prove the remedies which are now only 
partially proved. How this is to be done is for you to d 
mine, But I may be permitted to suggest that it will not be 
effected by individual labor, but only by organized eflbrt ; by 
the aggregation of the individual workers, from which, with but 
few exceptions, all our best provings have resulted. This 
aggregation can be attained, if each individual be will), 
contribute his share. 

In the foregoing brief consideration of this subject, 1 
that I have but imperfectly discharged the duty assigned me. 
This was, however, rendered somewhat unavoidable by the 
division of the Materia Medica Report into separate portions, 
thus necessitating brevity on the part of each member of the 
Committee. For the proper development of the claims of the 
Partially Proved Remedies, a critical examination should be 
instituted into the properties, pathogenetic and curativ 
each, for by this way alone can we arrive at their separate and 
relative value. 





On the night of the 26th of March, I was called to see a lady 

in labor with her first child, by Dr. . I found the head 

of the foetus pressed down firmly upon the perineum and vulva. 
All uterine effort had ceased. The distended vulvar opening- 
was not more than one to one and a half inches in length, and 
about three-quarters of an inch in width. Pressing back the 
head of the child, I hastily ran my finger around the orifice. 
I found the perineum had slightly lacerated within, and would 
probably have been completely ruptured had the contraction 
continued. The question that presented itself to my mind was, 
what shall we do? as the child gave evidence of being alive. 
To cut the vulva longitudinally would amount to but little, as 
the opening, anteriorly and posteriorly, was so small that the 
passage of the child would certainly rupture the perineum, as 
owing to some malformation, as I then supposed, the anterior 
commissure extended about one and a half inches below the 
urethra, and was perfectly rigid. Of the two evils, I chose that 
which was, in my judgment, the least, that of rupturing the 
perineum, as some laceration of it had already taken place. 
Supporting the lower part of it, I, with the finger, tore it to the 
sphincter, drawing the child into the world by one finger on the 
occiput the other in the mouth. After some labor, we were 
enabled to resuscitate the infant. I advised the dressing of the 
parts with cold water, had the limbs tied together, made her as 
comfortable as possible, and left her for the night. On the 
next day, after making a careful examination of the case, and 
finding that the sphincter was not involved, we decided upon 
uniting the wound at once, and not hope for a spontaneous 


union, either by first or second intention, my friend, 1 1 
of Orange, N. J., performing the operation of Baker Browne 
for ruptured perineum, making the vulvar opening som< 
larger than before. 

Now for the cause of all this. 1 discovered, on the day fol- 
lowing her confinement, a cicatrix running from the anus to 
the vulva, leaving an entrance to the vagina of about an inch 
in length, there creating the abnormal condition of a eul de sac 
about one and a half inches in length, at the anterior commis- 
sure (previously mentioned), then running through the moms, 
and ending about one inch above it. We could gather little or 
nothing from her previous history. While very young, she was 
left an orphan, and by her friends entrusted to the care 
convent. She had a vague impression that while there she 
underwent some operation upon those organs; and supposed 
she was formed as other women. 

A Curious ' 

Six years ago, Mrs. C, while gestating with her first child at 
the fourth month, had what her physicians styled elephantiasis. 
They were unable to afford her relief. In due time the child 
was born, and in six weeks the difficulty entirely disappeared. 
Three years ago, while gestating with her second child, I was 
sent for (she having removed from New York to Newark), and 
found a well defined herpetic eruption, in which I exhausted 
myself, without affording her relief. One month ago, I confined 
her with her third child. Four months before, she exhibited 
to me three pediculated tumors hanging from the left eye-lid, 
about the size of a split pea, the weight of them drawing down 
the lid so much as to occlude the sight. I offered to tie them 
off, but the patient would not permit it, saying they would dis- 
appear as soon as the child was born ; and so it has been. But 
upon the last infant one of nature's freaks had taken place. 
Upon the left hand of the child a sixth finger presented itsell 
in shape like the tumors of the lid, but very much larger. Thi< 
is the only case of malformation in the family. I have cut it 
off, and find it of cartilaginous condition, with a nail, but no re* 





On consulting the last volume of the " Transactions" of our 
Society, I learned that I had been appointed to prepare a paper 
on "Abortion, Spontaneous and Criminal;''' and being desirous 
of acknowledging the compliment paid me, I have .thought 
it proper to say a few words on that subject rather than pass it 
by in silence. 

Yery much has been written— and particularly recently — on 
Abortion ; and even the literature of our own school is not 
lacking in treatises on that subject. For me, therefore, to take 
up your time or my own by writing or reading an essay on its 
causes and phenomena, or the means of its prevention and cure, 
would be a work of supererogation. The valuable book of 
Professor Ilale, with which you are all doubtless familiar, fully 
sets forth the subject in all its bearings ; while in the work 
which I had recently the honor of presenting to the Profession, 
I have treated of the subject as fully as I considered it demanded, 
and laid down what, in my judgment, should be the proper 
course of treatment to be pursued in cases of this nature. 

So far as criminal abortion is concerned, however, and notwith- 
standing the many books and pamphlets which have appeared 
on that subject, I cannot forego the opportunity of again calling 
the attention of the profession to the fact that the commission 
of an unnecessary abortion is the commission, of deliberate 
murder. The origin of the soul of man is simultaneous with 
the origin of his body, growing with its growth and strengthen- 
ing with its strength, until, the body decaying and dying, the 


soul passes on to the higher life, and is then perfected. There 
is not a moment, after conception has taken place, in which its 
product is not a living soul. The impre vule, the em- 

bryo, the foetus, the infant, is but the miniature of the man, 
and as much a living human organism as when it lias attained 
the strength and majestic proportions of manhood. And he 
who consciously, deliberately, and unnecessarily destroys its 
life, commits as great a crime in the eyes of God — and, we 
trust, in the eyes of the world — as he who ruthlessly imbrues 
his hands with the blood of his fellow-man. The Roman ( 
olic Church very justly takes this view of criminal abortion; 
and it would be well if every body of Christians, and - 
intelligent community, would not only BO view it, but ad in 
accordance with that view. 

T am of opinion that criminal abortions arc not commonly 
produced by regular physicians. On the contrary, they arc 
usually brought about by enciente women themselv- 
called midwives, or by wretches who make this destruction of 
life a trade. Regular physicians are frequently called in when 
real or supposed dangerous symptoms or conditions have made 
their appearance. It is a question for this Society to consider, 
whether it is not the duty of physicians, in such cases, to en- 
deavor to discover the criminal, and to hand the guilty party 
over to the outraged majesty of the law. 






Solomon, the wisest of men, tells us " There is nothing new 
under the sun." A wiser, however, than Solomon, has said, 
" Behold, I make all things new ; a new heaven and a new 
earth, in which dwelleth righteousness." And into that new 
heaven and new earth diseases will gain no admittance. 

Under this heaven and in this earth, disease and death have 
their habitation, and so long as the causes which produce dis- 
ease and death multiply and increase, so long will the forms 
which disease assumes, the avenues by which death approaches, 
also multiply and increase. 

It may be supposed that, in what is usually denominated a 
primitive state of society, there would be few diseases. 

During the sixteen hundred years which elapsed immediately 
after the creation of Adam, whilst the earth revolved on its 
axis perpendicular to the plane of the ecliptic, whilst the Lord 
God had not yet caused it to rain upon the earth, whilst cold 
and heat, summer and winter, spring-time and autumn, were 
unknown, whilst a dew went up upon the face of the earth and 
watered the whole face of the ground, and one perpetual spring- 
time reigned throughout the entire circumference of the globe, 
we have no record of diseases, nor any knowledge of the forms 
which at that time, and in such circumstances, disease would 
probably assume. 

But when, by some violent convulsion in nature, the axis of 
the earth was thrown askance twice ten decrees and more, when 
the earth, acting in accord with the Divine will, which is but 


another expression r<>r the laws of nature, commenced to i 
vnlve on an axis twenty -three and a La!: 3 oblique tot 

plane of the ecliptic, when God Bent rain, the small rain and 
tin 1 riroat rain of his strength, when summer and winter had 
their beginning, and hurricanes, storms, tempests and tornado 
first commenced their desolations, DISEASE also assumed new 
forms, and adapted itself to the new conditions and causatio 
which, since this great convulsion, have been everywhere mani- 
fest on the face of the whole earth. 

During the first period of the earth's history, until the time 
of the flood, vegetation was, no doubt, more luxuriant, plai 
animals, and man multiplied in greater profusion. There were 
giants in those days. Men attained to a larger stature and a 
longer life. Many lived several hundred, some nearly one 
thousand years. And it is but a fair inference from the prin- 
ciples of causation, that diseases were of a milder type and of 
less variety. But in this present period of its history, this 
period of extremes of cold and heat, of summer and winter, 
this period of hurricanes and tornadoes and tempests, Disease 
has become a hydra-headed monster. It has assumed Protean 
form, and incited into action by the extremes existing in other 
things, it assumes a severity corresponding to this condition of 
excitation and unrest which, is everywhere manifest in nature. 

It is assumed, then, that disease is the result of some disturb- 
ance in nature which produces undue excitation of the forces 
connected with life and health. 

If this assumption be correct, it will follow that, in propor- 
tion as the causes of excitation of these forces are multiplied, 
in that proportion, in any community, will the forms in which 
disease manifests itself be expected to multiply. 

In the progress of society from its primitive condition to a 
state of civilization and enlightenment, one of two results must 
necessarily follow. The attrition of man with man, and of 
mind with mind, will so modify human character and human 
life, as to produce more gentleness, more equanimity, more 
self-government and self-control, or it will produce more self- 
indulgence, more luxuriousness, more dissipation, and, a 
consequence of this, more disease and more death. 


Nearly all those forms of human suffering which we denomi- 
nate new diseases, are but the natural results of the undue 
indulgence of our appetites, passions and propensities, stimu- 
lated to abnormal action by the inventions, discoveries and 
improvements of successive periods of civilization and enlight- 
enment. And it seems but fair to assume that in a virtuous 
community, the discoveries of the ages, the increase of popu- 
lation and the advancement of society, would all be made 
conducive to the diminution of human suffering, to the preser- 
vation of health, and to the length of human life, whilst in a 
vicious community, the opposite results would necessarily 

True it may be that those changes in the face of nature 
which are necessarily attendant upon increase of population, 
the removing of the forests, the clearing out of the beds of 
rivers and smaller streams, the draining of marshes, and the 
building of cities and villages, will each exert its influence 
upon the health of the inhabitants of any country. Nor arc 
we disposed to deny that there may be other climatic changes 
resulting, if you please, from the long-continued and constant 
annual and diurnal revolution of the earth, and the constant 
attrition of its perpetually moving particles of air and water, 
as well as of its more subtle agents of electricity, magnetism, 
&c, which, in a greater or less degree, affect the health and 
life of man. Yet it remains to be proved that all these natural 
changes are not on the whole conducive to health. It remains 
to be proved that all or any of these combined, are capable, in 
any of their forms of combination, of producing disease or 
death. And we are, of necessity, forced back to our first po- 
sition, that if disease has assumed new forms as population 
has increased and society advanced, it is because vice has ac- 
quired new stimulants, and the vicious appetites and propensi- 
ties of man new modes of indulgence and of excitation. 

Who of us can calculate the amount of nervous disease 
created and legitimately traceable to the discovery of alcohol, 
and to indulgence in its excessive use. Forms of mania, pre- 
viously unknown, various neuralgic affections, as well as certain 
dyspeptic and dropsical and anaemic states, no doubt, have 



their origin in the use, as well as in the abuse of alcoholic 
stimulants citation i: produces cr 

pathological conditions, which, becoming permanent by con- 
tinued excitations, ;i new diathesis, in which disease finds 
a new pabulum and develops itself in forms not otherwise 

extant. This diathesis at length becomes transmissible from 
father to child and to children's children, a new generation is 
created from the degenerate race of the drunkard's offspring, 
the evil passions and propensities which before were but too 
highly excited, become surcharged, and in this hypertrophied 
condition, they come to rule the life. Keason is dethroned, 
appetite and passion assume the sway, and in this excited and 
abnormal state, appetite itself becomes a disease, to be treated 
like other diseases, by the appropriate use of suitably adapted 
and homoeopathic remedies 

\'>ris it to be supposed that the conditions thus created 
affect only the mind and the mental state. They affect also the 
body. Essentially material in their origin, they are material 
also in their developments. Important errors in practice have 
arisen from supposing that mental manifestations were only 
symptomatic of mental diseases, and from neglecting to take into 
the account the physical phenomena upon which the mental 
manifestations are, perhaps, uniformly dependent. 

In no class of diseases is this more important, than in ; 
which arise from alcoholic inebriation, closely allied to which, 
no doubt, are all the various forms of narcotic and other stim- 
ulants ; and some greater or less remove from this, the various 
other forms of drug medications by which the healthy organs 
and tissues which compose the living organism, being excited 
to unhealthy or abnormal action, come at length, by long con- 
tinued excitation, to take on a permanently deranged or diseased 
condition, giving rise not only to new chronic affections, but to 
new manifestations and new trains of symptoms in acute affec- 
tions, thereby creating what we, perhaps not inappropriately, 
term new diseases. 

It is my purpose in this article to give distinct expression to 
the idea that new diseases are, in general, the results of new 
forms of indulgence of appetites and passions and propensities 


opposed to health, or they are the results of ignorance, of inad- 
vertencies and exposures, which a better self-government or a 
more enlarged understanding would teach us to avoid. 

I would also, so far as I might be able, and as facts may 
warrant, desire to express my dissent from the perhaps too 
popular idea, that disease is the result of some undiscoverable 
and inappreciable influence, some morbific miasm, some secret 
hidden power, arising we know not how, and existing we know 
not wherefore. And I would wish, also, to be understood in 
this place as giving expression to the thought, that so far as 
we are capable of understanding the principles of causation, 
disease is much more frequently the fault and the foible, rather 
than the misfortune of the human race. 

I have endeavored in this brochure to present to your view 
certain principles only, in accordance with which, I think, all 
wise and practical discussion of this subject should proceed. 

I will only add that here, as everywhere, Homoeopathy takes 
an advanced position, teaching, as she has always taught, that 
the long continued use of drug medication in sensible doses, 
produces chronic derangement of the vital forces, destructive 
to health. She not only lays violent hands upon the allopathic 
administration of medicines, but she expresses her uncompro- 
mising hostility to every form of self-indulgence by w 7 hich 
poisonous articles are taken into the system for their exhila- 
rating effects, and ultimately, when the principles of Homoeo- 
pathy shall be carried out in practice by its adherents and 
advocates, and especially by every practitioner of homoeopathic 
medicine, Homoeopathy will again become triumphant, and 
prove herself to be the gospel of salvation as she has already 
proclaimed herself the law of cure. 




YOUB Committee od this important and practical branch of 

medicine, upon receiving from the Secretary the notification 
of his appointment, supposed the object of Reports from the 
various Committees to be the placing before this S 

brief and concise resume' of the latest theories, discoveries, and 
results of practical experience in the different branches of our 
art. Acting according to this construction of the duties im- 
posed upon the Committees, I have watched the progiv 
dermatology carefully, and submit, herewith, to the Society, 
the results of my observations. I regret to be obliged to 
remark, however, that but very few points of importance, or 
good, practical hints, have been placed before the profession 
during the past year. 

In regard to the literature on dermatology, the profession 
has received an important addition to the other valuable trea- 
tises on skin diseases, in Hebra's large work, translated and 
published by the New Sydenham Society. The author's great 
reputation is sufficient guarantee for the usefulness and i 
lence of the work. 

Schurtz, Hallier and others, have made important micro- 
scopic experiments to find the true cause of the infectious 
character of some skin and general diseases, particularly the 
exanthemata. They always succeeded in finding, either in the 
blood and the excretions or upon the surface of the skin, 
parasitic fungi, which, even when removed from their usual 
soil, would reproduce themselves rapidly, under favorable 
circumstances. Thus, Hallier and Werner found the micro- 
coccus leptotryXi a parasitic plant, in appearance like the pen- 
ieiliwm, among the straw upon which lay a typhus patient. 
The samefungus, other spores, could be collected from 

the skin and exhaled air of the patients suffering from that mal- 
ady, in the hospital. 


Salisbury's observations in measles were corroborated by 
Hallier. He found the mucor mucedo upon patients, where the 
skin had just peeled oft' after an attack of the measles. This 
spore propagated itself rapidly in damp straw, aud other per- 
sons who subsequently slept thereon became infected. 

Underneath the peeled-off skin of scarlatina patients, other 
parasites, differing in microscopic appearance but little from 
those in measles, were found. 

In chicken-pock lymph, ciliated micrococcus cells were seen 
by Dr. Zurn, while Hallier thinks that the fruit of the spori- 
desmium stemphylium is the carrier of infection in the real 

Dr. J. Baumgarten, of St. Louis, gives a good representation 
of an achorion — the well-known Favus sporule — in the St. 
Louis Medical & Surgical Journal, Xo. 1, January, 1868, page 
27-31. This parasite may, as Hallier's experiments have 
shown, produce, when strewn upon healthy skin of some per- 
sons, a Herpes circinatus, instead of Favus. 

There is no doubt but that, with the aid of our excellent 
microscopes, spores will be found in all skin and infectious 
diseases. These spores or their fruit are, no doubt, generally 
the carriers of the infectious poison, and a disease may thereby 
spread among a community, as well as upon the surface of an 
individual. Although this committee perfectly coincides with 
the opinion of Hahnemann and most of the other homoeopathic 
physicians of the present age, that, whatever may be the cause 
of a disease, spore or not, the individual must have a predispo- 
sition in order to be affected by the cause, and that the proper 
homoeopathic treatment is to administer such remedies as will 
relieve the disposition, still the writer is also convinced that 
we are sometimes justified, in order to save time and great 
inconvenience to our patients, to apply externally such reme- 
dies as will effectually destroy the parasite which may be the 
source of the evil. This course should, however, not be pur- 
sued indiscriminately, or else irreparable harm may be done. 

Sulphurous and hyposulphurous acid are undoubtedly the 
most efficacious chemical agents in destroving the vegetable 


parasites, either upon the skin and mucous membrane, or on 
the walls, floors, clothes and bedding. 

Dr. F. Betz has brought before the profession the disco . 
of a new skin disease, which he calls the shaver's tetter 
sirflechtei. It usually occurs upon the first or second phalanx 
of the index finger, and is caused by wiping the lather which 
remains upon the razor, off on that part of the hand. The 
disease consists of very line, slightly reddish scales, and is 
somewhat itchy. 

Dr. II. S. Purden, of Belfast (allopathic) recommends highly 
the administration of arsenic in acne rosacea. The Journal 
of Cutaneous Medicine praises phosphorus in herpetic erup- 
tions. The writer of these lines has found sepia, 30, rapidly to 
cure several cases of ringworm this spring. 

The Committee, being convinced that many obscure 
particularly those of the mind, find their cause in imperfectly 
developed or suppressed skin eruptions, and that many more 
cures could be effected if dermatology were better understood, 
would respectfully recommend to the colleges of this country, 
that more time be devoted to the pathology and diagnosis of 
skin diseases than has heretofore been done. 



THESE may be water-dressings, either cold or warm, or any 
kind of medicinal or non-medicinal substances which through 
experience have proven good, or which may be under test by 
physicians or surgeons in different parts of the world. At 
present, in the "General Hospital of Vienna,'' after surgical 
operations, water-dressings composed of Natron, carbolicum one 
drachm to Aqua dist. one pound, are most commonly used. 
After bites, lacerations, or accidents from machinery, they use 
ice-bags to arrest and allay inflammation, and later, Acidum 


carbolicum one ounce, combined with Oleum olevarum one 
pound, to induce healthy granulations. If they wish a more 
powerful medicament, they use two ounces of Acidum car- 

Their experience with carbolic acid is, that it docs not pre- 
vent or produce gangrene ;, but they use it for the purpose of 
inducing healthy granulations. In wounds, it acts very well, 
as the lint and bandages do not adhere so tightly to the torn 
parts, consequently less pain is caused when removed. They 
have found it good to inject into psoas and other abscesses. 

In two cases of Carcinoma, in which it was impossible to 
operate, on account of their proximity to, and more or less in- 
volvment of the vessels of the neck, they injected Acidum pheny- 
licum two grains, to Aqua distil, six drachms ; using it once in 
five days. This caused, in both cases, an excessive destruction 
of the parts, almost gangrene. The first case died, the second 
still lives, after one month's treatment, and is getting better, the 
parts sloughing very much. He also had tracheotomy per- 
formed, on account of swelling of the parts, internally and 
externally, impeding breathing. 

We see by the above practice, the " old school" make little 
difference in regard to their treatment of bruises, wounds, lace- 
rations and carcinoma, while we, on the contrary, have our 
corresponding remedies for each of the above, and for the 
peculiarities of each individual case. 

We use Arnica montana for bruises and contusions with- 
out abrasions, Calendula for lacerations, punctured wounds, and 
after surgical operations ; Staphysagria, when colic sets in after 
an operation, where there has been no bruise ; Hypericum per- 
foliatum for mashes of fingers, limbs and feet ; Veratrum album 
for corresponding symptoms during collapse, after an operation* 
For carcinoma, we study out our case, and select a corresponding- 

How does the practice of our surgeons compare with that of 
the old school ? 

It shows by statistics and experience to be far superior. AVe 
lose fewer patients, and they recover sooner than under the 
other system. 



In five ►tomy performed by a b ithic 

surgeon of the West, all recovered, which our supe- 

riority in that operation over the old school, on both sides oi' 
the Atlantic, in which, at most, three out of G 
cover. Our after-treatment fortius is applications of calendula 
externally, diet, &c. 

For bruises of the head in children, from falls or other. 
Arnica proves to be the best remedy. Some assure us that if ap- 
plied in the 200th potency, externally as well as internally, it 
more quickly, mildly, and with less dangerous medicinal t 
toms aggravating the case, thus avoiding meningitis. 

Patients often come to Professor Hebra's wards, suffering 
with erysipelas, caused by applying arnica tincture to eczema 
or other skin diseases, before seeking medical advice. In 
these you can plainly see how far the cloth was wrapped 
after being saturated in the tincture, as a line of demarcation 
clearly defines the place of medicinal action from the adjacent 
and less inflamed parts. Thus showing, when wrongly or too 
strongly applied, it does more harm than good; and we find it 
the most abused remedy in our Materia Medica. Where we 
formerly applied arnica to burns and scalds, we now use Urtiea 
urens, Cantharides, Oleum olevarum and Aqua calcis, or emul- 
sions of Castile soap and olive oil, and find them much better 
than arnica. 

Can the itch be cured without the use of external remedies? 

Some have asserted that the itch-insect cannot live in a healthy 
and cleanly individual, and that it can be cured by internal 
remedies alone, by prescribing according to the symptoms of 
the patient. But most all use external applications. In the 
General Hospital of Vienna, they mostly use Professor He 
salve. The patient is freed from itch in from three to ten 
days, and by one, two, or three applications, the salve being 
spread all over, excepting the face and head. Derangements 
of the kidneys are so frequent afterward, that they teach that 
these arc accompaniments of the disease; and we often see 
these or some other accompaniment that promises to injure the 




health for life. One case had oedema of the whole body, hydro- 
cele, phymosis, and rheumatism of the left arm afterward. 

From what little I have seen since entering the Profession, 
I fully agree with Hahnemann, that most chronic diseases are 
dependent upon a previously suppressed external disorder, 
which nature, in her efforts to free the system from, brought to 
the surface as the proper way of eliminating it. I also think 
we should be very careful in regard to the external applications 
we use, knowing we can safely give our internal remedies. 






Microscopy, as a branch of scientific medical investigation, 
has of late years claimed more generally the attention of the 
profession; justly so, because to it we owe much, in giving to 
us comprehensive views upon many diseases, their causes, na- 
ture and effects, which previously were beyond our means to 
understand or effectually treat them. To its researches are we 
indebted for the establishment of the truth of theories of well 
known derangements ; and for giving us proper conceptions of 
the functions of the various internal organs of man. 

In looking around me, to find among the new developments 
of this collateral science, those which will interest the members 
of this medical fraternity, I find, in brief, the theory proclaimed 
by Ilenle, which claims two systems or distinct sets of urinife- 
rous tubes in the kidney ; one, of straight tubes with open ex- 
tremities; the other, of convoluted and closed tubes. This, 
though generally received and supported by the majority of 
teachers and authors, has now been conclusively proven to be 
untrue. The closed system being nothing more than the coils 
of the only set of uriniferous tubes, often, however, dipping 
some distance down among the straight tubes of the pyramids. 
Dr. Lionel S. Beale, in bis valuable new work on "Kidney 
Diseases and Urinary Deposits," explains the manner by which 


he has positively demonstrated the existence of nerve fibres 
upon the convoluted portions of uriniferous tubes, of the inter- 
tubular capillaries, and of the capillaries of the malpighian 
bodies. They exist, also, upon the coats of the small arteries 
and veins in considerable numbers. 

Ganglion cells are also found in the structure, in great num- 
bers, through which these nerve fibres are found to run, con- 
necting them together, and going from them to the peripheral 
parts; two or more fibres coming from each ganglion. 

The kidney has long been known to be freely supplied with 
nerves, but never before have they been shown to go further 
than the vessels of the organ. Now, their accurate arrange- 
ment and distribution throughout its entire structure has been 
fully determined. These researches into the minute anatomy, 
must necessarily lead to important conclusions, not only in refe- 
rence to the pathological changes induced by disease, but as 
well as in the physiological action of the healthy kidney. Dr. 
Beale has confirmed Virchow's view of a collateral circulation 
in the same organ, which is through the vasa recta ; the blood 
reaching the veins of the capillaries of the pyramids, without 
passing into the malpighian bodies. The demonstration of 
numerous circular muscular fibre-cells, so characteristic of arte- 
rial walls, upon many of the straight vessels which run parallel 
with the tubes in the pyramids, prove that they are, in fact, 
small arteries. This clears a hitherto disputed point, and ex- 
plains how blood, by being diverted into the vasa recta, may 
be returned to the veins very quickly, without giving off any 
of its excrementitious matter. 

From a series of observations made upon the bladder, by 
John Kisselen, under guidance of Professor Chryonszezewsky, 
of University of Charkow, it was found that the nerves of the 
submucous tissue send off small branches, or more frequently, 
individual filaments, which pass through the mucous membrane 
in various directions, and end in pear-shaped nucleated struc- 
tures, either directly or after first forming a network. These 
are shown to be of nervous nature by being colored, in common 
with the nerve-filaments, dark brown or black by the terchloride 
of gold, while the cellular tissue and the epithelial cells are 


not colored at all ; and also by isolated prcpa rations, by which 
their actual connection With the axis-cylinder of nerves can 
be demonstrated. The axis-cylinder often was found to fork 
before uniting with this terminal body. The nerve coverings 
had almost always disappeared before reaching the epithelial 

A. Ivanoff, of Vienna, claims to have discovered lymphatic 
canals which cover the smaller blood-vessels of the vitreous 
humor of the frog, similar to those of the brain, thymus, etc. 
By a series of observations made both with cinnabar and pul- 
verized graphite, he detected ramifications of this canal, con- 
necting different vessels; in fact, a complete lace-work, ramify- 
ing even into the substance of the vitreous humor itself. Bv 
producing inflammation in a hyaloid membrane thus colored, 
you can always see the formation of new vessels to take place 
at a point where an offshoot of the lymph canal already exists. 
An infundibular projection of the capillary wall first forms, 
and this gradually lengthens, until another vessel or projection 
of a vessel is reached. 

The great advantages to be derived from these and other 
discoveries in minute anatomy, are beyond my province here 
to relate. 

A word in reference to microscopy as especially advantageous 
to us in our provings of drugs. 

While its use in the fields of anatomy, physiology and pa- 
thology, has been crowned with such glorious success, cannot 
its usefulness be still more enhanced by applying it, in addition 
to these, in our provings of medicines. The idea of the use- 
fulness of the instrument in this direction, has long been appa- 
rent to me. An examination, microscopically, of the blood, 
secretions, excretions, &c, from time to time during the prov- 
ing, more especially of the low attenuations, would certainly 
add more certainty to many of the symptoms obtained. 

There is, doubtless in every community, one or more phy- 
sicians who are accustomed to the use of the instrument. Thus 
it is within the reach of every one to make a thorough proving 
of every remedy, with symptoms that admit of no doubts as 
to their genuineness. 


It seems to me, that if we do not emplo}' every means that 
knowledge and science place within our reach, we do ourselves 
great injustice, and will continue to have worthless symptoms 
passed upon us for every medicine — which might be avoided. 
This suggestion is thrown out with a hope of enhancing the 
practical value of our Materia Medica. 




Physiology is that science which treats of the actions or 
functions peculiar to living, organized beings, during the con- 
tinuance of health or normal life. Nothing is considered alive 
that is not undergoing some change, however slow and imper- 
ceptible it may be to the senses. 

This may be evinced by change in substance, by growth of 
organic structure, or by movements that cannot be attributed 
to any physical cause. Modern physiological researches have 
clearly ascertained that each elementary part of the fabric has 
its own independent power of development, and its term of 
existence ; that it passes through its own sequence of vital 
action, in virtue of the endowments received from the tissues 
involved and the influence to which it is subjected during the 
progress of existence. 

But in every living structure of a complex nature, while we 
witness a variety of movements produced by the exercise of 
its different parts, we at the same time perceive that there is a 
certain degree of harmony existing, by which they are made 
to unite in one grand chain, to maintain the life of the organ- 
ism as a whole. 

Again, if we consider them separately, we will perceive that 
each consists of a set of actions, differing among themselves, 
yet concur in effecting some positive and determined purpose, 
which we denominate functions. 


We now come to the consideration of the functions or physio- 
logical action of those organs of the human system which we 
denominate vital or self-existing; those organs which exist 
and carry on their normal functions independent of any power 
or volition on our part, which are in themselves the life and 
support of the system, and are governed by a power, the na- 
ture of which is unknown to man, except in name. These are 
the brain, heart, and lungs. 

The brain is a collective term signifying those parts of the 
nervous system, independent of the nerves themselves, which 
are contained within the cranium. The cerebrum, cerebellum, 
and the medulla oblongata, constitute the nerve centres. 

The functions of the brain and nerves are, sensation, thought, 
and volition. 

The faculties of sensation, thought, and will belong to the 
brain, and especially to the cerebrum, for the following reasons : 

1st. Because this portion of the nervous centres is superad- 
ded to the cranio-spinal axis in the greatest bulk and most com- 
plicated form in man, and after him, in those animals of an 
inferior race which show the greatest amount of reason. 

2d. We have seen that in the lower order of vertebrae, all 
manifestations of intelligence cease upon the gentle and gradual 
removal of the cerebrum and cerebellum, and yet they live 
for a long time after this mutilation. 

But the great difficulty lies in the circumstance, that the 
structure of the nervous system has no perceptible nor under- 
stood subservience to its functions. Neither do we discern, in 
the mechanism of this system, that adaptation of means to the 
end which is so conspicuous in many other parts of the bodj r , 
and, although such adaptation doubtless exists, we are unable 
to trace the reason and the manner of its interruption. 

: Some special power or office is assigned to each one of the 
various and intricate parts which go to make up. the brain and 
nervous system ; yet we can seldom put our finger upon a'ny 
portion of the nervous matter, and say, here resides the influ- 
ence that governs this or that function. 

Although we acknowledge the cerebrum to be the instru- 
ment of all those physical operations which we include under 

101 Pennsylvania HOIKBOPAXSK BTY. 

the general term intellectual, and in part, emotional state 
we must deny that it is also endowed with consciousne 
the connection of the cerebral hemispheres with the 

oatomically the same as those existing between 
the centres and the retina, it can scarcely be deemed unlikely 
that the sensorial centres are the seat of consciou- 
merely on account of the impressions transmitted to them by 
the nerves of the external senses, but also on account of those 
brought to thorn by the nerves of internal senses. 

And although it may, at first, seem strange that the cere- 
brum should require another organ to make us conscious of its 
actions, yet we have the knowledge that the eye does not give 
us visual consciousness, nor the ear auditory consciousness, un- 
less they are connected by sensorial ganglia. 

It is better and simpler to accept the doctrine of a common 
centre for sensational as well as mental consciousness, than to 
consider the two centres as separate and distinct. This brings 
ns to a consideration of the mind and its operations. 

That the mind of man is governed and influenced by external 
impressions made upon the senses, the whole theory and prac- 
tice of education full}- demonstrates. By this means every man 
becomes the director of his own conduct, and the arbiter of his 
destiny, and until that is accomplished the character of every 
individual is made for him and not by him. 

Take, for instance, a being entirely governed by the lower 
passions and instincts, whose higher moral sense has been over- 
whelmed bv the dee'radimr influences which surround him, who 
has never exercised the least self-restraint, never heard of God, 
of the value of his soul, of immortality, such a being, one of 
those outcasts of which all our large cities are unhappily too 
productive, can be no more morally responsible for his actions, 
than the lunatic who has lost whatever self-control he once pos- 
sessed, and -whose moral sense has been altogether perverted by 
bodily disorder-;. : 

But let him be. subjected. to. a - high moral training, let patient 
kindness continually appeal to the highest motive he is capable 
of understanding, progressively raise his moral standard, awake 
within him the dormant susceptibilities that will enable him. to 


feel that he has a conscience and a duty, that there is a Father 
who watches over his welfare, and a hereafter of rewards and 
punishments, that he has a power within himself of controlling 
and directing his thoughts and actions, — then and not till then 
does he become responsible, either morally or religiously, — 
then only does he rise from the level of the brute, and show 
that he was made in the image of his Maker. 

Other points of relation might be investigated, but sufficient 
has been said to conclude that the connection between the mind 
and body is such, that each has in virtue of its constitution a 
determinate relation to the other, and that the action of our 
minds, in so far as they are carried out, without any interference 
from our wills, may be considered as the functions of the 

Passing to the next division of my subject, we come to the 
heart, which is, in an eminent degree, a vital organ ; it has no 
rest, no night, nor Sabbath, nor holiday ; in sickness, in health, 
sleeping or waking, it gives the same regular beat; it has no 
rest for it needs none; this is the miracle of its existence. 

Being the central organ of circulation, and undoubtedly the 
most important as well as the most vital, it is situated in the 
thorax, between two layers of pleura which constitute the me- 
diastinum, and is enclosed in its proper membrane, its base being 
directed upwards and backwards towards the right shoulder, 
the apex forwards and to the left, pointing to the space between 
the fifth and sixth rib, about two inches from the sternum ; it 
is in character an involuntary muscle, and is divided into four 
chambers, two auricles and two ventricles. 

This brings us to the circulation of the blood, which, in the 
adult, is accomplished as follows: — The venous blood being 
brought by the superior and inferior vena cava and coronary 
vein is emptied into the right auricle during its diastole, part 
of it flows on. into the right ventricle during the earlier portion 
of its diastole ; but the auricle, being filled before the ventricle, 
contracts and discharges its contents through the tricuspid 
valves into the ventricle which is thus completely distended. 

The reflux of blood into the veins during the auricular sys- 
tole is prevented by the contraction of their walls and the valves 


with which they arc furnished ; bat these valves arc so formed 
»j to close accurately, especially when the tubes are dis- 
i that a small amount of reflux takes place; this is 
increased when there is any obstruction to the pulmonarv cir- 

While the right ventricle is contracting upon the blood en- 
tered, the carneaB columns, by contracting their walls, put the 
chordae tendinae upon the stretch, this draws the flaps of the 
tricuspid valves into the auriculo ventricular axis. The blood 
then gets behind them, and being compressed by the contraction 
of the ventricle, forcesthc flans together so as to close the orifice, 
but they do not fall suddenly upon each other, as the semilunar 
valves, because they are restrained by the chords tendinae, 
therefore there is no sound produced by their closure. 

The blood is expelled by the ventricular systole into the pul- 
monary artery, which it distends, passing freely through its 
semilunar valves, after circulating through the lungs, returns 
as arterial blood by the pulmonary veins to the left auricle, 
whence it passes through the mitral valves into the left ventri- 
cle and then into the aorta through its semilunar valves, to be 
distributed to the brain and system generallv. The means by 
which this is accomplished has never been fully settled by 
physiologists, some contend that the heart is endowed in an 
eminent degree with the property of irritability, by which it 
has the power of being easily excited to movements of con- 
traction alternating with relaxation. 

It was supposed that this irritability was dependent upon 
the cerebro-spinal system, but this has been demonstrated not 
to be the case, for when the organ has been removed from the 
body it not only had the power of contracting, when irritated, 
but communicates the power to all its parts. 

Again, if the circulation can be kept up by artificial- means, 
its action will continue for a long time after the brain and spinal 
cord have been removed and animal life is extinct. 

It is doubtful whether the stimulus of the blood, when brought 
into contact with the lining membrane of the heart, can pro- 
duce the continual contraction and' relaxation. But it is evi- 
dent that the movements of the heart may be increased by ex- 


ternal impressions, such as fear; or a severe blow sufficient to 
produce lesion of a member; these impressions are # first made 
upon the efferent branches of the sympathetic nerve, which 
being transmitted to the brain are reflected upon the heart and 
system generally. If the action of the heart is maintained, as 
some suppose, by nerve force, it must be by the numerous 
ganglia, forming a part of the sympathetic, which are scattered 
through its substance as centres of reflex action ; this cannot 
be, for every reflex action must be sustained by a corresponding 
stimulus at regular intervals ; the great difficulty appears to be 
in accounting for the rhythmical contraction after all stimulus 
is removed. 

That the heart is an involuntary muscle, and endowed with 
all the vital properties of its muscular tissue, cannot be denied, 
and so long as it retains its integrity, ." ceteris paribus" just so 
long will contractions and relaxations take place as manifesta- 
tions of its vital activity. 

We have demonstrated that it is not dependent ou nerve 
force, nor on the stimuli alone from the blood, nor on its pecu- 
liar irritability, therefore we must conclude that the rhythmi- 
cal contraction and relaxation of the heart is maintained and 
carried on by the vital principal with which it is endowed by 
the Creator, the nature of which we do not know, nor is it in 
our power to investigate. 

The nutritive fluid in its circulation through the capillaries 
of the system, undergoes great alterations, both in its physical 
constitution and its vital properties. It gives up to the tissues 
with which it is brought in contact, some of its most important 
elements, and is, at the same time, made the vehicle of removal 
from these tissues, of ingredients which are no longer in a state 
of combination to fit them for their office in the animal economy. 

Of all the injurious ingredients, carbonic acid is most abund- 
antly introduced into the nutritive fluid, and is also the most 
destructive in its effects if allowed to accumulate. The elimi- 
nation of it is effected in such a manner as to render it subser- 
vient to the introduction of oxygen, which is required for all 
the most active manifestations of vital power, and it is in these 
two processes conjoint^, and not in either alone, that the func* 
tions of respiration consist. 


We are naturally led to inquire from what source the car- 
bonic acid # ia produced in the livi; . and the cause of the 
demand for oxygen. The vital activity of the organism in- 

s a continual change; " those who live the fastest, die the 
and pass most readily into decay." 

The performance of the organic functions, in effecting nutri- 
. ia a constant source of disintegration, the chief product of 
the decay of the tissue, consequent upon the loss of the vitality, 
is one of the means of producing carbonic acid, but this is not 
the only one, nor the means by which the greatest amount is 
obtained. The muscular and nerve forces, in the act of repro- 
duction, cause a change to be made in their substance, during 
which a large amount of oxygen is absorbed from the atmos- 
phere, the quantity being governed by the force of respiration. 

There is a small amount of carbonic acid generated by the 
decay of substances taken into the system as food ; this varies 
very much in different kinds of animals, and in various states 
of the same animal; those of active habits generate very little, 
while in those of an opposite character just the contrary is 

The question that next occurs to us, is, how is this car- 
bonic acid which is produced by the system, and acknowledged 
to be so fatal, properly eliminated and its place supplied by oxy- 
gen from the atmosphere ? 

The means by which these functions are performed brings us 
to the third division of our subject, the lungs, their form, struc- 
ture, and the means by which they are kept in continual motion. 

They are two conical organs, one at each side of the chest, 
embracing the heart, and separated by that organ and by a par- 
tition, the mediastinum. 

They are composed of ramifications of the bronchial tubes 
which terminate in inter-cellular passages and air cells, of the 
ramifications of the arteries, veins, lymphatics and nerves, which 
being united by areola tissue constitute the parenchyma — 
this is found to consist of lobules which are again divided 
into smaller ones, each provided with a tube, artery and vein — 
separated from each other by areolar membrane, divided from 
subserous tissue, so that the entire lung is composed of these 


lobules, thus separated, and connected, and held together by 
the pleura. 

When the blood is forced by the left ventricle through the 
pulmonary artery into the lung, it comes in contact with a 
membrane which holds in solution oxygen on the one side and 
carbonic acid on the other, the absorption of oxygen from the 
air, and the elimination of carbonic acid from the blood is sup- 
posed to take place on the same principal as the diffusion of 
gases, when two gases of different specific gravities, but not 
disposed to unite, are separated by a porous septum, each will 
diffuse itself through the other. The amount being to that of 
the other as the square roots of their specific gravities. It 
might be argued that the septum is not exposed to gases on 
both sides, for while one is in contact with the air, the other 
is in contact with a liquid holding a gas in solution, and the 
volume absorbed by a liquid depends upon the pressure re- 
maining above after the absorption has taken place. 

So that when the blood enters the lungs, not saturated with 
oxygen, it is able to absorb a large amount, on account of the 
oxygen contained in the air cells being great. So we may con- 
clude that the passage of each gas is independent of the other, 
but this is not the case with chemicals, for the amount of force 
used must be in proportion to the permeability which different 
membranes possess for different gases. 

The contraction and relaxation of the lungs is to assist in the 
absorption and elimination of these substances, or in short, the 
means by which respiration is accomplished by the diaphragm, 
since it is the muscle of respiration. 

But this is not the only means, for the pectoral and inter- 
costal muscles, together with the numerous nerve filaments 
derived from the different ganglia of the sympathetic, must 
possess some power to perform the great and grand functions of 

But the true cause, outside of muscular and nerve force, to- 
gether with the stimulus derived from the blood, is, like that 
of the heart and brain, yet unknown, and must be referred to a 
higher tribunal for solution, or wc must be permitted to con- 
clude, that, since everything is of divine origin, so must this 
great and obscure power be the "vital principle." 




THE nervous Bystem produces a vast and varied amy of 
phenomena. Thought, sensation, and motion, are alike the 
products of its manifestations. I shall not attempt in this 
paper to explore the entire field of nerve acts, nor even to 
pursue any one of them to its utmost boundaries. I propose 
simply to cast a few reflections upon some phenomena in which 
the nervous system is concerned, and to examine briefly into 
the subject of " nervous or mechanic force/' Like every other 
part of the human organism, the nervous system is constructed 
with reference to the office to be performed. Two kinds of 
matter enter into its composition — the white and gray. The 
former constitutes all the nerve trunks and communicating 
media, while the latter makes up the nerve centres, or ganglia. 

The function ascribed to the white matter, is that of a con- 
ducting agent, and the office of the gray or cineritious sub- 
stance is supposed to be that of a reservoir for nerve force, 
with some power to originate motion, sensation, or any other 
act peculiar to the nervous system. These two substances are 
proportionately distributed throughout the cerebro spinal and 
sympathetic nervous systems. It is reasonable to suppose, 
therefore, that both are necessary to the performance of any 
one or all of the nerve acts. From this arrangement of nerve 
matter we may reasonably infer, that all the phenomena pre- 
sented by the nervous system, are produced through one gen- 
eral principle of action, — first, sensation; then motion as a 
necessary and inevitable sequence. A thought is the sequence 
of an impression made upon the brain through some of the 
special senses, or it may be through the spinal sensitive nerves 
— or to be still more metaphysical, it may be impressed by the 
soul or immaterial part of man. If the thought is sufficiently 
intense, the result may be articulation or motion. The whole 


phenomenon may then properly be called an excito-motor act ; 
an impression is felt, and motion is the result. Thoughts may 
be so intense as to become painful — for instance, excessive joy, 
grief, remorse, &c. I think that all thoughts are sufficiently 
intense to be felt. But I go on to other nerve acts. I will to 
move my arm, and I move it. This is called a voluntary act 
— an act of volition. I think it would be altogether proper to 
call it an excito-motor act, since it is produced by the same 
philosophy which obtains in reflex-action. It begins with an 
impression, and ends with motion. Physiologists apply the 
term excito-motor, only to the reflex action of the spinal cord ; 
— and this because it is supposed that the will is not concerned 
in the act. I can see no good reason why there should be 
made this difference in naming these nerve acts. If it be true, 
that all nervous acts require some exciting cause, and produce 
motion in some shape or form, why not use one term to ex- 
press the action, and thus simplify the study of physiology. 
The sympathetic nervous system, we have good reason to be- 
lieve, is governed by the same general principle as all other 
parts of the nervous mechanism. "Wherever there are nerves 
and ganglia, we may look for excito-motor acts. Finally, I 
wish to say plainly, that I prefer the term excito-motor for all 
the nerve acts without any exception. In addressing myself 
to the second division of my subject — that of " nervous or me- 
chanic force," I shall need your magnanimity more than your 
criticisms. Than this, there is perhaps not a more difficult 
subject in philosophy. Materialism and im materialism have 
to be blended in such manner as to avoid the reproach of the 
one, and the incomprehensibility of the other. I may err in 
the direction of simplification, but I have the consolation to 
know that I have many companions in error at the other ex- 
treme. I refer to those who labor strenuously to throw as. 
much mist as possible upon every subject they consider. 
"Nervous or mechanic force" is the name given to the motive 
power of the nervous system, by those who consider it as being 
different from organic or vital force. Dr. J. Cheston Morris, 
translator of Lehmann's Chemical Physiology, says that "me- 
chanic nerve force is to the animal organism, what steam is to 


the 1 which is a vcr\ :omparh tt he 

goes on t has been shown to be limited 

to an apparatus. Actions or mena requiring an organ 

or apparatus, id must be functional. Nerve force is 

consequently a function or office of the organs and apparatus 
on which it depends — the spinal dynamic apparatus. The ap- 
paratus itself is constructed by the formative organic actions 
directed and maintained by organic or vital force.*' From 
this statement I propose to dissent. In the first place, I do 
not believe that a function is something which can be s 
rated from an organ or apparatus in action. For example, the 
function of the auditory nerve is to take cognizance of sound ; 
but it would be bad philosophy to say that the vibration of 
atmosphere which impresses this nerve, is the function of 
hearing. The steam which drives a locomotive is one thing, 
and the engine itself is another. Next, as to the difference 
between nerve force and organic or vital force, Dr. Morris 
says, that organic force, on account of its formative power and 
comparative independence of an apparatus, is different from 
nerve force — that because the "apparatus itself (the nervous 
system) is constructed by the formative organic actions direct- 
ed and maintained by organic or vital force,*' there must be 
another power to keep it in operation. The force which 
creates is supposed to be insufficient to maintain the organism. 
Suppose then, we stop the organic process awhile, and see 
whether this mechanic influence will be able to carry on the 
functions of the nervous system unaided. I think there would 
result a case of complete paralysis of this important mechan- 
ism. Again, let us try to carry on the nervous functions by 
means of the organic or vital force alone. Take the nervous 
system in cell form, and pursue its development until it is 
completed. Is it now necessary to hitch on another force, not 
created by, nor in any way connected with the formative force, 
in order to secure action in the nerves? Or is it not now 
more plausible that if the organic force is continued for the 
maintainance of the structure formed, that action will be the 
result, and that too by virtue of the formative power? 

It is not denied that there is mechanical action as well as 


chemical in the living organism, but these forces are created 
and maintained by the organic power, as well as the mechan- 
ism itself. It is safe, therefore, to conclude with Oken, Klenke, 
Lamarck and others, that the true motive power of the ner- 
vous system is found in organic or vital force. 

Materialism claims that because we can explain the various 
phenomena around us upon undisputed philosophical grounds, 
that there is no Creator of the universe, all things having ex- 
isted from eternity in a protean form, and having assumed the 
shapes in which we now see them, through powers and forces 
created by the constant motion of original particles of matter. 
I regard the objections to an all controlling and prime moving 
vis vita in the human organism, as being materialistic in their 
tendency, and derogatory to true philosophy. We are not 
on]y " fearfully and wonderfully made." but the power which 
keeps in constant operation during the continuance of life, all 
the organs of the body, is both a wonder and mystery. It is 
not too much to believe that the real motive power of the ner- 
vous system resides in a substance which is too subtle for 
detection, except through its visible effects. It may be a veri- 
table substance, notwithstanding its apparently immaterial na- 
ture. The atmosphere cannot readily be seen, only felt — yet 
we believe it to be a substance. There are still other sub- 
stances which we can neither see nor feel, nor detect by any 
test whatever, which we readily admit into our list of refined 
substances or materials. In the world of disease, for exam- 
ple, we see powerful effects from agents which are two subtle 
for detection by all known expedients ; still we believe that 
they exist, and that they may be material in their nature. 

There seems to be a regular gradation in the quality of mat- 
ter, from the crudest to the most refined, and while it must be 
admitted that there is more or less of reciprocal action exist- 
ing between the different grades, it is beyond dispute, that in 
the larger number of instances, the latter controls the former. 

If it be true that the most deadly diseases are produced by 
extremely subtle influences, and that inanimate nature is often 
powerfully convulsed by equally obscure causes, we may rea- 
sonably ascribe the motive power of the nervous system to an 


inflii organic or vital force. W 

farther, and say that every phenomenon of the living 
hum; nism has its origin in that plastic influence which 

:u and e i to the body. Henc 

called, cannot be a mechanic force independent of the oi 
power. We may ask the question, arc diseases produced by a 
derangement of this organic or nerve force, or by an abnormal 
condition of the mechanism of the ho(h r , or by Loth abnormi- 
ties? I would say that Loth the mechanism and the force 
which keeps it in operation, may Lc at fault. But it is g< 
ally conceded that most diseases are produced Ly a derange- 
ment of the " vital forces'' of the system. A very small pro- 
portion of cases are those where some part of the mechanism 
has Leen injured Ly traumatic causes, or where some organ or 
avenue has Leen oLstructed Ly physical influences of various 
kinds. The remedies in these conditions arc easily found, and 
applied. Repair the injuries — remove the causes. It is in 
those cases where no visiLle causes exist, nor any mechanical 
injuries can be detected that we must look for derangement of 
the nervous or vital force. We must here appeal to a different 
arbiter, and hence our means of cure must also Le different. 
The wonderful effects of the potentized homoeopathic remedy, 
can only Le explained Ly its action upon this subtle "causa 
occasionalis" of disease. The pathology, or rather etiology of 
homoeopathicians must consequently differ from the allopathic 
school — the latter viewing disease and treating it, as a der; 
ment of the mechanism alone. It is true that in all cases of 
disease there is a disturLancc of the material organism, and 
that the symptoms produced Ly such disturLancc, arc for the 
most part accounted the disease itself; but the fact that disease 
will oftentimes continue when all obstructions and hindra 
have Leen removed, indicates that there must be a derange- 
ment of the vital forces, which needs correction. These forces 
can only Lc reached by agents which are more or less refined 
and penetrating. It may Le remarked with reference to the 
doctrine of vital or nerve force, that the soul or immaterial 
part of man, acting upon the material organism, may of itself, 
produce all the phenomena of life — that there need not 7ieces- 


sarily be an intervening power. But this would leave the 
brute creation without any principle of vivification. There is 
evidently a force in the cel\ before there is any body, and con- 
sequently any soul which continues to operate after the organ- 
ism is completed by it, is an all-pervading and all-controlling 
influence, subject only to the moral dictates of the soul. This 
force continues in operation during life, and may therefore 
properly be termed " vital force.'' In the inorganic world we 
observe forces in constant operation for the maintai nance of 
motion and order. The heavenly bodies perform their respec- 
tive revolutions by virtue of laws and forces instituted when 
thej' were first hurled into space by the fiat of the Creator 
himself. They are not propelled as we are obliged to propel 
machinery constructed by us. So with the animal organism. 
It is constructed and maintained by infinite wisdom and power, 
but through the medium of principles and laws- themselves be- 
gotten of Divinity. Concerning the true nature of the soul, 
and how it acts upon matter, we are still ignorant — nor is it 
probable that we will ever know more of it while surrounded 
by "this mortal coil." When this "mortal shall have put on 
immortality, and this corruptible, incorruption," then we may 
know " even as we are known." My subject has led me into 
the mysteries of psychology, from which there is no escape 
through the powers of reason. I leave it with you in this un- 
finished state, hoping that some practical good may result from 
the same. Dr. John Mason Good says, that "it is one part of 
science) and not the least important, though the lowest and 
most elementary, to become acquainted with the nature and 
extent of our ignorance upon whatever subject we propose to 
investigate." Yet I would not go so far in the direction of 
immaterialism, as to believe that everything we see, is imagi- 
nary — that all things are unreal and visionary. I have un- 
bounded faith in human reason and understanding believing 
that our senses, like every other created thing or principle, 
emanates from the same omniscient source, and can therefore, 
not be defective: — 

" "Who holds that naught is known, denies he knows 
"E'en this, thus owning that lie nothing knows 


A-, in a building, if the first lines err, 
" If tught impedes the plummet, <>r the rule 
■• Prom its just angles deviate but a hair, 
" The total edifice must rise untrue, 
•' Recumbent, curv'd, overhanging, void of grace, 
''Tumbling, or tumbled from this first defect. 

must all reason prove unsound, dedue'd 
"From things created, if the senses err." 





In looking through medical literature, both homoeopathic 
and allopathic, we rind a large number of remedial agents sug- 
gested for curing all kinds of disease. We may as well call 
these suggestions therapeutic hints; even practical therapeutic 
hints ; because, for most of them, practical experience is claimed 
as godfather. It might, however, be worth while to look more 
discriminatingly at these various suggestions, and we will then 
find that they belong to different families. 

To the oldest that are known, belong those which were 
founded upon the signatura rerum. Long before anything like 
medical science existed, cures were made ; and the remedies 
were generally chosen according to the similarity, either real 
or supposed, which they had to diseased parts. In this con- 
nection I may mention the use of Spongia in goitre ; of Ferrum 
in impotence ; of Euphrasia in eye diseases ; of those plants 
which yield a yellow juice in liver complaints ; of Mercury in 
gonorrhoea. Homoeopathy in its embryonic state is here pre- 

Xext we come to a very large class of suggestions which 
were strictly adhered to by many medical men, and often for a 
considerable length of time, simply, because the renowned Drs. 
Tom, Dick, or Harry had made them. They even exercised a 
tyrannical influence, like fashion, over the whole brotherhood 
of iEsculapians. I need remind yon only of blood-letting, cod- 
liver oil, and a host of complicated prescriptions, most of which 
have, happily, become obsolete. 


tin, we find ported in medical journals, in which 

the practitioner, to his great delight, had finally worried thr< 
and the patient did not die. But whether this resulted 6e< 

: atment, Is another question, as it Is difficult to 
see how and why such a number of ti dissimilar medi- 

cines, given in quick succession, or even in alternation, could 
have resulted so happily; and still more difficult to determine 
which of them all produced the principal curative result. J 
must - that I have never learned much from such rep 

but they have taught me this : never to offend my brother phy- 
sicians by publishing cases which, luckily, I had worried 

Since physiology and pathology have been more scientifically 
investigated by chemical analysis and microscopic research, a 
new order of therapeutic suggestions have come into view. 
Finding, for instance, that in some cases, as Chlorosis, iron was 
wanting in the blood, it was naturally suggested that the 
tem Bhould be supplied with iron; and in cases in which a de- 
ficiency of calcareous substance was supposed to be the cause 
of trouble, the patients were to be treated with calcareous sub- 
stances. This sounds well and plausible, and seems almost as 
logical as if we said: if one is starving give him something to 
eat. It does not, however, work nearly so well. Such patients 
may not need an extra supply of tl icient ingredients; the 

food which they take may not differ from that which affords to 
others a sufficiency of iron or lime. The fault lies not in an 
insufficient supply, but in an inefficient assimilation of these 
substances; and, therefore, an extra supply cannot better the 
trouble, especially if it be given in crude form. For we know 
that the human organism, like that of the higher classes of ani- 
mals, is not capable of assimilating inorganic matter. These 
suggestions are therefore not quite as logical as they a 
first sight. 

We now come to therapeutic hints that are founded upon the 
similarity of symptoms of the diseased organism to 
proved remedial agents. And be it known, that since the in- 
auguration of this principle, there has been wrought v. 
rous changes in the healing art ; and it has been done in an in- 


telligent, positive way, which can always be followed up by 
new comers; thus differing from all the other suggestions 
referred to. Nevertheless, it might be well to discriminate be- 
tween the multifarious suggestions which have been made upon 
this ground. For in almost any case of cure, the question 
might be raised ; is it the remedy administered that has wrought 
the change for the better ? This indeed might be in many cases 
a question of great difficulty to answer positively. For no 
matter how much we may be inclined to attribute favorable 
changes to the remedy, we ought ever to bear in mind that post 
Jloc does not always mean propter hoc. No doubt each one of 
us has made the observation, that certain symptoms which 
seemingly yielded promptly to the application of a certain 
remedy, at another time disappear of their own accord just as 
readily. This is more frequently observed in acute forms of di- 
sease. Now then, what does a suggestion like this, based upon 
such a fact, amount to ? What is it worth ? Exactly as much 
as this : give blank powders. Or rather it is not worth that 
much, because there you fill your pockets with pebbles, think- 
ing they are golden grains; whilst here you know positively 
what you have, and besides, you do not run the risk of doing any 
positive harm. 

Thus we are necessarily driven to farther inquiry, in order 
to learn how to distinguish between valuable and worthless 
therapeutic hints. We will have to combine with our know- 
ledge of similars, a knowledge of pathology. Pathology teaches 
that acute forms of diseases run a certain more or less defined 
course. If in treating such a disease we succeed in getting the 
patient well, at a time when the morbid process would have 
been at an end anyhow, we surely ought not to deduct any 
therapeutic hints from such a case. For although we may say 
that the patient got well under our treatment, we have no right 
to say that he got well in consequence of it. It is, however, 
a different thing, if we succeed in cutting the natural process of 
a disease short. In such a case, Ave are entitled to make the 
assertion that the medicine and the mode of its application did 
something in the case. For example: the average duration of 
pneumonia is about tw r cnty-five days. If now, as is set forth 



by Eidherr, of Vienna, this avoragetime can be brought down 
bo nineteen days by the use of the sixth potency of the appro- 
priate remedies; to fourteen days by the use of the fifteentl 

: and to eleven -lays by the use of the thirtieth \ 
tencv : we surely gain by these observations valuable thera- 
peutic bints. And 1 may assume still farther, that each <>f us 
has had cases of pneumonia which did nut last even that length 
of time, if treated well from the commencemenl ; for pneumo- 
nia may be arrested in any of its stages, therefore also in its 
first stage, say by Aconite, Bryonia, Rhus-tox., and other medi- 
cines, if selected with care and according to the requirements 
of individual cases ; or by Sulphur when exudation begins to 
take place, which we may recognize by the crepitation sound 
which is necessarily produced during inspiration. Such obser- 
vations, based upon an exact knowledge of pathological pro- 
is and their natural duration, constitute a series of the most 
valuable therapeutic hints ; instances of which may easily be 
drawn from the observations made on the treatment of scarlet 
fever, measles, small pox, &c. 

Another point which presents itself for our consideration, in 
this respect, and which is closely allied with the knowledge of 
the pathological processes of acute diseases is, the observation 
of critical days. The existence of these days has been known 
and acknowledged since the time of Hippocrates. It is but late- 
ly, however, that an explanatory effort has been made in re- 
gard to their nature by von Grauvogle. lie contends that the 
avations of the disease which generally take place on these 
days, are but the normal oscillations between assimilation and 
waste within the human organism, to which it is subject all the 
time. During a perfect state of health these fluctuations are 
not perceivable. AY hen, however, in disease, on the third, 
fifth, seventh, thirteenth, twenty-first, and thirty-fifth di 
greater amount of losses set in in the form of excretions, such 
as sweat, flow of urine, diarrhoea, &c, il natural that 

these losses Bhould beeome more marked, more conspicuous. 
inasmuch as they are additions to the already existing symp- 
toms: and as they are frequently followed either by a decided 
improvement or an aggravation of the disease, or even by the 


death of the patient, we are accustomed to say that on such 
days there has been a crisis. 

Let us now consider what we may learn as regards thera- 
peutic hints, by directing our attention to these critical days. 
Id the first place, we have all observed that in really success- 
fully treated cases, we do not observe anything like a crisis ; 
and this is no doubt the reason why we find in homoeopathic 
literature much less said about critical days and crises than in 
allopathic reports. In such cases, the normal state of things is 
restored before a crisis can have developed itself. I may men- 
tion as prominent instances of this fact, the arresting of pneu- 
monia in its first stage, or of typhus in its incipiency. This 
brings us back to a former point, viz: the cutting short of the 
natural process of a disease, which gives us an undoubted 
right to attribute to the employed remedy a curative effect ; 
and observations made thereon are of real therapeutic value. 
If, however, we find that under our treatment the disease goes 
on and arrives at its usual crisis, we have no right to attribute 
the final success to the remedies employed ; as this result might 
have taken place without any medicine. The expectant method 
of the advanced old school has proved this many a time ; and 
therapeutic hints based upon such cases are therefore of little 

Again, it is also a fact that the critical days become ex- 
tinguished by improper medication, because the employed 
poisonous means not only disturb the natural development of 
the organism, but also exhaust its powers (at least for a time) 
to such an extent as to make a crisis impossible. But even in 
such cases, outraged nature may at last rally, and a good con- 
stitution may come out triumphant even here. But dare we 
draw from such cases any therapeutic hints? If, as has been 
already stated, the regular occurrence of a crisis makes it a rather 
doubtful point as to the efficacy of the remedy resorted to, its 
nan- occurrence certainly does not speak more favorably for the 
means employed. It may be, however, that these means have 
nothing to do with the constantly increasing severity of the 
disease. We all have seen cases which would not get well 
under the most judicious treatment. Of such cases, however, 


I <lo not sneak. The most that could be Learned from them is 
this: if remedies which are well 1 and which are 

affiliated to the case, do nol exorcise any Influence upon the' 
- of the disease, we may generally consider it to 

a fatal nature. I speak here of curable cases which, instead of 
getting better, grow continually worse, under a certain medi- 
cation. Tins necessarily would lead us to the supposition thai 

the treatment must be at fault; that it must he either the 
quality or the quantity of the means employed, or both together, 
which cause these aggravations and the annihilation of the 
critical days ; or, in other words, which add an artificial di- 
sease to the naturally existing one. A thoughtful physician 
will at onee heed these hints of nature ; and as such grave and 
lasting aggravations can be produced only by crude doses, he 
will imitate Hahnemann in this respect, and try liner prepa- 
rations, after a due reconsideration of the whole case. 

I shall now speak of therapeutic hints, which may find an 
application to chronic cases. I may here mention a subject 
which stands in close connection with the subject of critical 
• lays. In chronic cases avc frequently find no perceptibly fa- 
vorable change following the administration of the curative 
agent, until after a certain lapse of time. It even occurs that 
in the first forty-eight hours following the administration of 
the remedy, there is a decided aggravation in the direction of 
the medicinal power of the remedy. The third day, how 
may bring the case back to the statics quo, and now it may 
linger on, changing little until after the seventh day, when a 
moredecided improvement takes place; and this improvement 
may continue until health is restored, or may last only until 
the thirteenth, fifteenth, twenty-first, or thirty-fifth day, when 
another dose "I tic same remedy may sel nature again to work ; 
thus showing that critical <hy± exercise their influence 
in chronic diseases. The the hints naturally deduced 

from these observations are: that a remedy which has been 
carefully selected, in a chroni mould be allowed I 

undisturbed for at lea r s. Iff 10 change for 

the better up to this time, it is probably not the right remedy 
or the right potency. If, however, it does produce a favorable 


change in that time, its action ought not to be interfered with 
by repetition or change, until the symptoms require such repe- 
tition or change. Speedy changes in chronic cases, although 
seemingly favorable, are mostly of short duration; they take 
place, so to speak, only on the surface of the disease, leaving 
the centre of the disorder untouched ; they are, in fact, mere 

Lastly, I shall make some remarks on the numerous and 
mostly valuable practical hints, the special indications of cer- 
tain remedies, and which are known under the name of character- 
istic symptoms. They are, indeed, identical with the Homceo- 
opathic Materia Medica, and were first introduced by Hahne- 
mann in his remarks upon the several provings ; a majority of 
which have not yet found their equals. I need remind you 
only of his masterly remarks on Xux vom., Ignatia, Pulsatilla, 
Brvonia, and that everlasting fountain of therapeutic hints the 
anti-psoric remedies; a fountain from which we have been 
drawing constantly, and whose depth we have not yet fathom- 
ed. By close observation, a number of his best followers in all 
countries have augmented these riches, and in our country this 
has especially been clone by the Philadelphia school. 

The great value of these characteristic symptoms in the 
treatment of disease is not doubted. I shall merely try to de- 
fine their proper use. In the first place, we should remember 
that there is scarcely one of these characteristics which belongs 
exclusively to a single remedy; or if there be within the scope 
of our knowledge, it is no proof that others may not have ob- 
served it in other remedies, or that in the very next proving of 
a remedy it may not be brought out very strong]}'. Take for 
example the well know characteristic symptom of Arsenicum: 
"he drinks very often, hut little at a time.' 1 This symptom we 
find also in Crocus, Helleborous, Hyoscyamus, Xitrum, Pulsa- 
tilla, and Stramonium. Is it now advisible to select a remedy 
upon the ground of such a symptom only ? Are not the chan- 
ces of missing quite apparent ? The cautious practitioner will 
not do it, just as the cautious diagnostician will not make a di- 
agnosis upon the ground of one symptom only, if ever so char- 
acteristic. AVhile in some cases it may point directly to the 


remedy, it Surely cannot do bo Id every i >1 ra- 

tional to suppose tliat the whole sphere of action of a remedial 
agent, which is oftentimes quite extensive and complex, should 
find its unerring expression and indication in one symptom. 

In the second place we ought to remember that such a char- 
acteristic symptom may not be' the leading symptom of the 
case. "Ho drinks very often, but little at a time," may be a 
symptom of very different febrile conditions ; conditions which 
may present symptoms of much greater weight for the selection 
of the remedy in a special case. Should we now, in favor of 
such a symptom, discard the others ? 11' we do, would we not 
aet like those whom we disregard because they prescribe 
merely for names ? 

In view of all this, the question naturally is asked — -what 
then are characteristic symptoms good for? They aid materi- 
ally in the selection of a remedy, inasmuch as they define the 
circle of remedies out of which we have to select, [f used in 
this limited sense, characteristic symptoms are undoubtedly 
very valuable therapeutic hints. 





James A. Hebron, M. D., died at Pittsburgh, Nov. loth, 
1868, in the thirty-fifth year of his age. He was born in Pitts 
burgh in the year 1834, studied medicine with J. P. Dake, 
M. D., and graduated in the " Homoeopathic Medical College of 
Pennsylvania, in I806. Settling in his native city he practiced 
his profession, (with one or two exceptions in which his atten- 
tion was turned for a season to other pursuits, during one of 
which he served as captain of a volunteer cavalry company in 
the Union army) up to the time of his brief illness. 

Dr. Ilerron was a man of considerable attainments and natu- 
ral ability, and took a special interest in the practice of sur- 

lie was one of the original members of the State Society, but 
has not, to our knowledge, contributed any papers on medical 
or scientific subjects. He had many warm friends and grate- 
ful patients in his field of practice, who will long regret his 
early demise. 

J. E. Barxaby, M. D., died at Key West, Florida, on the 
5th day of January, 18G9, in the forty-eighth year of his age. 
Dr. Barnaby was born at Salop, England, in the year 1821, 
and came to this country in 1812. He successfully engaged 
in various pursuits until about eight or ten years ago, when 
his health failed. Allopathic treatment being first resorted to 
without benefit, he was induced to try Homoeopathy. The 
success of the treatment in his own case, together with some 


further observation of thi riority of the new method, so 

Impressed his mind thai he resolved to study and practi 
His studies were pursued with zeal under the direction of Dr. 
R. C. McClelland. 

He graduated al the Homoeopathic Medical College of Penn- 
sylvania, in the year 1860. lie locate! in Allegheny City, 
where he established an extensive and lucrative practice. He 
was a corporator of the "Homoeopathic Hospital of Pittsburgh," 
and at the time of his death a member ol' its "Medical Staff." 
lie was a faithful friend of the institution, and discharged the 
duties of his official position with fidelity and skill. His health 
gradually failing he was compelled to relinquish his profes- 
sional labors early in the summer of 1868. Late in the autumn 
of the same year, he started, accompanied by his wife, for St. 
Augustine, Florida, but died at Key AVest, before reaching his 
place of destination. By his sympathizing attentions to the 
s'n-k. his gentlemanly deportment and devotion to his pr 
sion, he secured the confidence and esteem of a large circle of 
friends who with us mourn his death. 





hH ^ 

M h 














"■I. ; 

'5 o 

CO *— s— i 

r— o 

O G 


o ci 
c3 H 

O p-3 

03 r- 



















■ _ 











-2 «= 



























This Association shall be known as the Homeopathic ^Medi- 
cal Society of the State of Pennsylvania, and its object shall be 
the advancement of Medical Science. 


Any physician of good moral character, who has received the 
degree of Doctor of Medicine from some regularly incorporated 
Medical College, and who subscribes to the doctrine " Similia 
Similibus Curantur" may be elected a member of this Society 
upon the recommendation of the Board of Censors, by a vote 
of two-thirds of the members present, at any annual meeting. 


Every member shall, upon his admission, sign the Constitu- 
tion and pay the initiation fee. 


Any non-resident physician who may be judged worthy from 
his attainments in medicine or its collateral branches, may be 
elected a corresponding or honorary member, by a vote of two 
thirds of the members presenl at any annual meeting, and may 
participate in the proceedings of the Society, bul shall have no 
vote and shall be ineligible for ollice. 



The officers of this Society shall consist of a President, two 
Vice-Presidents, a Eecording Secretary, a Corresponding Sec- 
retary, a Treasurer, and three Censors, who shall be elected by 
ballot by a majority of the members present, at every annual 
meeting, and who shall hold office until their successors are 


The President shall preside at the meetings of the Society, 
preserve order therein, put questions, announce decisions, and 
appoint committees not otherwise ordered. 


The Vice-Presidents, in the order of their election, shall dis- 
charge the duties of the President in his absence. 


Sec. 1. The Secretaries shall give notice of the meetings of 
the Society, keep a record of its proceedings, conduct its corres- 
pondence and have charge of its archives. 

Sec. 2. The Eecording Secretary shall keep a record of all 
the proceedings and resolutions, the names of all delegates and 
members, with the date of admission of each ; notify all com- 
mittees of their appointments and of the business referred to 
them, notify all members of their election ; authenticate by his 
signature all papers and acts of the Society when the occasion 
requires it, and bring before the Society communications and 
business needing its action, not otherwise presented. 

Sec. 3. The Corresponding Secretary shall receive and pre- 
serve all letters addressed directly to the Society ; open and 
maintain such correspondence as shall tend to advance its inte- 
rests ; give at least two weeks previous notice of all meetings 
of the Society, to the members ; keep a record of all the discus- 
sions on any and all the branches appertaining to Medical 
Science that may occur in the Society. 



The Treasurer shall receive all moneys and make all Q€ 
Barj disbursement, and make an annual report to the So 
in writing. 


The Censors shall receive applications for membership, 
report to the Society those qualified for admission. 


The annual meetings of the Society shall be held at such 
time and place as shall be designated at the annual meeting 
• preceding. 


ven members of the Society shall constitute a quorum. 


Any article of this Constitution may be altered or amended 
by a vote of two-thirds of the members present at the annual 
meeting; provided, that notice of such intended alteration or 
amendment shall have been given to the Society when in ses- 
sion at the annual meeting next preceding. 



The annual meeting of the Society shall be held at 10 A. M., 
at the time and place decided upon at the annual session next 
preceding, and the President of the Society, with the concur- 
rence of a majority of the Board of Censors, shall have power 
to direct such other meetings to be held as they may judge ad- 



The initiation fee shall be two dollars, and each active mem- 
ber shall pay one dollar annually thereafter. 

section in. 

The name of all active members of the Society remaining in 
arrears three months after any annual meeting, shall be stricken 
from the roll, and this provision of the By-Laws shall be ap- 
pended to all bills. 


At each annual meeting committees shall be appointed to 
report upon such subjects as the Society may designate. 

All communications read before the Society shall become its 
property ; but no paper shall be published as part of the trans- 
actions of the Society without its sanction. 


The annual election of officers for the ensuing year shall take 
place during the last meeting of the session. 


The annual order of business shall be arranged by the Re- 
cording and Corresponding Secretaries. 


These By-Laws may be altered or amended at any regular 
meeting by a vote of a majority of the members present. 




Armor, Smith, M. D Columbia. 

Ashton, A. II.. M. D Philadelphia. 

*Bamaby, Jno. B., M.D 

Barrett, Chas. B., M. D Detroit, Mich 

Bechtle, J. W., M. D Harrisburg. 

Blakely, W. Jas., M. I> Brie. 

Bowman, Bcnj., M. D Chambersburg. 

Bricklcy, J. W., M. D York. 

Brooks, Silas S., M. D Philadelphia. 

Brown, Samuel, M. D Philadelphia. 

Burgher, Jas. C, M. D Pittsburg. 

Carmany, C. J., M. I) Harrisburg. 

Chandler, G. B., M. D Lock II- 

Charlton, S. P., M. D Harrisburg. 

Childs, Win. 11., M. D Pittsburg. 

Chriest, Wm. F., M. D Penn. P. 0. 

Clark, A. J., M. D Scranton. 

Clayton, A. H., M. D Addisville. 

Cook, Wm. II., ML D Carlisle. 

Cooper, F. B., M. D Alleghany Citi 

Cooper, J. F., M. D Alleghany City 

Cote, Marcellin, M. D Pittsburg. 

Cowley, David, M. D Pittsburg. 

Cox, G. Howell, M. D Germantown. 

'Dake, C. M., M.D Pittsburg. 

Dake, B. F., M. D Pittsburg. 

Davis, W. Beesley, M. D Philadelphia. 

Detwiler, Henry, M. D Easton. 

Detwiler, John J., M. D Ea?ton. 

Dudley, Pemberton, M. D Philadelphia. 

Fager^ Charles, M. D Harrisburg. 

* Deceased. 


Faulkner, Robert, M. D Erie. 

Friese, Michael, M. D Harrisburg. 

Frost, J. H. P., M. D Milton. 

Garberich, E. W., M. D Mechanicsburg. 

Gardiner, Richard, M. D Philadelphia. 

Garvin, John J., M. D Philadelphia. 

Gause, Owen B., M. D Philadelphia. 

Gramm, G. E., M. D Philadelphia. 

Guernsey, Henry N., M. D Philadelphia. 

Gumpert, B. Barton, M. I) Philadelphia 

*Herron, Jas. A., M. D 

Hewitt, Thomas, M. D Pittsbunr. 

Hofinann, H. H., M. D Pittsburg. 

James, David, M. D Philadelphia. 

James, Bushrod W., M. D Philadelphia. 

James, Jno. E., M. D Philadelphia. 

Jeanes, Jacob, M. D Philadelphia. 

Johnson, I. D., M. D Kennet Square. 

Johnson, J. P., M. D Latrobe. 

Jones, Joseph E., M. D West Chester. 

Karsner, Charles, M. D Germantown. 

Koch, Aug. W., M. D Philadelphia. 

Koch, Richard, M. D Philadelphia. 

Lee, John K., M. D , Philadelphia. 

Lee, C. H., M. D Tarentum. 

Lippe, Adolph, M. D Philadelphia. 

Liscomb, P. D., M. D Beaver Falls. 

Logee, Horace M., M. D Linesville. 

Macfarlan, Malcolm, M. D Philadelphia. 

Malin, Jno., M. D Germantown. 

Malin, George W., M. D Germantown. 

Marsden, J. H., M. D York Sul. Spr. 

Martin, H. N., M. D Philadelphia, 

Morgan, Jno. C, M. D Philadelphia. 

McClatchey, Robert J., M. D Philadelphia, 

McClelland, Jas. H., M. D Pittsburg. 

Neville, W. H. H, M.D Philadelphia. 

Ostrander, W. M., M. D Danville. 

Pfouts, J. S., M. D Wilkesbarre. 

Preston, Coates, M. D Chester. 



Ml riiVAN] I li' DIOAL S< 

• >n, Mahlon, M. D Norristown. 

Raue, Charles Q . M. I> Philadelphia 

Reading, Edward, M D Batboro. 

i:. ading, Joho R., M. D Somerton. 

Richards, J. C, M. D Lock Baron. 

Roberts, R Ross, M D Barrisburg 

Rousseau, L M . M D Pittsburg. 

Seip, C, P., M. I) Canton, 

dley, R. C, M I> West Chester. 

Smith, Win. II.. M. P Philadelphia. 

Sperling, J. G., M. D Wyoming. 

Stevens, Chas A., M. J) Scranton. 

Toothaker, C. E., M.I) Philadelphia. 

Trie, Wm, T., M. I> Chestertown. lid 

Yon Tagen, Chas. H., M. D Harrishurg. 

Walker, Mahlon, M., M. D Germantown. 

Wallace, M. II., M. I> Alleghany City. 

Weistling, C. J., M. D Harrisburg. 

Williams, Thos. C, M. P Philadelphia. 

Willard, L. II , M. D Alleghany City. 

Williamson, Walter, M. D Philadelphia. 

Williamson, Walter M., M. I> Philadelphia. 

Wiltbank, Comly J., M. D Philadelphia. 

Wood, Jas. B., M. D West Chester. 

W T ood, Henry C, M. I> Sugartown. 

W T ood, 0. S., M. D Omaha, X. T. 


Jabez P. Dake, M. D Nashville, Tenn. 

Chas. R. Doran,M. D Hagerstown, Md. 

Wm. Tod Helmuth, M. I) St. Louis, Mo. 

II. M. Paine, M. D Albany, X. Y. 

W r m. E. Payne, M. D Bath, Me. 

J. H. Pultc*M.D Cincinnati, 0. 

F. A. Rockwith, M. D Newark, N.J. 

I. T. Talbot, M. I) Boston, Mass. 





Homoeopathic Medical Society 








Standing Resolutions, .♦,,.♦, 8 

Proceedings of Fifth Annual Session, f 9 

Report of the Homoeopathic Hospital and Dispensary of Pittsburg, 3 J 

Abstract of Cases treated in the Homoeopathic Hospital of Pittsburg, 31 

Orthopaedic Surgery. By Chas. H. Yon Tagen, M. D. 37 

Medical and Surgical Items. By J. H. McClelland, M. D. , 40 
Secondary Amputation of the Thigh— Amputation for carious 
Knee-joint— Sero-cystic Tumor— Treatment of Fractures— Pro- 
lapsus ani— Chronic Diarrhoea and Prolapsus uteri, <fec. 

Hypodermic Injections. By W. Jas. Blakely, M. D. 59 

The Homoeopathic Materia Medica. By H. N. Guernsey, M. D. 65 

New Provings and their Characteristics. By H. N. Martin, M. D. 71 
Nux Moschata— Oleum Cajuputi— Hydrastis— Gel seminum 
Stillingia Sylvatica— Carbolic Acid. 
Recent Discoveries in Medical Chemistry. By Pemberton 

Dudley, M. D 81 

Morbus Addisonii. By C. G. Raue, M. D. . 85 
Clinical Cases. By M. Friese, M. D: . . . . .93 

Hasmaturia— Induration of Mammae— Dropsy after Scarlatina. 

Baths. By Walter Williamson, M. D. . . . . 95 
Progressive Locomotor Ataxia. By J. H. P. Frost, M. D. . .101 

Treasurers Report, 1870. . . . . • • 113 
ProceedinCxS of Sixth Annual Session. . . . .115 

Annual Address. By W. C. Doane, M. D. . 147 



Bureau <>/ Matt i i Medico, 

Partial Proving of Phytolacca Deoandria, Bj W, M. YVilliam- 

Bon, M. i>. 170 

Prayings of Carbolic Acid. By w. M. Williamson. M. D. L81 

The Genius of our Remedies and the Genins of Disease com- 
pared. By H. X. Guernsey, M. D. . . 181 
B aa of Clinical Medicine and Zymoses. 

clinical Observation on certain Remedies. By W. M. Wil- 
liamson, M. D. . . . . . IBS 

Meliotns— Sweet Clover. By L. II. Willard, M, D, . 188 

Bureau of Surgery. 

Fracture ofthe Skull, with Cases. By J. 11. McClelland. M.D. 189 
Amputation of the Hip with fatal result. By .1. H. McClel- 
land, M. D. 197 

Deformity of the Cheek, the result of abscess. By M. E. Wil- 
lard, M. D 108 

Bureau of Obstetrics, dee., 

Cases in Obstetric Practice. By J. H. Marsden, M. D. . 200 

A Case from Practice. By John K. James, M. D. . . 909 

Prolapsus Uteri,— Its causes and treatment. By If. Frieze. 

M. D 218 

The Bandage and the Ligature. By J. II. McClelland, Mr D, 222 
Bureau of History and Statistics. 

History of Homoeopathy in Allegheny County. By J. C. 

Burgher, M. I). ..... 929 

Bureau of Miscellaneous Subjects. 

Mortality Lists. By Pemborton Dudley, M. D. . . 253 

Recent Discoveries, in Microscopic Anatomy and Physiology, 

Ac. By Richard Koch, M. P. ... 287 

Treasurer's Report, L871, ..... 2o0 

constitution and By Laws, ..... 280 

List of Members, ....... J'i4 


Resolved, That the Homoeopathic Medical Society of Penn- 
sylvania, in accepting and publishing Eeports of Committees 
in their Proceedings, does not necessarily endorse the same. 

Resolved, That no longer time than fifteen minutes shall 
be taken up in reading any single Report. If the Report is of 
such length as would occupy a longer period, a synopsis of 
the same, giving the principal points, may be read, and the 
Report itself referred to the Publishing Committee. Adopted 
June 3, 1867. 

Resolved, That the Code of Ethics adopted by the American 
Institute of Homoeopathy, at its twenty-first session, is hereby 
adopted as the Code of Ethics of the Homoeopathic Medical 
Society of the State of Pennsylvania. Adopted May 19, 1869. 

Resolved, 1st. That Harrisburg shall hereafter be the place 
of meeting of the Society, and that the annual meeting shall 
be held on the first Wednesday in February of every year. 

2d. That instead of the ' Committees on Scientific Sub- 
jects,' as heretofore, a system of Bureaus of Scientific Subjects 
shall be inaugurated, the members thereof to be appointed at 
each annual meeting, after each Bureau shall have rendered 
its report for the preceding year. 

3d. That there shall be a Bureau of Materia Medica and 
Provings, one of Clinical Medicine and Zymoses, one of Sur- 
gery, one of Obstetrics and Diseases of Women and Children, 
one of the History of Homoeopathy in Pennsylvania, and a 
Bureau of Miscellaneous Subjects, to include Anatomy, Phy- 
siology, Chemistry, and Hygiene. 

4th. That each Bureau shall consist of five members. 

5th. That homoeopathic physicians in all the counties of 
the State, be and are hereby requested to form County or 


District Medical Societies to co-operate with the State 
6th. Thai the homoeepathic physicians of the various 
counties be, andare hereby, requested, to make efforts to Becure 
such action of the legislature as shall insure the extension of 
the provisions of the 'County Medical Bill' to their counties. 
Adopted June 4, 1870. 

Resolved, That all homoeopathic physicians throughout the 

State be requested to send t<> th<> Recording Secretary of the 
State Society their names and addresses ( post-office and 
county), with the college from winch they graduated, and date 
of graduation, in order that a complete directory may he made. 
A dopted Feb rua ry 2, 1871. 





Homoeopathic Medical Society 


HELD AT ERIE, JUNE 3rd AND 4th, 1870. 

First Day — Morning Session. 

The Society was called to order at 10 o'clock, by trie Presi- 
dent, Owen B. Gause, M. D., of Philadelphia, who thereupon 
delivered the following address : 

Gentlemen of the State Society : — The object sought 
to be attained by individuals organizing themselves into 
societies, is one in which there is a community of interest, 
and may be succinctly stated to be the mutual edification of 
the membership, and by concert of effort and the union of all 
their forces, to secure a more rapid and thorough spread of 
the distinctive doctrine held by the Society. 

Apply this to our State Medical Society : do we not meet 
for mutual edification, and do we not hope by concert of 
action and by the union of all our forces, to secure a more 
rapid and thorough spread of our distinctive medical doctrines 
than we could hope to do by individual effort, without organ- 
ization ? 

Our mission is to preach a new evangel to the sick. We 
proclaim a universal gospel of healing — a gospel whose 
height and depth and length and breadth we do not ourselves 



ye1 comprehend. Bui our faith, founded upon pasl expe- 
rience, looks into the future and sees this gospel covering the 
whole earth, as the waters coveT the seas. Therefore we have 
another objecl in view which we hope to attain by our or- 
ganization, viz., ili«' complete developement of the extent of 
practical application of the grand idea which is crystallized 
in the formulft-4-similia similibua ourantur, 

This, gentlemen, I conceive ls to be the foundation for the 
establishment of a medical literature, that shall become every 
year more and more reliable as it will be sifted and purged of 
glittering theories, unless they glisten with pure golden truth 
that will bear the fiery test of clinical experimentation. 

They whose words and works will bear a triple test will 
then go before the world as worthy guides to be followed. 
The tribunals before which these examinations are to be made 
are, the County Society, the State Society, the American 
Institute of Homoeopathy. Thus the County and State So- 
cieties are tributaries to the Institute, which is to be the 
grand medical reservoir; and from it will go forth tens of 
thousands of streams emptying into individual medical offices, 
for individual practitioners to imbibe and be refreshed by. 
How altogether important it becomes then that we foster the 
grand central organization — the American Institute — and as 
already indicated this can only be done by its tributaries, the 
County Societies and the State Societies. 

Gentlemen, you perceive that I am a trinitarian, nay, 1 will 
say that we are trinitarians. This represents completeness, 
and if we are faithful to this idea we shall triumph. 

Permit me to return now to the reason i'^r calling the State 
Society together before the day to which it adjourned. 

At our last meeting the material fact was overlooked, that 
there would be two meetings of the American Institute before 
our next meeting; hence we failed to make provision for repre- 
sentation at the meeting of 1870. Your officers did not feel 
that they would be fulfilling the trust you had reposed in them, 
if they failed to take such steps as our by daws | emitted, to se- 
en re a representation of our great State at the ensuing meeting 
to be held at Chicago. 


Those of us who attended the glorious meeting in Boston 
last year, learned that the membership of the Institute ex- 
pect that it will hold its next sessions, 1871, in our State, and 
most likely in Philadelphia. 

At the meeting in Boston, the grand banquet was given by 
the State Society. It may, therefore, be thought proper by 
you to consider what part we shall take as entertainers of the 
Institute in 1871. I know from personal conversation with 
some of our members while at Boston, that it was their 
opinion that our Society ought to do as well as the State 
Society of Massachusetts. 

We therefore have for these reasons called you together in 
accordance with our by-laws, and it remains for jou to deter- 
mine whether this meeting shall go on the record as our 
annual meeting, or simply as it now stands, a called meeting, 
and the annual meeting be held in accordance with the action 
made and provided at our last annual meeting. If you decide 
to hold the annual meeting as therein provided, I do not 
doubt the power of this meeting to change the place of hold- 
ing it from Erie to any other place a majority of you present 
may decide upon. 

The question of having a regular place as well as a regular 
time of meeting is one that has commanded the attention of 
our membership. Our territory is so very large, that it has 
been thought by many that we can best secure a large at- 
tendance of the members by a central place of meeting, say 
Harrisburg. I would suggest that you give this matter your 
earnest attention, as one of great importance to the growth 
and success of our Society. As we look forward to the time 
when we may possibly hope to obtain State aid, it is possible 
that our influence may be augmented by a permanent place of 
meeting, especially if that place should be the Capital. Our 
friends and neighbors in New York have been much more 
favored in this direction than we, and possibly one reason 
may be, they always meet at Albany, and thus display their 
strength and ability at the legislative fountain. 

We should keep in view the future and so act in the 
present as to secure the best results. 


Now, gentlemen, I wish to thank you for the honor yon 
have conferred upon me by selecting me to preside at your 
deliberations. While accepting the position with a glow of 
satisfaction, I deprecate my lack of more distinguished ability 
to perform the duties, but trusting to your generous forbear- 
ance and aid, we will now, it' it is your pleasure, proceed to 

The roll was then called, and the members present were 
noted. The minutes of the Fourth Annual Meeting, as pre- 
sented in the "Transactions," were on motion approved. 

Dr. R. Faulkner being the only member of the Board of 
(/elisors present, the Chair appointed Drs. 11. M. Logee and 
\Y. Williamson to complete the Board. A number of appli- 
cations for membership were thereupon appropriately re- 
ferrci I . 

• Reports were received from delegates appointed to represent 
the State Society in the American Institute, and other medi- 
cal bodies. 

The report of the Committee of Publication was made by 
I)r. McClatchey, who stated that the proceedings of the Fourth 
Annual Session had been printed in pamphlet form, of 135 
pp., at a cost of §175, and furnished to members, and that 
there yet remained S55 due the printer. On motion the re- 
port was accepted, and the consideration of the deficiency 
postponed until to-morrow. 

Drs. II. N. Guernsey and B. W. James reported, on be- 
half of the Philadelphia County Medical Society, that that or- 
ganization was in a very flourishing condition, and that its 
proceedings and papers had been regularly published in the 
Hal inemannian Monthly. Dr. M. Cote* reported on behalf of 
the Alleghany County Society, that it was also in a pros- 
perous condition, its meetings well attended, and its proceed- 
ings interesting and valuable. Dr. W. dames Blakely re- 
ported the Erie County Society to be in a good condition, 
although but recently formed. He also announced that he 
had recently been chosen city physician for the City of Erie, 
and that he had under his professional care two convents, 
one orphans' asylum, and one young ladies' seminary. Dr. 


Bushrod W. James reported that John E. James, M. D., of 
Philadelphia, had recently been appointed physician to the 
Old Folks' Home, of that city, and that he hoped to make a 
report of homoeopathic treatment in that Institution at the next 
meeting of the State Society. 

Prof. H. H. Baxter, of Cleveland, was then introduced a s 
delegate from the Ohio State Medical Society, and appropriately 
welcomed by the President. 

Dr. M. Cote moved that, in view of the small number of 
members present at this and the preceding meetings of this 
Society, and the baneful effects of such meetings on the cause 
of homoeopathy, a committee of five be appointed to consider 
the subject of meetings, to* report at the last session of this 
meeting. After some discussion, the further consideration of 
the motion was postponed until the afternoon session. 

The Censors reported favorably upon the following applica- 
tions for membership, many of the applicants being present : 

Thomas Moore, M. D., Germantown ; J. II. Spencer, M. 1)., 
Philadelphia; Newell White, M. D., Philadelphia; George II. 
Waters, M. D., Philadelphia; W. F. Guernsey, M. D., Phila- 
delphia ; J. W. Allen, M. D., Altoona ; E. A. Farrington, M. I) , 
Philadelphia ; Griffith Reno, M. D., Titusville ; G. M. Miller, 
M. D., Mahanoy City ; W. C. Doane, M. D., WiUiamsport ; 
William Willits, M. D., WiUiamsport; A. A. Both, M. D., 
Lancaster ; W. G. Taylor, M. D., Marietta ; C. B. Drelier, M. D., 
Tamaqua ; R. Fuller, M. D., Sheffield ; B. R Bratt, M. D., 
Reading ; J. B. Frazier, M. D., Conneautville ; C. W. Gessler, 
M. D., Philadelphia ; F. 0. Alleman, M. D., Scranton ; J. A. 
Partridge, M. D., Warren ; B. F. Reich, M. D., Lebanon ; W. 
A. D. Peirce, M. D., Leopard; J. R. Earhart, M. D., Philadel- 
phia ; S. R. Dubs, M. D., Philadelphia ; G. W. Burroughs, M. D., 
Philadelphia ; C. II. Haeseler, M. D., Pottsville ; W. B. Rey- 
nolds, M. D., Carlisle ; W. M. James, M. D., Philadelphia ; J. 
N. Pond, M.D., Meadvillc; Mary B. Woods, M.D., Erie; Har- 
riet Sartain, M.D., Philadelphia; II. E. Reinhold, M. D., Wil- 
liamsport ; F. Taudte, M. D., Birmingham : C. X. Moore, M. D., 
East Sheffield ; Anson Parsons, M. D., Albion. 
' The report of the Censors was, on motion, received; where' 


a pon Dr. M. Cote moved thai the male physicians reconv 
mended by the Censors be al once admitted to membership. 

Dr. W. Jas. Blakely then moved, thai it is the sense of 
this Society thai female physicians should nut boadmitted to 

Dr. N. M. Logee said thai nothing existed in the constitu- 
tion againsl their admission, and claimed that Drs. Woods and 
Sartaiu should be admitted. 

Dr. Blakely thought it was not expodienl to admit them. 

Dr. Mc( Ilatchey stated that the only requirements for mem* 
bership were, that applicants should be of good moral character, 
regular graduates in medicine, and homoeopathists. By the 
report of the Censors, we are told thai these Indies fulfil all 
these requirements, and therefore they are as eligible tu mem- 
bership as are the men recommended, and they may be elected 
members if it be the will of the majority to eleet them, lie 
therefore offered as a substitute for Dr. Blakely's motion, that 
Drs. Woods and Sartain be declared members. 

Dr. A\ . C. DOANE opposed the admission of women to liirm- 
bership, and thought the tendency of the age was to run mad 
on the woman question. lie thought the spiril of the consti- 
tution and not the letter of it should govern us, as in all moral 
and civil law. lie thought women were out of their sphere 
as doctors. 

Dr. Williamson said that if the Society was not ready to 
act <>n this subject it had better be deferred until later in the 
on. It has g«»t to be squarely met. and the advance of the 
age is not to lie opposed. If not settled here now it will come 
up again and again, as inevitable fate, and will be settled some 
day. He thought it a pity that so much time should be wasted 
in discussing it. 

Dr. McCLATCHEY begged to remind his friend Dr. Doane 
that the spirit of the law could be construed only from the 
letter of it, and that no other spiril could be construed from 
the letter of that clause of the constitution relating to member- 
ship than what he had previously stated. 

Dr. II. X. GukilxsKV thought the physical constitution of 


women debarred them from entering into many avocations of 
life, and he did not know but that the practice of medicine 
was one of them. We want women as provers, but he felt 
constrained to vote against their admission to membership in 
the Society. 

Dr. B. W. James thought that too much time was being- 
consumed over the subject, and moved that the whole matter 
be laid on the table. 

Dr. Williamson hoped the motion to lav on the table 
would not prevail. It will be better to have a vote on the 
subject now. If the vote is not taken now, and the subject is 
postponed, it will be brought up again. 

Dr. Logee asked unanimous consent to withdraw the names 
of Drs. Woods and Sartain, which was not granted. 
The motion to lay on the table was lost. 
Dr. McClatchey's substitute was lost by a tie vote. 
Dr. Blakely's motion was then withdrawn. 
The President, Dr. Gause, then addressed words of wel- 
come, in an earnest and eloquent manner, to the newly-elected 
members who were present. 

A very able, interesting, and valuable report of the condi- 
tion of the Pittsburg Homoeopathic Hospital, was presented by 
Dr. Jas. H. McClelland, delegate from that flourishing institu- 
tion, and a member of its surgical staff. Dr. McClelland also 
presented a report from the Alleghany County Medical So- 
ciety. These reports were, on motion, accepted and referred 
to the Committee of Publication. 

The reports of Committees on Scientific Subjects being in 
order, physicians, not members, who were visiting the Society, 
and delegates from other societies, were, on motion, admitted 
to the floor and invited to take part in the discussions that 
might follow the reading of the various reports. 

A report on " Surgical Therapeutics,'' by L. H. Willard, 
M. D., of Alleghany City, was read, accepted, and referred to 
the Committee on Publication. 

A report on ' ; Orthopedic Surgery,' 1 by Ciias. II. Von Tagen, 
M. D., of Ilarrisburg, was read, accepted, and referred to the 
Committee of Publication* 


Dr. BUSHROD W. James, committee on "Surgery of 
and A'-;-." reported thai but few new operations had : 

I or instruments introduced since the Lasi meeting of the 
S 'iy. and stated thai he would Furnish a reporl on the bud 
intrusted to him, al the nexl meeting of the Society, if it v. ; 
desired. On motion, the report was received and the com- 
mittee continued. 

A reporl on " Hypodermic Injections" by W. James Blakely, 
M.D., of Erie, was read, accepted and referred to the Com- 
mittee of Publication. 

The Society then adjourned to meel at 2] o'clock, P.M. 

Afternoon Session. 

The Society reassembled at 2J o'clock, the President in 

the chair. 

The resolution referring to the appointment of a Committee 
to take the meeting of the Society into consideration, offered 
by Dr. Cote at the morning session and laid over, was taken 
up, discussed, and adopted, and the following gentlemen were 
constituted said committee: Drs. M. Cote. W. Williamson, 
W. C. Doaue, C. II. Haeseler, and W. James Blakely. 

The reports on Surgery, made at the morning session, were 
then taken up for discussion. 

Dr. B. AV. James liked the tone of Dr. AVi Hard's paper on 
Surgical Therapeutics, as he did not claim too much for medi- 
cine in the treatment of diseases strictly surgical, or claim 
that medicine could take the place of operative surgery. lie 
thought, with Dr. Willard, that the office of therapeutics in 
surgery was to prepare patients for the necessary operations, 
and to assist nature in her recuperative processes, after oper- 

Dr. W. James Blakely said that Dr.Willard had not men- 
tioned the use of remedies in gangrenous processes. He had 
used Lachesis more than once in such cases with great benefit. 
In the foul smell arising from ulcers, wounds, &c, he had also 
used Lachesis and other medicines most happily. 

Dr. II. N. GUERNSEY would like fo know how the line cOuld 


be drawn between surgical and non-surgical diseases. We 
cure by medicine alone, many eases which the old school view 
and treat solely as surgical cases, and as we progress we will 
be gradually taking diseases from the list of surgical and ad- 
ding them to the list of medical. It is the best course for us 
to keep strictly to Homoeopathy, and the more strictly we keep 
to it, the more successful we will be. He thought there is a 
tendency to run into the use of allopathic appliances under the 
guise of surgical appliances. 

Dr. J. H. McClelland agreed with Dr. Guernsey's views in 
the main, but he could not see any objection to the use of absor- 
bents, disinfectants, and kindred appliances, in surgery ; he 
advocated and used them, and they are not contraindicated by 
any tenets of Homoeopathy. He thought that when Dr. Yon 
Tagen stated, in his report on orthopedic surgery, that not 
much attention had been paid to that specialty in this country, 
he must have entirely overlooked the recent valuable mono- 
graph of Professor Sayre, of New York city. 

Dr. B. TV. James said that he was well aware that no strict line 
could be drawn between medicine and surgery. But what he 
objected to was, that it was sometimes claimed that medicines 
"alone would cure cases which really required operative inter- 
ference for their cure, and by this means surgical cases were 
thrown into Allopathic hands, to the opprobrium of Homoeo- 

Dr. "W. C. Doane said he had sometimes regarded cases at 
first as surgical, which yielded nicely to medicines alone, and 
'demonstrated the incorrectness of his first judgement. When 
he belonged to the old school, he saw many more surgical cases 
than now. In regard to the use of medicines in surgery, he 
regarded aconite and arnica as most valuable, and he Was very 
fond of water dressings. He mentioned several cases of ampu- 
tation which had resulted very happily under that treatment. 
In regard to the use of hypnotics, he never resorted to them 
except in cases of absolute necessity. He regarded 'it as his 
duty, in cases essentially hopeless, to smooth the dying bed, 
and render the final hours of life as comfortable as possible. 

Dr. B. W. James referred to the use of chloroform, as re- 


commended by Dr. Willanl, and said the tide of popular opin- 
ion was setting towards oonsidering death- from chloroform as 
homicides. These rases of deaths arc rapidly multiplying, 

which is not the case with ether, 

Or. R. J. MoClatoiiky referred to tie* treatment of de- 
formities <>f the feet. He had been very successful in the 
treatment oi one case of deformity, in an infant, which would, 

no doubt, have developed itself, if the child had walked, into 
fully developed club-foot. Brucea antidysenlcrica was given, 
and the child's foot is now all right, and its knee and ankle 
strong, lie had the highest regard for the use of "Bar well's 
Apparatus" in the treatment of these deformities. The appli- 
cation is simple, and the cruelty of stout leather straps and 
steel springs is avoided. 

Dr. Doane stated that he had seen chloroform used, and in 
hundreds of cases, during the war, without detriment. lie 
used it with care, uses a pure article, and finds no detriment 
where the heart is not affected. 

Dr. Cote thought chloroform the most reliable amesthetic, 
and that there was no danger if cautiously used. 

Dr. Blakelv agreed with Dr. Doane as regards the neeessity 
for watchful care, and the surgeon who was careless was cul. 
pable. lie thought the real cause of death under chloroform 
was some disease of the heart. 

Dr. J. EL McClelland thought ether not so efficient an 
anaesthetic as chloroform, but safer, lie reported two cases, in 
one of which the patient went into spasms; in the other, the 
assistant being interested in the operation, neglected his busL 
ness, and temporary asphyxia ensued. 

Dr. DOANJS remarked that the quickest way to get a patient 
from under the influence of chloroform was to drop the head, 
that is to elevate the body and leave the head dependent. 

Dr. J. S. Skekls inquired whether it was regarded that medi- 
cines administered by the skin had the same effect as by the 
stomach; 1 ; whether twenty drops of laudanum administered by 
the skin would have as great and similar effect as if administered 
by the stomach. lie thought the rational method of giving 
medicine was by the stomach, 


Dr. Blakely said there were four methods of giving medi- 
cines, by the mouth, rectum, skin, and lungs, either of which 
may be resorted to under eertain circumstances. 

A report on " New Provings" by Henry Xoaii Martin, 
M. D., of Philadelphia, was then read, aecepted, and referred 
to the Committee of Publication. 

Dr. SKEELS inquired whether one or two eases should be 
regarded as sufficient to establish the clinical use of a 

Dr. Williamson replied that quite a number of cases were 
necessary to fully establish a correct view iur the use of a 

A report on "Recent Discoveries in Medical Chemistry,'' by 
Pemberton Dudley, M. D., of Philadelphia, was read, ac- 
cepted, and appropriately referred. 

A paper entitled " The Homoeopathic Materia Medica" by 
Henry X. Guernsey, M. D., of Philadelphia, was read, ac- 
cepted, and appropriately referred. Dr. Guernsey's paper 
elicited considerable discussion. 

Dr. Do axe said, he agreed with Dr. Guernsey in regard to 
the importance of the single remedy. To give two or sev- 
eral, looked like loading the therapeutic gun with varieties of 
shot, hoping that some of them would hit somewhere. Al- 
lopathists do not know, and do not seem to care, what chem- 
ical action may be set up in the system by the compounds — 
often contradictory and absurd — which they prescribe. They 
make the stomach the battle-ground for opposing drugs. He 
believed that our remedies when alternated, or given otherwise 
than singly, had similar combative tendencies, with bad results 
for the patient. He would advise that the case should be well 
studied, the remedy carefully selected, and persistently adhered 
to. Let us stand up for pure homoeopathy, and be true to it, 
or ignor it entirely. 

Dr. E. E. Fuller added his testimony to the efficacy of the 
single remedy. The law of similars applies to every medi- 
cine, and it had never failed him. He always uses the single 
remedy. He had alternated for years, but had found the bet- 
ter way, and had no occasion to regret his departure from. 

2<> pknvsY! \" \M \ EIOMOEbt' ITHIC kCDIcAt BOC1ET1 . 

what In- could no1 help regarding at one of the inconsist snciea 
of some homoeopathic practitioners. 

Dr. Skkki.s thoughl it was absolutely ueccessary, in s 

3, to give more than one medichle, and to give medicines 
in alternation he considered perfectly legitimate, [n obscure 
diseases, it is often impossible to find one medicine that will 

suit the disease, and several will have to be given. He 
thought there was some difference between city and country 

patients, and that for the latter, Stronger preparations, and 
more than one medicine, were requited. 

Dr. GauSE said, that patients, and not diseases, pet ae, Were 
treated under homoeopathic auspices, and that the remedy 
was to be chosen for the presenting totality of symptoms, 

Dr. W. JAMES Blakely said that lie had practiced in both 
city and country, and that the same remedies, in the same 
dose, did equally well, for each class of patients, lie used the 
the single remedy and the high potency in the country, and 
he did the same in the city, lie was now physician to the 
poor of Erie, and he found the single remedy and the high di- 
lution as efficacious in that class of patients as amongst the 
better classes. 

The " Report on Obstetrics" was then called tor. It was 
stated that Dr. J. C. Burgher had not been able to prepare his 
report on that branch. AYhereupon, on motion, he was re- 
quested to prepare the report and forward it to the Committee 
of Publication. 

The subject of non-ligation of the funis was then taken up 
and discussed. 

Dr. J. II. McClelland related a case in which by accident 
the funis was severed without being ligated, without any un- 
toward result. 

Dr. H. N. (h'KHNsky strongly advocated the method of not 
tying the cord; and related his experience therein, lie stated 
that he had not used the ligature in such cases for some time, 
and does not expect ever to resort to it again, if he continues 
to see as favorable results from its non-use as have attended the 
Large number of cased he had had lately. 

Dr. B. W. James had no objection to the cord being cut 


without being tied, particularly if any benefit could be derived 
from the drawing oft' some of the blood, and he had frequently 
practised the new method ; but he thought nevertheless, that 
the cord should be tied after the blood had ceased flowing, as 
a precaution against secondary hemorrhage. No child should 
be left, and its life risked, when hemorrhage might occur from 
crying, motion, or other causes. 

Dr. Skeels said he had not previously heard of the new 
method, but was glad to have light on it. He had, in a case 
where the child was blue and the skin was turgid and conges- 
ted, cut the cord and allowed some blood to escape to relieve 
the congestion, but he had ligated afterwards. He knew of 
two cases where death resulted from hemorrhage, the cord 
being insufficiently tied. 

Dr. M. Cote reported that his paper on practice was in course 
of preparation, and at his request he was continued the com- 
mittee on that subject, to report at next meeting. 

A paper on ;i Morbus Addisonii" by Charles G. Raue, M.D., 
of Philadelphia, was read, accepted and referred. 

A paper on " Progressive Locomotor Ataxy ," by James H. 
P. Frost, M. D., of Milton, was read, accepted and appropri- 
ately referred. 

Dr. John E. James, of Philadelphia, committee to report on 
" Microscopy as a Means of Medical Diagnosis," reported 
progress, and was continued on said committee, to report at 
the next meeting. 

The report on u Baths;' by W. Williamson, M. D., of 
Philadelphia, was read, accepted, and appropriately referred. 

The paper of Dr. Williamson concluded the reports on 
scientific subjects. 

Dr. Gause wanted to know what was the general view of 
the members regarding the utility of daily washing and 
bathing infants. 

Dr. Guernsey thought it was necessary to secure proper 
cleanliness, and productive of the best results. He deprecated 
the use of perfumed powders and soaps for infants. 

Dr. Cote had known of delicate children, to whom, he was 
satisfied, daily bathing was detrimental ; and upon no more 


washing and bathing being resorted to than was absolutely 
ssary to cleanliness, they had rapidly improved in health- 

Dr. Gause said thai it was the custom with sonic to wash 
babies three and four times daily. Be thought the number 
of daily ablutions should be regulated by the condition of the 
child, some children requiring washing every day, and others 
every two or three days. lie thought some children could he 
readily injured by too much washing and bathing. 

Dr. Williamson' thought that daily ablutions were n» 
sary for healthy children, as a hygienic measure. His paper 
on baths was not intended to touch on the water treatment of 
ehildren in disease. 5e never allowed the head of a child 
having tinea capitis to be washed with soap, as he thought it 
had a tendency to keep up the disease. Dr. \V. remarked 
that no child, and for that matter no adult, should sleep in 
any of the clothing worn during the day. He referred to the 
case of school girls not performing proper ablutions, and not 
evacuating the bowels and bladder at proper times. lie had 
known instances in young girls where the fa?ces were retained 
so long that their perspiration actually exhaled fecal odor. 

Dr. B. W. James referred to the cleansing of new-born 
infants without water, by simply anointing the skin with oil 
or lard, and rubbing with a dry flannel cloth, and thought 
this procedure a good one in the case of delicate children. 

Prof. Baxtkk, of Cleveland, then made a brief report of 
the condition of the Ohio State Medical Society, representing 
it to be in prosperous condition. 

The Society then adjourned to meet at 8 o'clock in the 
Court House, to hear the Annual Address. 

Evening Session. 

The Society assembled in the Court House, at 8 o'clock, 
the President in the chair ; there being in addition to the 
members of the Society, a large and intelligent audience of 
ladies and gentlemen of Erie. The Annual Address before 
the Society was then delivered by Robert J. McClatchey, 
M. D., of Philadelphia ; the subject of the Address being the 
Progressive Development of Man. 


The following is a synopsis of the Address: 
The orator alluded to the progressive development of man's 
intellectual and moral life, liberally illustrating the subject 
by exhibiting, at a cursory view, the developments, and par- 
ticularly those of a more recent date, in every department of 
science and of the arts; as well as the evident progress in social 
and civil life, witnessed in the freedom of religious opinion, 
and the tendency towards universal freedom and civil equality 
all over the world. The increased comforts and conveniences of 
man, also, as being the type of progressive development, were 
alluded to; the Suez canal, the ocean telegraphs, the long lines 
of railway spanning entire continents, and other projections 
equally grand in conception and important in results, being- 
brought in as illustrative of man's increasing wants, and of the 
progressive development of his genius which enables him to 
gratify those wants as rapidly, almost, as they are conceived. 
The knowledge of the earth, as witnessed in the labors of 
geologists, and of the "waters under the earth," as evidenced 
by the "deep-sea dredgings"; and of the almost incomprehen- 
sibly great extent and accuracy of knowledge attained in the 
mapping of the starry heavens, were adduced as additional 
proofs of the steadily progressive development of the mind 
of man ; and, in fact, this portion of the address was replete 
with the most interesting evidences and examples of the 
unfolding of the inherent God-given genius of humanity. 
Medicine too, w r hose office it is to minister to man's comfort, 
to aid him, by affording health and strength to prosecute the 
study of the sciences, and to enjoy the results of their unfold- 
ing, was being progressively developed ; and, notwithstand- 
ing its former inefficiency as an art, and its disgraceful 
position as a science, the discovery and practice of Homoe- 
opathy — a system founded upon an exact and unvarying law 
of nature — has brought medicine, at one bound, to a full 
front with other arts and sciences in the grand march of pro- 
gressive development. 

It was instanced too, that the progress of all ages had been 
made in the face of opposition, always bitter and sometimes 
bloody, and that persecution seemed to be a natural sequence 


of the utterance of truth. So too, with medicine, [to crowning 
glory, -the homoeopathic law,- had been met with ridicule 
and contempt by those who. from their position and their 
wants, might have been expected to examine it; and its dis- 
ci >verer and promulgator, the philosopher and scholar, Samuel 
Hahnemann, was persecuted and driven from place to place, 
until he sought refuge, and found it, in the land of the stran- 
ger. The orator then argued that man's progressive develop- 
ment, at this day, could be taken as nothing more than a 
trace of what it will be, nothing more than the youth of a 
ripe Intellectual manhood : and so, too, of medicine ; even with 
the utmost improvements in its every department, — including 
that of therapeutics, due to the homoeopathic law, — it cannot 
be taken as more than the earlier developments of that full 
measure of perfection which its fixed principles and ever ad- 
vancing practice are destined to attain. He claimed that 
through homoeopathy, the race might be regenerated. That 
when generation after generation had been treated by its 
scientific and physiological rules, and had handed down, each 
one to its successor, the increased health each had gained 
through it ; that then disease, — the inheritance of sin. with 
the accumulations of countless hosts of sinners superadded — 
would disappear from the face of humanity, and the "Image 
of God," originally impressed upon it, would show the tracing 
of the Divine Creator. In view, then, of the great blessing to 
humanity to be derived for the perfecting of homoeopathy, 
and in view of the strong spirit of opposition to truth, always 
exhibited, he appealed strongly to his hearers to work for the 
Truth, and not to be lulled by that sophism which begets in- 
activity, that " Truth is mighty and will (of itself) prevail." 

At the conclusion of the Address, a vote of thanks was 
tendered Dr. McClatchey, and a copy of his oration was re- 
quested for publication with the transactions of the Society.* 

* It is to be regretted that the MSS. of the Annual Address has been mislaid. Com. of Tub 


Second Day. 

The Society assembled on Saturday morning, pursuant to 
adjournment, the President in the chair. 

The minutes of the proceedings of the first day's session, 
were read and approved. 

A paper, giving the details of several interesting cases, by 
M. Friese, M. D., of Harrisburg, was read, accepted and re- 

Dr. J. II. McClelland reported a number of interesting 
cases that had been under his care in the Pittsburg Homoeo- 
pathic Hospital. He was, on motion, requested to write out 
these cases in detail, and forward the report to the Committee 
of Publication, which he agreed to do. 

Dr. Doane referred to the use of Lacliesis in cases in which 
patients had been poisoned with mercury, under old school 
treatment. He regarded Lachesis as the very best antidote 
to mercurial poisoning. The Doctor gave an interesting and 
amusing account of his conversion to Homoeopathy. 

Dr. J. A. Partridge added his testimony as to the value 
of Lachesis. 

Dr. B. W. James exhibited a finger he had amputated for 
gangrene, this having resulted from the too tight application 
of a bandage in what was called a " new method"' of treating 
felon. He also exhibited and explained the method of ad- 
justment of a novel form of splint, devised by himself, which 
was very light, easily adjusted, and admitted of free ventilation. 

Dr. Fuller alluded to a new remedy for fever and ague, 
which had come under his notice, the use of which, having 
seen no account of it in our literature, he was disposed to 
claim as being original with himself. It had produced in his 
person, when taking it, symptoms similar to those of inter- 
mittent fever, and had cured cases of that disease for him, 
very promptly. It is a fungous growth of the common green 
pine tree. 

Dr. Guernsey remarked that a physician who, some time 
ago, had ventured to assert that prolapse of the uterus, or of 
the rectum, or anus, could be cured without recourse to sur- 



gical or mechanical appliances, and with medicines alone, 
would have been thought demented; and ye1 every day these 
troublesome affections were cured with medicines alone. It is 
not alone for the local difficulty that the prescription should 
be made; in fact, the physician can ignore the existence of the 
name prolapsus , if he selects the remedy in accordance with 
the totality o£ the patient's Bymptoms; and if he does that ac« 
curatelv, his patient will get well, prolapsus and all. 

Dr. C. II. HAESELEB referred to the use of arseniate of soda 
in the treatment of tuberculous phthisis, He instanced cases in 
which the patients had all the symptoms of consumption, and 
who were very much benefited by the use of that drug. Be 
usually gives the seventh, eighth, or tenth dilutions. In 
hamoptysis and h<rmat>mesis, too, while he felt constrained to 
sound the praises of Ipecac, and Phosph., he regarded the arsen- 
iate of soda as vastly superior to all other medicines. 

Dr. Corf; mentioned Lachesis as a valuable medicine in the 
treatment of hay-asthma, Nitric acid as equally valuable for 
warts, and Silicia for felon. 

Dr. R. Faulkner exhibited and explained the use of a novel 
and ingenious splint, of his own construction, for the treatment 
of compound fracture of the leg. 

The committee appointed, on the motion of Dr. Cote, to con- 
sider the subject' of the meetings of the Society, offered the 
following report, which was, after some discussion, unani- 
mously adopted : 

"1st. That Harrisburg shall hereafter be the place of 
meeting of the Society, and that the annual meeting shall be 
held on the//>>/ Wednesday in F</>r>/>Tf/ of every yedr. 

"2d. That instead of the 'Committees on Scientific Sub- 
jects,' as heretofore, a system of Bureaus of Scientific Subjects 
shall be inaugurated, the members thereof to be appointed at 
each annual meeting, after each bureau shall have rendered 
its report for the preceding year. 

"3d. That there shall be a Bureau of Materia Medica and 
Frovings, one of Clinical Medicine and Zymoses, one of Sur- 
gery, one of Obstetrics and Diseases of Women and Children, 
one of the History of Homoeopathy in Fennsylvania, and a 


Bureau of Miscellaneous Subjects, to include Anatomy, Phy- 
siology, Chemistry, and Hygiene. 

" 4th. That each bureau shall consist of five members. 

"5th. That homoeopathic physicians in all the counties of 
the State, be and are hereby requested to form County or 
District Medical Societies, to co-operate with the State Society. 

" 6th. That the homoeopathic physicians of the various 
counties be and are hereby requested to make efforts to secure 
such action of the legislature as shall insure the extension of 
the provisions of the 'County Medical Bill' to their counties. 

" 7th. That members of the Society be and are hereby re- 
quested to send to the Corresponding Secretary the names of 
all homoeopathic physicians in good standing in their localities." 

The following additions to the by-laws were offered by Dr. 
Doane, and adopted, and the Eecording Secretary was in- 
structed to append them hereafter to circulars he may issue 
to members on behalf of the Society : 

"It shall be the duty of each member to attend the annual 
meetings of the Society, or, if unable to attend, to furnish the 
Secretary with some satisfactory reason for his absence, which 
shall be laid before the Society at its annual meetings. 

" In case any member shall fail to attend three successive 
regular annual meetings, or to furnish satisfactory reasons for 
his absence, his name may be stricken from the list of members 
by a vote of the Society; this, however, shall not prevent his 
subsequent readmission to membership.'' 

Dr. W. Jas. Blakely, Treasurer, offered his accounts, 
whereupon the Chair appointed Drs. B. Faulkner and McClel- 
land to audit said accounts. 

The following gentlemen were appointed delegates to the 
forthcoming meeting of the American Institute of Homoeopathy y 
viz.: Drs. H. N. Guernsey, C. H. Haeseler, B. R. Bratt, J. C. 
Burgher, B. W. James, R. J. McClatchey, 0. B. Gause, and 
W. Williamson. 

The Auditors reported that they had examined the accounts 
and vouchers of the Treasurer, and had found them correGt, 
whereupon the Auditors' report was accepted, and. on motion, 
the Treasurer's report was adopted. 

PENNSYLVANIA 1 1' - &<r6 PATH Ti ! ME I . V. 

It was moved and carried unanimously, that the delegaU 
the American Institute unite with the delegate from the Phila- 
delphia County Medical Society, in inviting the American 
Institute of Iloimeopathy to meet in Philadelphia, on the 
second Tuesday in June, 1871, and that the State Society take 
part in entertaining the members of the Institute. 

The bills of the Secretaries, and of the Committee of Publi- 
cation, were presented and ordered to be paid. 

The President asked that time should be granted him to 
consult with the Secretaries, prior to the appointment of mem- 
bers of Bureaus for the ensuing year, which was granted. 
The President was instructed to appoint delegates to other 
medical societies, not appointed by the Society. 

Prof. Baxter, of Cleveland, invited those members of the 
Society who expected to attend the meeting of the American 
Institute at Chicago, to visit Cleveland in the afternoon, attend 
the meeting of the Cleveland Medical Society in the evening, 
and spend the Sabbath in that city. 

The President, on behalf of the Society, thanked Prof. 
Baxter, for his courteous and kind invitation, and, for those 
going to Chicago, accepted it. 

The Recording and Corresponding Secretaries were appoin- 
ted a Committee of Publication. The Society then proceeded 
to the election of officers, with the following result: 

President. — Marcellin Cote, M. D., Pittsburg. 

First Vice-President. — Robt. Faulkner, M. D., Erie. 
nd I Yc< - Pn sid nt. — II. M. Logee, M. D., Linesville. 

Treasurer. — 0. B. Gause, M. P., Philadelphia. 

//. cording Seen tary — Bushrod"W.James,M.D., Philadelphia. 

Corresponding Secretary. — Robt. J. McClatchey, M. D., 

Censors.— Jas. II. McClelland, M. D., Pittsburg; II. N. 
Guernsey, M. D., Philadelphia ; C.H.Haeseler,M.D.,Pottsville. 

Orator.—- W. C. Doane, M. D., Williamsport. 

Alternate.—W. das. Blakely, M. D., Erie. 

On motion the thanks of the Society were most cordially 
tendered Drs. Blakely and Faulkner, of Erie, for the very 
efficient manner in which they had provided for the wants of 


the Society, and for the many courtesies shown the attending 

The thanks of the Society were likewise tendered the 
Pennsylvania Central, Philadelphia and Erie, Pittsburg and 
Erie, and Northern Central Railroad Companies, for courtesies 
to members, and for liberal deductions of fore. 

Thanks were also most heartily tendered the editor of the 
Erie Daily Republican for the courteous tender of the use of 
his • columns for the publication of the proceedings of the 
Society in extenso, his paper being the first to show such 

A special vote of thanks was tendered the Secretaries, for 
efficient performance of duties. 

The following gentlemen were appointed the Committee of 
Arrangements for the next meeting of the Society, viz.: Drs 
Frieseand Charlton, of Harrisburg, Bratt, of Beading, Haeseler, 
of Pottsville, Cook, of Carlisle, and the Secretaries, with power 
to add to their number, if necessary. 

The usual privilege accorded the editor of the Hahnemannian 
Monthly, of publishing such portions of the proceedings and 
papers of the Society as he may wish, was unanimously granted- 

The thanks of the Society were unanimously tendered the 
President, Prof. 0. B. Gause, for the able and courteous man- 
ner in which he had presided over the session. 

The Society then adjourned, to meet in Harrisburg on the 
first Wednesday, (1st) of February, 1871. 


The following appointments ol members to constitute the 

iS tific Subjects, were made by the President and 

Secretaries, in accordance with the instructions of the Society, 


Bureau of Materia Medica and Pkovings. — W. James 
Blakely, M. D., Brie; J. C. Burgher, M. D., 
Pittsburgh ; Richard Gardiner, M.D., Baltimore, 
M« 1. : Benry N.Guernsey, M. D., Philadelphia; 
Coates Preston, M. D., Chester. 

Bureau of Clinical Medicine and Zymoses.— Smith 
Armor, M. D., Columbia; W. M. Williamson, 
M. D. Philadelphia; II. M. Logee, M. D., Lines- 
Ville; Wm. H. Cook, M. D., Carlisle; John 
E. James, M. P., Philadelphia. 

Bureau OF Surgery.— J. II. McClelland, M.D., Pittsburgh; 
Jos. E. Jones, M. P., West Chester; Malcolm 
Macfarlan, M. D., Philadelphia; Louis H. Wil- 
lard, M. IX. Alleghany City ; Bushrod W. James, 
M.D., Philadelphia. 

Bureau of Obstetrics k Diseases of Women ^v Children, 
J. H. Marsden, M. D., York Sulphur Springs; 
Charles II. Haeseler, M. D., Pottsville; Michael 
Friese, M.D., Barrisburg; C. J. Wiltbank, M.D., 
Philadelphia; Henry Noah Martin, M. I)., 

Bureau ok History and Statistics of Homoeopathy in* 
Pennsylvania. — Walter Williamson, M. D., 
Philadelphia; Henry Detwiler, M. D., Easton; 
John R. Reading, M. 1>.. Somerton; Pemberton 
Dudley, M. D., Philadelphia; II. II. Hofmann, 
M. D., Pittsburgh. 

Bureau of Miscellaneous Subjects.— J. II. P. Frost, M. D., 
Danville; J. A. Partridge, M. D., Warren; 
Richard Koch, M. D., Philadelphia: Adolph 
Lippe, M. P., Philadelphia ; B, V. Pake, M. 1>. : 



The financial condition, internal workings, and general 
management of this Institution, are such as to inspire confi- 
dence in its future prosperity and usefulness. 

Owing to the large increase in the number of patients 
treated, and the improvements and repairs made to the Hos* 
pital, the current expenses of the Institution were much 
greater the last, than any preceding year. These expenses, 
however, have not only been promptly met, but the cor- 
porate debt has been diminished by more than one thousand 
dollars. This fact alone furnishes abundant cause for encour- 
agement and thankfulness. 

The admission to the surgical wards on application, without 
hesitation or permit, of all cases of accidents brought to the 
Hospital within twenty-four hours after their occurrence, has 
been the means of effecting an aggregate amount of benefit to 
suffering humanity difficult to estimate. The increase of our 
population and manufactories, and the greater number daily 
exposed to accidents — the central location of the Hospital, 
the facilities of access to it, the complete appliances, and 
skillful treatment of the cases referred to, at all times at com- 
mand of the sufferer — have added considerably to the number 
constantly under treatment, and have correspondingly aug- 
mented the expenses of the Institution, and laid additional 
tribute on the time of the surgeons in charge. The daily, 
and often nightly services of the physicians, are cheerfully 
rendered, although entirely gratuitous. To the happy ab- 
sence of all selfish and mercenary motives, is the Hospital 
not only largely indebted for its well-earned popularity, but 
for increasing usefulness. 

To the efforts put forth by the "Ladies 1 Homoeopathic 
Charitable Association," in behalf of the Hospital, the un- 
qualified thanks of patients, patrons and philanthropists, are 
alike due. The net proceeds of the late fair held under its 
auspices, was five thousand dollars (85,000.) Beside the 


material aid furnished by this organization, a great amount 

In other ways, T\\ 
appointed each month, who are required to visit the 
ital at least twice a week. They have the privileg< 
choosing their own time for making these official visits, and 
the right to inspect every ward, and converse with every 
patient, without being accompanied by any officer or empl 
of the Institution. Should the wards be found in a filthy 
condition, or the patients unkindly treated, or in any way 
neglected, you may well imagine that it would not long re* 
main a secret. 

In order to increase the general interest in the Hospital, 
and at the same time extend its benefits, without having the 
recipient feeling that he is an object of charity } ihe special com. 
mittee appointed lor the purpose, at the last quarterly meeting 
of the Board of Trustees, issued the following circular, viz: 

Circular of tht Homoeopathic Hospital Accident awl Dispel 

A sociation. 

It is well known that accidents to workmen, of a moro or 
less serious nature, are of almost daily occurrence, in some 
one of the manufacturing establishments of Pittsburgh and 

A large portion of the trouble to sufferers from these acci- 
dents, arises from the fact that the injured man is obliged to 
incur heavy medical expenses, when he is earning nothing to 
pay them ; or else, to feel himself an unwilling object of charity. 

To remove these difficulties is the purpose of this A — 
ation, between the Trustees of the Hospital and the subscribers, 

It is agreed, that every person who shall pay the sum often 
(10) cents per month, or a single payment of one dollar ($1.00) 
per year, in advance, to the Hospital, shall, in case of accident, 
be entitled to admission and treatment in the same, until suf- 
ficiently recovered to be discharged, in compliance with the 
established rules and regulations of the Institution. 

Experienced nurses, and the best physicians in the city. 
are in constant attendance, and everything will be done for 
tho patient that medical skill can accomplish, 


Cases of slight injury, that do not confine persons to bed, 
and yet require dressing, will receive all the attention neces- 
sary, at the Dispensary, or in the surgical ward, as often as 

For the additional sum of ten (10) cents per month, or a 
single payment, in advance, of one dollar (81.00) per year, the 
subscriber will be entitled to medicines and treatment, at the 
Dispensary, for himself, or any member of his immediate 
family, during the time paid for, as stated, 

The advantages and cheapness of this plan are too apparent 
to require argument ; but it is only by a large number of sub- 
scribers that this low rate is justifiable ; and it is hoped that 
all workmen who are liable to injury will avail themselves 
of it, thereby aiding the Hospital, which in turn, offers to do 
them a service they will feel entitled to receive, 

The objection to going to the Hospital, instead of home, is 
fully overcome by the fact, that the complete appliances, ex* 
perienced nurses, and almost constant attendance of physicians, 
give the patient every opportunity of a much quicker and 
better recovery than would ordinarily occur at home, where the 
want of experience in nurses, and the absence of the physician 
for many hours, often occasion a patient much suffering that 
could be avoided in the Hospital, where the family and friends 
will be allowed to visit him, at all reasonable hours, 

It is too soon to anticipate the result of this plan. Its suc- 
cess depends on the number of subscribers obtained, and will 
require time to test its practical workings. The Hospital is 
amply provided for the faithful performance of the stipulations 
set forth in the circular. 




1 1-6 1% 

§i a § 5 £ 

- - u o. <-> c - 

- i a J J e-o 

Dm fl 3 .Sv 









Diarrhoea. Acute and Chronic, 

Delirium Tremens, 





Fever, Gastric, 

11 Intermittent, 

" Typhoid, 


Heart Affection, 

Hepatic " 







Poisoning, Mercurial. 

" Lead. 

»■ Khustox, 



Phthisis Pulmonalis, 





Spinal Diseases, 


I'leeration, Stomach and Bowels, 

Uterine Affections, 

Various Diseases, 



















... 1 

... 1 









.. 1 



























































ABSTRACT OF CASES.— (Continued.) 



Abscess, Hand, 

" Knee, 

11 Mammary, .« 

Amputation, Fingers, 


" Thigh, 

Burns, Arms, Legs and Body, 


Deformed Legs and Arms, , 

Dislocation, Wrist, 

" Shoulder, 

Fracture, Clavicle, 

" Arm, 

" Skull, 

" Hip, and other injuries, . 

" Thigh, 

Fistula, Vesico-Vaginal, 

" Anal, 

11 Urethral, 

Injury, Nose, 


" Hand, 

11 Fingers, 

11 Knee, 


" Ankle, 

11 Foot, 



Prolapsus Recti, 


Sprain, .. 

Syphilis, Secondary and Tertiary, ., 

Tumor, Uterine, Fibroid, 

" Fungoid, Excised, 

11 Sero-Cystic,, 

14 Cancerous, 

Ulcers, Chronic, , 

Various Diseases, 

I 5 

a ■ 







"5 "5 





Totals, 43 

Medical, 90 

Lying-in, w 

Births, 8 

Urand Totals 











18 I L3| 25236 


General Summary. 

Patients remaining in Hospital, April 1st, L869, . 20 

Admitted during the year, ..... 216 

Total treated during the year, .... 236 

Discharged " " " ■ . . . .211 

Remaining, April Lst, L870, .... 

increase over lasl year. 68 patients, or 40 per cent, 


rhe Proportion Cured, was ..... 63.14 
" " Improved, was . 13.56 

" " Unimproved, was . . . 1.70 

" " Discharged for Miscond't, or Removed, 5.50 

Died, 5.50 

11 " Remaining 10.60 


Whole No, of Patients Treated Bince Hospital opened. Zd$ 

Prescriptions Issued from tho Dispensary during the year 3,954 
Whole No, since Dispensary opened, . . . 9,908 

The Medical Board is constituted as follows: 

II. Hofmann, M. D., J. C. Burgher, M. D., 

J.S. Rankin, M. D., L. II. Willard, M. D., 

B, V. Pake, M. D., J. H. M'Clelland, M. D., 

David Cowley, M. D. 

J. II. McClelland, J/. D., 




Tlie term Orthopaedia, first introduced by Andry, has been 
generally accepted for that subdivision of the healing art which 
embraces the treatment of deformities of the human frame, — 
their prevention, causes and treatment. The etymology of the 
term, (Orthopaedia) is derived from two Greek words oodoz 
straight, Ttcudsua) to train, to educate. 

The knowledge of deformities is probably as ancient as de- 
formities themselves. Hippocrates affords us quite a clear des- 
cription of club-foot in the sixty-second chapter of his work on 
articulations. These are but fragmentary remarks, yet give 
correct views of its treatment. Very little was done for centuries 
to advance this branch of surgery. Ambrose Pare, Severinus, 
Arcaeus, Eabricius ab Aquapendente, and some others, have 
furnished some scattered ideas, and very imperfect ones it may 
be added, on the subject. 

In 1741, Prof. Andry, of Paris, first collected the scattered 
and fragmentary writings on Orthopaedy, and placed them in a 
tangible form, giving it the name and title which this branch 
of the healing art now bears. He, however, in attempting to 
classify deformities, and ferret out their causes and manner of 
treating them, transgressed the domain of Orthopaedic surgery 
by including within its boundary defects of the eyes, ears, hair, 
nails, &c., thus mixing up a list of heterogeneous subjects 
which possessed no pathological or therapeutical affinities to 
each other. In 1780, Andreas Venal, a Swiss writer, corrected 
the errors made by Andry, and succeeded in establishing 
Orthopaecly within its legitimate boundary. To Venal is due 
the credit of establishing the first institution for the exclusive 
treatment of distortions and deformities of the human frame. 
From this time Orthopaedy began to attract the attention and 
enlist the interest and admiration of eminent medical minds, 
and their combined efforts gave it a more solid and scientific 


Among those who contributed largely to the advancement 
►rthopaedy are the names of Scarpa, Wenzel, Camper, 
Biiicker, Palletta, Seine, Delpech and Sommering. To 
Stromeyer is due the credit of giving the greatest impetus and 
scientific culture. He it was who introduced sub-cutaneous 
myotomy and tenotomy; by which methods of operating 
proportion of deformities were rendered amenable to treatment 
which before were regarded as hopeless 

The discovery and introduction of anesthetics have larg 
aided, until now. it may be said we have arrived at a period in 
which Orthopaedic Burgery may be placed along side of other 
branches of medical science and that without any detriment 
whatever to its dignity. 

Germany has furnished a galaxy of brighl names, all n( 
whom have contributed and have labored most assiduously in 
behalf of this branch ^i' surgery. At the head of tins list 
deservedly and pre-eminently stands the name of the great 
Stromeyer, then follow Dieflenbach, Langenbeck, Berend and 
Robert. In France, we find the names of Jules Gruerin, Major. 
Malgafghe, Louvrier and Marjolin, who have materially aided 
in diffusing and establishing as well as advancing Orthopaedic 

In England none has done more than Dr. Little ; he has been 
its chief promoter there. He being a sufferer with club-foot 
from birth, went to Germany and obtained relief from the 
master-hands, Stromeyer and Dieffenbach. Feeling grateful and 
becoming very enthusiastic over the new method, he deter- 
mined to throw his whole energies into it and extend the 
benefits to his fellow-men, who like himseli were so aillie- 
ted. Upon his return to England he entered at once upon 
the enterprise of establishing a hospital for the treatment 
and cure of deformities solely. In this movement he was most 
irously aided by his countrymen. The result of this 
man's labor, united with those of his aiders and abetters, was 
the building of a noble institution in London, in which ovei 
twelve thousand poor and helpless mortals were admitted and 
relieved or much benefited from l s 41 to 1861. It is stated 
upon good authority that, in the United Kingdom oi' Great 


Britain upwards of twelve thousand persons receive gratuitous 
attendance each and every year of late. 

What can be said of our country; what are her historical 
records in this line ? Nothing strikingly favorable. Here its 
advancement has been impeded, obstacles have been thrown in 
its way on the part of the profession, and any and all attempts 
in the way of cultivating Orthopaedy as a speciality have 
been frowned down and stigmatized as quackery. Our country 
is flooded with quacks, pretenders and itinerant practitioners, 
into whose hands most of such cases have fallen, and these 
unfortunates have been victimized and fleeced to a frightful 
degree. During the last session of our State ' Legislature, a 
bill was passed imposing punishment and a heavy fine upon 
travelling doctors, so-called, who attempt to ply their traffic in 
Dauphin and contiguous counties of this State. There is also 
a law in force to prevent the publishing or advertising of 
noxious nostrums or obscene advertisements. 

Why cannot the same laws be enacted throughout the 
length and breadth of our land, which would protect the public 
and profession alike against charlatans and imposters? It 
needs but an earnest effort on the part of the medical profes- 
sion for the strong arm of the law to put forth its strength, 
and thus effectually put a stop to all such unlawful proceedings. 
So long as we sit with our hands in our laps and refuse to act, 
so long will this wholesale system of plunder go on. Trusting 
that my hearers will pardon this digression on my part, I will 
resume the thread of my discourse. 

If my memory serves me aright, the honors are equally 
divided between Dr. Detmold, of New York city, and Dr. 
Thomas Mutter of Philadelphia, as being the earliest advo- 
cates of Orthopaedic Surgery in this country. The former 
enjoyed the privilege of personal tuition of the great Stro- 
meyer, and entered upon his career with great energy, enthu- 
siasm and brilliant intellect. Dr. Valentine Mott, of New 
York, was also among the earliest of American surgeons who 
felt an earnest solicitude for its propogation. In his interest- 
ing " Travels in Europe and the East," he expresses himself 
in the highest terms of appreciation of this " illustrious era 


of the healing art." Be used his Influence, and exerted him- 
self faithfully in aid of the erection of an Orthopaedic Bos- 

pital. in New V<>rk city; Anally, however, he allowed himself 
t<> yield t<> professional prejudice, and thus permitted what 
might have proved the crowning art of his long and fruitful 
lite to fall to the ground. 

The demands of the public and the progress oi modem sur- 
gery, alike require that specialities shall not undergo de 
eration or depart from their honesl course, and, as too often 
has been the case, left to undergo pretentions quackery. 

Europe has set US an example well worthy our imitation. 

The few specialities which have been fostered in our land, have 
certainly not given just cause \'^v apprehension. No compe- 
tent medical practitioner advocate- the establishing oi speciali- 
ties at the expense or detriment of medical science, and as an 
independent calling. On the contrary, specialities should ema- 
nate from medical science and receive their chief maintenance 

from it, and return its results to the source which gave them 
birth. Wc should by no means imitate the lvgvptians and 
pursue specialities "j» r8( ," and disconnect them from the parent 
stem. Such acts would be prejudicial to the advancement ^A' 
medical science, unproductive of beneficial or practical results, 
and would eventually terminate in crude empiricism. This 
ancient and preposterous system has been finally adjudicated by 
history, and has no earthly chance whatever, of being resusci- 
tated. The steady progress of medical science, if properly nur- 
tured and encouraged, promises to acquire a magnitude which 
will inevitably, and ere long, settle the pending question. 
Practitioners will then be compelled to chose between general 
superficiality and special efficiency. I trust and hope to be 
permitted to see the day in which orthopaedic hospitals and 
institutions will spring'up in this country, with the co-operative 
support of the profession, where those who are afllicted with 
distortions and deformities will find ready and efficient aid. 

Orthopaedy proper does not embrace within its limits all 
kinds of deformities, especially those of a mere transienl nature, 
a- tor instance fractures, dislocations, defects or distortion of 
the integuments and soft parts, Btrabismus, v.Vc These have 


all been properly referred to their respective subdivisions in 
the domain of surgery. Strabismus has been classified with 
opthalmology, defects and distortions of the soft parts with 
plastic surgery, fractures and dislocations with mechanical 

Various attempts have been made at arranging orthopaedic 
affections in a systematic order, and all such plans have proven 

There is, it may be said, no organic cohesion between the 
objects of this speciality, the similarity of treatment being 
the only connecting link, which, of course, is not available as 
a systematic distinction ; the grouping of the subject would 
therefore prove as arbitrary as the composition of the ortho- 
paedic discipline. 

Under the term, " Orthopaedic Surgery," may be enumerated 
and embraced the following deformities and affections : 

1st. Deformities of the feet, technically known as talipes, of 
which there are five varieties, as follows: 1, talipes equinus; 
2, talipes varus; 3, talipes valgus; 4, talipes calcaneus; 5, 
talipes simplex, seu plantaris. Let us now proceed to take 
these up in the order in which I have named them, and con- 
sider cause, nature, and method of treating them. 

1st Talipes Eauinus. We find the foot more or less ex- 
tended, and occasionally placed in direct continuance to the 
leg. The foot rests upon the plantar, metatarsophalangeal 
surface, or as some would term it, upon the ball of the foot, 
the chief weight being born upon the ball of the big toe, the 
heel being drawn upwards and backwards by the contraction 
of the tendo Achilles. The plantar arch is much increased 
and the plantar fascia considerably shortened. The extensor 
digitum communis and pollicis longus are sometimes, but 
rarely, contracted. The parts which come in contact with the 
floor are covered with a thick and dense-like callosity. The 
entire limb is atrophied ; growth and development are both 
arrested, particularly if the case be one of long standing. 

In addition to this we find the circulation in the part slug- 
gish, the temperature diminished, and particularly is this the 
case in cold weather. Generally speaking, the gastrocnemius 



' 5 I ; of all the varieties of club fool belong to 

this type. It would be interesting here to go into details of 
the differenl theories and speculations which have been ad- 
vanced by different writers, as to the position of the foetus in 

■ being a fruitful source of talipes, but time and Bpaoe 
will not permit. It has 1) »en estimated that in France one out 
of every 3000 are affected with talipes. In this form of tal- 

■ «• have to deal with contraction of one or both tibialis 
muscles, of the triceps, and plantar muscles and aponeuiv 
together with the extensor or flexor muscles of the tors, and 
in protracted case, malformation and malposition of one or 
more tarsal bones. 

The first step in the operation for "varus" is the division 
of the contracted tibialis muscle. This will reduce the varus 
to that ofe [uinus,and when the inversion is thus corrected, pro- 
ceed to divide the tendo Achilles and plantar fascia, with its 
contracted muscle : the two should be simultaneously divided. 
]t may become necessary, subsequently, to divide the tendons 
of the contracted toes ; this, however, is generally overcome by 
complete division of the plantar fascia and muscle. Theoper- 
ation completed, then the manipulation and mechanical treat- 
ment begin. For a description of apparatus, sec "Bauer," 
figure 20, page 83. 

. Talipes Valgus. This form of talipes may represent 
one of five conditions of the limb involved: 1st. There may. 
be total paralysis of all the muscles of the leg and foot. 2nd, 
There may, in addition to paralysis, be contraction of the pe- 
ronei muscles. 3rd. Paralysis of the adductor muscles with 
antagonistic retraction of the abductors of the loot. A4//i con- 
dition is reflex contraction of the peroncus muscle. A 5th con- 
dition is a morbid relaxation of the muscles of the leg and 
of the ligamentous apparatus of the dbio tarsal and 
articulations. Th<' plantar arcb is broken down in this form 
of talipes, hence its name. 

The patient walks on the inner malleolus and corresponding 
border of the foot. This form of talipes is found mos1 fre- 
quent among negroes and Jews, and is sometimes associated 

with knock or weak knees (Genu Valgum), and is iA' hcredi- 


tary origin. It is caused also 1)}' spinal affections, and at 
times from exclusive paralysis of the tibial nerve; and a 
small percentage is attributable to inflammation of the 
ankle-joint. Bauer says that hundreds of cases he has seen 
were traceable to dental irritation. All the different causes 
of talipes valgus enumerated under this third class, are to be 
treated principally on therapeutic grounds, together with 
mechanical appliances, except the fourth, in which the pero- 
neus muscle is contracted, a prompt division of the tendon 
of this muscle will successfully relieve the deformity. Wher- 
ever we meet with weak-knee complications, the malposition 
of the knee-joint must be corrected. The prognosis of this 
form, under skilful treatment and manipulation, is favorable. 
&th, Talipes Calcaneus. This term has been given to that 
very peculiar and rare form of distortion, in which the pos- 
terior surface of the os calcis rests upon the floor and the foot 
is abnormally flexed. In fact, it is a literal walking on the 
heel, a favorite movement in which ballet-dancers sometimes 
seek to delight their audiences. The toes occupy a vertical 
position ; the extensor muscles of the foot (the gastrocnemius 
and soleus) are completely paralyzed, their bellies flaccid, and 
the tibialis anticus, peroneus tertius and flexor longus digit- 
orum are all intensely contracted. The plantar arch is slightly 
diminished. We have, then, just the reverse condition present 
in talipes equinus. The prognosis is favorable usually. As 
to the origin of this form we know, as yet, nothing. The 
operation consists in dividing the tendons of the tibialis anti- 
cus, peroneus tertius, and, if necessary, the extensor longus 
pollicis and digitorum communis longus. The foot must 
then be forcibly extended, and kept thus by an appropriate 
apparatus or splints. 

5th. Talipes Plantar is. In this form, an inflexion of the 
sole of the foot at the tarso-metatarsal articulation is found. 
The dorsum of the foot presents an undue amount of arching, 
the transverse arch being absent and the foot much shortened. 
The deformity is caused by the contraction of the plantar 
muscles and their being inserted into the plantar fascia. The 
motive power of the foot is otherwise in good order. Prog- 



1st, It should lit well, and accurately conform to the shape 
of the fool and portion of the limb t'> be encased. 

2nd. The joints of the instrument must correspond exactly 
with the axis of motion of the natural joints they are intended 
- ibserve. 

. Its acti<»n should be opposed, diametrically, to the trac- 
tion ^i' the divided muscle; in other words, reverse the form 
and position of the limb, as it was previously. 

4///. Its action must be steady, and, while applied, uninter- 

5th. It should keep the foot firmly planted upon its sole, and 
not permit the heel to rise from its place. An instrument 
that will fulfill these requirements wil] answer the purpose, 
whatever its construction may he. 

As to the prognosis of talipes equinus, we have to con- 
sider primarily the cause as well as the extent of the deformity. 
The latter is usually trivial, unless the tarsal bones are mal- 
formed to such a degree as to prevent their adjustment, which, 
however, is fortunately not often the case. When the case is 
one of long standing, and the bones of the affected foot have 
accommodated themselves to their unnatural position and the 
tibio tarsal articulation is crippled in its action, then the prog- 
nosis is doubtful and the deformity may even be regarded as 
irremediable. In order to effect a cure, both malformation 
and malposition of the tarsal bones will have to be corrected, 
and this at best is but a slow process; from two to three years 
being often required to accomplish the purpose. 

The proximate cause of the deformity is a very important 
consideration, and enters largely into the prognosis of the 
case. We may succeed in overcoming the deformity and in 
keeping the foot in a proper position by means of mechan- 
ical appliances, and thus only palliate but not cure the trouble. 

To achieve success, it is necessary to re-establish the function 
of the deformed part, promote its nutrition and development, 
and restore tone to the muscle. Such result the surgeon can 
,only partially be successful in accomplishing, however assid- 
uously and perseveringly he may ply his auxiliaries, and. 
therefore, he should be guarded in his prognosis, and promise 


no more than lie will be capable of fulfilling. As a rule in 
infants and young children, tlie progress of talipes equinus 
is more favorable, for experience demonstrates that with the 
relief of the distortion, the nutrition, growth, and development 
becomes improved. One thing, however, must not be forgotten 
or overlooked, that the restored limb rarely keeps pace with 
its fellow, either as regards development or activity. 

2nd. Talipes Varus. Equino Varus. In this form we find a 
combination of varus and equinus, and one which is a common 
variety, usually of congenital origin, seldom acquired. The 
foot, in this form, is turned longitudinally to such an extent 
that its external or outer border rests upon the floor, and the 
internal border is turned upwards. The foot rests upon the 
external malleolus, to a considerable extent, and, as in the 
valgus form, we find a large collosity here formed. Again, the 
dorsum of the foot has a forward aspect, while the plantar sur- 
face looks backwards, and with it, of course, there is complete 
inversion of all the toes. The muscles at fault in this form of 
talipes are the gastrocnemius, soleus and plantaris, which by and 
throuo-h means of the tendo Achilles have a common insertion 
into the tuberosity of the calcaneus. The two tibiales muscles 
are, at times, implicated in this deformity. The tibialis pos- 
ticus is so much contracted at times, as to be forced out of its 
groove behind the internal malleolus, and to appear outside or 
in front of the malleolus, being thereby changed into a flexor, 
its natural action being that of an extensor. The tibialis 
anticus is generally the more tense of the two, its displacement 
being noticed more to ward the front of the foot. The shortening 
of either or both of these muscles is the cause of the rotation 
of the foot. In this form of the talipes we may find the knee- 
joint rotated and loosened, and the head of the tibia turned on 
its axis. This relaxed condition of the knee-joint may continue 
long after the actual treatment of the deformity of the foot, so 
that the patient may still invert his toes after the foot has been 
restored to the normal shape ; this, therefore, will require special 
attention, to prevent a return of the original condition. As 
to the actual causes of club foot we know nothing positive. 
Out of 1218 cases reported by Lonsdale, 688 were congenital. 


and soleufl muscles arc at fault in this form, though there are 

3 in which the entire group of extensor muscles participate 

in the deformity : particularly is this the case when lesions of 

the spinal cord are the cause. This form of talipes is nut. as is 
commonly supposed, of congenital origin. It is often acquired 
and depends upon lesions of the spinal cord and its investments, 
one or both, and when I speak of investments I include the 
vertebra. A remarkable case is reported by '•Bauer." in which 
an injury was inflicted with a pocket-knife blade near the tenth 
or eleventh dorsal vertebra; and so firmly was the blade im- 
bedded that much force was required to remove it. The wound 
closed without delay, but a few days subsequent to the accident 
the patient, some thirty-live to forty years of age, and a mechanic, 
was attacked with severe cramps in the calf of the left leg, 
which finally terminate in a tonic contraction of the entire 
group of extensors of the foot, thus presenting an extreme de- 
gree of talipes equinus. 

Paraplegia is another cause by which talipes may be pro- 
duced. When the deformity arises from this cause it may 
attack the patient suddenly and without apparent cause, pre- 
ceded by severe rigors, lasting some hours. In some of these 
cases, arising from paraplegia, the commencement of talipes 
equinus has been known to inaugurate a partial return of 

The proximate cause of this deformity may consist: 

1st. In a paralysis of the flexor muscles, in which case we 
will find a preponderance of extensor power. 

2nd. There may be an active contraction of the triceps alone, 
or of the entire group of extensors. In both conditions we 
find the growth of the entire extremity arrested and its length 
considerably shortened. Before attempting to remedy the de- 
formity, we should consider the existing power of locomotion 
of the patient and the changes that would inevitably follow by 
the correction of the deformity. If the deformity be merely 
sufficient to add to the deficient length of the limb, and loco- 
motion be comparatively perfect, there is no just cause for 
interfering in any way whatsoever, for the deformity of the 
limb is the lesser evil, and the usefulness of it the higher and 


more important consideration. In recent cases we may, how- 
ever, undertake to treat the case with a view, only, to promote 
the development and growth of the extremity, and thus event- 
ually perform a cure of the deformity. This can best be 
effected by means of forcible extension with the hand, bending 
the foot into the reverse position from that into which it is 
drawn by the contracted muscles. While thus extending, to 
effect the diminution of the longitudinal plantar arch, seize the 
heel firmly with one hand and the forepart of the foot with the 
other hand, and while thus extending the arch, press the pro- 
truding bones down into their proper place. This manipulation 
must of course be done under the influence of anesthetics. 
After such violent preceedings, it may become necessary to 
use cold arnicated applications. At a later period, and when 
the malposition of the bones show a disposition to yield, milder 
exercise will suffice, without the use of anesthetics. This 
method of manipulation may be made once or twice daily. 
Should this plan fail to accomplish the object, a properly con- 
structed shoe may then be adjusted, for a description of which 
I would refer the reader to page 77, of " Bauer," Orthopaedic 

In the active forms of equinus, when you have to deal with 
active contraction of the extensors, tenotomy is the initiative 
process. The operation is the more effective the earlier it is 
performed, a simple division of the tendo Achilles serves to 
overcome the trouble. If the triceps alone be contracted, the 
tendo achilles should be divided at a point three-fourths to one 
and a fourth inches above its insertion. If all the extensor 
muscles be involved, the entire group should then be (Jivided 
at one and the same sitting. 

After the completion of the operation, it will then become 
necessary to provide the foot with a proper apparatus. Nu- 
merous are the devices, and various the kinds of instruments 
which have been constructed for the after treatment of talipes. 
This part of the treatment we must regard simply as auxilliary 
and merely subordinate to tenotomy. Whatever the con- 
struction of the instrument may be, which the operator selects, 
it should possess the following qualities : 


- favorable. Origin usually congenital. Treatment eon- 
in dividing the plantar muscle and fascia, and the sul 
quent adjusting of an instrument which will exert vertical 

jsure on the dorsum of the loot, and thus stretch out and 

diminish the plantar arch, 

Abnormal Abduction of the great toe requires a division of 
the tendons of the flexor, abductor and extensor muscles of 
the great toe. A splint properly padded should be pla 
along the sole of the foot, so as to adduct the toe. Sometimes 
partial dislocation is complicated with this distortion, in which 
case amputation, if the case be one of long standing, is the 
only remedy. 

Burns and Scalds about the ankle-joints or hands occur, 
causing a contraction of the integuments and consequent mal- 
position. Gradual and persistent extension in the opposite 
condition, during and after the healing process, usually over- 
comes contraction. 

Much more might be written and said on this subject, and 
that without going beyond the pale or domain of ortho- 
paedic surgery. There remains yet diseases of the spinal 
column, such as Kyphosis, Gibbus malum Potti, Scoliosis, 
deformities of the neck, such as Torticollis, spastic affections 
of the cervical muscles, sometimes termed wry neck, idiopathic 
deformities of the knee-joint, paralysis, palsy, rachitis, joint 
diseases, and their sequela*. These, however, in the present 
paper, will have to be passed over, contenting m} r self in simply 
thus enumerating them. At some future time I trust to have 
the privilege of presenting an essay, which will embrace the 
balance of these very important and much neglected affec- 




Secondary amputation of the thigh; Amputation for cartons 
knee-joint; Sero-cystic tumor -extirpation; Treatment of frac- 
tures ; Prolapsus ani ; Chronic diarrhoea and prolapsus 
uteri, &c. 

These cases are presented as possessing points of interest, 
and in lien of a paper such as the Society deserves, but which 
I have not had opportunity (or perhaps ability) to prepare. 
They have occurred for the most part during my service as 
attending surgeon of the Homoeopathic hospital in this city 
(Pittsburgh); an institution I may add, that is doing good 
service in the interest of scientific medicine. In a limited ex- 
perience it is hardly probable that anything very new or 
startling to the medical world should have been discovered, 
but this much at least has been demonstrated, to my great 
satisfaction, that in the practice of surgery, the homceopathist 
has a decided and appreciable advantage over the "old 
school " and may attempt and successfully perform operations 
under circumstances that would prove eminently hazardous in 
their practice. 

We may safely predict that, with the same degree of manual 
dexterity attained, and there is nothing to hinder such attain- 
ments, our school as a body of physicians, will wrest from 
their grasp that in which they most do glory, and which, more 
than any other consideration, maintains their position before 
the public. 

With this future before us, is it asking too much of the 
coming generation of Hahnemannians to fit themselves by 
every accomplishment obtainable, to occupy — if not to help 
create — the high position that awaits them, keeping in lively 
remembrance that their measure of success will be in propor- 
tion to their apprehension of the genius and adherence to the 
practice of Homoeopathy. When a true conception of the 


ble base, which had given the impression that the tumor was 
from adhesions, it was carefully d I, without sever- 

ing any arteries that required more than torsion. The wound 
was washed with dilute Calendula, closed with sutures, ami the 
carbolized linseed-oil dressing applied. 
Jan. 7th. High fever; restless; pulse L18. 

R. Aeon.' 5 2 hours. 
Jan 10th. Fever uearly gone; the wound has lor the most 
part healed by first intention. 

ft. Oalend. 8 , and apply same dressing. 
Jan. 13th. lias an erysipelatous appearance about the 
wound. Informs me that, alter a slight operation some years 
_ . erysipelas set in, and gave the surgeon considerable 

R. Rhus 6 . 2 hours. 
From this time the wound became healthy, the pus ac- 
cumulating occasionally, and then discharging: but gradually 
this ceased, and a firm cicatrix was formed. The man now 
pursues his occupation without hindrance or discomfort, and 
is much delighted with the result. 

Cask [V. 
Treatment of Fractures. 

The treatment of fractures has claimed much ol the time 
and attention of surgeons in all ages; and much of that time 
might have been better spent than in racking their brains to 
render the treatment of this class of cases as complicated as 

Referring more particularly to fractures of the lower ex- 
tremities, T have found that in the majority of cases their 
treatment maybe of the most simple character, with the most 
desirable results. 

For fractures of the thigh, extension is made by means o\' 
adhesive strips applied to the leg, to which a rope, with a 
weight to the end. is attached, or sometimes the rope may be 
fastened to the foot of tie- bed. The foot of the bed is then 
I six to ten inches, and counter-extension thus procured 
by the weight of the body. To make it more secure, splints 


of pasteboard arc accurately moulded, and fitted to the limb 
(thigh), and kept in place by a many-tailed bandage, so that 
they may be removed, and the parts inspected Avithout much 
trouble. The support thus afforded prevents in great measure 
the spasmodic jerking of the muscles. Compound fractures 
are managed very nicely by this plan. At the end of about 
three weeks (if the fracture is not too high up), a starch 
bandage is applied, and the patient allowed to walk on 
crutches. The junk bag is also of service in treating these 

In fractures of the leg, especially where both bones are 
broken, or when compound, the plan is essentially the same. 
Of quite a number of fractures of the lower extremities treated 
in this way, very few have exhibited any appreciable short- 

I might refer also to fractures of the clavicle, as being 
amenable ' to more simple measures than are usually adopted 
and recommended. The shoulder is drawn up and back ; the 
fragments brought into apposition, and a small compress ap- 
plied to the seat of fracture ; or, instead of the compress, 
plaster of paris may be moulded to the parts to much better 
advantage. Over the compress a strip of adhesive plaster is 
tightly drawn, extending from the breast to the back. In- 
stead of the figure of 8 bandage to draw the shoulders back, 
a broad strip of plaster may be used, by fixing one end below 
and parallel with the outer third of the clavicle, drawing it 
firmly across the upper arm above the insertion of the deltoid, 
and thence across the back : in short, as you naturally Avould 
to draw and keep the shoulders back. The axillary pad I 
consider of questionable utility, and seldom use it. The 
shoulder may now be kept up and back by a sling, with tapes 
attached to a ring around the shoulder of the uninjured side. 
Deformity seldom or never occurs with proper care. 

As illustrating the treatment of fractures of the leg, the 
following case is given : 

July 7th, 1869. Hugh G., OBt. 24:, coal digger. Yesterday, 
while at work in a coal-pit, the roof fell in, knocking him 
down, and producing compound fracture of the tibia and 


loua openings. Be has gradually 
for: id has nol • to move about for four 

months. While in a hospital in Germany his limb was for- 
cibly straightened and placed in plaster of Paris for t\ 

This treatment made the knee very - >om- 

plished uo go "1. and the turned to its flexed posi- 

tion. Here was the history in short, except that the father 
had suffered many years with an all' : the knee-joint. 

It so happened that quite a number of my col! - .ere 

[ecide upon operating for the extirpation of an im- 
mense fibroid ovarian tumor : but finding the adhesions too 
md numerous, we were compelled to decide adversely. 

This case having turned up in the meantime, we turned our 

" ..tion to the probabilities of saving the limb or amputa- 
tion. Taking the history of the sent weak 
and hectic condition into account, sufficient unanimity was 
obtained in favor of amputation, to warrant "immediate 

"Without further delay the boy was anesthetized and the 
limb taken off at the lower third, by lateral flaps, 

The periosteum was found detached for four or live inches 
above the articulation, much farther up, in fact, than I w : 
to saw the bone. Willing to try again the powers of nature, 
when assisted by ,; sugar pills," I divided the periosteum, 
turned it up like the cuff of a coat, and then sawed the bone ; 
leaving perhaps an inch and a-half with the periosteum sep- 
arated from, yet fully ing. This I was the m< 
fled with having done, alter the section was made, as it then 
showed a healthy appearance in its central structure. Wash- 
ing the surface with dilute Calendula, the flaps were ap] 
imated and dressed with carbolized oil as in Case I. 

During the first week the patient rallied nicely under the 
>f Arm. Aeon, and Staph., in the order named, and 
then he v. .- i jr. phos.** one dose a day for several 

day-. At th three weeks he was able to walk a little 

on crutches, and continued to improve in health and strength, 
the stump for the most part healing kindly, leaving but a 
small fistulous opening from which healthy pus was dis- 


charged, in gradually decreasing quantities, until it finally 


An occasional dose of the phosphate of lime' 2 * 11 ' was given, 
interrupted once or twice by Silic 200 , with apparently good 
effect ; and thus considerable length of bone was saved that 
otherwise might have been lost. 

Xow, the query is: Could this favorable result have just 
as well been obtained under allopathic or expectant treat- 
ment? The accumulation of experience can only decide. 

In will be observed that the phosphate of lime was not 
used in a crude form, as an article of diet, (save as it existed 
organically in his food), as has been recommended even by 
some homceopathists. 

A post amputation examination of the component parts of 
the knee, revealed a decidedly carious state of things ; the 
head of the tibia, patella^ and end of femur all being seriously 
involved, fully justifying the immediate "taking off." 

I might mention that the carbolic acid dressing prevents 
fetor, appears to facilitate healing, and does not interfere (so 
far as we are able to judge) with the action of remedies. 

Case III. 
Sero- Cystic Tumor. 

Wm. S., ret. ^4, bricklayer. Scrofulous appearance : has 
been a hard drinker, and is subject to attacks of erysipelas. 

A large tumor (about the size of a child's head at birth), 
partly solid and partly fluid : has been growing for some years 
over the left scapula, below its spine. 

It now interferes with the movements of the arm and 
shoulder, and he wishes it removed immediately. 

Jan. 6th. Acceding to his desire, he was placed under 
ether, and the offending incumbrance removed in the follow- 
ing manner : 

Making an incision about eight inches long, the sac was 
separated from the surrounding tissue, without a great deal of 
difficulty, until the base was reached, when it was found to 
be firmly adherent to the muscles beneath. From this mova- 


it resources stem obtains more universally an 

our practitioners, there will be less disposil 
course to allopathic medi :' hypn< 

tonics, etc . in connection with Surgery. For in this field the 
beaul _ the law . will be reflected with in- 

ising radiance from the surgeon's blade. 

-:: T. 
Amputation of the Thigh. 

Alonzo Stanley, aet. 19. Three months ago was. admitted 
to the hospital with injuries of the knee-joint (comminuted 
fracture), for whieh excision was practised with the hope of 
saving th . although we gravely doubted the wisdom oi 
delaying immediate amputation. But the patient and friends 
3 to try and save th 1 the attempt was made. 

Tie - - favorably until about three 

weeks .._ . when an inflammatory set up, absc 

formed, and immense quantities of pus were discharged. The 
patient is now anaemic, and hectic fever is establishing itself 
rapidly. Such rapid prostration railed for prompt action, 
and amputation was decided, upon, August 10th, 1869. With 
the assistance of the hospital staff, the limb was amputated at 
the middle of the thigh, by the usual flap operation. But a 
small amount of blood 3t, the femoral and -profunda 

arteries being secured by tie- same ligature, first tyi 
and then the other with an additional knot. Tl. - • the 

only ^ - 3 requiring ligation. The flaps were washed with 

- ilution of permanganate of potassa, rendered i 
from tie- fact that the pus had burrowed through the mm 
leaving thnn more or less pyogenic. Tie' hone wi - I - 
oft fully as high up as its surface was denuded — or rather one 
side of it was hare for nearly an inch above the point of 
-"'imp was already short, and 1 eon- 
eluded to trust nature's kindly offices to cover this portion iA' 
naked bone. Bringing the flaps into coaptation and se- 
curing with sutures and ad] trips, it was found to he a 
v^vy shapely stump. The d pplied was lint sate: I 
in carbolized linseed oil. and a comfortably tight bandage . 


The plan I usually follow in producing anaesthesia was ad- 
hered to in this instance, viz. : ether was administered until 
the system became accustomed to its use, and then, not coming 
under the influence promptly, Chloroform soon produced the 
desired effect. 

After the operation the patient seemed very much sunken ; 
lips, tongue and gums almost bloodless ; pulse 140 and com- 
pressible. Very nourishing diet was ordered and Staphy- 
sagria every hour until better. 

August 11th. Much stronger ; had about three hours 
sleep during the night. The dressing was not disturbed save 
to moisten the lint with the carbolized oil. Same treatment. 

August 12th. Still stronger ; appetite good ; pulse fre- 
quent, but improving. Bemoved dressing partially and found 
considerable discharge of pus, having no offensive odor. 

Same dressing and Staph. 30 four hours. For various com- 
plications during the next lew weeks, such as aniemia, diar- 
rhoea, oedema, etc., he received China. Ars., Apis, and Calc. 
phos., as they were indicated; the latter being continued at 
intervals until the stump was healed. 

October 31st. He now presents himself in perfect health, 
heavier than ever before, the stump sound and almost ready 
for an artificial limb, which he is about to have constructed. 

Xo opiate was given at any time, the completions having 
been controlled by the homoeopathic remedy. 

It was a matter of some interest to find what condition ex- 
isted in the vicinit}' of the exsection, and ample opportunity 
was now offered. The bones were found to have thrown out 
considerable callus, but the profuse suppuration which had 
taken place denuded the surfaces both of the femur and head 
of the tibia, thus destroying every chance of repair. 

Case II. 
Amputation for Carious Knee- Joint. 

March 15th, 1870. George Schminke. set. 9. Strumous 
diathesis. Weak ; pale ; emaciated ; hectic. Eight leg Hexed 
upon the thigh and cannot be extended without severe pain. 
The knee is sore upon pressure ; is enlarged, but presents no 


fibula at the lower third, besides various lacerated and con- 
tused wounds about the scalp, face, and body. The fractured 
s were brought into correct apposition; extension made 
by adhesive strips; the foot of the bed was raised, and coun- 
ter-extension thus secured by the weight of the body. The 
wound was dressed with the carbolized oil, which was re- 
moved as often as required for cleanliness. 

Calc. phos." was administered once a day at first, and then 
about once a week. 

May 30th. The man was discharged cured, there being po 
deformity or shortening. 

The use of Symphytum and Calc. phos. I believe to be of 
material service in the treatment of broken bones, hastening 
union. The higher potencies of the latter are preferred. 

Case V. 

Prolapsus ani — Podophyllum. 

Feb. 24th, 1870. Annie M., set. 3J, nervo-bilious tempera- 
ment. Prolapsus ani for two years ; bowels generally loose 
in the mornings. Now has cold, with severe cough, accom- 
panied by pain in the stomach, and sometimes vomiting; 
worse at night when first lying down ; stomach deranged; no 

R. Puis. 6 4 hours. 

Feb. 28th. Cough and cold better. Sac. lac. 

March 7th. Cough about well ; the bowels and prolapsus 
not changed. Pod. 3 ' 1 n. & m. 

March 12th. Diarrhoea improved ; prolapsus has not ap- 
peared so often. Sac. lac. 

March 19th. Very much better in every respect. Sac. lac. 

March 27th. Still improving; no diarrhoea, and scarcely 
any prolapsus. Pod. 1 "" 1 dose. 

April 8th. Hardly a trace of her former troubles ; but now 
has hooping-cough, which is becoming very severe. "Worse 
at night ; vomits her food. Dros. 6 Three times a day. 

April 11th. No better. Continued same. 

April 20th. No sign of prolapsus, but coughs day and 


night; no appetite; getting very thin, especially abmt the 
neck and shoulders, Nat. Mur. 3 ', n. & rn. 

April 26th. Cough and everything better. Sac. lac. 

May 9th. Slight return of prolapsus. Pod. 200 1 dose. 

June 1st. No return since; general health excellent. Sac. 

Case VI. 
Chronic Diarrhoea and Prolapsus Uteri. 

March 7th, 1870. Mrs. Eliza M , set. 28. Has had chronic 
diarrhoea for eighteen months, always in the morning after 
rising, until 10 or 11 o'clock. Stools slimy, yellow and painful. 
Prolapsus uteri for many years; sometimes becoming very 
distressing, and causing the usual train of symptoms. 
R. Pod. 30 1 dose a day.'] 

March 12th. Feels better ; diarrhoea not so frequent. Sac. 

March 19th. Diarrhoea better; suffers much less with the 
prolapsus. Sac. lac. 

March 30th. Diarrhoea continues better, but prolapsus no' 
so well. Pod. 30 and Sac. lac. 

April 8th. Diarrhoea has returned; prolapsus very much 
relieved. Sulph. 200 1 dose. 

April 20th. Very much better. Sac lac. 

April 26th. Continues feeling better. Says the relief from 
the prolapsus is remarkable and very grateful. Her diges- 
tion has been much improved from the start. 

Case VII. 
Infantile Diarrhoea — Podophyllum. 

May 20th 1870. Albert II. Weak, delicate, emaciated; 
skin cold and clammy. Diarrhoea three weeks, very frequent ; 
stools bloody at times, undigested, and accompanied with 
flatulence. Gags, but does not vomit ; very thirsty. 

Gave a dose of Pod. 200 on the tongue, and a box of Sac. lac. 
A dose to be given every three hours. 



S v ral v. ekfl after, the mother reports that, after the 
second or third close, the diarrhoea and g ceased, the 

child improving every hour until well. 

Xotr. — In reading reports of oases treated by the higher potent 

I why 50 much pains is usually taken to specify just tl ■ 
of '"very small pellets placed dry on the tongue ; :1 and can- Is gener- 
ally taken that it be very few. Now it strik.s me as decidedly immaterial 

whether it he one or one hundred pellets that are "placed dry 00 the ton. 
as the quantity of the drng contained in one hundred pell 
that c intalned in one pellet is so rxtrcm<hj minute that it should not. an I 
not, enter into the calculation of dose in the slightest degree. Another thing 
in relation to the dose 1 would like to notice is that, in the use of high po- 
3, many practitioners would not think of repeating the remedy in the 
form o\' pellets, but will dissolve just so many in a glass of water, and give a 
spoonful at intervals quite biief. The difference between giving 
this way and out of the labelled vial, in the shnpe of pelb-ts, is so very 
small that I confess it is beyond my comprehension ; unless it is that the 
pellets in the glass, being a potency higher after having been dissolved, are a 
trifle more active. I repeat that, in using the high potencies, it is not ; 
sary to be so excessively careful as to the number of pellets administered ; 
nor is it essential to use globules and vials of microscopic dimensions, the 
very appearance of which is often sufficient to destroy the confidence of the 
patient both in the physician and his medicines. We all know this confi- 
dence is not to be despised. 




Having failed to obtain statistics of any importance upon 
the subject of hypodermic injections of drugs, and, having 
myself no' experience with' this method of medication or pal- 
liation to offer you, I fear I shall fail to present the subject 
to you in a manner worthy of your consideration, and com- 
mensurate with the importance attached to it at the time 
this committee was appointed. The literature of our own 
school is exceedingly deficient in data which might lead to 
a conclusion upon its comparative importance: a fact which 
I consider not altogether discreditable ; and the journals and 
standard works of the old school, so far as I have been able 
to consult them, are equally barren, except in so far as re- 
lates to the superiority which this method of administering 
the salts of morphia and a few other drugs may possess, over 
the ordinary modes of applying internal medication. 

But I imagine that your intention in instituting this com- 
mittee was, not so much to ascertain the comparative value 
of the various methods of administering the different prepa- 
rations of morphia, atropia, or other palliative drugs, as to 
consider the propriety of administering them in any case, as 
well as to discover the superiority, if any existed, of admin- 
istering attenuated specific medicines by means of the hypo- 
dermic syringe. According to this understanding, I shall 
briefly consider the subject, and shall divide what I have to 
say into a few general remarks upon the use of morphia and 
its hypodermic injection, upon the hypodermic injection of 
atropia, quinia and strychnia, either as curative or palliative 
agents, and upon the hypodermic injection of attenuated spe- 
cific medicines. 

The materia medica of the old school, deficient, except in a 
few instances, in specific remedies, is largely composed of 
palliative medicines, upon which its physicians rely to a very 



■ extent in the treatment of disease. Ours, on the con- 
trary, composed entirely of specifics, affords us doI only cura- 
tive remedies in the severesl forms of disease, bul furnishes 
ns with many others capable, in minute and harmless quan- 
tities, of subduing the severesl forms of pain. Notwithstanding 
this, a lew of the palliative agents of the old school materia 
medica have crept into use amongst ns. and are occasionally 
resorted to by our physicians. The principal of these, the 
most extensively used as well as abused, is morphia and its 
salts, administered indiscriminately by physicians of the other 
school in every form and variety of pain, from that of the 
simplest character to the sufferings of the severesl forms df 
disease. Indeed, so extensive lias its use become in their 
hands that we may safely say, that were they deprived of 
opium and of morphia and its salts, it would be impossible 
for them to continue in the practice of medicine. With us, 
however, the case is different, and in diseases accompanied by 
the severest pain, such as the various forms of colic, rheuma- 
tism, neuralgia, and in many other diseases, as well as in 
cases of a more simple character and ye1 characterized by 
severe pain, we make no resort to this drug; and the fol- 
lower of Hahnemann, who would use it indiscriminately in 
such cases, would be considered by his associates as un- 
worthy the name. I say, indiscriminately; for cases do occa- 
sionally arise, in which intense pain is the prominent symp- 
tom, and in which the indicated specific remedies seem 
utterly powerless lor good; other cases, also, in which the 
disease is incurable, and in which our efforts are confined to 
the temporary relief of the patient. When cases such as 
these occur, — and I am happy to know that those are rare 
which will not yield to our remedies,— the physician is justi- 
fiable in relieving the sufferings of his patient by small quan- 
tities of morphia, provided all better means of relief have 
failed him. Bui while he may occasionally resort to Lta use, 
through the apparent necessity of the ease, it should be, as 1 
may say, under protest, and so far from recommending it as 
worthy of imitation, be should not only discountenance it 
whenever not absolutely necessary for the relief of his patient, 


but should be incited to assist in bringing the pathogeneses 
of our remedies to such perfection, at the same time increasing 
his own knowledge of them, that in time he may find no 
further occasion for its use. There are times when this drug, 
administered palliatively, in reality exercises a curative effect. 
Thus, in a severe case of otalgia, in which I had employed 
every possibly indicated remedy during the space of one week, 
without the slightest relief to the patient, two doses of one- 
sixth of a grain of sulphate of morphia procured refreshing 
sleep, and the patient awoke perfectly free from pain, and in 
eight years which have elapsed has not had another attack. 
Here the speedy and permanent effect of the morphia leads 
me to believe that it was the specifically-indicated reined v, 
and warns me against a too-bigoted prejudice, with the effect 
of allowing a patient to suffer intense pain rather than resort 
to something which does not strictly come nnder the provi- 
sions of the law of cure. And while the physician, in sub- 
scribing to a certain principle of cure, and openly professing 
his adherence to it, is bound in honor and honesty to adhere 
to it, yet it is no less true that he is primarily responsible to 
his conscience for the manner in which he discharges his duty 
to his patients, and cannot under eveiy circumstance be re- 
stricted by laws or rules, but must exercise his judgment in 
determining what is best for his patient in each individual 

The extensive ravages which the abuse of morphia has 
produced, and the intensely unpleasant consequences which 
follow its administration by the mouth or rectum, have led, 
during the past few years, to its introduction in the form of 
solution into the subcutaneous cellular tissue, by means of a 
small instrument called the hypodermic syringe, and the 
process itself has been known as hypodermic injections. The 
discovery of this method was considered a great advancement 
by the physicians of the other school, and has, no doubt, been 
as thoroughly abused in their hands as has every new reme- 
dial agent or process which has been brought to their notice. 
The point to be ascertained in considering this subject is not 
its value as a therapeutic agent, for the same holds good with 


is to the adminisl :' morphia by the mouth, 

namely, thai it is unscientific tice, merely palliative in 

jurious to the system even in ordinary quanti- 
. and ruinous in its effects wh< . icssivelj 

:i of time, bul whether it is a preferable mode of admin- 

ing the drug, and ] of any advantage over the 

ordinary method of internal medication. On this subject, 
Flint, in his "Practice of Medicine" (] ays " Ala 

simply securing temporary relief from pain, that is, as a 
palliative m< . . advantages over administration 

by the mouth are, — the greater promptness with which relief 
is obtained, the smaller quantity of medicine required, a 
amount of interference with the digestive functions, and avoid. 

of the unpleasant after-effects of opiates in some of the 
cases in which these follow the administration by the 

mouth or rectum." On the contrary, other physicians deny 
each and all of these assertions, and contend that the cito tuto 
et jucunde are no more obtained by it than when the drug is 
administered in the ordinary way. From what I have learned 
from those who have had experience in th«-ir use. [ conclude 
that the only real advantage consists in the fad that the mor- 
phia cannot be ted, but that the nausea produced is not 

'han when it is administered by the mouth. 
However,, the prinoiple is the same with regard to the 
administration of this drug, no matter what method be em- 
ployed for it- introduction into the system— namely, that its 
indiscriminate use is to be condemned, and even its occasional 
liscd'uraged, excepl when absolutely necessary for the 
relief of the patient after specifically-indicated remedies have 
failed. The physician's first duty is certainly t<> secure the 
good of hi- patienl ; but, before resorting to drug- which are 
only palliative and, at the same tine', inji faithful trial 

<»(' specifics should be made 

The hypodermic injection of strychnia, atropia and quinia, 
seem less warrantable than the same administration oi' 

morphia. It' injected merely for the pui palliatio 

that is. if nol specifically indicated, they cannot fail to be 
productive of hurtful, if no riously injurious results: 


for, even if the primary effect be apparent relief, the secondary 
effect will be no less unfavorable since the system will not 
only have to contend with the disease, violently and unnatu- 
rally suppressed and diverted from its accustomed channel, 
but will also be obliged to suffer from the additional burden 
of a totally inappropriate and, consequently, unassimilated 
medicine. If administered for the purpose of cure, the argu- 
ment in their favor seems to me even still weaker. Expe- 
rience, and the most extensive and varied experience, has 
shown that the severest forms of spasm are speedily relieved 
and readily controlled by the specifically- indicated remedy, 
in doses more or less infinitesimal, when administered by the 
mouth. This being the case, it is certainly no improvement 
in the art of medicine, even to cure disease by the one-twen- 
tieth, one-sixteenth, or one-eighth of a grain of strychnia or 
atropia hypodermically injected, when the same result has 
been obtained, and will be again, from minute and entirely 
harmless quantities of mix vomica and belladonna, or, if you 
please, of the alkaloids themselves. To me it seems, though 
far from desiring to discourage any new discovery of real 
value, that this and many similar recommendations arise from 
an apparently insatiable desire for change, a never-to be-sat- 
isfied longing for something new, and that in following them, 
we leave the simple and unerring path marked out by Hahne- 
mann, and followed, with such brilliant success, bj' his asso- 
ciates and immediate disciples, and involve ourselves in a 
maze of intricacies, in which the scientific precision of reme- 
dial selection, made according to the provisions of the law of 
cure, will be lost in the mass of new-fangled, so-called im- 
provements, and our method of practice become as uncertain 
and unreliable as is that of the other school. That the law of 
cure is universal in its application I presume no member of 
this body will deny, and when a remedy, prescribed in ac- 
cordance with its provisions, fails to afford the desired relief, 
the prescriber may feel confident that the fault lies in himself, 
or in the impurity of his medicine, and not in the law. Should 
relief, however, not follow his best efforts, and the comfort of 
his patient demand palliation, let him resort to it, but not 


recommend it as an improvement and as worthy of imitation, 

when it has long since been supplanted by better things. 

But it seems to me that the hypodermic syringe might bo 
advantag I for the administration of our potent- 

ized remedies, and the interesting question might be solved, 
whether their introduction into the subcutaneous cellular 
tissue, immediately at or over the seat of pain, would afford 
more speedy relief than when administered by the mouth. 
The solution of this question I would have attempted, but, 
having, since my appointment on this committee, embarked 
in a new field of practice, my opportunities have not been 
favorable to an extent requisite for its thorough elucidation. 
However, when we consider the celerity with which the 
properly-selected remedy acts, even in the highest potency, 
and under the most unfavorable surroundings, there seems 
nothing left to be desired. The foulest tougue, the most im- 
proper diet, and the entire absence of all attention to hygienic 
laws seems not in the least to nullify the favorable action of 
the little pellets of the appropriate remedy. Nevertheless, 
should favorable opportunities occur to me, I shall test the 
comparative curative powers of highly-potentized medicines, 
hvpodermically injected. 

But against hypodermic injections of morphia, atropia, 
strychnia, quinia, or other drugs, in the closes recommended 
in the report which gave rise to the appointment of this com- 
mittee, for the reasons already given, and, except as a last 
resort, all other means having failed, I desire to enter my 




Iii attempting to present a few thoughts on tins important 
subject, I desire to have it understood at starting, that by the 
term " The Homoeopathic Materia Medica" I mean to have 
reference not alone to the materies medendi pertaining to the 
homoeopathic school, but more particularly to the inherent 
properties of those materials, upon which depends their effi- 
ciency in the inaugurating and perfecting of curative processes. 
And the question naturally propounds itself at this juncture, 
whether our " Materia Medica," in this latter view of it, has 
in it anything tangibly reliable, or is, on the other hand, alto- 
gether unsubstantial. 

In considering the Materia Medica merely as an aggregation 
of materials selected from the three kingdoms of nature, so 
called, for the use of men whose business it is to use them for 
the cure of disease, we need not go back to the early history 
of medicine to seek for proofs of its substantiality, for enough 
is before us daily, to evidence the fact that certain things are 
regarded and set apart as possessing elements of medicinality 
in a sufficient degree to distinguish them from all other things 
not yet regarded as possessing such property or power ; — or 
constituting, in fact, in the aggregate, the Materia Medica. 

But to consider the Materia Medica in accordance with that 
other definition I have, arbitrarily, perhaps, and for the sake 
of argument — assigned to it, viz., a series of medicinalities or 
curative properties. And here the task at once presents its 
difficulties — these being none the less by reason of the many- 
sided views that have been taken of it from time to time. I 
start out, however, with this broad proposition, that our Ma- 
teria Medica, considered in the inherent curative properties 
of its materials, is as much a verity, as demonstrable, as distinct 
in its integers, and as reliably tangible to the mind i as when 
considered simply as the aggregated material from whence these 


proj ai I. And, i .. , that tl inherent 

propertii 3tituting the medicinality of the materials — 

... . • \in as regards each article individually. 

Every article in the mineral kingdom has its own peculiar 
form of crystallization, its own peculiar density, c . i ineral 
appearance, etc.; and it is due to thesi thai it has a distinctive 
place in the mineral kingdom, by causing it to differ from any 
and all others of that kingdom. 

Every plant, shrub, or tree has its own peculiar form, its 
own peculiar leaf, bud, flower, fruit, etc., which gives it dis- 
tinctive name and rank, by causing it to differ from any and 
all others of its kingdom. 

And so of every animal, bird, fish, insect, or reptile. Each 
has peculiar properties that serve to constitute them into 
separate classes; each distinguished and distinguishable from 
all others of their kingdom. 

These differences, existing in the productions of nature, by 
which they are divided, so to speak, into classes and orders, 
or genera and species, arc due to what may be termed charac- 
teristics strictly physical. And these arc so unvarying in 
each case, that the naturalist, skilled in reading them, may, 
by considering even a single bone of an animal or scale of a 
fish, give them place in the page of natural history to which 
they properly belong. It is this principle of uniformity or 
unvaryingness of characteristics that enables the educated 
mind of an Agassiz to classify, even from fossil remains, the 
animals of a bygone age. from the gigantic mammoth to the 
tiniest Crustacea that disported in woods and waters of a pre- 
historic age. 

And not only is this the fact, as is well-known, but indi* 
viduality extends still farther than an arrangement into cla 
species, or orders. AVe have it from divine authority, that 
"one star differeth from another star in glory," and that 
the blades of gras.- differ from each other, and as the works 
of nature are revealed to man. even to the innermost re<- 
of the earth and the depths of the sea, evidence is given that 
this principle of differential entity is carried throughout the 
so-called kingdoms of nature. Not only does man as an ani- 


mal present unvarying characteristics throughout every race 
and in every clime, by which, even at his lowest, lie is distin- 
guished from all other animals; not only does the oak — from 
that gigantic specimen of its kind, beneath whose foliage 
Druids held their sacred rites, to the tiniest scrub of Floridian 
glades — bear on them certain characteristics, by which they 
are known from all other varieties of trees ; not only does that 
precious metal, geld, differ, and by its natural properties en- 
able us to distinguish it from, all other metals; but, as well, 
there are as essentially distinctive principles pertaining to 
each specimen of these classes or species, which secures their 
individuality ; so that one man is unlike and may be distin- 
guished from all other men ; one oak tree is unlike and may 
be distinguished from any and all other oaks ; one lump of 
gold, however similar to another, is unlike, and may be dis- 
tinguished from any and all other specimens of that metal. 

These characteristics or individualities are due to what 
may be termed the intra-life of the animal, the tree, the metal. 
It is this intra-life that makes of the aggregated materials 
constituting cosmos, individual entities; that gives to all the 
works of the Creator a freshness and originality, almost, nay 
quite, incomprehensible to the limited understanding of a 
creature. The term intra-life^ as applied to what we are 
taught to believe is inanimate material, such as metal or 
mineral, may sound strangely in your ears, but I wish to 
convey, by using that term, the idea that individuality, or 
entity of existence, is due to something peculiarly and par- 
ticularly pertaining to everything, separately considered, in 

Now, turning to our Materia Medica, considered as a series 
of pathogenetic pictures — a cosmos of medicinality — and it is 
in this view alone I propose to consider it — we find the same 
circumstances pertaining. A pathogenesis may resemble in 
very many particulars one or several others ; and this resem- 
blance is sufficient to warrant, for purposes of utility, the 
classifying of these several resembling pathogeneses together ; 
and by these resemblances the medical man is able to assert 
that a given pathogenesis belongs, in the order of classification, 


loh or Buch a class. A most excellent example of this is 

witnessed in the aggregation— by the keen and far-seeing 
mind of the illustrious Hahnemann — of certain pathogeneses 
under the class-name of antipaorica. But here, too, as in the 
natural world, we find it as indisputably true that individuality 

mis still farther, and that not alone do the chara 
exist which enable us to divide our path is into cla 

but there are certain effects, or features, or characteristic 
3peak, exhibited in each pathogenesis when com] 
which distinguishes it from any and all others. And, to 
make the figure of comparison still more exact, these charac- 
teristics are due to what 1 shall term the infra-life of the 
pathogenesis; that part of it which so prominently and all- 
pervadingly exhibits differentially, and hence individuality. 

In the language of our school, these feature- of pathogene- 
ses have been termed "key-notes" and "characteristics;" but 
the term applied is immaterial, so long as the fad remains 
and is recognized, that the action of medicines, or their medi- 
cinal it v, have not only points of general resemblance and of 
general difference, but points of special difference also, which, 
presenting, are at once the means of posit i\ nition. 

And this view of our Materia Medica carries with it lessons 
of great value to us, as physicians upon whose knowledg< 
our pathogeneses, and skill in individualizing them, the health 
and the happiness of our fellows so greatly depend. It is 
almost impossible that anyone should mistake a man for a 
monkey, or vice versa } an oak for a pine, or gold for lead ; and 
it is not difficult for an ordinary man to distinguish between 
men who differ greatly in personal appearance, or to know a 
great oak from a scrub, or a large lump o{' gold from a little 
one: but it takes the skilled physiognomist to detect the 
differences in the facial line, the expression and general con- 
tour of individuals who closely resemble each other ; and only 
he who has the nicest sense in such matters would mark the 
differences in closely-resembling lumps of gold or oaks. Von 
<n- I could tell our own horse from our neighbors : but the 
practised groom could pick his master's animals from the 
largest stud, and the drover singles out his cattle from the 


herd with unerring precision, when to us all might look alike. 
It is by education, — in sonic cases by intuitive perception, 
however, — that this is accomplished ; by teaching the mind 
to grasp at once at individualities. And how important is 
such an education in the Materia Medica to us as Homoeopa- 
thists, when our success depends so greatly on our ability to 
individualize. Hahnemann and his most exact follower, Von 
Boenninghausen, were the most successful practitioners the 
world ever saw, and their great success was due more to their 
skill in individualizing than to any other quality of their 
great minds. Hahnemann and his followers have left for us 
a pathogenetic cosmos. It is for us, in imitation of our great 
head and master of his art, so to study this world of medicin- 
ality, that each part composing it may be known not only as 
connected with the whole, not only as constituting one of a 
class, but as well as possessing individuality. 

The law of cure is similia similibus curantur — likes arc 
cured by likes. How then are we to find the like of the 
manifestations of a diseased process — -which is an individual 
process — in a diseased man — who is an individual — if we do 
not know our pathogeneses, the one from the other, as cer- 
tainly as we know our friends apart. Hoav are we to do our 
whole duty in our calling if we neglect to educate our dis- 
criminating faculties in this particular. It is by neglecting 
this that we are led into uncertainty in practice, to the alterna- 
tion of medicines in clear violation of the letter and spirit of 
the law of cure and its deduced principles, and to the use of 
other means to effect results which the single individualized 
medicament would have promptly wrought. 

Our Materia Medica, then, is a reality and tangible; a com- 
plexity of fixed forces and facts as readily separable ami dis- 
tinguishable as are those we find elsewhere in nature. And 
as, in the kingdoms of nature, the things composing them arc 
being brought beneath the ken of men of science, and their 
individualities determined, so, in the domain of medical science, 
it behooves us to acquaint ourselves with the rules of individu- 
ality of our patliogeneses, that we may, with as great a degree 
of certitude determine from one or a few characteristics an 


entire path". aD Agassiz, in the natural world, 

determine the history of an animal by even a sii e in 

its possibly complex skeleton. And even now, the master- 
mind of i B ring can. in this domain, readily determine a 
thorough pathogenesis from one or a few characterise 

By much labor and patient waiting, the action of a d 
on the human organism is fully determined, constituting its 
pathogenesis. By thoughl we are enabled to grasp this entire, 
by comparison we are enabled to note these points of individual 
difference which give it entity, and separate it from all others, 
and by experience we demonstrate tb ' our pri- 

mary view. How important, then, that our drugs be thoroughly 
proven, that the pathogenetic picture may be perfect ; for, 
being perfect, we can the more readily and certainly.-: 
out those points of prominence which give it individuals 
character, and which practically utilize it in the highest and 
best deer 




Your Committee has to report the following observations, 
which, although fragmentary, he hopes may prove of value 
to the profession. 

Nux Moschata.— January 7th, 1868, I was called about 
2 A.M. to see Mrs. B. S., aged about 30, who was live months 
pregnant. She was suffering pains similar to labor pains, and 
gave me the following history : Having a leucorrhoeal dis- 
charge, she was recommended by a lady friend to take nutmeg 
for it. She accordingly grated a large one upon an egg and 
some sugar at 11 a.m. of the morning previous to my call. 
Between that hour and 5 p.m., she had eaten the whole of it. 
During the evening she had dulness of senses and loss of con- 
trol. She could have been led anywhere without resistance. 
Loss of will power. Upper eyelids were swollen and red 
around border, and drooping. Looked as though she had 
been weeping. Her hand to her looked red, and as if covered 
with red spots, and looked too large. Vision indistinct ; 
everything looked red. She now has sensation as if every- 
thing had fallen back against the rectum, accompanied with 
violent straining and urging to stool. Crampy, forcing-down 
pain in bowels and rectum. Stools large and mushy. Mouth 
dry, but no thirst. The symptoms were all relieved within an 
hour by a dose of Nux vomica. 

I called again at 9 a.m. of the same day, and received from 
her the following description of her symptoms of the evening 
before. She says: 

"I had no desire for water from the time 1 commenced 
taking it, at 11 o'clock a. m., yesterday, until 9 P. m. of the 
same evening, although the mouth and lips were very dry. 
Frequent passages of light-colored urine, clear like well-water, 
but in small quantities and with constant desire. There was 
also protrusion of the rectum. Head felt full and expanded, 


but without pain. Fell foolishly happy, but could not talk. 
Bad no desire to talk. Never felt bo hungry in my life. 
Could scarcely control my appetite, nor control nr. 
Everything Looked too large; my hand looked doubl< 
natural size. Darkness and mist before my eyes. Sensation 
as if I had been crying. My eyes and lids felt swollen, bulged 
out. Felt as though a string had been tied tightly around 
the arms, and all the blood had rushed into my hands. Kelt 
perfectly careless ; nothing could have offended me. Stools 
at first were very black and hard; afterwards watery, and 
then mushy. Had numbness and fulness of the hands. Walked 
out last evening with my husband, and reeled and stumbled 
whilst walking." 

Dk.IIakt reports the following interesting accidental prov- 

February 3d, 1870. Mrs. G., ret. 24; mother of two child- 
ren; sanguine nervous temperament; light hair, blue eyes j 
was confined about ten days since. Made a rapid recovery 
from confinement, but, as there was some lochial discharge, a 
lady friend advised her to take some nutmeg. 

Took nearly a whole one about 9 a.m. Soon experienced 
a severe burning sensation in lips, mouth, and throat. About 
1 P.M., felt strangely over the whole system, with an almost 
irresistible desire for sleep, together with a great deal of jac- 
titation of the muscles, and pain and vertigo in frontal region, 
with great confusion of ideas. 

T was called to see her at 4 p.m. Found her sitting in a 
chair, her husband rubbing her extremities, which she said 
felt numb. 

There were momentary paroxysms of blindness, when she 
would grasp her head, saving, " Mow strange my head feels." 
There was great incoherency on attempting to express her 

Marked muscular erethism, especially of the extremities, 
simulating chorea. Many ridiculous or extravagant acts or 
expressions, like idiocy, while she seemed perfectly conscious, 
and at the next moment would appear chagrined at her con- 


duct, and said she could not control her actions. Disposition 
to laugh or jest at everything. Stupid look for a moment. 
Changeable humor; one moment laughing, the next crying. 
Great dryness of lips, mouth and throat, without thirst. Strong 
inclination to sleep without the ability. 

Xext day there was pain in the lumbar region and con- 
siderable prostration, but, as camphor was used rather freely 
as an antidote, the prostration may in part have depended 
upon that. 

In three or four days she had fully recovered. Lochia was 
not whollv arrested. 

Remarks. — It would not be proper in this paper to give 
a detailed history of this drug, and I therefore content myself 
with a few remarks upon its peculiar cliaracteristies. 

Spasmodic false labor pa ins. — It is frequently given by old 
nurses, after parturition, to produce contraction of the uterus, 
and thus prevent hemorrhage. 

Idiotic expression ; want of will power ; foolishness ; alter- 
nations of laughing and weeping. 

Vertigo ; reeling when walking in the open air. (Is this the 
case in the house? All our observations mention the "open 
air.") Sensation of expansion of the skull. 

Illusions of vision; numbness and fulness of the hands. 

The central characteristic symptom seems to be — and it is 
one which all provers experience — great dryness of the mouth 
a nd th ro at w iih out ih irst. 

The following proving of Oleum CajujnUi, by Dr. Ruden, 
has many points of interest. The white, moist, sour-bitter, 
rough tongue in the morning, with sensation as if scalded, 
and no thirst, reminds us of Pulsatilla; so also does the posi- 
tion of the arms when sleeping. Sadness and downheartedness, 
with disposition to cry, and the peculiar desire for food, with 
disgust at it when brought to him, are all similar to Pulsa- 

If the eruption like measles was the result of the proving, 



livide the palm with /' ilia in the treatment 
of that dise 

symptoms will be recognized, which are quite sii 
to B ecially the symptom, " Felt as if I i 

- If together." 
S iveral of the symptoms are also similar to .V 

lly, " Be »1 want to be spoken to." 

It ought to be valuable in the treatmenl of typhoid fever, 
The following is the contribution by Dr. Ruden. 



August, L869. Weather warm and dry. The experimenter 
being in a healthy condition, and all the functions of the body 
normal. Temperament lymphatic Pulse 72. 

Augusl LOth, a.m. Took 5 gtts. Burning in the throat 
down to the stomach: pain in the right lung. After four 
hours: Erections, with great desire for an embrace. Alter 
five hours: Intense itching, aggravated by scratching, lasting 
two hours. Sleep with amorous dreams, without emissions. 
At twelve o'clock (midnight) on rising in bed, Btitching pain 
through both knees, lasting a quarter of an hour (never had 
such pains before). On going out of doors at midnight, c 
not see; rubbed his eyes to bring sight. Wanted to sleep 
with his anus locked under his head, for the lirst time. 

August L2th, a.m. No appetite: tongue moist, feels as if 
scalded, looks white and rough; pulse 70; sensation as ^^ 
burning in the face (had same sensation last night). On re- 
tiring at night, sleep full of amorous dreams. Was called at 
midnight, and on rising passed water freely. Alter visiting 
my patients, retired again and slept soundly until 6 a.m. 

August 13th, 8 a.m. Took 7 gtts. After ten minutes: 
Sticking pain above the orbital arches, relieved by pressing 
the hand on the parts; worse on removing the hand. After 
"no hour: Soreness across the chest, with pain in the left 


shoulder; sensation in the arms as if they were tied to the 
body, especially the left one; feel cold, and cold sweat all 
over the body; no thirst and no appetite; pain across the 

12 P.M. Took 10 gtts,, followed by nausea and pain in the 
right side, below the ribs. 

G P.M. Pain over the left eye and through the left malar 
bone. On going to supper, it was with great difficulty that I 
could walk, from weakness and pain in both knees. Went to 
bed without supper, and was better on lying down. Was 
called at 10 p.m. to go in the country ; felt as if I could not 
get myself together, and could not find my clothes for some 
time, although they were quite near; better in the open air, 
but on riding, my lungs felt as if they were loose, and that ] 
must hold them together by pressing on them. 

August 14th. Passed water this A.M. at G o'clock, the first 
for thirty hours. The urine is dark red, and smells like that 
of cats. Very (uncommonly) profuse and weakening sweat. 
Felt very much offended on being called last night. 

9 A.M. Joints feel enlarged, with some pain ; same kind of 
pain in both shoulders. Feel all over as if I had been pois- 
oned. Taste in the mouth between sour and bitter; much 
water in the mouth ; want to spit a great deal. Always had 
salty taste, now have sweetish taste. Smoking tobacco makes 
me feel like vomiting. No appetite; have eaten nothing since 

12 P.M. Some appetite, but when I get what I had previously 
desired, then I do not want it. Feeling as if I did not want 
any one to speak to me. 

August 15th, 9J a.m. Took 10 gtts. Tongue looks white 
and rough ; feels as if it were scalded, and as if the skin would 
peel off; it looks like a calf's tongue ; pulse 7-1, languid, "lie 
looks around the eyes as if he had taken too much liquor." 
(Dr. Moore). I was met by an old acquaintance this morning, 
who asked me if I had not "been on a drunk." On looking 
down, my nose is most prominent ; it looks as if it were large, 
and extending out from the face. 

11J A.M. Feel sad and down-hearted, as if I could cry : do 

<6 I'KWSVI.VAMA 1 1 - I i ! I P \ ] I i 1 1 MEDICAL 

not want to be spoken to; feel better in the 

do not like to talk with the men, but can laugh and make 

free with the women (am naturally bashful). Left arm 

as if it were oul of joinl ; cannot raise it without pain ; pressure 

on the inside of shoulder-joint gives sharp pain, which seems 

to act most on the left side: pain in the righl On riding 

into the country last night, had griping pain in the bowels. 

August L6th. While taking the medicine I was 
but now have diarrhoea, watery, yellowish, with itching around 
the anus : no pain : feel tired and sleepy. 1 liarrhcea by day, and 
worse by night; bowels moved about ten times: no appetite 
or thirst. 

August 17th. An eruption has made its appearance, as thick 
as measles, all over the arms and body and upper portion of 
Frontal headache, worse on bending forward, especially 
in the eyes. 

Hydrastis.—- While in excellent health, on the 1st of May, 
3, at 8 p.m., I took one dose of Hydrastis 10 ,n . In half an 
hour had heavy pain in the abdomen, as it' full of gas, and 
sensation as if dysentery was approaching. Weak pains down 
the legs. Urging to urinate, and sensation as if the bowels 
would move, but nothing but wind passes. Slight pain in 
back below the kidneys. Some eructations (unusual). Slight 
tendency to nausea. 

May 2d, t p.m. Severe neuralgic pain in the right side of 
head, extending from the occiput to the temple over the ear. 
It undulates, or comes and g< 

Nfever had such a pain before. 

Being wry busy, I neglected to take any note of any other 
symptoms which may have been developed. 

Remarks. These symptoms are quite similar to those ex- 
perienced by provers who have taken the medicine in more 
material doses. Whether the sensations were the resul i I 
the <\<>-r mentioned is not for me to decide. Jt is only my 

duty to report the exact truth, and for each one who reads to 
weigh the evidence and judge for himself. 


The symptoms, which seem to be characteristic of Hydrastis, 
are similar to those of Lycopodium, especially the gastric 
symptoms. When Lye. seems to be indicated in indigestion, 
and does not relieve, Hydrastis is likely to accomplish good 


For the following new and valuable symptoms of GrELSE 
MINUM, I am indebted to Dr. E. M. Hale, of Chicago 

A lady, five mouths advanced in pregnancy, took Gelsemi- 
n urn jo dil., for hectic chills and fever. Not arresting the chills 
in a few days, she grew impatient, and increased the usual 
dose — two drops — to twenty drops, repeating it every two 
hours. After the second dose, she had the following symp- 
toms in the order mentioned. 

1. Severe pain in the forehead and vertex, with dimness of 
vision ; roaring in the ears ; a sensation of enlargement of the 
head, and a " wild feeling" — a confusion — almost amounting 
to delirium. 

2. The pain in the head, which was of a pressing, heavy 
nature, would at times disappear — the concomitant symptoms 
being at the same time ameliorated — and severe, sharp labor- 
like pains would set in, in the uterine region, extending to the 
bach and laps. 

These pains would in turn leave, and the pain in the head 
would recur immediately after. 

Each repetition of the dose, and even smaller doses, would 
cause the same alternation of symptoms. 

The lady was veracious and intelligent, and was sure that 
the medicines caused the pains ; for on leaving off the drug 
for a few hours they did not recur until it was resumed. She 
described the head-symptoms as very similar to those which 
usually usher in an attack of sick-headache. There was, how- 
ever, no nausea present. 

These symptoms of Grelseminnm seem to prove its specific 
action on the cerebro-spinal system, and are important as show- 
ing its power of causing alternating symptoms, or conditions 
affecting the head and uterus. 

They also prove its homceopathicity to many reflex symp- 


toms occurring in women affected with uterim ailments- sucb 
impanying dysmenorrheas, metritis, amenor- 
rhcea; and even those head-symptoms which occur during 
pregnancy and the puerj era! state, or during labor. 

'i In c arc but few remedies whirl; plicable to such 

namely, Cimicifuga, Sabina, Stramonium, Vera- 
trum vir., and Kali brom. 

Stillingi^ sylv.- Nearly a year ago your committee was 
called to Nbrristown, lo counsel in a case of secondary syphilis, 

which had 1 allied the skill of <Mir accomplished friend. Dr. 
Mahlon Proton. The young man was suffering extreme tor- 
ture from hone i ains, and something was recommended, which, 
however, afforded only temporary relief. Subsequently, after 
having "tried everything" resort was had t<> the a 

tie specific for syphilis. Stillingia sylv. I re] eat !>•'. 
ston's words: '"It had a wonderful and, 1 might ah 
say, an instantaneous effect. He has slej t well ever since he 
had it, (twenty-four hours, a dose every three hours). The 
immense nodes have gone from the head and legs: and from 
the most deplorably down-hearted — sometimes almost raving 
with discouragement— miserable, thin-looking object, he is 
changed into a buoyant, joking, rotund-looking fellow, lie 
used to hobble into my office and take a good cry every da v." 

The success of its use in this case induced Dr. P. to attempt 
a proving of it. The following are the results of the experi- 

November 6th, L869. R. E. C, 1<» a.m.. took five drops 
tincture in half ounce of water. In half an hour aching pains 
in right leg. Aching pains in right foot over instep. Eight 
or ten hours after, pains as before, with aching pains in right 
hi]> and left loot. After retiring, pains in posterior pari of 
righl leg, of an aching charad 

November 8th. Took five drops of tinct. in forenoon and 
live drops of 3d in evening. Two hours after the last i 
felt severe pains in right foot, increased on Btanding ami at- 
tempting to walk, in upper part of fool over the instep; next 
morning pains in sole of foot and leu. 


November 9tli. Afternoon, while driving, pains in left 
lower anterior third of leg. While sitting, some pain in left 
lumbar region, shooting from behind forward; afterward, 
while riding, pain in both hip-joints, worse from bending 
backwards or forwards. After getting out and walking, pains 
increased, with stillness of joints. While in house, pain in 
third toe of right foot. While walking, pain in metatarsal 
joint of great toe, running back to heel in' both feet. Tain in 
both external malleoli. 

November 10th. Pain in right elbow, forearm, and wrist, 
aggravated by motion. Pains in finger-joints. Aching pain 
on outside of right thigh and leg, running down to foot. 

M. P., November Gth, 10 a.m., took five drops of tincture 
in half ounce of water, while suffering from great soreness of 
bones and muscles of extremities, caused by severe exercise. 
After seven or eight hours, soreness was greatly increased, 
and great aching of the extremities was experienced. 

November 8th. In the morning took live drops, same as 
before. In the evening, pains in right elbow and right leg, of 
an aching and pulsating character, with soreness.- Aching 
pains in back, extending down the thighs and legs. Sore 
aching along the left clavicle and in the shoulder. 

8| p.m., took ten drops of 3d. Soreness and aching pain in 
humerus, on and above the olecranon, not influenced by mo- 

November 9th. Aggravating pains in left elbow, extending 
towards shoulder and hand, as though the bones were sore and 
would separate. Slighter pains, of like character in right el- 
bow. Aching also in left carpal and metacarpal bones. These 
pains are temporarily relieved by change of position. Stab- 
bing in right knee. 

December Gth. Symptoms continue. I feel some of them 
nearly every day. 

W. 0. G., November 8th, 8J p.m., took five drops 3d dil. 
Two hours after, felt dull, heavy, aching sensation in right 
thigh and leg. 


November 9th, 10 a.m., took Jive drops 3d dil. At 11 
A.M n sharp pains in bend of left elbow, increased by hai 


November 10th, 9} a.m. Sharp shooting pains in u] 

third and inner side of forearm : aggravated by letting limb 
hang down, and relieved by pressure. 4 P.M., took ten drops 
3d dil. in water. At 5 P.M. had sharp shooting pains in both 
arms, from middle third of humerus down to fingers. 10 p.m., 

severe sharp shooting in right side of frontal bone, running 
downward to the eye. 

Remarks. — These fragmentary provinga are valuable, as 

going to prove the just estimate held by the Eclectics of this 
drug as an antisyphilitic, for we cannot fail to recognize in 

this rceord those peculiar and distressing aching pains in the 
bones, which we have all so often witnessed in those patients 
who suffer from secondary syphilis. 

Your committee has had occasion to use this medicine in 
one ease of disease, presenting similar symptoms, and with 
excellent results. 

It seems to act first upon the right side, and then upon the 
left, the pains following the direction of the long bones. 
From the little here revealed it is, of course, impossible to 
decide what are its peculiar characteristics. 

Carbolic Acid. — Many valuable provings and observa- 
tions have recently been made in reference to this agent by 
Drs. Lilienthal, Haeseler, and others, but have been published 
in the " Ilahnemannian Monthly," and elsewhere! 

Dr. Kitchen gives as a characteristic of carbolic acid, " when 
urinating, always an involuntary discharge oi' mucus from the 

Your committee would suggest its possible value in hoop- 
ing cough, having known of cases where violent spasmodic 
coughs have been immediately relieved by inhalations of the 
atomized vapor of the diluted acid. 




The application of chemistry to medicine takes a wide 
range. It bears the closest relation to physiology, hygiene, 
pathology, diagnosis, pharmacy, and therapeutics, It has to 
do with the air we breathe, the water we drink, the food wo 
eat, the medicine we take, and with all the intricate processes 
that are constantly going on in the animal organism. Con- 
siclering this wide range of application, it is strange that, in 
the estimation of so many physicians, chemistry should occupy 
such a subordinate position. Possibly much of the indiffer- 
ence manifested in reference to this branch of medical science 
is attributable to the fact, that so little opportunity is afforded 
in the ordinary course of medical study for acquiring a prac- 
tical knowledge of the science, nearly the entire course being 
devoted to rudiments and theories, without sufficient illus- 
tration to render them interesting. True, we have any num- 
ber of lecture-room experiments, but most of these seem de- 
signed rather to excite wonder and arouse curiosity than to 
impress a knowledge of facts and principles to be made avail- 
able in a professional career. The time is too short ; and, for 
the sake of securing a more thorough knowledge of this one 
branch, if for no other reason, we should be earnest in our 
advocacy of the "three-term" course of stud}'. 

While it is true that rapid advances are being made in our 
knowledge of chemical science, yet a large proportion of the 
discoveries made in the last few years we find to possess little 
value to the homeopathic physician, though they do have 
considerable value to allopathists. I shall not occupy the 
precious minutes of the session by intruding these upon the 
notice of the Society. Nor shall I make any report in refer- 
ence to the chemical preparation of any of our medicines, these 
coming properly under the head of materia medica. There 
are two or three subjects, however, that I deem worthy the 


consideration of this b »iy, to which I will briefly call a1 


( Izone. — The influence of atmospheric ozone in preventing, 
or modifying, or producing disease. is enj the attention 

of a large uumber of scientific men, both in Europe and 
America. Any method therefore, by which this curious sub- 
stance can be obtained in quantity, will be regarded with 
interest by all medical men. 

According to the theory of Schonbein, every slow oxidal ion 
is attended with the formation of ozone, common oxygen uot 
being able to enter into direct combination with any of the 
elements. Mr. (). Loew presumed that in more rapid oxida- 
tion the same phenomenon must occur; and that if the ozone 
were not destroyed by the high teni] erature as - (brined, 

it might be obtained by a resort to the proper methods. Be 
forced a current of air from a tube into the flame of a Bunsen 
burner. This air he collected, and found the usual tots to 
indicate the presence in it of large quantities of ozone. Quite 
recently it has also been observed that by acting on the 
binoxide of barium with sulphuric acid, the oxygen evolved 
is very highly ozonized. Both these methods have a specia] 
value by reason of their extreme simplicity. 

Filtration as a Chemical Agency.- It has generally 

been supposed that the filtration of liquids could have upon 
them no other effect than the removal of mechanically 
pended impurities. From some recent experiments, how. 
it is shown that a change also in the chemical character of 
the liquid frequently occurs, especially by the oxidation of 
certain chemicals which may be held in solution. This resull 
is doubtless effected by bringing all the liquids in the Form 
of a thin film into direct contact with oxygen, precisely <>n 
the same principle by which acetification is hastened, by al- 
lowing the liquid to flow slowly over a huge quantit 
shavings. I low far this principle is applied in the osmo 
the human body is a question of considerable importance, not 

ret solved. 


Preparation of Flour. — A grain of wheat, it is well- 
known, is divisible into three portions. First, we find a cen- 
tral mass (composing by far the largest portion of the grain), 
consisting of cells containing starch in large quantity. Sur- 
rounding this is a layer of cells containing gluten, while a 
layer of woody fibre envelops the whole. These divisions 
can be very distinctly shown by applying to a cross-section 
of the grain, a very dilute alcoholic solution of iodine, which 
possesses the property of turning nitrogenous substances yel- 
low. The gluten layer separates as a yellow mass, while the 
starch cells manifest the characteristic intense blue. In the 
process of grinding, it is found that the gluten layer adheres 
closely to the woody portion or bran proper, while it separates 
easily from the starchy portions. Thus, in bolting, the gluten 
layer is separated from the flour, and rejected along witli the 
bran. The gluten is by far the most nutritive portion of the 
grain, containing about fourteen times as much phosphoric 
acid as the superfine flour, besides being rich in nitrogenous 
substances. It becomes important therefore to secure this 
portion, if possible, for use as an article of diet. This object 
is attained in the pumpernickel, or black bread of Westphalia, 
and also in the Graham bread : the one being made of bran, 
and the other of unbolted flour. But they are sour and heavy, 
and disagreeable to the sight of those accustomed to the use 
of white bread ; besides which, the bran unfits them for use 
in certain disordered conditions of the digestive apparatus, as 
well as in other diseases. For these reasons they have not 
come into general use, notwithstanding their well-known nu- 
tritive composition. 

The difficulty seems to have been effectually overcome by 
a method patented by Herr F. Weiss, of Basel, Switzerland. 
It consists in steeping the grain, from fifteen to twenty-five 
minutes, in a solution made by adding six and three-quarters 
pounds of caustic soda to one hundred and thirty-three pounds 
of water. This quantity being sufficient for two thousand 
pounds of grain. During this process the hull softens and 
swells, and may then be easily detached by friction. The flour 
is said to be of an excellent quality, and makes good white 


bread, while the waste in grinding is considerably lessened. 
The value of this process, If broughl into general use and found 
to accomplish all that is claimed for it. can scarcely be o 
estimated, especially in its relation to the health of young 




In a treatise'' On the Constitutional and Local Effects of 
Disease of the Suprarenal Capsules,'' published in May, 1855, 
we find the first attempt made by Dr. Thomas Addison to 
ascribe a certain peculiar discoloration of the skin to a diseased 
state of the suprarenal capsule. 

The suprarenal capsules are located at the upper portion 
of the kidneys. In the foetus they are larger than the kidneys 
at birth they are about one-third less in size than the kidneys, 
and in later years they become still smaller. We know 
nothing at all of their functions. Addison's statement, was, 
therefore, looked upon with considerable suspicion, when he 
proclaimed that a diseased state of these capsules was the 
cause of remarkable changes in the whole organism, and of 
even fatal consequences. The complex of these changes he 
pronounced to be: ancemia, general weakness and debility, re- 
markably weak pulsation of the heart, irritability of the stomach, 
a peculiar discoloration of the shin, analogous to that which 
takes place around the nipples and on the linea mediana 
during pregnancy. This last symptom has given rise to the 
name of bronzed skin. Physiologists now tried to find out the 
functions of these obscure organs : and Brown-Sequard under- 
took to prove by experiments that they were indispensable 
to animal life. His opinions, however, were soon after 
thoroughly refuted by Ilarley's experiments. Still, the fact 
that this peculiar discoloration of the skin indeed coexists 
with a diseased state of the suprarenal capsules, was confirmed 
by the observations of numerous physicians near and far ; and 
although Auerbeck, who has written the most elaborate treat, 
ise on this subject, acknowledges that diseased suprarenal 
capsules may and do exist, without any discoloration of the 
skin, yet the frequency of this combination makes it probable 
that the bronzed skin and the diseased capsules stand, if not 


in a causal, at least in a conditional relation; although this 
relation has not yet been explained. Some think that the 
cause of Addison's disease must be looked for in a diseased 
state of the sympathetic nerve and of the ganglionic system. 
F. V. Schmidt came to this opinion in consequence of Quekett, 
and, later, Boogard, having found this nerve in an atrophied 
condition in persons who had died with this disease. This 
view was adopted by Oppolzer, Bamberger and many others; 
even Addison himself, and other English authors (Hutchinson, 
Ilarley), had already hinted at an affection of the sympathetic 
in this disease; and Dr. Habersham says, that "the more fully 
the disease is known, the more completely will it be traced to 
the sympathetic nerve." This view seems to be corroborated 
also by an observation of Dr. A. D. Rockwell, who relates a 
case of Addison's disease, in the "Physician and Pharma- 
ceutist," March, 1800. In treating this case by general elec- 
trization, and placing the negative electrode at the pit of the 
stomach, and the positive on the neck, a little above the 
seventh cervical vertebra, it produced invariably a distressing 
nausea, which, however, became rapidly less marked as the 
patient gained strength under the influence of electrization, 
until at last even a most powerful current could be applied 
without causing this symptom. In health the same method 
of application never produces this phenomenon. The semi- 
lunar ganglion and solar plexus, and also the pneumogastric 
and phrenic nerves supply nervous filaments to the capsules. 
The unusual action of even a mild current on the sympathetic 
nerve in producing nausea, therefore, tends to strengthen the 
opinion above stated. 

Auerbeck considered Addison's disease as a constitutional 
disorder, which, although regularly associated with a chronic 
inflammation of the suprarenal capsules, consists, in its real 
nature, in a specific anannia, which always terminates fatally, 
and which is characterized by an abnormal formation of pig- 
ment in the cells of the rete Malpighii and the epithelia of 
the mucous membrane of the buccal cavity. Dr. J. Payr 
thinks that, as the suprarenal capsules are diseased long before 
any skin symptoms make their appearance, it might be pes- 


sible that just such, a specific inflammation would finally bring 
on all those symptoms which are known as morbus Addisonii. 
And, as there are reasons for believing that this inflammation 
of the capsules is an analogue of the destructive, cheesy, in- 
flammatory process in the lungs, as described by Virchow, it 
might well be supposed that the whole morbid process is a 
peculiar disturbance of the nutrition of the whole organism, 
resulting, in the course of time, in an alteration in the func- 
tions of the sympathetic and of the large abdominal ganglia, 
thus finally causing anaemia, asthenia, and the abnormal forma- 
tion of pigment. 

The pathologico-anatomical changes of the suprarenal cap- 
sules consist in a chronic inflammation, which, at first, causes 
these organs to swell to about twice their normal size, in con- 
sequence of an albumino-fibrinous exudation. This state is 
followed by a process of softening and fatty degeneration, 
which finally terminates in atrophy of the capsules. Some- 
times the softened masses are absorbed, leaving calcareous 
deposits, which, like tubercles, may become enveloped by 
connecting tissue; whilst at other times the inflammatory 
process runs acutely to a fatal termination under typhoid or 
pyremic symptoms. In accordance with these variations, the 
disease takes either a shorter or a longer course — from three 
to five months to as many or more years. In most cases we 
find both capsules involved in the morbid process. 

The discoloration of the skin and mucous membrane of the 
mouth consists in a deposition of a yellow-brown or brownish- 
black pigment in the rete Malpighii, entirely analogous to 
that in the skin of the negro. The cutis remains entirely 
free from such deposit. 

Accumulation of fat is frequently met with in the diseased 
bodies. Even if other portions of the body are emaciated, 
fat is generally found in the abdominal walls. 

Ecchymoses in the stomach, swelling of tlte solitary follicles 
and of Peyers plaques^ and infiltration of the mesenteric glands^ 
are not so constant symptoms of the disease. 

As far as is known, Addison's disease attacks only the 
Caucasian race, of both sexes, but more frequently males than 


females, and all ages, though more freque 
the ag □ and forty- 

The may be divided into two 

develops itself quite .slowly, and its sympt 
are frequently >ked, as they consist merely in a sensa- 

tion of general malaise. Sometimes, however, ii in, in 

the form of an acute gastro-intestinal catarrh, with na i 
vomiting and diarrhoea, and the concomitant symptoms of 
bronchial catarrh, jaundice and severe headache, lasting from 
four to fourteen days. All this leaves the patient greatly 
prostrated, but the hope of rallying soon is not fulfilled. On 
the contrary, the extreme debility continues, and with it is 

liated that quite characteristic anaemia^ an / the gradual 

'"a of the skin. The anvemia differs from that of 

chlorosis in its not producing any palpitation of the heart, or 

lie murmurs, or ven >us surring. The action of the heart, 
though regular, is nevertheless very weak, and the pulse small 
and weak, but not much accelerated, at least, until towards 
the end of the disease. Respiration remains nearly normal. 
The discoloration of the skin develops itself most perspicuously 
in the uncovered parts of the body, such as the face and 
hands, and on the feet, and on those parts which contain natu- 
rally more pigment, such as the sexual organs, nipples and 
axilla-. This discoloration, however, is not sharply circum- 
scribed in these places, but diffuses itself gradually over the 
surface of the whole body. Sometimes darker spots are 
in the face, and exceptionally there remains spots of a natural 
color between or in the midst of this general discoloration. 
A.s characteristic of the disease, a spotted appearance of the 
palms of the hands and the soles of the feet is mentioned by 


The color varies from a mere dark shade, as if sunburnt 
to a brown color. It might, therefore, be confounded with 
jaundice, if it were nol that the white of the eyes remains 
entirely unaltered, and even assumes a pearly lustre. Some 
patients appear as dark as mulattos, and in rai 
tin; hair turns to a darker shade. Notwithstanding this pro- 
ving discoloration, the skin remains pliable, without dry- 


ness, brittleness, or desquamation. Besides the discoloration 
of the external skin, we observe dark, pigmentary spots also 
upon the mucous membrane of the buccal cavity. 

As anaemia and discoloration increase, so set in and increase 
gradually, asthenia, headache, vertigo, sounds in the ears, 
dimness of sight, lessened intellectual activity, fainting, cold- 
ness of the extremities, frequent nausea and vomiting, pain 
and weakness in the loins, which makes even sitting or stand- 
ing painful, and inclines the patient to a stooping position. 
In this way the disease approaches its second stage i which 
generally runs a quick course. We observe rapid loss of 
strength, marasmus, diarrhoea, frequent and violent vomiting 
or hiccoughing, delirium, coma, jerking of limbs, convulsions, 
death. In some cases, however, the patient perishes from 
sheer exhaustion, without any of these violent symptoms. It 
ought to be remembered, that the progress of the disease is 
not in all eases a steady one; there have been observed in 
some cases long periods of seeming improvement, but, so far 
as we kuow, all have terminated fatally. According to Auer- 
bec;k's observations, very acute cases run their course in from 
six to .-even years. 

Addison's disease is frequently complicated with pulmonary 
tuberculosis and chronic inflammatory processes. 

Its treatment by the old school has consisted principally 
i;i th. 1 application of quinia and iron, preparations of iodide 
of potassium, and electricity. The case of Dr. A. D. Rock- 
well, above referred to, had decidedly improved under the 
application of the Faraday current, ''but in regard to the 
bronzing of the skin, the change is not as yet very marked." 

Our homoeopathic literature contains, so far as I know, 
none but the following therapeutic hints, given by Dr. J. Payr, 
in the A. Id. X.. vol. lxxx. p. 5. 

Bell. y in all acute cases, with pain in the small of the back 
and in the loins; sensitiveness of the epigastrium and hypo- 
chondria, vomiting, coldness of the extremities and great 
weakness; as the sequel of circumscribed or diffusa Inflam- 
mation in the suprarenal region. 

Calc. c, if after Bell, the acute stale has passed away; mus- 




■ a in-- dark befo 

and bulimy, na 

epigastrium and abdomei 
pain in the k : muscular twitchings, clonic 

. epileptic p known action upon 

>nic glandular disord 
Natr. . ben nutrition is greatly impaired; tension and 
heat in the region of the kidneys; earth; . . color of the 

face : br of the hands : excessive 

nind and body, with trembling of the legs; 
dark the eyes; nausea, vomiting, pressing and 

screwing pain ii want oi i : loathing of 

meal : constipation : pain in the hypochondria and abdomen : 
aversion ion and labor ; frequ and Bti 

. without being able to sleep; coldn< 
the extremities ; prevailing < ion of mind, with spells of 

irritableness and crossnea ; \ on rising from bed and on 

trying to walk, with faintishnes ation as alter an epi- 

. . Inhalations and baths of Chlor-natrium Lave pi 
\\:v\ ia] in various localizations of the albuminous era- 

ever comes to full development in laborers 
Hum. I barker color i kin ; wi1 1 

the skin turns brown, grows parchment-like, peels off, and 
shows hi. th the loosened scales a fatty transpiration ; 

thicki epiderai] Iden turning of the yellowish 

■ into l ; • maoked ; and de- 

bility; muscular weakness and trembling; sadness and de- 

: >rpor : dulness and pain in the 
mtinuous vomiting ; violent, 
n in the ipation : frequenl at- 

tack- : drawing and pressing in the region of 

the 1; : convulsions; epilepsy; paralysis; the 

►w face I >\\ n : red hair turn.- to a chestnut- 

brown. I cd nutrition and it.- special action upon the 


glandular system seems to indicate Todiuin quite especially in 
this disease. 

Oleum jecoris aselli ought likewise to be considered, as it 
belongs to the Iodine group. 

Cinch. Yellow, cachectic color of the skin: debility and 
relaxation of mind and body: aversion to any exertion: irri- 
tability, with excessive debility of the nervous system : cold- 
ness and trembling of the extremities : darkness before the 
eyes : purring in the ears ; fainting spells ; disturbed sleep ; 
loathing : anorexia : vomiting : pain in the stomach and bowels, 
with constipation and diarrhoea ; dull, piercing pain in the 
region of the kidneys: all symptoms of a hydraemic rather 
than an albuminous crasis. In a complication with malaria, 
however, Cinch, will undoubtedly act favorably. The same 
may be said of Chin. s>>dpj/. and Chin. ars. 

Ferrum. High degree of weakness and muscular paralysis : 
tremors : sleeplessness : headache: vertigo: earthy, yellow color 
of the face: constant nausea : vomiting : pressing and cramping 
pain in the stomach : constipation, etc. These symptoms in- 
dicate Iron for the anaemia and asthenia of Addison's disease, 
although Iodide of iron might be preferable. 

Phosphorus. Period of evolution, or after excesses in venery. 
Sickly, yellow color of the face, with sunken features and 
eyes : brownish dark spots on different parts of the body : 
tiredness and sudden exhaustion, with fainting ; icy coldness 
of the extremities with trembling ; frequent stretching and 
yawning: headache: vertigo: sleeplessness: downheartedness 
and irritability: illusions of sight and hearing: loss of appe- 
tite alternating with bulimy : burning, cutting, and pressing 
in the stomach, nausea and vomiting: pains in the hypo- 
chondria and abdomen, with constipation or diarrhoea: feeling 
of weakness and lameness in the small of the back : weakness 
in the extremities: twitchings and spasms. 

Cn.jrr.. Lye. and Carb. veg. ought also to be carefully con- 

Argentum nitr. shows more than any other remedy a dis- 
coloration of the skin and a specific action upon the vagus 
and sympatheticus. Yet this discoloration has its seat only 

!'K\\^!.\ WiA IK > \Ui:« H'A I I lit' MEDICAL SOCl] 

iii the epithelial layer, whilst in Addison's disease the pig- 
ment is deposited in the rete Malpighii. So also are its symp- 
toms of the stomach a consequence of its corrosive influence 
upon the mucous membrane, whereas, in Addison's dis< 
not a trace of morbid changes can be found in these mem- 
branes, [ts tendency is rather to hydremic than anaemic 
conditions. Still, now and then, it might be indicated in this 

Arsenicum hydro genizatwn is doI less problematic, as the 
discoloration which it causes is only the consequence of a 
sudden paralysis of the vasomotor nerves. Still, it produces 
a number of symptoms which might well suggesl its applica- 
tion now and then in this disease. 

To these therapeutic hints of Dr.J. Payr, of Wurzburg, I 
might add : 

Kali carb. Ii' potassa salts cause paresis of the heart-muscle, 
Kali carb. would correspond well to the remarkable weak 
pulsations of the heart. Besides, we find, among its symptoms, 
headaches, vertigo, fainting, great weariness and depression 
o!' strength, pain in the small of the hack, jerkings in the 
limbs, spasmodic fits, dark spots on the skin, etc 

Sepia. Complete discouragement : heavy flow of ideas: dul- 
: cloudiness of the head; vertigo; headache: vanishing of 
sight : noises in the ears: aversion to all food, especially meat: 
nausea and vomiting; pains, pressure, cramps in the stomach; 
pains in the hypochondria; diarrhoea antl constipation ; pain 
and painful wearin 'gs in the small of the hack ; weakness of 
the small of the hack in walking ; fainting and great weak] 
yellow and brown spots on the skin: all of which symptoms 
-pond with those "1' an early period of the disease. 
Sulphur. Despondency; slowness of mind and body, not dis- 
posed to any kind of labor ; weary and faint all the tine : faint 
and low-spirited; walks stooping; pains of all .-oils in the 
small of the hark: nausea; vomiting; pressure, pains and 
Bpasms in the stomach and bowels; tremor.-, spasms, epileptic 
fits; dark and brown spots on the .-kin: all of which symp- 
toms, and many more, mighl be collected, decidedly pointing 
io ilc above-described disease, in almosl all its stages. 






Mr. L., set. about 48, called upon me for advice, after having 
been treated by an allopathic physician for about .six weeks 
without any benefit. I prescribed, first. Aconite, then Hama- 
melis, and some other remedies, the pathogenesis of which 
have bloody urine. This man had no pain, — certainly none 
about the bladder or kidneys. Being somewhat discouraged, 
on account of the unyielding character of the disease, I con- 
cluded to give him Gallic acid in grain doses, three times a 
day. After the exhibition of this remedy for about a fort- 
night, the hemorrhage ceased. He remained free from it 
about three weeks, when it returned. The Gallic acid was 
again tried, but failed now to make any impression upon the 
disease. The patient was at this juncture closely interrogated 
as to his previous and present general health. I learned now, 
for the first time, that he was liable to take cold from the 
least atmospheric change : was easily chilled, even during 
summer evenings, and that he was subject to catarrhal affec- 
tions. Thinking that this condition of things might be the 
cause of the hematuria, by driving the blood from the surface, 
thus taxing the other excretive organs too heavily, I deter- 
mined to prescribe a remedy which would cover this ground. 
I selected Natrum mur. at the 30th potency, of which he took 
in all about twelve powders. In one week from the time this 
remedy was first given the hemorrhage ceased. It is now 
about a year since that time, and it has not returned yet. I 
would suggest a practical idea in connection with this case. 
It is the fact that a medicine will often cure a symptom which 
has not been developed in provings, and one, too, which may 
be most prominent in the case. 

Induration of the Mamma . 

Mrs. K. had abscess in right mammary gland after her first 
confinement in L868. There remained, Bince that time, a hard 
lump or indnration in the breast, for which I g . her Bell., 
Conium and Carbo an., from the 3d to the 30th potency, during 
lactation, without any effect. In the month of March, l v 7 M . 
I delivered her of her second child. She was in good health, 
requiring no medicine for the ills which often follow parturi- 
tion; but the mammary induration was still the same, giving 
her slight uneasiness. 1 selected now for this difficulty ( Ionium, 
200th potency. One *\<^<' was administered with some blank 
powders to follow. In three days after the administratio 
the i\^>c, the lump in the breast had disappeared, and has not 
since been discovered. 

Dropsy after Scarlatina, 

A boy, aged lu years, had a mild attack of scarli 
and was recovering rapidly, but ventured out of the house too 
soon, and was caught in a rain-storm. Dropsy soon afterwards 
set in, his whole body being very much swollen. His scrotum 
was tilled with water, and quite large. The accumulation of 
water in the abdomen was so extensive as to press up the 
diaphragm very much, causing greal dyspnoea. 1 think there 
was very little or no accumulation in the thorax. 1 treated 
the patient for the space of ;i week with Apis 8 , Arsen 3 . Ju'gi- 
talis 3 , Apocynum 1 , and several other remedies, but withoul 
improvement, the patient rather growing worse during this 
time. 1 now gave him one dose of Apis 200 , and in twenty- 
four hours another dose, after which the patienl commenced 
j assing large quantities of urine, and wenl on rapidly to con- 
valescence. 1 gave him bu1 two doses of Apis, and no other 
medicine afterwards, 

PBOCEED] X as OF F J n\l | A X X U A I; MEET IXC 05 


Baths arc used with three more or less distinct objects in 

1. In reference to their hygienic effect, including clean- 

2. The therapeutic effects of water as a means of treating 
diseases, and 

3. The application of medicated waters, chiefly .mineral 
waters, for the purpose of obtaining the combined effects of 
the water and of the medicinal agents which it holds in solu- 

The first of these divisions will chiefly occupy our attention 
on the present occasion, allusion to the others being only 

The institution of bathing for purposes of cleanliness, and 
the invigoration of the body, took place anterior to the date 
of the most ancient records that have come down to us. From 
early history avc learn that heroes and princes were in the 
habit of bathing in rivers and warm springs. A little later, 
we hear of warm baths being administered, and that bathing- 
rooms were fitted up in the houses of kings and wealthy 
inhabitants; and that the tendering of a bath to strangers and 
travellers was considered an act of great hospitality. In the 
course of events, large public baths were instituted, with 
separate apartments for the sexes. At Athens we first bear 
of baths being attached to the gymnasia, and their establish- 
ment being provided for by law. The use of the bath was 
in such great favor with the ancients, particularly the Greeks 
and the Romans, that its history is intimately interwoven 
with the history of their times and countries. Its importance 
was enhanced by the circumstance that the art of war in those 
days was considered the most honorable of all employments, 
and the chief avenue to public fame. The great battles of 

• Mi \>\ i.vama ' Mine MEDIC \i. B( m n:i Y. 

the Rncie ne rally decided by a hand-to-hand fight, 

;m<l hence the }righ estimation placed on hygienic m 
such as temperance, bathing, athletic exercis* 
to improve the health and increase the strength aud i>ower of 
endurance of the inhabitants for the purposea of war. This 
was particularly the case with the nations already referred to 
- the Greeks and Romans. Among the nations i 
times, and with people of a more effeminate character, the 
institution of bathing constituted a part of their relig 
observances, and. from the careless and slovenly manner in 
which the act was performed, contributed but little either to 
the pleasure or the advantage of the inhabitants in a hygienic 
point of view. In such cases, the application of water was 
looked upon more as a sign of moral purification than as a 
means of cleansing the skin and invigorating the physical 
man. When clean, pure water was not accessible to the de- 
votee, filthy water and even mud or sand were used as a sub- 
stitute. It" the report of travellers be true, and those ancient 
people were like their descendants are now, they were not 
good patterns of cleanliness; for we arc told the odor given 
oft' by their persons and their clothing is perceptible before 
they come near enough for common salutation. This circum- 
stance ifl not so remarkable when we consider that they do 
not wear movable underclothing and change at night, nor do 
thev sleep in beds as we do, and many of them anoint them- 
selves with oil, which we do not. J would remark, in passing, 
that among us the people who make the most to do about 
bathing are not always the most cleanly in their persons, nor 
do they receive more benelit from bathing, in the way of the 
promotion and preservation of health, than those who make 
[ess \'n<< about frequenl bathing, and more use <>(' good soap 
and judicious washing. 

From a consideration of the offices of the skin, in the elimi- 
nation of iis secretions and excretions, the necessity of re- 
moving the effete portions of matter from its surface is plainly 
manifest. The matter to be removed, being of an oily char- 
acter, can be disposed of easier and more perfectly by the 
addition of a little soap than by water alone. Clean water 


and good soap are the proper renovators of a soiled skin. 
Indeed, the skin can hardly be kept in a clean and healthy 
condition without their application. Washing is as necessary 
for the purposes of cleanliness as bathing Too much rubbing 
in the aet of washing should be avoided, as well as too much 
friction with the towel in wiping the skin after washing. The 
skin is a delicate organ, and to be kept in a healthy condition 
must be treated in a manner suitable to its organization. How 
frequently bathings should be repeated depends on circum- 
stances. Like every other natural want of the system, it 
should be attended to as often as occasion requires. The dif- 
ference in organization of some, and the habits and occupation 
of others, makes a difference in the intervals between the 
times of bathing necessarv in different individuals. Some 
parts of the body require washing or bathing oftener than 
others. The hands, face, and neck should be bathed from 
one to three times every day. The feet and about the larger 
joints, as the axillas and groins, two or three times a- week at 
least. Putting the feet in cold water every night on going 
to bed is probably the best hygienic remedy for sick headache 
known. The whole body should be bathed at least once a 
week for hygienic purposes. Infants and young children 
should be washed all over every day. 

The coldest spring water of which I have any knowledge 
is 52 degrees Fahrenheit. Spring and well- water in hilly dis- 
tricts of country ranges from o§ to 60 degrees of the same 
scale. And in level districts the temperature is somewhat 
lower. The mean temperature of the Schuylkill water at 
Philadelphia is from Qo to 70, higher in summer time and 
lower in winter. The temperature of the sea-water along the 
coast of New Jersey is about 70 degrees, with the variation 
of a few degrees during the bathing season; a little colder in 
June and July, and warmer in August and September. 

The division of baths into cold, tepid, warm and hot, is 
based on the relation which the temperature of the water used 
for the purpose bears to blood-heat — 98 degrees of Fahrenheit's 

I have bathed in water of 54 degrees: but that temperature 


plun water of that tern] will 

obust in. 

The i >rdinarily u 

tepid bath from 
3; the warm bath from 9 ; and the hot bath from 

For the pui shing and clcansii 

and tepid baths are the rm and hot 

■ - should be looked upon than ue 

. water is estimated by pro] hich 

are independent of the adventitious quali heal and 

dicinal substances which it may hold in solution. A - 
t in the nt of (I: >ld, hot, vapoT and medi- 

: baths, when skilfully applied, may be of greal 
But a consideration of the use of water in this direction is 
ad «»ar present purp 
On plunging into a cold bath, a person expi a shock. 

with tionoftl coldness ; the circulation rec 

from the sui shrinking of tli 

al parts of the body and limbs ; ri tighteasily 

slip off the a1 first pale ; then a 

slightly bluish tint : but in a short time, if the subject l 
bust and healthy and thi 1, the shock par- 

tially disappears, and' an agreeabL • I warmth diffuses 

itself ovi ' ' m, with a feelii : id lightness. 

The bather should leave the water while these pleasant s< 

after the Is for the purpose 

of drying the skin and inviting I ry circulation to 

the surface, replace his clothing, and take rcisc until 

ion is I tablished. If the cold bath be too long 

continued, a second Iness and shivering will 

come on, with n sense of 1 ad languor, and all 

benefit of the bath be lost. kind of experien 

a-bathing. The tiniu- 

lating than fresh, bu1 less applicable to th< - of cleansing 

skin. The exertion necessary to k< I ad to 


guard against accident from the dashing of the waves, affords 
considerable exercise, helps to bring about a healthy reaction, 
and keeps it up longer, while the excitement attending a bath 
in the sea raises the pleasant sensations higher than those 
from a Lath in still fresh water. But if the Lather stays in 
the surf too long, the features of the face look sunken, the 
skin gets bluish, feelings of exhaustion supervene, and many 
hours may elapse before second reaction takes place. To 
derive the greatest amount of good, in a hygienic point of 
vierw, from sea-bathing, a bath should not be continued longer 
than fifteen or twenty minutes, nor repeated oftener than 
once in twenty-four hours. After proper attention is paid to 
wiping off with comparatively coarse towels, and dressing, 
moderate exercise should be kept up for a short time before 
the usual indulgence in a nap. But the taking of stimulants 
immediately after sea-bathing should be avoided. If lunch is 
taken at all, it should be very light. • The legitimate effects 
of cold bathing are calmness and tranquility of mind, with a 
glow of generous warmth over the system, and a light and 
easy movement of the limbs. 

In the tepid and warm Lath there is no shock, and there 
being no depression of the vital forces, no reaction will follow 
the first application of the water : and, of course, very little 
if any tonic influence will result from it. But for cleansing 
purposes they are very much better than the cold Lath, ('old 
water has a constricting effect upon the skin, and to some 
extent prevents it from parting with the effete matter on its 
surface, while warm water has a relaxing effect, and thereby 
facilitates the removal of the small bran-like exfoliations of 
the cuticle and other impurities. Ly the process of washing 
with the addition of a little soap. A warm bath is particularly 
grateful and refreshing alter great muscular exertion, 
greatly relieve 1 - the fatigue from traveling. A warm Lath 
may be taken, without disadvantage, at night just before 
retiring, but a cold Lath should always be taken in the morn- 
ing, and followed Ly moderate exercise. Cold Lathing, either 
in fresh or sea-water, should never Le performed soon alter 
eating a hearty meal. Lor sea-Lathing, two or three hours 


!'KWM l.\ \M \ lh>\|«i;i>i\\ llllf MEDICAL S0( 1 K I i 

after breakfast i- perhaps the best time, Young children and 
old j enerally do not bear cold bathing well. The 

- of the Brst are ton impressible from the cold, and the 
• :us of the latter do n<>t read readily. Tepid water Buits 
them better. 

Tlic hot bath should be used cautiously by jutn'hs who 
are not familiar with its effect. It is of doubtful utility to 
persons in health, and should be classed with the different 
modes of using water, known as therapeutic applications. 




In the following report on Progressive Locomotor Ataxia, 
the essential nature and history of this recently- described 
disorder, its symptoms, pathology, causes, diagnosis, prog- 
nosis and treatment — allopathic and homoeopathic — are briefly 

Definition. — Progressive Locomotor Ataxia, from a primi- 
tive and taxis order, means literally progressive failures of 
co-ordination, of the locomotor apparatus. This disorder, when 
actually developed, primarily and principally affects the feet 
and lower limbs to the knees ; subsequently the hands and 
forearms; finally the muscles in other parts. Duchenne* de- 
fines it as "progressive abolition of the faculty of co-ordina- 
ting movements, and apparent paralysis contrasting with 
integrity of the muscular force." 

History and Literature. — Under the name of Tabes 
dorsalis, Kombergf gave the earliest account of this disease, 
and thus at the same time indicated the seat of the degenera- 
tion. According to Reynolds,:}: Dr. Todd, as early as 1845, 
called attention to what he considered as "two kinds of para- 
lysis of motion of the lower extremities; the one consisting 
purely in the impairment or loss of voluntary motion ; the 
other distinguished by a diminution or total loss of the power 
of co-ordinating movements. " Duchenne, of Boulogne, subse- 
quently (1858) gave a still more complete and discriminating 
account of this disorder ; divided it into three successive 
stages, and first applied the term locomotor ataxia, by which 

* " De l'Electrization locialsee, Paris, 18G1, p. 547.*' 
f Romberg : ' ' Diseases of the Nervous System, ' * vol. ii. 
J Reynolds : "System of Medicine," vol. ii. p. 396'. 


- now designated as a distic V com- 

1 the movements of an ataxic patient to those of children 

walking along a narrow plank or on the a boat: "In 

order to maintain their equilibrium, they take one step for- 
ward, stop, sometimes go backward again, and incline their 
1") lv to one side or the other, instinctively putting their arms 
of balancing-pole. In fact, their movements 
: able those of an unskilled rope-dancer." 

In St. George's (London) Hospital Reports for 1866, Dr. .1. 
L. Clarke relates several cases, eight of which appear to have 
been well marked locomotor ataxia. 

The first volume of Pennsylvania Hospital Reports, 18 
contains full descriptions of three cases by Dr. J. II. Hutch- 
inson. And in many of the more important medical journals 
of the last two or three years may be found interesting notices 
and reported cases of this disorder. In the Transactions of 
the New York State Homeopathic Medical Society for 1869 
may be found an interesting account of this disorder, by Dr. 
It. .1. McClatchey, of Philadelphia, with cases treated homoeo- 
pathically. Other authors will be referred to, under the head 
of Treatment in the present report. 

Symptoms. — First Stage, Severe pains in the back part of 
the head, neuralgic, rheumatic, paroxysmal, jerking, lancina- 
ting, sharp and shooting pains; pains suddenly appearing and 
disappearing; burning pains, like an electric spark, through 
the limbs; severe flying pains in the lower extremities, which 
come and pass away with the rapidity of lightning; affections 
of the cranial nerves — the optics and others — resulting in 
amblyopia, diplopia, ptosis, strabismus, dilatation or con- 
traction of th 3 pupils; excessive prominence of the eyes; 
affections of the auditory nerve, producing deafness: tinnitus 
aurium ; sexual desire exaggerated : spermatorrhoea : priapis- 
mus; satyriasis. In the progress of the disorder the sexual 
ire weakened, and finally lost. Numbness in the feet 
and legs, in the hands and arms, and even in the face, while 
the voluntary muscular powers remain unabated. This stage 
may continue for months and even for years. 


Second Stage. Unsteady, tottering, uncertain gait in walking; 
can neither stand nor walk in the dark, or with the eyes closed, 

or cannot do so without tottering and fear of falling ; " unable 
to support himself with his feet placed parallel to each other, 
if directed to look upward or to shut his eyes. lie could 
stand in this position if allowed to fix his eyes on his feet. 
The muscular force of the limns was at the same time perfect." 
"He found it difficult to rise from a chair, and even more 
difficult to stand when he had gained his feet. His legs and 
feet were cold and profoundly anaesthetic, and, without the 
aid of sight, he was unable to tell where they were. On at- 
tempting to walk blindfolded, he moved his legs and arms 
spasmodically and with entirely disproportionate degree of 
violence, tottering and sprawling about. Notwithstanding 
his apparent weakness, as manifested in his tottering walk, 
the grasp of his hands can scarcely be borne, nor can his 
limbs be flexed against his will." Entire loss of sexual power. 
According to Althaus, this second stage may last for ten }^ears 
or more, and is signalized by the appearance of ataxia and 
decreasing sensibility. There are indeed numerous other 
symptoms which may arise in this stage and run into the 
next ; but only those which are most common and character- 
istic have been presented. And it should be observed that 
the symptoms of these different stages arc gathered, not from 
one, but from a number of cases, — no one of which had them 

Third Stage. All the symptoms of the second stage con- 
stantly increase. The want of the faculty of co-ordinating 
the muscular actions, which so remarkably distinguishes the 
second stage, is no doubt still greater in the third; but it is 
less obvious from the rapid failure of the muscular powers. 
The muscles themselves become atrophied; incontinence of 
urine and of feces (which may have appeared in the second 
stage) indicate that the paralysis extends to other than the 
locomotor organs; Convulsions ensue, and life is lost from 
failure of action in some vital part. Sometimes the general 
health continues ^n- a long time unaffected. And, as in cholera, 


the intellect usually remains unimpaired, and even :i cheerful 
tlis] osition may be preserved to the last. 

Pathology. In describing this affection under ihe name 
of tabes dorsalis, Romberg fixed its pathological seal where 
it is now generally deemed to belong, [nflucnced by son 
the primary symptoms, such as pains in the back of the head, 
various affections of the eyes, and disturbance of vision, Du- 
chenne first located the disorder in the cerebellum; a sup- 
position, rendered still more probable by the former doctrine 
that the cerebellum was the seat of the co-ordinating power 
in animals. But in this particular Duchenne afterwards be- 
lieved himself to be in the wrong, and acknowledged his 
error. For not only has it been proved, according to Dr. 
Win. A. Hammond, that the cerebellum has no exclusive 
function of any kind: and that, as before admitted, the co- 
ordinating faculty belongs to the posterior columns of the 

1 cord: but repeated post-mortem examinations of i 
of locomotor ataxia have failed to find any degeneration in 
the cerebellum, and have found serious disorganization in the 
posterior columns of the cord in the dorso-lumbar region. 
According to I h\ Clarke, ■• " The morbid anatomy of locomotor 
ataxia consists chiefly of a certain gray degeneration and dis- 
integration of the posterior columns of the spinal cord, of the 
terior roots ^\' the spinal nerve.-, of the posterior graj 
substance <>r corn mi, and sometimes of the cerebral nerv< 

Hut. in our own view, Duchenne was not, in the first in- 
stance, more than half wrong; nor are the later pathologists 
more than half right. For even if we ^^ not, wiih the former, 
divide locomotor ataxia into three distinct stages, we must 
admit a primary or formative, and a secondary or fully de- 
veloped Stage. And the primary symptom.-, the pain.- in the 
back of the head, the disturbance of the muscles of the eye — 
is, strabism us— the dilation of the pupils, as well as the 
amblyopia and diplopia, must be referred to the cerebellum 
or base of the brain as to their local origin, and to the gan- 

Britisli Medical Journal," July 8d, 1869. 


glionic or involuntary rather than to the voluntary portion 
of the nervous substance, as to their dynamic source. The 
difficulty of proving a negative, especially in opposition to 
formerly-established facts, is well known. Carpenter says,* 
" From experiments upon all classes of vertebrated animals, 
it has been found that, when the cerebellum is removed, the 
power of walking, standing, etc., is destroyed. It does not 
seem that the animal has in any degree lost the voluntary 
power over its individual muscles ; but it cannot combine 
their actions for any general movements of the body." The 
experiments and conclusions of Kolando and Flourens are to 
the same effect. f But the medulla oblongata and spinal cord 
are but prolongations of the cerebellum, with particular ap- 
plications of this general power of combination ; the medulla 
oblongata controlling the various movements which result in 
deglutition and in respiration ; and the portion of the spinal 
cord and its nerves which connect with the muscular appa- 
ratus of locomotion in like manner controlling that function. 
Xow it is evident that, although not altogether disconnected 
from the voluntary nerves, both deglutition and respiration 
are under the final control of the ganglionic or involuntary 
nervous system. To a certain extent the same is equally appa- 
rent with respect to locomotion. This may be altogether 
voluntary or partially instinctive and automatic, while nearly 
all the movements and combinations of forces requisite to 
standing and maintaining equilibrium are entirely .so. 

The disorder, therefore, which we are describing, affects, 
in the first instance, the involuntary portion of the nervous 
system : and, in our opinion, it begins in the gray ganglionic 
substance of the cerebellum, where its comparatively feeble 
influence manifests itself in disturbing; the harmonious com- 
bination of the small muscles which regulate the position of 
the eyeballs and lids, and the still more delicate mechanism 
.of the iris. Thence passing over the medulla oblongata, it 
.develops itself in those sensory portions of the spinal cord 

* "Principles of Comparative Physiology," Phila., 1854, p. 632. 
f Fletcher's " Rudiments of Physiology," Part III. chap. iii. 



unci nerves which are more Immediately concerned with 
motion: ami, finally, it involves the muscular apparatus id 
ral. destroying first the involuntary, then the voluntary! 
rers. The pathological changes, which, in our opinion, 

by this disorder in the cerebellum, are too minute 
to be discerned, even if they could be Bought for in the first 
stage, which has never been possible. While in the far- 
advanced eases, which alone have been examined, the disor- 
ganization is found not only involving the sei inglia 
and fibres of the spinal cord and spinal nerves, but also their 
entire substance, — the pathological development thus corre- 
sponding to the successive failure of the involuntary and the 
voluntary powers. Such eases may be considered as mixed, 
partaking of the nature of locomotor ataxia and common 
spinal paralysis. But only by means of the history of 
case can the former original disorder be determined. The 
three stages of Duchennc may be thus characterized by their 
corresponding symptoms : 

I. Sensational; primary affection of intercranial ganglia. 

II. Functional ; failure of involuntary powers, from (second- 
ary) affection of vertebral ganglia. 

III. Structural; failure (in addition) of voluntary powers 
from disorganization of the spinal cord and nerves. 

Diagnosis. — The primary symptoms, acute and temporary, 
with the exception of the ptosis, can hardly give rise to more 
than a suspicion of the onset of this terrible chronic malady. 
Those which may positively determine its presence in the 
second stage arc few and distinct ; they are the insensibility 
and increasing difficulty of standing or walking without corre* 
sponding loss of muscular power, the difficulty being greatly 
aggravated upon attempting to stand, walk, or turn ar<>>//td in 
the dark, with the eyes closed, or looking upward, and < rid, idly 
ameliorated by voluntary attention and direct vision, In the 
third or more advanced stage, the history of the ease, the 
greater development of the previous symptoms, and the in- 
creasing and various paralysis cannot fail to determine the 
nature of the disorder. 


Prognosis. — Since some actual cures have been recorded, 
even in cases considerably advanced, the prognosis must be 
regarded as more hopeful than was originally supposed. This 
is true of the old practice, when the uselessness of certain 
routine remedies — iodide and bromide of potassa, and strych- 
nine especially — and the utility of others — argentum nitricum 
and phosphorus in particular have been determined by expe- 

But in the homoeopathic practice the prognosis should be 
still more encouraging. For a thorough scrutiny of the pre- 
monitory symptoms may lead to the arrest of development of 
the entire disorder ; and, even where we have to begin with 
cases already developed, the pathogeneses of our remedies 
will enable us to anticipate clinical experience when wanting, 
and to double its value when present. Xot only are we en- 
couraged by the cures made by those of our own school, but 
we know that all the real cures reported by the allopaths 
must be in accordance with the homoeopathic law. Such cases 
may therefore encourage us in giving a favorable prognosis, 


and aid us in verifying it. Still it must be remembered that 
the most experienced physicians are often the most guarded 
in their prognosis, and that they deem it far better to perform 
more than they promise than to promise more than they per- 

^Etiology. — The influences which result in this disorder 
operate in males rather than in females, and develop their 
effects mostly between the ages of twenty-two and forty-two, 
and again between the forty-eighth and fifty-eighth year. It 
is probable that each individual case accrues from the combi- 
nation of several causes. For the particular causes, excessive 
venery, onanism, exposures, alcohol, tobacco, to which this 
ataxia is usually attributed, prevail in the highest degree in 
the majority of persons without inducing this disorder. AVhat 
the precise condition of the system is which enables these 
influences to produce this disease is still unknown, and we 
know as little of the particular combination which may be 
thus effective. According to Dr. Lippe, an acute observer of 


large experience, " in all cases of men of about the age of forty 
years, suffering from this disease, it can safely be traced to an 
attack of syphilis, in which the chancres had been treated by 
nitrate of silver and mercury." And in this he claims to be 
corroborated by the observations of others. In a series of 

a related by Friedrich,* the father of the four patients' was 
a confirmed drunkard, and the wife gave it as her belief thai 
the children were begotten while he was intoxicated. What- 
ever may be the causes, they are deeply seated, long in ma- 
turing, slow in their operation, and very gradual in their 
development. This would naturally be the ease with an 

litary miasm of some special sort, originally latent in the 
ganglia, which modified and intensified by excess or particular 
poisons, like tobacco or syphilis, becomes productive of mis- 
chief purely local in the ganglionic and other nerve substance, 
from sheer inability to develop itself in any other and more 
external tissues. 

TREATMENT. — Allopathic Cold watet has been found of 
service. Electrization has excited a decidedly favorable in- 
fluence in some cases in the second stage. In others, more 
advanced, the pains have been relieved, but no permanent 
improvement or change made in the character or progress oi' 
the disorder.! According to Althaus, " Faradization is of BO 
use; galvanism avails against some symptoms without curing 
the disease. Iodide and bromide of potassa have been used 
without beneficial results. Iodide of iron is of doubtful utility, 
while strychnine proves positively injurious." 

Nitrate of Silver, in the practice of Wunderlich, wrought 
several cures, and benefited other cases. Althaus recommends 
it as the most reliable of all curative agents in this disorder, 
lie advised from one-tenth to one-half a grain, two or three 
times a di\\\ in connection with from ten to twenty grains of 
phos 'hate of lime. 

11 Phosphate of iron, in one drachm doses, three times a 

* Schmidt, M Jahrbucher,'' 1SG7; quoted by Dr. McClatchey. 
f Dr. Rockwell, " Psych. Med.," vol. iii. 


day, the passing of the interrupted magneto-electric current 
along the limbs, and a full nourishing diet" greatly improved 
an Italian suffering with this disease in a Dublin Hospital.- 

Phosphorus has been given in this disease with good results 
by Dr. Baumetz.f After an elaborate study of the action of 
this drug, he concludes that "Phosphorus appears to have a 
favorable influence in progressive locomotor ataxia; that it 
acts as an excitant and as a tonic to the nervous system, and 
returns to the nervous system an indispensable element ; and 
that its administration should be commenced in small doses 
of about the sixtieth of a grain, and increased gradually till 
the dose of one-sixth of a grain is reached, ceasing its exhibi- 
tion when digestive troubles supervene.^ In the form of 
dilute phosphoric acid, from 15 to 20 drops three times a day, 
this remedy effected a very great improvement in a case re- 
ported by Dr. W. Lambert. § He, however, used the p}~ro- 
phosphate of iron on alternate weeks, and applied magneto- 
electricity every other day. 


jEsculus &., recommended by Dr. Lippe. '| 

Aluminium met. — The first volume of the "Am. Horn. 
Review," December, 1868, p. 471, contains a clear and dis- 
tinctive description of locomotor ataxia, under the name of 
tabes dorsalis, by Dr. C. von Boenninghausen, with a remark- 
able case cured by Alumin. met. Compare Alumina in "Hahne- 
mann's Chronic Diseases," Symptoms, 981 to 1012, quoted 
b} r Dr. Lippe, and also Dr. Ruhfus's case of chronic cerebro- 
spinal disease, cured by Alumin. met.*f 

•■ " Quart. Jour. Pyscli. Med.," vol. iii. p. 534. 
f "N. Y. Med, Journal," Sept., 1868. 
\ "Quart. Jour. Psych. Med.," vol. ii. p. 801. 
§ "N. Y. Med. Journal," Feb., 1809, p. 4S2. 
Dr. R. R. Gregg's "Horn. Quarterly," April, 1870; "Tabes Dorsalis," 
by Dr. Ad. Lippe ; our subsequent mention of Dr. Lippe refers to this article. 
' "Am. Horn. Review," vol. iv., May, 1864, p. 513. 


Ar nit.) recommended by Grauvogl, where what 

u earbo-nitrogenous constitution" is pres b. A rding 
■ . Mueller, of Vienna, " [1 is in the abdominal gangli 
:i that the power of this dr ated 

in t". and from which it irradiates >m a 

■ iany pathogenetic symptoms which account 
for its useful yen in allopathic Lands, and which 

render it of the 1 alue forus in locomotor ataxia ; such 

as Paralytic w and debility of th ■ limbs, so that 

she did not know wh ■ put them. Staggering gait in the 
air. He vacillates when walking, feeling moreover ex- 
tremely uncomfortable in the whole body and unsteady in his 

Arsenicum will, of course, "be thoroughly studied in every 

of ataxia. 
B '.' ' ' ", recommended by Hughes in his "Therapeu- 
tics." According to Dr. McClatchey, Atropia may prove to 
be more homoeopathic to ataxia than the plant from which it 
is derived. 

Cocculus. — Dr. McClatcheyJ reports the use of this remedy 
in one case, which was probably too far advanced to be c 
by any medicine. Uc gives also a case reported to him by 
Dr. 0. J. Wiltbank, who cured with Cocculus a young woman 
suffering from ataxia. Nux v., previously exhibited, did no 

mix tm. — Dr. McClatchey § reports th< mi ataxic 

patient, cured with "powders of Sach. tec, well saturated with 
tincture of Gels.^ after the third, sixth and two-hundredth 
had failed to produce any improvement. 

Nux mosch.j recommended for tabes dorsalis, by Dr. Li] 

" Sympt omen-Codex," i. p. 1-^4. 
t Ibid, i. p. 146, 147. 
| -'X.Y.Stat- Bom. Med. Soc. Transactions," L869, p. 186. 

I Ibid, p. 181. 

II " Text-Book of Mat. Med. ,'' p. 483, and Gregg's M Quarterly,'" he. cit. 


Kux vom,, recommended by Dr. Lippe. While Atropia may 
be more suited to this disorder than Bell., Strychnia is cer- 
tainly not so well adapted to it as Nux v. My own personal 
proving of strychnine, carried to the extent of producing 
spasms and trismus, shows why the allopathic use of this 
drug in ataxia has always proved a failure. I experienced 
entire loss of voluntary power in the lower limbs, without previous 
or accompanying sense of pain or loss of sensibility in them. 
The action of the drug was only revealed by my falling help- 
less upon the floor, when attempting to leave the sofa upon 
which I had been reclining and reading a newspaper. 

Phosphorus. — Baehr's recommendation of this remedy 
in cases of myelitis resulting from sexual excesses, applies 
equally to ataxia. Under the head of tabes dorsalis, this 
author gives a very imperfect and indistinct description of 
progressive locomotor ataxia, which he terms a gradually 
increasing paralysis of the spinal marrow,* and for which, 
he recommends the remedies, Silicia, Causticum, Alum met., 
and Phosph, upon which latter, however, he throws some 
doubt. This remedy seems to be indicated alike by the 
causes and by the consequences of ataxia ; by its earliest as 
well as by its latest symptoms. For an exhaustive study of 
this remedy in this connection — pathogenetic and clinical, 
from both allopathic and homoeopathic sources — see Dr. Gal- 
lavardin's article "On Phosphoric Paralysis."f Professor 
Mayer says, as the result of his experiments on animals, 
" Phosphorus acts specifically on the nerves of voluntary 
motion, . . . and equally on the nerves of involuntary mo- 
tion.";}: Dr. Lippe quotes symptoms from Hahnemann's 
" Chronic Diseases," which explain the allopathic cures of 
ataxia by this drug, and which will enable us to apply it to 
our own cases with scientific precision. ^Next to Alum met., 

* " The Science of Therapeutics.'* 

t "British Journ. of Horn.,'' July, 1862, translated from " L'Art Medicale, 
April, 1S62. 
X Quoted by Dr. Gallavardin, 


Phosphorus Beems to give the greatest promise of curing 

Pints Sylvkstris. — Dr. McClatchey gives an interesl 
nit of the use of this remedy in the form of baths, pre- 
pared by adding two tablespoonfuls of the tinctui allon 

of water, by means of which he cured a little girl, apparently 

ataxic." 1 - 

Plumbum. — Dr. Kriegcr, oi' Berne, Switzerland, related a 
ease of advanced tabes dorsalia with almosl complete para- 
lysis, as regards motion, of the lower extremities. It was 
completely cured by Plumbum 80 , and the patient has for two 
years past been able to attend to his business as before his 

Silicia t very highly recommended by Dr. Black and others 
in the treatment of tabes dorsalis, will of course be thoroughly 

Stramonium. Dr. II. X. Guernsey reports a case of l< 
motor ataxia, characterized by inability to stand or walk in 
the dark, which he cured with this medicine. 

Sulphur is mentioned by Dr. Lippeas an important remedy 
in tabes dorsalis, and as one that " will often follow well after 
Nux v. 

Cobalt, Sepia and Zinc are also indicated by Dr. Lippe in 
connection with Nux mosch., as needing to be studied, espe- 
cially when the pain in the back is worse while sitting. 

Other remedies might be mentioned on grounds purely 
speculative; some of them no doubt destined to play important 
parts in the homoeopathic treatment of locomotor ataxia : but 
these are all, so far as is known, which have been empli 
hitherto in this disorder. 

* "N. Y. Transactions," loc. cit 

f " Am. Horn. Review,'* rol. iii.. Mircb, 1 8'3J, p. 42<. 



i — j 









p <o 




































>c * 
















lO o 








1- © 





i - 



o o 








Tf T-l 


• j 

' -l 





^ "© 
<-Z © 





cc r> 

g © 







£ « * 










S © 

03 r-H 











paid on old Trans 
paid Janitor at W 





















S g bU 




















* w .2 









>> >, 









M P 











! "* 








b0 * .i 


C -H 

■B rQ 

^ . P 

§ Ph 



5 • o 


© © 

f>> .2 

© • a 


bc'£ a 

c H o 


J-t HJ w 

d e8 >j 



■73 "© ^ 

© j3 a 
■S — ' a 


£ **> fl 

® C C3 



fl £ s 

d © d 


2 -3 5 


i -1 -t-> »5 


3 HO A 

63 03 03 





o 6 


H H 
























Homoeopathic Medical Society 

Held at Harrisburg-, February 1st and 2d, 1871. 

The Sixth Annual Session of the Homoeopathic Medical 
Society of Pennsylvania was held in the Senate Committee 
Eooms of the Capitol on Wednesday and Thursday, February 
1st and 2d, 1871. 

First Day-— Morning Session. 

The Society was called to order promptly at 10 o'clock by 

the President, Marcellin Cote, M.D., of Pittsburg. The Kev. 

Mr. Snyder, of Harrisburg, opened the session with prayer. 

The President then addressed the Society as follows : 

Gentlemen and members of the Homoeopathic Medical Society 

of Pennsylvania : 

Allow me to thank you for the honor you have conferred 

upon me by electing me your President. Allow me also to 

thank you for your large attendance at this annual meeting. 

In responding to the earnest call of our Society, I feel that 

you appreciate the importance of our situation ; for this reason 

you have been willing to leave the field of your labors to be 

present with us here. 


If individual efforts, as we may Bay, without any organiza- 
tion, have been able to bring homoeopathy to the high standing 
that it p through the whole country as atinc and 

practical system of medicine, within the short period of forty- 
two years since its introduction into this State, what c 

Lo and accomplish if we were properly organized and 
united in our energies to work for the greal system of Hahne- 
mann? Gentlemen, I dare not tell you, but very soon time 
would demonstrate to you greater results than even our most 
sanguine believers hope to realize. 

Organization is the important work of this day. and allow 
me to make a lew suggestions on the subject. 

In the first place I would urge upon you the necessity of 
obtaining from the State legislature a charter for our Society, 
with a medical bill attached, to regulate the practice of In > 
opathy in this State, and the qualifications of students who 
desire to study the same, to authorize and legalize county .so- 
cieties or districts of counties, to adopt a uniformity of rules 
and regulations for our public institutions, colleges, hospitals, 
dispensaries, and county societies. The present medical bill 
of our State is almost a dead letter. It may have had its ad- 
vantages, but it is certainly ruinous to the safety of human 
life. Let us show to the commonwealth that we want to 
recognize only properly educated men in the medical profes- 
sion, and men well informed in all the collateral branches. 

Our C<jlb'<j< <.— We are proud to tell you that the first 
chartered homoeopathic medical college in the United States, 
and perhaps in the world, was founded in this State, and es- 
tablished at Philadelphia; and that the originators and founders 
of this institution have accomplished wonders ; and, unaided, 
these philanthropists have sustained and brought it to the 
hieh standard of medical education which now commands the 
respect and confidence of the whole country. 

We would suggest to the trustees of our college the im- 
portance of increasing their capital. To accomplish this I 
would suggest that all the hoincepathic physicians and wealthy 
patrons in the State be solicited to take stock in this institu- 


tion, for tlic purpose of raising a sufficient amount of money 
to erect, in a suitable place, college and hospital buildings 
sufficiently large to meet the wants not only of our own State, 
but also of the Southern States, which, by geographical posi- 
tion, we can command. We have now a good corps of pro- 
fessors ; and, if they were better compensated for their ser- 
vices, they could then give more time to the institution, and 
make it the lirst medical college in the land. At the present 
time this is what we need. It is not only our interest, but 
the interest of our patrons, who are willing to live and die 
in our hands, to have such an institution for the proper edu- 
cation of our medical students. 

Our Hospitals and Dispensaries. — Homoeopathy, since its 
origin in this country, has spread rapidly among the educated^ 
wealthy and middle classes of society. In order to reach the 
poor and ignorant, and make our system of medicine universal 
throughout the whole land, we should have our hospitals and 
dispensaries where we can publicly demonstrate the superiority 
and advantages of homoeopathy over all other systems of 

We are pleased that this State was also the first to initiate 
these institutions, and that we have already two hospitals in 
full operation, one at Philadelphia and the other at Pittsburg. 
The one at Pittsburg has been in successful operation for the 
last four and a half years, has accomplished a great deal of 
good, and stands very high in the community. 

We have also several dispensaries throughout the State, 
which are doing the great work of popularizing our system. 
We do realize the importance and influence of these dispen- 
pensaries where they exist. Let us have them in every place 
of any importance. 

Our Journals are our food, our strength, our power and our 
life. In this State we can boast of the " Halinemanni an Monthly" 
as one of them; and, if the editors have done all this for us, 
let us at least pay them well for their services. Every homoe- 
opathic physician should subscribe to our journals. They 

118 n:\xsvr, vaxia li octETT*. 

have and now let them reap the 1 enefit oi I 


Subscriptions to homoeopathic and even to allopathic jour- 
nals are the best investment that a physician can make. We 

must keep up with the advancement oi* the age, or die. I 
would suggest the establishment in this State of a popular 
journal on mental, moral, social, and physical hygiene. Such 
a journal, properly conducted, would be productive oi" the 
highest benefits to morality, health, and prosperity in our 
commonwealth. It is very much needed ; and let us furnish 
to our patrons the great want of the present time. By such 
teaching, we would soon see men, from sixty to eighty years 
of age, strong and vigorous in body and mind. Women would 
not lose their beauty and health at twenty, but become 
stronger, healthier and prettier; and at fort) -five years we 
would have the beau-ideal of the perfect, companion of man. 
We would then see our American li resides surrounded with 
large and healthy families. We would be proud of it, and 
none would shrink from such responsibilities. I hope, gen- 
tlemen, you will give to this subject your most con- 

Our Religion in connection with our Public Institutions. — 

As homoeopathy in its present condition has to depend en- 
tirely on the private contributions of its adherents to erect, 
maintain and support its public institutions, and as these 
public institutions have to be established on the most liberal 
principles, in order to interest all classes of different denomi- 
nations, what are we going to do with the question of public 
worship or divine services on Sunday, as any good citizen 
would like to see in all public institutions? Gentlemen, this 
is a subject of great consideration and difficult to settle. Pub- 
lic worship or divine services in hospitals, or any other insti- 
tutions, are not for the gratification or satisfaction of its 
benefactors, originators, or outsiders, but it is for the necessi. 
ties and the good of its inmates. If you bring a Catholic, 
Episcopalian, Presbyterian, Baptist, Methodist, or a Jew min- 
ister to perform this duty, what right have you to impose his 


teaching upon all other inmates of different creeds? None! 
There is no necessity for it, and no good to be derived from 
it. Moreover, it is not practicable. Union services are ac- 
knowledged to be perfect failures, and, nine times out of ten, 
are religious frauds. Never have them, if you can prevent it. 
They will bring dissensions instead of good; and eventually 
will destroy your institutions, or lead to sectarianism. Before 
you establish such institutions have this questions settled and 
well understood, — that every man will have the right to his 
own religion at his bedside, and nothing else; then you will 
have peace and harmony among your corporators and inmates, 
and you will be sustained by all classes of different denomi- 

Our Departed Members. — In looking over this meeting I 
see the empty seat of one who has been connected with homoe- 
opathy in this State nearly since its origin ; one who was 
always at his post in every county, state, and national society. 
I can say, with sincerity and confidence, that no man has 
done more for the advancement of our system in Pennsylvania 
and in the United States than Walter Williamson, M.D. The 
loss for us, gentlemen, is great, and we will feel it for a long 
time ; but, if we are deprived of his presence in our meet- 
ings, in our discussions and deliberations we will always 
have his example that he has left us as the greatest inheri- 
tance that we could ever receive. We sympathize with the 
afflicted family, and we can tell them that if they have lost 
their beloved husband and father, we have also lost one of 
our best friends. I hope that a memorial will be presented 
during this session upon our distinguished member. 

In conclusion, gentlemen, let me again remind you of the 
importance of united efforts in perfecting our organization ; 
thus hastening on our progress and development, keeping, as 
heretofore, in advance of other systems in great medical 
discoveries, firmly believing, as the wheel of time rolls 
irresistably on, it will crush out superstition and false the- 
ories of practice, and bring out all over our land, in beauty, 


in truth, and in reality, our great principle, " Sim ilia simili- 
/n/* curantur" 

The roll was then called by the Recording Secretary, Dr. 
Bushrod W. James, of Philadelphia, when it was found that 
a large number of members were present, representing nearly 

every county in the State. 

Propositions for membership being then in order, and there 
being but a single member of the Board of Censors present 
viz., Dr. J. II. McClelland, of Pittsburg, the President ap- 
pointed Drs. J. F. Cooper, of Allegheny City, and W. II. Cook, 
of Carlisle, censors pro tern, to complete the board. 

The following propositions for membership were then sub- 
mitted, and referred to the Board of Censors : 

E. F. Goersen, Philadelphia: O. T. Iluebener, Litiz ; Robt. 
P. Mercer, Chester; C. S. Middleton, Philadelphia; II. R. 
Fetterhoff', Newville : W. C. Borland, Pittsburg; W. Wilson, 
Allegheny City ; K. L. Mclntire, Allegheny City; E. A. Ware- 
heim, Glen Rock; Thomas Wallace, Allegheny City. 

The Report of the Treasurer, Dr. 0. B. Gause, of Philadel- 
phia, was read, and referred to Drs. J. II. Marsden, of York 
Sulphur Springs, and J. B. Wood, of West Chester, who were 
appointed by the President to act as auditors. 

Reports of Delegates from the Society to other medical 
bodies were then called for. 

Dr. O. B. Gause made a verbal report on behalf of the 
delegates from the State Society to the twenty-seventh anni- 
versary of the American Institute of Homoeopathy, held at 
Chicago in June last. He referred to the fact that this Society, 
at its meeting in Erie, had instructed its delegates to unite 
with the delegate from the Philadelphia County Medical So- 
ciety in inviting the Institute to meet in Philadelphia in June 
next, and that their invitation had been accepted on the part 
of the Institute. 

Dr. W. M. Williamson moved, and it was carried, that, in- 
asmuch as a Committee of Arrangements had been appointed 
by the Institute, the membership of which extended through- 
out the State, a committee be appointed on behalf of the So- 


ciety, to confer with the Committee of Arrangements at the 
meeting of that committee, which was called for that evening 
after the annual address. 

Dr. B. W. James reported that he had attended the meeting 
of the New Jersey State Medical Society, and found that so- 
ciety to be in a very flourishing condition, and homoeopathy 
in that State to be rapidly gaining ground. An act has re- 
cently been passed by the State legislature equalizing the 
status of homoeopathic and allopathic practitioners. 

Dr. W. M. Williamson reported that his father, the late 
Dr. W. Williamson, who was delegate to the New York State 
Homoeopathic Medical Society, had attended the annual meet- 
ing of that organization. 

Dr. R. J. McClatchey reported progress on behalf of the 
Committee on Charter and the Committee of Publication. 

The Auditors reported that they had examined the accounts 
and vouchers of the Treasurer, Dr. 0. B. Gause, and found 
them correct ; whereupon the Treasurer s Report was accepted 
and the Auditors discharged. 

Reports from county medical societies, public institutions, 
etc., being next in order, 

Dr. W. M. Williamson offered the following report from 

Philadelphia County Homoeopathic Medical Society. 

I beg leave to report that the Society which I have the 
honor to represent on this occasion, holds its regular meetings 
on the second Thursday of each month, excepting July and 
August, and is in good condition, having a membership of 
eighty and an average attendance of about forty. At each of 
its meetings, papers on some medical or other scientific sub- 
ject are read, and discussions had thereon by the members. 
These papers and the" discussions (the latter being faithfully 
reported by the Secretary, Dr. R. J. McClatchey) are published 
in the " Ilahnemannian Monthly," and are widely read. The 
Society takes an active interest in everything that relates to 
the progress and welfare of homoeopathy. Quite recently, 
some very interesting matters have been discussed and acted 



OB in this relation. The endorsement by homoeopathic phy- 
sicians of quack medicines, hitters, etc. has been condemned. 

The matter of the removal of homu*opathic physicians from 
positions ander the government, such as examiners for pen- 
sions, has received the attention of the Society, and a com- 
mittee has been appointed to investigate the affair, and is now 
engaged in the performance of its duties. In this connection 
I would call the attention of the State Society to this matter, 
and ask them to take action. As the Committee of the Phila- 
delphia County Medical Society to examine and report on 
the removal of hormeopathists from the pension bureau, I 
shall be able to bring before the State Society all the inform- 
ation I have thus far collected. The matter of the establish- 
ment of a Xational University has likewise engaged the atten- 
tion of the Society, and a petition is now being circulated by 
the physicians of the city for signatures, to be presented to 
Congress, praying the establishment of suitable departments 
of homoeopathy in the University whenever it shall be estab- 

Dr. Jas. H. McClelland presented the following report 
from the 

Homoeopathic Medical Society of Allegheny County. 

The past year of the Society has not been one of entire 
inactivity. The total membership is about thirty, divided 
as follows: active members, 19 : associate (students) 9 ; honor- 
ary, 1. 

The meetings which occur on the second Friday of the 
month at the Homoeopathic Hospital, Pittsburg, are mostly 
well attended, and of an interesting and instructive character. 
Several highly-interesting papers have been presented and dis- 
cussed, and active measures adopted to further the interests of 
the State Society and the American Institute. Circulars have 
been issued and petitions printed, to which numerous signa- 
tures have been procured, in furtherance of the movement to 
secure a chair of homoeopathy in the proposed National Uni- 
versity ; and our State legislature has been memorialized to 
have the act regulating the practice of medicine, now applying 


to a large part of the State, extended also to Allegheny 

The delegates to this meeting of your honorable body, con- 
sisting of Drs. Cooper, Burgher, Childs, Cote and McClelland, 
have been instructed to present several matters of interest to 
the Society, and Dr. Childs has been designated to offer the 

The officers for the year 1871 are as follows : 

President, J. C. Burgher, M.D. 

Vice-President, fm, K. Childs, M.D. 

Secretary, J. H. McClelland, M.D. 

Treasurer, C. P. Seip, M.D. 

Board of Censors, M. Cote, M.D., H. Hoffmann, M.D., J. S. 
Rankin, M.D. 

Dr. Jas. B. Wood offered the following report as delegate 
from the 

Homozopathic Medical Society of Chester, Delaicare and Mont- 
gomery Counties. 

We are glad to have the opportunity of again reporting 
the progress of this society ; and if we have effected anything 
in the past year to aid in the enlightenment of our fellow- 
practitioners upon our all-important and truly great science, 
we will have accomplished our desire ; and, although it may 
be but little, if each society in the State contributes its mite, 
the result will be manifest in the onward movement of the 
good work towards that consummation when it will stand 
first to receive the sanction of every intelligent and thinking 
mind within the bounds of its dominion. 

We cannot too str